Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on April 1, 2010. For the newcomers to the show, I always suggest you go in to website web site, bookmark all the other sites I have up there for future use because once in a while the .com site goes down; there are too many people who go into it at one time. If you find download problems, try these alternate sites that are listed on the front page [Official sites listed above] and you might find it a bit easier. alanwattsentientsentinel.eu is the European site that has all the audios as well as transcripts written in the various languages of Europe. There are hundreds and hundreds of talks I’ve given in the past and the translators are catching up quite good with these transcripts for print up.
Remember, you are the audience that brings me to you. I don’t get support from advertisers. I don’t push any products. The ads on this show that you hear are paid directly to RBN for the broadcast and for their air time and for putting it out over satellite. It pays for their staff, equipment and their bills. So it’s up to you to keep me going, that way I’m independent and I don’t come under pressure on what subjects I can touch or not touch. So keep me going and you can do so by going into the web sites, buy what I have for sale. The books I have for sale, they are very interesting, NON-LINEAR THINKING books. It helps you wake up when you read them. It kind of deprograms you when you do read them. You can also buy the disks which are listed there as well, CD and DVD disks. That helps me take over, just about, almost. Some of these disks have 50 shows on them and that’s a good thing to have these days if your computer crashes. Who knows WHEN we’ll be pulled from the air, you never know, or pulled off the internet all together. That way you’ve got a backup there and you can always go over the shows at your leisure, on your own. You can also donate to me. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] I do depend upon you to donate as well, I don’t get enough orders to keep me ticking by and that will be that.
I don’t push this all through the show because I’m not a salesman; I’m not in it for sales. If I was I wouldn’t be doing this at all. This is not a job and it’s worse than any vocation. It’s a must be. It’s a necessity to come out with this information AT this time AS we go through the greatest changes the world has ever seen, for hundreds of years. For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, they don’t use computers but someone people pass them to them, you can get in touch with me at [address above]. I’ll be back with tonight’s topics after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Last night I talked about how we are kept in this matrix with PSYCHOLOGY basically. It’s a form of psychology. Behaviorists have been working for an awful long time with every government, well over 60-70 years, on how to manage the populations. We are managed now. They came to conclusions an awful long time ago that we were just too dumb and stupid to go along with their agendas. In other words, we were a bit brighter at that time and better informed so they call us dumb and stupid and therefore they’d have to simply deceive us and use scientific methods to indoctrinate us and to get us to go along with everything that they had planned to come along the pike.
They formed world associations based in London initially. The Royal Institute of International Affairs is one of the biggest. You must go into their sites. If you really want to know what’s going on globally and with your country, wherever you are, you go into the Council on Foreign Relations own web site and you’ll see that they have think tanks, UNLIMITED think tanks working on hundreds of areas of society to do with your home building, where people should be building, building codes and so on. They work WITH the United Nations. In fact they RUN, they TELL the United Nations what to do. The UN itself is a front really, set up to be the dummy world parliament, the world parliament that Shelley talked about in his poem.
At the moment we are going through a phase where they keep us punch drunk, punch drunk with crazy news. I mentioned patterns of news yesterday. When you see patterns of news come out that makes no sense or it seems so darn right silly, where bureaucrats are interfering with people, where laws are being passed to favor rapists and stuff like that, this is meant to get you punch drunk until, literally, you can’t make sense of things anymore. It’s a real psychological technique.
Pavlov was the guy they give credit to because he used to do this on different animals AND prisoners as well, human beings, to make sure that these techniques did work. They found that, just like the dog, when you were shocked in all corners of the room and you didn’t know where to go anymore, you just broke down eventually. That’s a state where they can reprogram you and because you can’t trust your own perceptions, your own senses, your own rationale, you go along with whichever way you are pushed. We have such big changes to go through, such massive changes in this new global society that literally is not new, it was planned an awful long time ago, before your grandparents were born. Then they have to SHOCK us in so many ways with crashes, and terrorism, and all that until we are off balance and then we just go along with the big bully boys when they come and march along the street with their machines guns and their black-clad outfits and so on. All for your safety, you understand.
To give you an example of this, the UK, Britain was to be the test bed for everything, a form of socialism across the whole planet where the people would BE gradually trained to OBEY, OBEY, OBEY until they were obeying silly, ridiculous, persecutory laws and really paying through the nose for every PRIVILEGE – privilege, they call it there – to live. They are taxed so many times over for the same things but so are we all now. We all have fees on top of garbage bags and all the rest of it even though we paid the initial garbage in the first place, now they come out with bags. You buy the bags. Now they charge you for the bags on top of that but before that you were throwing whole stuff out in your bins. Now you are paying for the privilege of bagging it yourself. It’s already been paid for but you get the privilege of paying for it again. All this nonsense and nonsense and nonsense to soak money out of you because they don’t want you to be a consumerist society anymore, we are POST consumerism.
We are being trained now that we will have less and less money to spend and most of it, believe you me, most of it will go in fees. Fees to have your garbage taken away. Fees to drive you car. They are already introducing laws across the world AT the same time, because we are global and a central body does run it already. But FEES to do with your ECO car, if your car is as economical and pollution-free as possible. The big cars which are dual-purpose, battery-gasoline, are getting special favors when you purchase them; they’ve got a whole list of penalties lined up for those who buy the same kind of models that are not the hybrids. They’re also going to start doing it each time you go for your road tax every year. They’re going to start billing you a penalty fee the more gas it burns; gas guzzlers they’re calling them. They’re also going ahead to get older and older cars off the road all the time with massive fees and fines and just stealing you car and crushing them.
In the new Agenda 21, the agenda FOR the 21st century, what’s also called the Century of Change by the politicians, they are going to bring down people from driving all together, except essential vehicles only. Last week I read a report from the United Nations that said after about 2020 or so, 97% of the public will be all living in the overcrowded cities as we’re all taken down economically and by our numbers as well. We’ll die off in other words. Nice and sterile… but maybe kind of happy as we pay for all our privileges for living in the concrete jungle.
Meanwhile we are being bombarded with crazy topics that are MEANT to upset you until you cannot fathom common sense or judge common sense anymore. This is intentional. Don’t fall for the things. Here’s an example. Now, they knew when they opened the floodgates for immigration to the whole of Europe and a lot of the world. In Britain when Tony Blair was in, I read the articles from the mainstream where Tony Blair, it’s admitted now, and his right-hand henchman admitted that they were going to destroy the British culture forever by completely opening the floodgates to ALL immigrants, especially those from the most diverse countries, nothing in common with the British people. THAT has been accomplished. They opened them completely wide and said come in.
That’s what is destroying the National Health Service. They can’t handle all these people, these incomers. That’s part of the agenda too, less and less health care across the world as we go down into the UN’s mandated MINIMAL health care only. That’s what you’re to get for the masses, according to your SOCIAL STATUS. Politicians have exempted themselves in the British Commonwealth countries for years. Back in the 80s they started that, where politicians and their families and high-level bureaucrats and their families will be given special medical and surgical treatment in TOP military hospitals. I see Obama has just passed the health care in the States and voila, the Congress and the Senate are exempted from following the same rules as YOU do. They will also get special treatment. By the way, when you get up there too, you get a little privilege card that gives you access to the genetically NON modified foods and that are organically grown, the ones that don’t give you the cancers. That’s another little freebie they don’t want the public to know about… but it broke out in Britain. Tony Blair was trying to pass the GMO food bill but he exempted the politicians’ own parliament, their own cafeteria – they call it a cafeteria; it’s like the Ritz – in London. They were all exempt from eating the rubbish and the poison stuff that is killing us off and destroying our immune systems.
We are really under attack and Joe average will never figure it out because he can’t imagine that people can really do that to what he thinks is their own kind. Well you see, PSYCHOPATHS have no problem doing that to you. They have no conscience at all. They are bought and paid for by the dozen. Not by the baker’s dozen, but the BANKERS’ dozen. That’s where their heart is, believe you me. For instance, there is a racket going on with Tony Blair right now, the guy who single-handedly took Britain to war on behalf of his banker masters, the guys who put him in place. Here is an article.
Tony Blair: Why I need £5m (Alan: That’s about $9 million.) every year just to get by (A: Oh, poor soul, poor Tony. Labour man he was, you know. He stood up for the WORKING people… but he was a Fabian socialist and most of them are millionaires already, nothing in common with the public and never intended to be either. They’re a feint, you call it.)
By Jason Groves and Sam Greenhill / dailymail.co.uk / 31st March 2010
Tony Blair has told friends he needs to earn at least £5million a year just to break even. (A: Poor soul, eh.)
The former prime minister has been heavily criticised for cashing in on his contacts for personal gain and is thought to have made around £20million since leaving office.
We went through that before showing you those are his PAYOFFS by his masters. That’s how they do it legally. He’ll speak in front of 20 people and he’ll get about £100,000 for doing so. Well, you don’t get that from a few people. That’s your payoff. That’s how you get paid off. Then you get a ghost-written book that someone else does for you; that’s another payoff. Then you’re made director of many different corporations; you get a seat on the board and you don’t have to attend. That’s their other payoffs. It’s been this way forever with these psychopaths for hire. £5 million just to get by… Well, how does this swine expect the ordinary people to get by with all the levies and taxes he’s foisted on them?
Mind you, Britain is the flagship for the world; we’ve all to copy their system and their National Health Service is an absolute mess and chaos. I’ve read so many articles about it, on the air, and here is Obama bringing in the SAME thing here in the United States, copying Canada where you wait for 5-6 hours to see a doctor at a walk-in clinic and if you’re lucky you might see him before they close the doors and kick you out… until you come back the following day for your MINIMAL care. But the politicians, no. Just like Obama did it too, for all his pals and all his buddies and himself and his family, they get SPECIAL care because they are SPECIAL people you understand. And the folk keep voting these racketeers in, don’t they. The con doesn’t stop. The con does not stop.
Yesterday I mentioned about a rapist, for instance, in Britain – this is meant to throw you off balance and really get you angry – who was from the Congo living in Britain. He raped a woman and threw her on the garbage dump where I guess he thought that’s where all the finished garbage goes. I’ll be back with more about this after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, mentioning that awful rapist from the Congo who is one of many actually who have been raping recently. There are lots of articles about them coming in and just raping away there because to them the culture in the West portrays women of easy virtue, you might say, through their fashion because they all copy Much-Music and all that kind of stuff, so they think they’re easy marks. They don’t understand that when the women say no that that means no. Then they just dump them on garbage dumps and stuff like that. Then they get permission to stay in the country, if they get married to someone else from their own country. Probably the money is up front, you see, and that’s how they do it. That’s how they get married.
Rapist who dumped victim on rubbish tip escapes deportation after judge says he ‘has right to stay and marry in UK’
By Michael Seamark and Colin Fernandez / dailymail.co.uk / 31st March 2010
The Home Office, the high supreme bunch, the high chutzpas for British law, have allowed it… so he will be on the streets shortly, no doubt scouring the garbage dumps. As he’s doing that, I’m showing that the US and elsewhere what you’ve got to look forward to because everything that’s done in Britain is for use elsewhere. We’re all to get the same problems. We’re being told all the time, ah, go easy… they don’t understand, they can’t speak your language, they’re different you see, special strokes for different folks you see. That’s how their laws is, as you bow down, bow down and bend over and bend over and just take it and take it and take it. This is all meant to cause complete disruption within society and throw you off balance until you can’t even trust your common sense or judgment anymore… psychological techniques.
Here’s an instance here.
Slaughter of the swans:
As carcasses pile up and migrant camps are built on river banks, Peterborough residents are too frightened to visit the park
By Andrew Malone / dailymail.co.uk / 26th March 2010
As civic projects go, using Lottery cash to restore walkways and bridle paths along the River Nene seems a decent enough way to spend charity money for the greater good.
Creating 50 miles of cycle routes, parkland and dozens of delightful picnic spots, the Millennium Green Wheel project… (A: Yada-yada-ya, etc.)
At a cost of £10million, it should be a delight. With recreated woodland and hedgerows alongside the water, the project was also intended to give a boost to wildlife in the area… (A: Etc, etc, etc.)
With salmon and sea trout spotted in the river for the first time in decades, the regeneration work has also seen the Nene come alive with other aquatic life, ranging from fish such as pike, carp, tench and barbel, to water voles… (A: Etc, etc.)
But this week, with spring in the air and flowers in bloom on the banks, few local people were brave enough to venture for an evening stroll along this delightful waterway, following disturbing allegations that Eastern European immigrants are ‘plundering’ and ‘pillaging’ local wildlife.
For, according to a flurry of alarming reports, Eastern Europeans are stalking the creatures of the River Nene and, to the horror of local residents, are reputedly now targeting the city’s swans. (A: They’re eating them.)
Rather than simply enjoying the spectacle of these majestic birds, it was claimed that immigrants see the swans as a rich source of food, and are trapping the birds, then roasting them on open fires along the river bank.
And it goes on and on and on with empty vodka bottles and beer cans and all that kind of stuff. You’ve got all these different agencies … anybody that was British and was born there would be in the slammer right away, and lose their home and everything. But no, you see, they just don’t know who to charge. They can see them and they can see their camps, but, ah, you know, you’ve got to go easy on people who just don’t know and etc, etc, etc. This is meant to cause intense frustration within the country. Getting people fighting each other is a great technique of ruling the public because the government then says, look, none of you can control yourselves; we’ll have to put more cops and bully men on the street in uniforms and body armor and really start tazering a lot of you. I’m not kidding. These are techniques that are planned before all this stuff is even allowed to happen and I mean ALLOWED TO HAPPEN.
So they’re not putting rapists in jail or anything like that. They’re not arresting the people who are eating swans… Any British person caught killing a swan is instantly in the slammer. You can’t kill swans in Britain. You see, the QUEEN owns them all. The QUEEN… she owns everything in Britain in fact.
What do they do with their time? How do the cops go after real criminals? Here’s an article from the Mail Online. It’s again, to show America what you’ve got to look forward to, all these fun and games.
Pet shop owner fined £1,000 and told to wear an electronic tag…
for selling a GOLDFISH to a boy aged 14
By Jaya Narain / dailymail.co.uk / 01st April 2010
(A: You see, the cops sting, they live off setting up stings to entrap people and they use children to do it. I read last year how they were sending children, girls mainly, into cutlery stores to buy a knife and then charging the owner for selling a knife to an underage person. Some of these young girls had been interviewed, they want to become cops. So there they are, they’ve been taught, and getting paid to do this, to entrap people, at the age of 13 and 14! Can you image what you’re going to have to look forward to when THEY are in uniform? These are MAKE-WORK PROJECTS for the cops… just like when they find terrorism. They set up stings, entrap a bunch of young guys that would never have thought of it unless CSIS, MI-5 or the CIA or FBI put somebody out there with all the patter, as they say, to entice them into it, set them up and sting them. All these things are make-work projects. When there is no terror happening, they’ve got to MAKE it happen, at least the appearance of it. Back to this article…)
Her offence (A: She’s a grandmother.) was to unwittingly sell a goldfish to a 14-year-old boy taking part in a trading standards ‘sting’.
At most, pet shop owner Joan Higgins, 66, expected a slap on the wrist for breaking new animal welfare laws which ban the sale of pets to under-16s. (A: I’ll be back with more after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, showing you how cognitive dissonance works, where you are punch drunk left and right, you don’t know which way is right, which way is wrong anymore as everything is turned upside-down… as all the agencies that are out there are now authorities. All the SERVICES are now AUTHORITIES and just simply persecuting the public, especially the ones that can’t fight back. It depends on who you are. They might leave you alone if you just walked in and ate a few swans and drunk a few gallons of vodka. Back to this article. This great grandmother, right, she sold a goldfish to this little child that was sent in to sting her basically, set it up. She didn’t know about the law. It says…
Instead, the great-grandmother was taken to court, fined £1,000, placed under curfew – and ordered to wear an electronic tag for two months. (A: By the way, they dragged it out for 8 months… in order to wear an electronic tag for 2 months.)
The punishment is normally handed out to violent thugs and repeat offenders. (A: But this is the new technique for the ordinary folk, the defenseless ones.)
The prosecution of Mrs Higgins and her son Mark is estimated to have cost taxpayers £20,000 and has left her with a criminal record. (A: See, crime pays for the criminal investigation bunch, and the lawyers and the courts. Crime does pay for them. That’s what pays all their big salaries, the guys with the wigs that dress in women’s clothing and do odd things with little children.)
Mark, 47, was also fined and ordered to carry out 120 hours of unpaid work in the community. (A: That’s their son.)
Last night, as an MP (A: Member of parliament.) criticised the magistrates, Mrs Higgins – who has run the pet shop for 28 years – said the family’s eight-month ordeal had left them traumatised. (A: No wonder.)
She added: ‘It’s ridiculous. I mean, what danger am I that I have to wear an electronic tag? (A: Maybe that’s so she can’t go along to where the swans are and maybe help herself as well. Of course she’d never think of that.) These last few months have been a very stressful time.’
The seven-week curfew imposed by the court means she is unable to babysit her great-grandson at his home or go to bingo sessions with her sister, and will be unable to attend a Rod Stewart concert (A: Well, you’re okay if you miss that one.) after tickets were bought for her by her nephew, actor Will Mellor.
Her son said: ‘I think it’s a farce. What gets me so cross is that they put my Mum on a tag – she’s nearly 70, for goodness’ sake.
‘She’s a great-grandma…’ (A: Etc, etc, etc.)
Mr Higgins claimed the undercover operation was a clear case of entrapment – when a person is encouraged by someone in some official capacity to commit a crime – and said the case should never have gone to court.
Do you understand they are using children for this though. Shouldn’t there be a law against that in itself? Shouldn’t there be? It’s DISGUSTING! …what these RATS get up to on these make-work projects to persecute the public and get more cash out of them. DISGUSTING! …and no one is stopping them. They are on a roll and there is an awful lot worse to come, believe you me, a lot worse to come. BUT rapists are okay from the Congo that throw their victim on the garbage dump – that’s where used garbage goes, you see. That’s okay.
Every country’s approached its population with slightly different variations on the same things, how to get everybody chipped and printed and all the rest of it. I mentioned about a year ago the Baja Club that opened in Spain and how they were putting chips in the arms of patrons, young silly guys, because they made sure these dance halls had the most beautiful young females and guys always fall for that. They were taking chips. They could charge your chip with so much credit for your booze and all the rest of it. I’m sure there were different categories of them; bronze, silver, gold, or platinum to impress the punters around. Interestingly enough, the Baja Club was based initially in California. I read the article where the head of it was the head, at one point, of the National Security Agency who are pushing the Digital Angel chips and all that. They’ve changed their name, by the way, Digital Angel because they got a bad name. They will use every dirty trick to get what they want. Of course, what does a predator do when it looks at its victims? It STUDIES the species. Studies them, what do they all have in common, what do they do? They have sex drives and they have hormonal drives. Well, we’ll use that against them. Here’s Australia, with a slightly different way to approach things.
A big night out: drinking, dancing, fingerprinting
Patrons at Minskys Hotel Cremorne have their ID’s scanned and photographs taken.
Saffron Howden / smh.com.au / March 27, 2010
SOMEWHERE in Perth’s central business district is a building containing the names, ages, addresses, photographs and unique fingerprint codes of thousands of revellers who danced and drank at Sydney’s Home nightclub last year.
Home, in Darling Harbour, began trialling a biometric ID scanning entry system nine months ago. Patrons lined up before six large terminals to have their photo taken, and their driver’s licence and right index fingerprint scanned. The information was copied and sent to Western Australia, where it is stored on a secured central database by the system developers.
While Home is the only NSW venue to use fingerprint technology at present – there are 13 nationwide – various forms of ID scanning are being quietly rolled out at other nightspots. (A: I like that, QUIETLY rolled out.)
Among them is Hotel Cremorne on the lower north shore. Since November the nightclub has required guests to submit to a photograph and ID scan as they line up on the street to enter on Thursday, Friday and Saturday nights.
”It did kind of creep me out, made me feel like a criminal,” a regular attendee, Julia Robertson, said. ”[But] I think it does make me feel safe. (A: Oh, I feel safer. Where’s the cotton wool… just drape me in cotton wool.) If some creepy guy comes in, they’ve taken their photograph.” (A: Listen lady, the creepy guy will be walking about outside.)
Queensland’s ID-Tect installed its first ID scanning system in NSW in 2006, but now has hundreds in drinking establishments across the country – and thousands of individuals on its centrally stored ”ban list” accessible to any client.
”People don’t really have much respect for CCTV these days. When you see it on the telly, it’s grainy,” he said. ”[But] with our system, they can see what happens on CCTV [and] line that up with the picture taken of them at the door.” (A: So there you go. MANY WAYS to get the young to give up their rights and to be fingerprinted for life. And the hormonal drive never, never fails. Study your prey, study their habits and go for it. That’s what the big boys do all the time. It’s quite something, I tell you. It’s quite, quite something.)
Now there’s new skin sensors… This is the BBC.
Sensors turn Skin into gadget control pad
Mark Ward / Technology correspondent, BBC News / Friday, 26 March 2010
Tapping your forearm or hand with a finger could soon be the way you interact with gadgets.
US researchers have found a way to work out where the tap touches and use that to control phones and music players.
Coupled with a tiny projector the system can use the skin as a surface on which to display menu choices, a number pad or a screen.
Early work suggests the system, called Skinput, can be learned with about 20 minutes of training.
“The human body is the ultimate input device,” Chris Harrison, Skinput’s creator, told BBC News.
Sound solution
He came up with the skin-based input system to overcome the problems of interacting with the gadgets we increasingly tote around.
Of course this is all to do with what they call ‘objects and things’ where everything is going to be communicating to every other object and thing as you travel through your environment, from your clothes to everything you wear will be a walking ID. The Nano ID technology is ALREADY IN THE CLOTHING, by the way, that you don’t know about. The best thing to do is to go into used stores and buy all different kinds of things and that way it’s all registered to other people’s names, so you’re a walking composite. You’ll really, really mix them up; they won’t know who you are. That’s what I’m going to do.
With global warming, I don’t know if you all noticed the articles. There are so many articles that have come out because remember, a few weeks ago I read how the IPCC, that corrupt bunch at the United Nations… Remember, everything from the United Nations is a political agenda, so they use science as a political agenda; that’s why they lie so much about it. They are restructuring their system and they are working with the Royal Institute of International Affairs/Council on Foreign Relations to teach the journalists of all newspapers HOW TO PUT IT ACROSS, information about the weather, TO THE PUBLIC so we fall into the conclusions, like I was talking yesterday, that are designed for us to fall in to. Be better at it, in other words, and don’t say anything negative. Well here’s global warming. Here is an article that came out yesterday.
Colder than Moscow: Thousands of homes without power and drivers stranded as Britain (A: This is March-April.) is battered by blizzards and gale-force winds
By Daily Mail Reporter / 31st March 2010 / dailymail.co.uk
Parts of Britain were waking up under several inches of snow today as a flash of winter weather in spring made some areas colder than Moscow.
Up to 48,000 homes were without power as blizzards, gale-force winds and torrential rain hit both Scotland and Northern Ireland, knocking down power lines and causing widespread transport havoc. (A: And lots of snow and all the rest of it. So there is your global warming for you.)
By the way, they are really hammering away with the spray, you know, the GEO-ENGINEERING as they are calling it. We’ve been getting it for 12 years now… and they are still saying, we might try it one day; we’re just working on what would happen if we went ahead and tried it. When they’ve already been doing it for 12 years. 12 years… breathing this stuff in, giving everybody incredible auto-immune problems and bronchitis. They know darn well what they’re doing. It’s not just, NOT JUST to control of the weather because according to top pilots and aircraft officials that get in touch with me, IT’S MAINLY OVER THE CROWDED CITIES. Well, that’s not where all the weather is, is it?
There are a couple of callers on the phone. There is Maggie from Texas. Are you there Maggie?
Maggie: Yes Alan. I wanted to ask you this question for a long time but I couldn’t get in the night it was fresh in my mind. Quite some time back you spent the better part of the program talking about the various horrors of the Canadian medical system. In the United States the Canadian medical system is perceived as wonderful and perfect compared to ours. You know, people go to Canada to get prescription drugs, for instance. You were talking about Canadians coming to the United States to get treatment, which I would not have guessed myself. So could you please explain why we have this perception that Canadian health care is perfect and think it’s so much better than ours?
Alan: I’ll tell you why. I read the article last year, Canada spent over $45 million on propaganda alone just to propagandize how wonderful the medical system is. That’s one reason for it. That was in advertising to tell us how good it is, to tell the Canadians, who know it stinks, how good it is. That’s a lot of money. I just talked to someone today in town who was spending the whole day in town, from 9:30 in the morning right through to about 5 in a walk-in clinic trying to see a doctor. Each time they went in they were told to come back. You go in and you register with a card and at first they will say, come back in 2 or 3 hours. Then you go back and they say, oh, come back in another 3 hours. Then if you go back about closing time or maybe if you’re still there in the evening around 7pm, if the doctor is called out to the hospital, they will say, come back the next day and maybe we will see you then. That’s the care. By the way, the maximum time you get with a doctor is 1 MINUTE… exactly.
Maggie: That sounds like here, almost. Does that pertain to everybody, even the comparatively well off?
Alan: No. I tell you what happened. In the late 1980s, the whole British Commonwealth countries, the politicians – it was in the newspapers at the time – changed it. They knew they were going to take down the medical systems for the ordinary people. The politicians passed a law that they themselves do get, and their families, and the bureaucrats and their families, were to get special care at top military hospitals for surgery and medicine whenever they required it. By the way, Obama has just passed that into law for this new system he’s passed. All Congressmen and Senators and the bureaucrats are exempt from following the same laws regarding medical care as the rest of the United States is to be. So they pay nothing into it, they will all be given the TOP treatment and priority at the top military establishments.
Maggie: Then what about the fairly wealthy person who is not part of the bureaucracies? Can they still go to private physicians? I mean people who can pay it are not dependent on insurance, which isn’t many of us.
Alan: That’s right. Again, you are copying England. Everything that’s happening is copying England. In England, they made sure that Harley Street, where all the top specialists are, is always there for every operation or every problem for the extremely, EXTREMELY wealthy people. They do the same thing in Canada. You can go into Canada to special clinics but you could never afford them, the ordinary folk could never afford them. Even then, when a top politician – recently I read the article a few weeks back from Canada here – from the federal government went to the States for an operation because they couldn’t even perform that type of operation here. We are on the very basic things here, very basic. Even then, if you are on ordinary coverage – we all pay taxes into this in Canada – you might wait 6 months, 1 year, 1 ½ years for physiotherapy alone, never mind an operation.
Maggie: So as I understand it then, Canada had a thoroughly good health system until about a little over 20 years ago and perception has not caught up with reality? That’s what I suspected.
Alan: Perception has been overcome by the government spending $45-48 million per year on propaganda as to how wonderful the system is.
Maggie: I hear you and that makes sense. Thank you so much, Alan.
Alan: Thanks for calling. Yeah, everybody is to copy the British system. The United Nations, you have to go in to the World Health Organization. They run it all, by the way. Everything is being standardized across the world, in all economies and medicine. The World Health Organization, look into its tenets and it charter and it says that everyone across the planet will be guaranteed the most MINIMAL health care… MINIMAL health care. That’s what they are putting in place now.
Alan: There is also Mike from Wyoming there. Are you there Mike?
Mike: From time to time you do kind of a hit and run on Christianity and I happen to be Christian. But some of the facts you bring forward are intriguing, especially for someone who knows a little bit about Freemasonry and the occult secret societies; the story of Lazarus being one of them, the fact that he was supposedly died for 3 days and was raised by Jesus. That does have a kind of haunting parallel in the secret societies. Who do you think wrote the Christian Bible and why?
Alan: Who do I think wrote it and why… Well, I’ll tell you. Hang on and I’ll get back to you when I come back from this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just responding to Mike about Christianity and who wrote the Bible. Well, we’ll never really know. We can’t know and that’s the beauty of ancient things, for those who rule them. We’ll never know the nitty-gritty’s of anything but there is no doubt that all bibles have been produced, even versions of bibles have been produced up to the present time for political purposes. Even in recent times, in the 20th century, there were different versions of the bible coming out that were taking Sodom and Gomorrah out, not to offend certain peoples and stuff like that… POLITICAL reasons. But there is no doubt at all, there was something there originally by maybe a few writers. All the experts go through different… is this an A or is this a Q that wrote these two different books, etc and they argue amongst themselves.
What you are left with is basically a very, very short story of a person that’s the epitome of perfection, in a sense. You can also see where a later church added in certain things to give authority to the church. We also see it changing through the writings of Paul where… I mean Jesus told his followers to go into their own room, or closet, and pray to God themselves. He was telling them you don’t need the priests, that was number one. Well that doesn’t sit well with priests and institutions. Then later on, Paul who was a Pharisee himself and taught in the pharisaical mentality, it’s a type of logic, started up the communes where Jesus never talked about communes. Then later on, you find that Jesus said to have given powers to the disciples where THEY could forgive sins ON BEHALF OF GOD. So that was exactly what the later Catholic Church decided to bring in, little additions in the early centuries when they took over.
That’s understandable because the Catholic Church simply changed their hats overnight when they came from the priests of Jupiter and Saturn and all the rest of it and changed their hats into Christianity centuries and centuries later, when they were told to, FOR political purposes by a Rome that already was a political and an empirical society. So unfortunately it was married with politics from the very beginning and a huge, massive institution behind it. It COMBINED the two systems into one. So we know very little about the early parts except the little red parts where Jesus speaks. The impression you always get, that I always get, is that he never meant it to be, that spirituality could come to the masses, en mass, It was meant for the individual to follow.
You have verification of this in some writings in the Talmud. The Talmud came out of Babylon with a new type of priesthoods that were called Pharisees, because the old temple priests had died away, they were hereditary priests. The new Pharisees had adopted a lot of the Babylonian structure but they also tried to keep their own traditions alive. They started writing laws of the wise men of the Pharisees, generation by generation. So very high Pharisees were allowed to write IN to the Talmud and add to it. Then eventually it carried on to the Judaic Talmud. Even today in modern Judaism, when they have a conflict between the two, they must refer to the Babylonian ones and that overrides the later version. But they do mention a character in there that they claim is causing them trouble at that time and they are anything but kind to him. So someone did exist at that time, there is no doubt about it. But I think his message LITERALLY was for the INDIVIDUAL to find his way TO his God BY himself and that seemed to be the message. Thanks for calling.
From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on April 2, 2010. For the newcomers, you should look into website web site. You’ll find hundreds of hours of talks I’ve given for download, for free. I try to show you the big picture, get you beyond what’s just happening today, this very day or what’s happening tomorrow or yesterday – that kind of thing – and to show you the big picture and how everything works together. On the web site you’ll see the other official sites I have up there, bookmark them for future use in case the .com site goes down as it sometimes does – it’s done it in the past – and that way you can get the latest shows for free. [Official sites listed above.]
Remember that you are the audience that brings me to you. I depend upon you to keep me going. Nothing came in today at all; not a penny. I could easily go with advertisers and be backed to the hilt, bring on the guests and plug whatever they are selling but I’ve always tried to stay independent. That way I’m not responsible to people for what I say and I can be more honest that way. I think you can get compromised; you definitely would become compromised if you have to go with corporations behind you and backing you. So it’s up to you the listeners to keep me going. The ads on the show I’ve got nothing to do with. They are paid by the advertisers right to RBN. That pays for this air time so that we can get out to you. It pays for the staff at RBN and it pays for their bills and for their transmission. So YOU must help me out and you can do so by buying the books and CDs and DVDs that I have for sale when you go into the web sites or you can donate to me. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] I just trickle by on donations to be honest with you. I don’t mean big ones either. For those who get the disks burned of the talks I give and they’ve been passed to them to play on their CD players, you can get touch with me at [address above].
Lots of folk have gone off computers. Lots never even started because they knew where they were going and they really are put out there for a form of social control. I might touch on part of that tonight when I go into one of the big corporations that planned it back in the 50s. I try to show you a bigger picture of the little short lives that we live through. I show you that the big foundations, big corporations last much longer than we do. That’s how they can literally alter each generation’s lives because they planned it maybe a century before you were even thought of, to be honest with you. They hire and they retire for generations, all working on the same agendas. While we are busy day to day just trying to get through life, these characters work full time on bringing in their brave new world. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, trying to get people to think outside the box and outside their circumstances. We all live in what I call little circumstances. It’s our own personal lives. Our life spans are short, even though sometimes they can seem quite long, especially when you’ve lived a life of bad news. But in reality they are very, very short.
When you go back into the 1800s even and into the early 1900s and then definitely into the 20th century, we find that there were massive organizations already set up using techniques, as they were called back then, techniques. Techniques of control and organization, this was the big sort of mantra for corporations of that period. We tend to think they were kind of primitive back then but they were not primitive whatsoever. They’d already had world meetings in the 1900s and before that even to do with sciences, science fairs in the 1800s, massive things. It wasn’t just science fairs where they just showed off the latest gadgetry and weaponry, it was also to do with lectures. They had lectures for the weeks that these fairs were on and the corporate leaders of the corporations of that day would attend. They’d all form clubs. These clubs eventually became part of the foundations that rule our lives today.
They reasoned back then that the world they would bring in would be a very complex world. They couldn’t allow different styles or types of societies to evolve because literally it would take the power away from those who thought they were fit to manage it and rule it as they were already doing. You have to go into the books like The Robber Barons to see how these guys operated. They were utterly ruthless with competition. They were incredibly wealthy. They already were putting their own men, corporations were putting their own men in as political leaders who became Presidents and Prime Ministers back in the 1800s and that followed through the 1900s to the present day.
If you notice, no Prime Minister or President from any party ever comes in or runs on the ticket that he is going to abolish the corrupt banking system, which really does rule our lives. It keeps us all in a fixed state really, of, if not poverty but not far off it. That’s really what most folk live in, even if they’ve got all the little cheap goodies that are supplied to us at the moment which are going to taken away from us shortly. We don’t realize that this is an ONGOING OPERATION, very old, to do with the Council on Foreign Relations. Its predecessor the Milner Group which was comprised of all bankers, international money lenders – they are still running it today, at the top, the bankers – and the Cecil Rhodes Foundation that was really a partnership with Rothschild and many other foundations. They ALL amalgamated. Just like corporations do, they amalgamate.
Of course we’ve watched them also put pressure on governments and train governments you might say, and they have trained governments. They’ve trained those who go into government, and bureaucrats, they’ve trained them to amalgamate countries into blocs or unions. That’s what it’s all about, just like corporate takeovers. That way when the whole world is theirs, they will feel quite safe at the top to take it which ever way they wish and they already have that planned too.
In the 20th century, it was war. It was one war after another really, not just 2 major wars. There were many quieter wars that were called policing actions under the guise of UN peacekeeping. When a soldier goes off to fight with weaponry and tanks go in and bombs are dropped, that is still soldiering. So they altered the terminology and called it policing. That was the century really and we are still in the aftermath of that yet. We are still going through so-called policing actions across the Middle East as they standardize the one system worldwide into the same existing few hands that control the rest of the planet.
We get caught up in trivia. Your whole life long you will see trivia. Much of it seems very important at the time but really, under the big picture, its trivia. What we are witnessing today is the fallout and the clashes between different groups and even peoples as the world is transformed and people are getting pushed from one country to another, into the so-called more developed countries. They are flooding in. Naturally, if you were born in some poor country you would do the same thing. This was all envisaged over 100 years ago that this would happen too, with the big foundations that decided they were fittest to rule the world and they have been doing so. These foundations are run by the same international corporate owners and bankers that put their own boys into government.
As I say, there is not a single person going to come in and stand up in any party and say, look, we really have to change this system; it’s totally corrupt. It’s not meant to share wealth at all. It’s based on a form of slavery. Whether it’s wage slaves or serfdom, it’s all really the same thing. We’ve simply been better off DURING the war phases of it because you have to spoil the country a little bit, spoil the peasantry, allow them to have a little more cash in their pockets to spend on goods, or they wouldn’t be off fighting for you and being taxed to the gills to fight these wars.
Now that it’s almost over we are seeing all the goodies being taken away, especially the right to travel. Back in the 70s, I saw this happening. I can remember articles appearing in newspapers across Europe – when I was going across Europe – again from the Council on Foreign Relations that were always having their biannual meetings or sometimes 6 meetings a year in different parts of the world. Immediately the media would announce projections for the future to do with a society that eventually would not be so mobile. Back then they were talking about the obsolete automobile, etc. At the same time, I used to think about totalitarian systems that already existed at that time such as the Soviet Union or China where you couldn’t travel anywhere without permission. Travel was SEVERELY restricted. You couldn’t just buy an automobile; you might be on the waiting list for 5-10 years. You had to go apply for everything via government departments, even your telephone. So communication was also restricted.
I thought, well, everything is to do with perception because you can be CONVINCED that you go into slavery for GOOD ENDS if it’s put across to you in such a way. If they can convince you, by simply feeding you, from birth, enough data, which is one-sided, you will go along with whatever they plan that you go along with. That includes living in these little so-called human habitat areas, which are really just crowded cities, without the right to travel… for the good of the planet of course. I lived through the first oil shortage scam and it was a scam. There was no oil shortage whatsoever. What it was, was a huge test in a sense. Of course massive takeovers of the various oil companies, of the lesser ones; they just took them over. Also at that time even in Britain the government IMMEDIATELY had all these ration cards for your gasoline, even if you had a motor bike. You didn’t need them because no gas station ever asked for them. There was no shortage of oil whatsoever, but they were testing out a system on the public.
Many organizations were involved, the RAND Corporation and all the rest of them, observing this to see if the public would panic and what would happen. Sure enough, there would be line-ups at certain garages once the news was released to the public. Oh, there’s going to be a gas shortage. They never ran out of gasoline. None of the garages ran out of gasoline because of it but it was a huge experiment to see how we would behave and react to news. At the time, too, it helped introduce the topic of well, what happens in a future world if we don’t have gasoline and so on and so on and so on. This was all part of the Royal Institute of International Affairs strategy for fuel in the future because they planned to bring in a society where they wouldn’t have private transportation.
If you look at their other organization, the United Nations, and that’s who owns it is the Royal Institute of International Affairs; they set it up and they make sure they rule it. The UN has already said that the world they are bringing in, with the habitat areas, will be a world where there WILL BE NO PRIVATE TRANSPORTATION. That is in Agenda 21 put out by the United Nations. It will be public transportation ONLY but what they didn’t tell you is, it will also be AUTHORIZED movement only. You will be assigned to your own little area for your communitarianism and for what you do in communitarianism, what you are appointed to do in the so-called sustainable society. That’s the world they are bringing in.
Generally what they do, by observing and experimenting with the Soviet Union, is that they introduce it to the youngest first of all. You can tend to bypass the older ones. Those up to about 20-25 can still generally be brought under the new ideas. The older ones, it gets harder once they are 35 so you just dismiss them all together; they will die off. The young ones will grow up thinking that this new system is all quite natural and they will parrot off all the reasons why they have to live the way they do, without transportation and so on.
What I’m telling you is that you are living through a script. There are people out there, truly out there, who truly BELIEVE that they are free and they are well informed. These are the totally brainwashed people… who haven’t had the shock yet of seeing the enormity of the powers and interlocking foundations and think tanks and workshops that go on all the time, the top managerial classes from ALL industries and sciences that rule your lives. They can’t quite get that. They still think that everybody is competing with everyone else for business and that somehow we have a say in something and that government would step in if it was something to our detriment that was coming down the pike. They still don’t really get it at all. So I’ll be talking about some of that tonight when I come back from this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about how we’ve been guided by unseen forces. The media generally stays clear of the big international meetings and the foundations and all their think tanks. They don’t say much about them at all. Even when they have the big meetings like the Bilderberger Groups and so on, the richest people on the planet getting together to decide their future and make sure they stay at the top of the totem pole. They generally don’t mention much about it really except that it happened, a meeting was held by very wealthy people. That’s how the world is really run. It’s even worse than that because they are using techniques, and scientific techniques upon all of the people. We are trained from birth to see a particularly predesigned way of the world so that we grow up into it and the changes that are already planned to happen, we adapt to those changes because we expect them to happen, because we are programmed for it, you see, and we accept it in the way desired. It’s all behaviorism.
Here is an article about the Reece Committee and I’ve read about this before and Norman Dodd and so on who attended the Reece Committee and that’s back in the 1950s remember. A commission was set up by the Congress to investigate the tax-exempt foundations initially because they wondered why these incredibly, really the richest people in America were funding what seemed to be communist movements within America and across the world. Norman Dodd was put in charge of one section of this investigation and he talked to the heads, the CEOS of the foundations who told him that they took their orders right from the White House. That’s what they claimed. They said that their job was to make sure that the culture and society – the ENTIRE societal culture remember, that’s everything that you think you are and have been – in the United States and Europe would change so drastically that they could blend the Soviet system seamlessly with that of the West, without any problems, without a ripple. Well, that has happened. I lived through that phase.
It was so staggering at the time, even the Congressman found it… Well, what do you do? Do you go to the top, the richest people in your own country who run and own the military-industrial complex? Do you go to them and complain? They’d crash you overnight if they wanted to. Here is an article about that from Old Thinker News. I’ll put these links up under the audio section of tonight’s show and you can check them out for yourself. Copy them and keep them because who knows how long we’ll be able to use the internet and get things when we want. Don’t just save links, save the articles if you can.
The Reece Committee: Social Science as a Tool for Control
(Alan: Social science, it was already so well established, long before the 50s even.)
Old-Thinker News | July 1, 2008 / By Daniel Taylor
In 1954 the Reece Committee, chaired by Carroll B. Reece, produced its findings regarding the influence of tax-exempt foundations in the field of education. The report also briefly mentions their influence in politics, propaganda, social sciences and international affairs. The Rockefeller Foundation, Ford Foundation, Carnegie Foundation and others were discussed during the Committee hearings. (A: There are many, many more that they visited too and they’ve got lots added to it since then. You’ve got the Gates Foundation and the Soros Foundation and all these guys, all working together, having their inter-foundational meetings to make sure they are all on board with the same agenda.)
The Reece Committee was smeared by the media and by John D. Rockefeller the 3rd himself as being wholly inaccurate, but historical hindsight gives us a perspective that shows what the Committee found is far closer to the truth than Rockefeller would have you believe.
A predominant theme found in the Committee’s findings is the desire of the foundations and those behind them to create a system of world governance. (A: And they called it governance.) The use of propaganda and social engineering was identified as a means to and end to achieve this goal. In 1932, the president of the Rockefeller Foundation, Max Mason, stated that “The social sciences… will concern themselves with the rationalization of social control…” (A: They didn’t believe in a democratic system, you see, with people having rights. They believed in a SCIENTIFIC CONTROL of the public by experts and specialists because they worked with the Fabian Society and the other organizations already well underway in this field in Britain.)
The Committee cited a report from the President’s Commission on Higher Education, published in 1947, which outlines the goals of social engineering programs; The realization on part of the people of the necessity of world government “…psychologically, socially and… politically”. The cited report states,
“In speed of transportation and communication and in economic interdependence, (A: economic interdependence… 1947! That means you are all bowed down to the rest of the world through economics.) the nations of the globe are already one world (A: That’s what they said in 1947!); the task is to secure recognition and acceptance of this oneness in the thinking of the people, as that the concept of one world may be realized psychologically, socially and in good time politically. (A: Well, that’s all happened.)
It is this task in particular that challenges our scholars and teachers to lead the way toward a new way of thinking. (A: A new way of thinking. That’s social engineering, you see.) There is an urgent need for a program for world citizenship that can be made a part of every person’s general education. (A: That was already done and you are all born into it… well underway. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading from the Old Thinker News to do with the foundations, a very good article. Remember, I’ll put these links up on my site at the end of the show. It goes on to say… This is what they were told, the actual investigative people were told by the heads of these foundations.
It will take social science and social engineering to solve the problems of human relations. Our people must learn to respect the need for special knowledge and technical training in this field as they have come to defer (A: DEFER… remember….) to the expert in physics, chemistry, medicine, and other sciences.” [emphasis added] (p. 483) (A: Remember Russell, who also worked with them, talked about bringing in a world of EXPERTS and SCIENTISTS, a scientific tyranny he called it, which he preferred to any other kind of tyranny.)
Rene A. Wormser (A: Who was also on this committee.), author of the book Foundations: Their Power and Influence, served as counsel for the Committee. Wormser discussed the investigation of the social sciences on part of the foundations – such as the Rockefeller and Carnegie foundations – and the influence that they wield. (A: They give you part of his testimony to the committee.)
“Mr. WORMSER. Professor, back to this term “social engineering,” again, is there not a certain presumption, or presumptuousness, on the part of social scientists, to consider themselves a group of the elite who are solely capable and should be given the sole opportunity to guide us in our social development? They exclude by inference, I suppose, religious leaders and what you might call humanistic leaders. They combine the tendency toward the self-generated social engineering concept with a high concentration of power in that interlocking arrangement of foundations and agencies, and it seems to me you might have something rather dangerous.” [emphasis added] (p. 579) (A: That came out at the committee as well.)
The Committee lists the various organizations who were involved with the Rockefeller Foundation’s investigation of the social sciences. Also identified were other organizations such as the Council on Foreign Relations, which have been instrumental in crafting globalist policy. (A: That’s just the American branch of the Royal Institute of International Affairs.)
“When the Rockefeller Foundation turned to the social sciences and the humanities as the means to advance the “well-being” of humanity, the section entitled “Social Sciences” in the annual report was set up under the following headings, which remained unchanged until 1935:
General Social Science Projects : Cooperative Undertakings.
Research in Fundamental Disciplines.
Interracial and International Studies.
Current Social Studies.
Research in the Field of Public Administration. (A: Because all the big public administrators have been trained through these foundations. I hope you realize that. And all your educational heads too.)
Fundamental Research and Promotion of Certain Types of Organization.
Fellowships in the Social Sciences.
The report states that the arrangement was for the purpose of “simplification and in order to emphasize the purpose for which appropriations have been made.”
In the decade 1929-38 the foundation’s grants to social-science projects amounted to $31.4 millions (A: That would be in the BILLIONS today, with inflation.) and grants were made to such agencies as the Brookings Institution, the Social Science Research Council, the National Research Council, the Foreign Policy Association, the Council on Foreign Relations, and the Institute of Pacific Relations in this country as well as a dozen or more in other countries, and the Fiscal Committee of the League of Nations.” (A: Which became the United Nations. The Institute for Pacific Relations was part of the Council on Foreign Relations under disguise. Its job back then, in 1929-1938, was to set up the system for intergenerational absorption of the Far East into one bloc with China, with Australia, New Zealand and so on coming underneath it. Back then, 1928-1938.) (p. 879)
A campaign to smear the Reece Committee began shortly after it was released. John D. Rockefeller the 3rd himself responded to the findings of the Committee, flatly denying that the Rockefeller foundation or any of the organizations that it has given money to has ever advocated world government. Rockefeller states,
“If the expression “one-world theories of government” means anything, it means world government. No shred of evidence is presented in the report to show that the Rockefeller Foundation or any of the organizations to which it has made grants has advocated world government.” (p. 1104)
With the advantage of historical hindsight, this claim from Rockefeller is easily debunked. In reality, the Rockefeller family has – from a very early date – promoted globalism and world government, which today is almost a reality. The following are a few examples of Rockefeller influence over the past several decades. Programs of social engineering designed to acclimate the people to globalist policy and goals, combined with pushes for global governance have been pushed on the American people for almost 100 years. (A: You understand when you’re trying to get through to people and you see that blank stare, well what’s wrong with this and what’s wrong with that? That’s what you hear because they ARE the totally brainwashed and they have been through the education system and really from the time they’ve been born. Anything can be made to appear normal if you’ve been brainwashed from birth.)
The Interchurch World Movement
An early project of the Rockefeller family was the Interchurch World Movement, started in 1919. John D. Rockefeller Jr., the son of John D. Rockefeller the 3rd, founded the IWM. Charles E. Harvey, professor of history at California State University, wrote a history of the Interchurch World Movement in a 1982 paper titled “John D. Rockefeller, Jr., and the Interchurch World Movement of 1919-1920: A Different Angle on the Ecumenical Movement. The IWM goal was to consolidate the churches into a single organization that would control the direction of the churches as a whole. The IWM, in Rockefeller’s own words had a globalist slant. He writes,
“I do not think we can overestimate the importance of this Movement. As I see it, it is capable of having a much more far-reaching influence than the League of Nations in bringing about peace, contentment, goodwill and prosperity among the people of the earth.” (A: Now you have to understand what they mean, by their own definitions of peace, contentment, good will and prosperity among the people of the earth because, remember, in the League of Nations charter they talked about, right from the Marxist doctrine by the way – which they also ran, both sides – the sharing of wealth. It also means that the richer countries would have to PAY the poorer countries, which is happening NOW under the CLIMATE scam. They can use any scam, any scam will do to get the same agenda through. Remember too, that they tried the same thing with the International World Churches Movement back in the 1800s. They had meetings then in England at the science fair and also in the Chicago one in the late 1800s as well – I have the books, by the way, that came out of that at the time – to use millions of people that would all be taught the same – gradually over a generation – ideas, changing ideas of what they believed in their religion and making sure that the preachers were taught from the same standard books to preach this kind of stuff to allow the global government to come in.)
A revealing letter written by Rockefeller himself showed that he saw a potential for ensured “stability” by gaining control over the churches.
“I know of no better insurance for a businessman for the safety of his investments, the prosperity of the country and the future stability of our government than this movement affords…”
The Federal Council of Churches
A later organization, the Federal Council of Churches, also highlights Rockefeller’s investment in world government promoting organizations.
Not surprisingly, the Federal Council of Churches – which was merged with the National Council of Churches in 1950 – received significant funding from John D. Rockefeller Jr. Using a similar corporate structure of churches that the Interchurch World Movement first pioneered, the program developed several agendas for churches to adopt, with world government named as the ultimate goal. As reported by Time magazine in 1942,
“These are the high spots of organized U.S. Protestantism’s super-protestant new program for a just and durable peace after World War II: (A: Published in 1942, DURING the war.)
>Ultimately, “a world government of delegated powers.” (A: That’s what World War II was for, to bring it in.)
>Complete abandonment of U.S. isolationism.
>Strong immediate limitations on national sovereignty.
>International control of all armies & navies. (A: That’s to be under the United Nations.)
> “A universal system of money (A: That is the International Monetary Fund that we are hearing about right now.) … so planned as to prevent inflation and deflation.”
> Worldwide freedom of immigration. (A: You see the mess in Britain right now as all the poorer people from Europe are flooding in there.)
> Progressive elimination of all tariff and quota restrictions on world trade. (A: All of Latin America is still to flood into the States yet, it’s not just Mexico. That’s coming too, according to Jacques Attali.)
> “Autonomy for all subject and colonial peoples” (with much better treatment for Negroes in the U.S.).
> “No punitive reparations, no humiliating decrees of war guilt, no arbitrary dismemberment of nations.”
> A “democratically controlled” international bank (A: That is the World Bank.) “to make development capital available in all parts of the world without the predatory and imperialistic aftermath so characteristic of large-scale private and governmental loans.” (A: No, this one is to be much worse.)
This program was adopted last week by 375 appointed representatives of 30-odd denominations called together at Ohio Wesleyan University by the Federal Council of Churches. (A: Remember too, later they changed the name to the World Council of Churches [WCC]. Everybody gets used in a group you know. Everybody gets used.)
I’m going to put this link up and you can read through it for yourself because there is a lot of information and you’ve got to understand what’s been happening, where the ideas that you take for granted all came from, who brainwashed you into them, and you will realize you are living through a SCRIPT, nothing more or less than a script. Remember, these Rockefellers and so on, the great philanthropists, were the most cutthroat business men of their period. They were robber barons. They blew up competitors’ oil wells. They had an ARMY, a literal private army of thugs. The idea of a world in which the ELITE, they themselves, the natural ones at the top, according to themselves, the natural predators, should rule the rest, that’s what it’s ALL about… and it still is today, and the planned society with massive takedown of the population rate.
There is also an article from Spiked Magazine that I will put up as well.
Burying Malthus to save Malthusianism
spiked-online.com / Friday 26 March 2010
The Rockefellers are great proponents of Thomas Malthus and his ideas for killing off the inferior types of people across the planet. There are even Google Videos of Mr Rockefeller, the later one – he’s about 94 or 95 now – talking about the need to bring down the populations drastically. They have never changed their tune for 100 years, that family. This article is basically the new tactic. They are showing you, they are exposing in their article the tactic now used by a lot of the greenies… because the Green Movement really is simply part of the same movement… funded by guys like Rockefeller. They used to be called, they wanted depopulation and they changed themselves to the Environmental Movement, to use that as an excuse. Then Malthusianism came back into vogue with their ideas, got a bad rap again and so their idea now is to pretend, as greenies, to attack Malthus. There is a book out now that starts to attack him ¾ of the way through it and then comes back with other parts: couldn’t we revive this part and that part and that part. It’s a beautiful way of mind-bending you under the guise that they are really against Malthus and at the same time they save Malthus at the end. Spiked Magazine has an excellent article and a good exposé of this technique. They show you how it’s done. I’ll put this link up as well.
In CNS News, talking about totalitarian systems and how they always limit your travel. It’s amazing how beautifully it worked with 9/11, the beginning of the new century, the Century of Change was 2001 according to science. They had a debate, is it the year 2000 or 2001? 2001 it was, kicked off by terrorism they said. They needed that terrorism so badly to kick it off, or maybe it wouldn’t have changed. In comes Bush to do the totalitarian stuff, bring in the internal armies that they built up, and sections of them to deal with the riots they expected and to take away everybody’s rights. I said, before Obama came in, they will bring Obama in and then he will do the left wing tactic and actually IMPLEMENT it all and take the last of your rights away from you. They want to keep this left/right nonsense going, you see, so they can get a right wing in after this.
Here is an article from the guy that’s been put in charge of the transportation head of the United States, well worth reading.
Obama Transportation Secretary: ‘This Is the End of Favoring Motorized Transportation at the Expense of Non-Motorized’
Wednesday, March 24, 2010 / CNSNews.com / By Terence P. Jeffrey, Editor-in-Chief
(CNSNews.com) – Transportation Secretary Ray LaHood (A: Who is he? He’s been put in charge of all transportation and its implementation – remember, its IMPLEMENTATION is more important – in the United States.) has announced that federal transportation policies will no longer favor “motorized” transportation, such as cars and trucks, over “non-motorized” transportation, such as walking and bicycling. (A: I read an article from the Council on Foreign Relations in the 70s about this too, how they would bring it into the West. It would be a hard slog to bring it in but they would achieve it. Well, it’s coming folks. And it’s no coincidence it’s coming when they are already closing pretty well all the plants in the United States to produce cars. There is no coincidence. Everything is TIMED, you understand. Everything you will experience in life is timed, right on cue and planned an awful long time ago.)
LaHood signed the new policy directive on March 11, the same day he attended a congressional reception for the National Bike Summit, a convention sponsored by a bicycling advocacy group (A: Probably funded by the Rockefellers too.), the League of American Bicyclists. LaHood publicly announced his agency’s new direction four days later in a posting on his blog—“Fast Lane: The Official Blog of the U.S. Secretary of Transportation”–where he effusively described it as a “sea change” for the United States.
“Today, I want to announce a sea change,” LaHood wrote. “People across America who value bicycling should have a voice when it comes to transportation planning. This is the end of favoring motorized transportation at the expense of non-motorized.”
LaHood’s policy statement not only called for this change to take place in programs funded by the federal government, but also said the federal government would “encourage” state and local governments to do the same in their own programs. (A: And it goes on and on and on. All coming down. It’s all coming down.)
What you really have to understand too, if you want to understand what really is going on, you’ve got to look at these interconnecting think tanks and the military-industrial complex that all work together because, you see, they are all really OWNED by the SAME PEOPLE who own the think tanks and they own the foundations and they own the non-governmental organizations that are pressure groups. They own the lobby groups. They own the politicians. This is to do with IBM. You have to go really go into the histories of these companies but this article here is from SiliconRepublic.com.
IBM to build smart grid for electric cars
26.02.2009 / siliconrepublic.com
(A: IBM, the guys who came out with the idea of how to categorize what they called ‘workers’ for their IG Farben Company under the Nazi system, where they ended up tattooing them and gave us the different cards, then they came out with the computer and it’s now going into the smart grid for electric cars. Total control over cars. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. They always test out… and people don’t realize this. Everything that is applied to the world now is tested out in certain areas, either cities or countries or parts of a country before it is let loose on the rest of the world. They work out their problems including the reactions of the general public and how to overcome them, for instance. This article is about IBM to build a smart grid for electric cars. That’s total control. The smart grid, remember, is to control all of us in every possible way.
Technology giant IBM is working with a Danish research group to build a smart grid that will support electric cars.
Market introduction and investment plans under the EDISON (Electric Vehicles in a Distributed Market using Sustainable Energy and Open Networks) in Denmark will result in upwards of 10pc of the country’s vehicles being all electric or hybrid electric during the coming years. (A: Now you all know they are going to really cripple you with fees for using gasoline vehicles only. That’s already been announced here in Canada. They will get you off the road in one way or another. This whole Copenhagen Treaty thing is just a show. All this stuff was planned long before the show treaty. Long before it… nothing was going to stop it from coming in.)
In order to minimise carbon emissions linked to electrified transport, global attention on vehicles and infrastructure that will maximise the use of renewable energy for mobility has increased.
To achieve this on a large scale, electric vehicles require smart technologies to control charging and billing and to ensure the stability of the overall energy system.
(A: So they are going to test this out where?) The first step of the consortium is to develop smart technologies to be implemented on the Danish island of Bornholm, designed to function as a test bed.
The island has 40,000 inhabitants and an energy infrastructure characterised by a large proportion of wind energy. (A: See, they’ve already set it up with wind energy. This is for their model habitats for the future.) Creating a test bed on the island will allow researchers to study how the energy system functions as the number of electric vehicles increases. The studies will be simulation-based and will not impact security of supply on the island.
Within the project, researchers from IBM Denmark and from IBM’s Zurich Research Laboratory will develop smart technologies that synchronise the charging of the electric vehicles with the availability of wind in the grid.
“Electric vehicles are one of the technologies we can use to incorporate renewable energy into transportation,” said Danish Minister of Climate and Energy, Connie Hedegaard. (A: Of course he will say that because he’s the Minister of Climate and Energy. He knows who he works for, Connie Hedegaard.)
It’s also to do with billing and all the rest of it too. Remember, the guys who switch you on can switch you off. That’s called incredible control folks. I hope you understand that. Incredible control.
What a world we’re in now, planned long before you or I were born OR your parents were born and your grandparents were born. It’s just like a long-range business plan and implementations. Remember what Lenin said and what Beria, the head of the NKVD, said in the Soviet system back in the 1930s. It used to take 70 years to alter the perceptions of a generation, to train them into any new way of thinking. He says, now, in 1934, we can do it every 5 years through the schooling system, through scientific indoctrination. Well guess what? They can update the children from year to year now through Kindergarten onwards, to accept all of this and they will think it’s all quite natural that they live under the total control of experts and scientists… with no choices that they can make for themselves. They will simply work and produce as long as they are needed. If they are not needed, there will be no excess population… That’s also going to be mandatory as well. Lots of articles on that too.
From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on April 5th 2010. For the newcomers to the show, you should look into website web site, scroll down and bookmark all the other sites I have listed there. These are the official sites. That way when the big ones go down which they do once in a while, you will always have a site to draw down the latest shows from. They are all free audios. [Official sites listed above.] Remember, that you are the audience that brings me to you. The ads on the show pay for this air time and the advertisers deal with RBN directly; I’ve got nothing to do with them. Therefore it’s up to you the audience to keep me going. It’s expensive for these shows. The advertisers pay for RBN’s air time, their transmission, their equipment, staff and all the rest of it. So you have to keep me going by either donating to me or purchasing the books CDs and DVDS I have for sale on the web sites. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] Unfortunately personal checks aren’t accepted from any other country except from the United States to Canada because the United States and Canada is really one big place now, through the NAFTA agreement. We even share the same area code for the country; you just dial one, followed by the number and that’s it. For those who get the disks burned and passed to them of the shows I’ve done, at meetings… A lot of people don’t like using computers; they are a bit wiser. I’m only using it because I have to at this time; eventually it will get reigned in and we won’t be able to talk about anything except greening, the weather and that kind of stuff. So for those who get the disks burned, you can get in touch with me at [address above].
It truly is that way because there is so much going on now with the government hammering away at talk radio, especially what they are labeling Patriots. The time will be limited eventually as they set people up to rope in other people who then email governments and threaten them. Of course we have no idea if that’s actually going on or if we are just being told that, from governments, but THAT’S the claim that’s out right now. That talk show is fomenting possible violence towards government and authority. For those out there, always be very weary of those that goad you on. Those Hutaree people who were arrested in Chicago apparently, now it’s admitted in the press.
FBI uses ruse to lure Hutaree militia
Memorial gathering brought out group
BY BEN SCHMITT / FREE PRESS STAFF WRITER / Posted: April 2, 2010 / freep.com
I’ve WARNED so many people before about this. They were not only infiltrated by an FBI agent, the agent, as always, was more vocal than the rest about his freedoms and his rights, supplied them supposedly with explosives, set up the sting operation, and then they caught them. The same scenario over and over in every country and people never catch on. They never catch on. They keep falling for it. All you need is the right person to say the right kind of things, YOUR language as they say, and be more vocal than you, so he’s the real McCoy and you are set up from the beginning. Be very careful about people setting you up. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just warning people to be very careful out there because, I’ve gone on about it so many times, about the set-ups of the multitude of secret services that the government uses to set people up.
I remember years ago, back in the 70s it was, in the UK watching a program on white supremacism in the United States. It was a documentary. What was interesting was they hit 3 different places for raids supposedly for these while supremacists they call them. The interesting thing was, in one of the raids, 200 people were initially ushered outside and contained while they went through their documentation. It turned out at the end they only arrested 2 people. The rest of them all belonged to all the variations of the different agencies. They were all PROVOCATEURS. 2 guys had wandered in from the street for a hot cup of coffee that was free and they got charged. It’s astonishing; this has been going on for probably as long as history has been out there. Even in ancient times, if there were stirrings amongst the public or the people, even in the ancient empires in Rome, they would set up sting operations. The whole idea was to get somebody to do something or set someone up to blame someone and then you would kill off what you claimed were the ringleaders. The public would be terrified about being the next in line and therefore they wouldn’t rebel. That kept them quiet for another 10 years or so. This is ANCIENT stuff.
Here’s another thing that government is also aware of, you cannot set up this multitude, this multi-layered intelligence service outfits, one on top of the other, all stacked together, all looking at the same people, all looking for terrorism without CREATING the problem because if there is no problem you have to disband them and the last thing that these guys want is to be on the dole, on unemployment especially with their nice clean uniforms and their special status and their big salary. They don’t want to go on the dole or go back down to being a guy on the beat as a cop or something like that. You understand they’ve got to MAKE WORK, make-work projects; that’s what it’s all about. Almost every incidence that you’ve read of in England and Canada and the States, has been a sting operation set up by one of these agencies.
The one in Canada a couple of years ago was some very young guys, Muslims supposedly. They sent in a Muslim guy who dressed more radically than they did, really old fashion from their own country, more vocal against the Middle East and Israel and all the rest of the stuff than anyone else was. It turns out at the end, he set them up. The RCMP supplied the explosives, fake of course, I believe, and then they went in and arrested them all. Now these guys probably would never have got beyond the yapping and boasting stages over a few drinks if it wasn’t for the guys getting sent in to stir up the trouble. Then eventually a year later the guy who was the sting operative for CSIS, that’s the intelligence services, appeared on television in a little documentary boasting about how he did it. He worked for CSIS. He was recruited and he hadn’t been in Canada that long himself. Folk never catch on.
The World Trade Center bombing, the first one remember, was all over the mainstream newspapers a couple of years later when they were taking it to trial with the so-called suspects. They’d hired Middle Eastern guys. The FBI was in charge of the operation. One of the guys clued in eventually when the FBI handler wanted to bring in real explosives and give it to them and show them how to make a real bomb. The guy said, I thought we were going to do a fake explosive? The FBI guy said, no. So luckily the guy started taping the FBI handler each time he met him. That was played in the courts. Folk never wisen up to it. They never wisen up and they fall and fall and fall. Then it’s all over the media, ah, terror suspects caught. Now they are going after talk radio.
You know you can’t do a darn thing in this world, across this world, including blow up the towers, or anything else without one of these agencies knowing about it. They have INFILTRATED everything a long, long, long time ago. They have been listening to your phone calls forEVER, long before 9/11 happened in 2001. You live in a world that’s controlled. It’s always been controlled. I’ve always said that any major thing that happens was planned to happen… and given the go-ahead to happen. It can’t happen any other way. It’s the same years after the Gulf War I, where you find out they were preparing that for many, many years in advance. With Gulf War II, same idea. The Invasion of Iraq, they already had the troops massed elsewhere to go in long before ANY mention of Saddam Hussein was mentioned as the target in the media. Same thing with Afghanistan, long before the Trade Towers went down. You always hear after the fact. It doesn’t matter what they tell you afterwards. Once they’ve got it all in motion they always say, oh, we can’t turn back now, there will be chaos if we pull out of those countries now. This is historically the norm. That’s how it’s done.
RBN got targeted by the Christian Science Monitor about
Guardians of the free Republics: Could threats spark violence?
More than 30 US governors have received subtly threatening letters from a group called Guardians of the free Republics. Investigators fear the broad call for removing top state officials could inspire others to act out violently.
As of Wednesday, Louisiana Gov. Bobby Jindal (R), shown speaking to a joint legislative session Monday, is one of the governors who had received letters, from a group called Guardians of the free Republics, demanding they leave office within three days or be forcibly removed.
(Tim Mueller/AP) / csmonitor.com
…could Threats Spark Violence and so on. They are targeting different people here. As I say, people should use their own common sense and judgment and realize as well, that there are definitely people all over the place that can set you up for a sting operation. You’ve got to have the willing fools, the victims that fall for it, so you can display them in orange outfits when you put them on trial to the public. You’ve got to have the willing fools, ancient, ancient techniques. You should see the movie… there are so many movies that have been made in the past about agent provocateurs that are operatives of the CIA or some special forces getting sent under cover, old stuff like this. Where do you think they get this from? It’s from your life.
The movie Matewan came out in the 90s about a real story that happened in a factory-owned town in Pennsylvania, coal-mining town. They were worried about unions starting up so what they did was they got one guy to go in, as a provocateur, and he stirred them up. He showed them how to make bombs and the whole thing so he could draw out ringleaders, those who were more vocal, and kill them. That’s what happened. That was the norm again. They sent in what they called strike breakers that were just hired thugs, well paid, for the big corporations and they killed them, executed them and the Federal government knew. It was going on for years and they turned a blind eye. They didn’t care. They wanted it; they are all on board with the corporations. OLD techniques. So they show them over and over and over again and they do it in real life and people never catch on.
With so many agencies getting SO well funded and SO well paid, they are on to a good thing. They are on a roll. They don’t want to get disbanded. They don’t want some government official saying, why are we using this; they haven’t found anything for the last 5 years. They’ve got to have something to show their bosses. Wisen up folks. Wisen up because it’s always been this way.
I’ve mentioned so many times before that we are living through a script and we ARE living through a script, we truly, truly are. There is nothing happening today that wasn’t planned many, many years ago, and discussed at BIG international meetings, workshops put into it and round tables set up to work out and hammer out details of implementation WITH the cooperation of all the necessary international corporations, private/public partnerships, etc, etc to make it all happen. There is NOTHING happening today that wasn’t planned before you were born. Even during World War II they even sat in international meetings discussing what they would call the League of Nations when they updated it and it eventually came out to be the United Nations. So the last couple of years of World War II in all the propaganda documentaries, Pathe News, and so on, they would come out with the United Nations are going in here and they are landing, the United Nations. There was no more Britain or U.S. or anything; it was all the United Nations. They truly hoped to bring in this new planned society then, a society that would be based and run by the intellectuals, academia, and the international corporations. Democracy would eventually be bypassed and forgotten, completely forgotten. You are really there now today; you just don’t know it yet. You just don’t know you are already there.
There is a book that was out, Our Global Neighborhood. It was published in 1995 by the Oxford University Press. There is a lot of stuff for the Royal Institute of International Affairs and for the United Nations. The report was called…
Our Global Neighborhood
Report of the Commission on Global Governance
(ISBN 0-19-827998-1; Published by Oxford University Press, 1995)
A Summary Analysis by Henry Lamb / sovereignty.org / (First published in eco-logic, January/February, 1996)
(Alan: Now this wasn’t some hobbyists meeting together to discuss a wish list of things they wanted to have or a world they’d like to dream up like a Cinderella story. These were hard-nosed business men, top professors, hundreds of non-governmental organizations working through academia and in academia and working with governments as well TOWARDS this new system. That was back in 1996. They didn’t dream up the idea, as I say, it was talked about in World War II. What it says here is…)
The Commission on Global Governance has released its recommendations in preparation for a World Conference on Global Governance, scheduled for 1998, at which official world governance treaties are expected to be adopted for implementation by the year 2000. Among those recommendations are specific proposals to expand the authority of the United Nations to provide:
Global taxation;
A standing UN army;
An Economic Security Council;
UN authority over the global commons;
(A: Global commons, it’s a very interesting thing to read into what that means.)
An end to the veto power of permanent members of the Security Council;
A new parliamentary body of “civil society” representatives (NGOs);
(A: represented by non-governmental organizations, not the public. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just reading this Global Neighborhood towards a world governance basically, world governance by the United Nations. This was published first in 1995 and then again in 1996. It says in here that they also want an…
An Economic Security Council;
(A: That was to strengthen the International Monetary Fund but of course they needed the crash for it to really get pushed ahead, which they always get what they want don’t they?)
UN authority over the global commons;
An end to the veto power of permanent members of the Security Council;
A new parliamentary body of “civil society” representatives (NGOs);
(A: Parliamentary body… very interesting because that ties in with Professor Carroll Quigley’s statement as the historian of the Council on Foreign Relations where he said that they use foundations with non-governmental organizations and they substitute THAT for democracy of the people. In other words, the biggest groups have the biggest voices and the ones that are authorized by the United Nations become the official non-governmental organizations. That’s how the Soviet Union, technically, on the face of it, was governed. They had non-governmental organizations, the workers union of this, workers union of that, etc, in charge of everything. But the Politburo picked the leaders. The difference here is the foundations pick and train the leaders for the non-governmental organizations.)
A new “Petitions Council”;
A new Court of Criminal Justice; (Accomplished in July, 1998 in Rome)
(A: That’s happened already; it’s international now. They can drag you out of any country, take you abroad and try you.)
Binding verdicts of the International Court of Justice;
Expanded authority for the Secretary General.
(A: Of course they went on about global taxations and all the rest of it, which we are IN to now through the carbon taxes. See, whatever they want… they get what they want at the top. You understand you are living in agenda. You are not living through some happenstance thing where there are opposing forces here. The richest people have no opposing forces. Believe you me, they have no opposing forces. They buy everything, including what you think are opposing forces. It says here…)
These proposals reflect the work of dozens of different agencies and commissions over several years, but are now being advanced by the Commission on Global Governance in its report entitled Our Global Neighborhood (Oxford University Press, 1995, ISBN 0-19-827998-3, 410pp).
The Commission consists of 28 individuals (A: AT the top.), carefully selected because of their prominence, influence, and their ability to effect the implementation of the recommendations. (A: Now listen to how it is worded, if you think there is democracy.) The Commission is not an official body of the United Nations. It was, however, endorsed by the UN Secretary General and funded through two trust funds (A: Again, foundations and trusts.) of the United Nations Development Program (UNDP), nine national governments, and several foundations, including the MacArthur Foundation, the Ford Foundation, and the Carnegie Corporation. (A: Which also a couple of them go under the Rockefeller Foundation because it’s the same board on both.)
The Commission believes that world events, since the creation of the United Nations in 1945, combined with advances in technology, the information revolution, and the now-global awareness of impending environmental catastrophe, (A: Remember, this was back in 1995 and it said it had all been going on since the early 90s.) create a climate in which the people of the world will recognize the need for, and the benefits of, global governance. (A: So now you know. The people of the world apparently would recognize it. So you all recognize the need for global governance. Listen to this now…) Global governance, according to the report, “does not imply world government or world federalism.” Although the difference between “world government” and “global governance” has been compared to the difference between “rape” and “date-rape,” (A: It’s all terminology. What you get is what you really get, not necessarily what you see.) the system of governance described in the report is a new system. There is no historic model for the system here proposed, (A: Listen to this now…) nor is there any method by which the governed (A: That’s you lot.) may decide whether or not they wish to be governed by such a system. (A: Remember I said years ago there is no complaints department in this reality here; there is just illusions. So for the hard of thinking, it says here… nor is there any method by which the governed may decide whether or not they wish to be governed by such a system. (A: Governance means you do what you’re told. That’s what it means. Remember what the Club of Rome that also works for this bunch said, that they looked at all the systems of the world because democracy was too slow and cumbersome, too many competing sides and factions demanding things to get anything done. Therefore they would bypass or toss out democracy and bring in a type of COLLECTIVISM. Your new collectivism are the bunches of non-governmental organizations that supposedly now, unelectedly, represent you. They speak for you, on your behalf. Not that you will ever meet them or get a chance to talk to them, but that’s how it works. Same as the Soviet. This IS the new Soviet, folks.) Global governance is a procedure toward defined objectives (A: They are not stumbling in the dark here.) that employs a variety of methods, none of which give the governed an opportunity to vote “yes” or “no” for the outcome. (A: You get no opportunity to vote yes or no for the outcome; that’s what it says.) Decisions taken by administrative bodies, or by bodies of appointed delegates, or by “accredited” civil society organizations, (A: That’s non-governmental organizations.) are already implementing many of the recommendations just published by the Commission. (A: It recommends, too, bringing in all these NGOs on board with government decisions. Well, we already have that. Look who makes up the bunch, those behind Blair then Brown in Britain and Obama in the US. Look at all these guys and what they worked for before, non-governmental organizations, academia, all getting grants from the big foundations and now they ARE government basically. And you think you’re free. And you think they’re stumbling in the dark and that you’ve got rights. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just reading an article breaking down this particular global governance book and showing you what’s in it, what it’s really all about. What it shows to you is that not only did you have no rights back when this thing was written because they had an agenda, they knew where they were going, but long before that it was the same darn system since 1945 at least, and actually before that. I’ve got books written during World War II when the so-called allied countries had massive commissions up that were traveling by aircraft back and forth to different countries during World War II having their international meetings on the type of society, this very society we are going into now, the planned society with eventually the regulatory system where EVERYONE is regulated down to a micro-individual level, from birth to death basically IF they needed you FOR the system. They talked about population growth back then, in World War II when they were slaughtering millions of people. People really don’t get it. They really think they are on the cutting edge as we stumble down through time towards some vague future, as the media would present it to you. That’s their job, mind you. Every phase we go through is a planned phase, including the war ON terror which I call the war OF terror. Every part is preplanned long before events happen, or are MADE to happen or disclosed to the public, every single part of it.
When you tie up the money… See, everything in business, big international corporative business and academia comes from taxpayer funding. The massive projects that nations take on comes from taxpayer funding, whether it’s massive roadways like the NAFTA highways or anything else is through taxpayer funding. We build them all and then they give it to their buddies, that were planned before you even heard of it, they give it to their buddies for peanuts. Then they run it, once you built it and paid for it all. It’s always been this way. The big corporations are on board. I’ve always said, these big corporations, I don’t believe they ever had any competition in the last 40 years. They really didn’t.
It’s so interesting to look at The Trials and Punishment of IG Farben, the umbrella company during World War II that was set up before World War II to create the Nazi war machine for Germany. You had all these big foundations there, Carnegie, Ford, all the rest of them, the Rockefeller Foundation. You had Rothschild’s foundations, Bayer, and so on. They all comprised this massive umbrella organization. You had ITT, they made the Falkland fighter for the Germans. You had Ford over there making their Jeeps and so on. You had GM as well. None of these companies paid a dime for helping that war to get started, so they were profiting off both sides. You know business went ON during the war. The stock markets were going on DURING the war.
Once in a while when something was very blatant like the banks that were in New York that were FUNDING Germany directly, they came out with Trading With the Enemy Act and that’s where the Bush lineage came into it with Herbert Walker Bush I think it was. Everything is planned that way. You can’t have massive things like that getting set up in a country, in a WORLD, to bring on a planned war – remember what HG Well said before World War II, he says we need another war; the folk aren’t willing to give up their sovereign independence and their nationalism. He spoke on behalf of the Royal Institute of International Affairs and the Fabian Society working with the big foundations, from the Astor families and so on. Lots of books were written at the time. Nothing has changed. It’s only better now they are into electronics and monitoring all of us. That was planned too. They knew this time would come because they used your tax money to do all the research and development, that is bringing it all together today. We pay for our chains. I keep saying that, we pay and pay and pay for our chains.
Reality for most folk is just indoctrinated illusion. That’s all it is. The beauty is, you are all getting the same indoctrination through the same schooling, internationally now through UNESCO. Then you all talk to your pals and you get the same downloads from daily WORLD media and so you all have the same conclusions about everything; you all think you are sane. You haven’t a clue.
Here is the idea. We get this carbon tax. A carbon economy, remember, really is a con in itself, as we all know. They have to create a big scare, the weather. Changes in the weather is going to cause it, we have to go this way. Well the weather has always changed, folks. For those who have completely lost their brains, the weather has ALWAYS changed, ALWAYS. We’ve always gone through cycles, up and down and up and down of hot for a while, for years, then cold for years, hot and cold. It’s always been that way. They used to teach this in PRIMARY [Elementary] school in Europe at the age of 5 and 6, in your PRIMARY textbooks. That there were previous ice ages and previous warming ages, sometimes lasting 200, 400 years, back and forth, back and forth, back and forth. Then they had reports IN those primary school textbooks for children, school children, that core samples were taken at the North Pole and so on to show you that many thousands of years ago, before man was around, there were ice ages and there were warming ages… BEFORE man was on the planet. Who would you tax then? Hmm?
This is a con for a new economy of control where technically nothing is produced, just massive profit FOR control on you. They go through these incredible calculations, and incredible is the word. These calculations are designed to transform everything that you purchase and the energy that went into making it into what would the potential carbon be if it was all based on carbon. It’s utterly bogus but it’s good enough for all the prostitutes of science out there and there are thousands and thousands of them. For you folk out there that think scientists are somehow neutral with everything, this is the nonsense that they’ve spouted for years… oh well, you know, we just, we are not responsible for how anything is used or misused, we are just on the cutting edge of finding the truth. RUBBISH! There is not a science out there that was ever free to do anything that it wanted to do. EVERYTHING and every system is political. EVERYTHING IS COMPLETELY POLITICAL.
They have used psychiatry before in totalitarian countries. Psychiatry that calls itself a science… not only to validate the findings of the Nazis to slaughter those that were feeble minded and all the rest of it to get rid of them all, the gene pools. There were so many Nazis of the psychiatry profession on board it was astonishing. They also did that in the Soviet Union; massive psychiatric exterminations in the Soviet Union. They even used people and opened up their skulls, one brain after another, while they were living. That was in The Soviet Story, that documentary; excellent, excellent thing to watch. EVERYTHING IS POLITICAL. In the Soviet Union, if they didn’t like what you were doing they’d lock you up. They would get all these professionals, mind you, the scientists to say that you had “inflexibility of opinion”. That was the diagnosis. You just wouldn’t go along with the status quo and parrot the slogans that you were told to parrot.
It’s the same with physics and medicine and everything else out there. These guys know where their bread is buttered and where it comes from and they are happy to go along with it, just like all these PROSTITUTES that were found out with their scams, from the emails that were feeding the IPCC all their supposed conclusive data. People have been taught and brainwashed into complete naivety to believe that they higher you go the more respectable they are; that dishonest people somehow couldn’t get up there, when the absolute opposite is true. The psychopaths climb the ladder in the real world because they have no conscience. They don’t care what color hat they wear under whatever regime; they will wear it and they are well paid for doing so. Astonishing.
Here is an article…
Ford, Microsoft to work on electric-car charging
March 31st, 2010 in Technology / Energy / physorg.com
(A: See, they’re already way ahead. These deals were made years ago. We’re just getting told what they’re trying right now.)
(AP) — Ford Motor Co. and Microsoft Corp. have signed a deal to work together on a computerized link between houses (A: Here you are…), electric cars and utility companies to help manage energy use. (A: Remember, last Friday I mentioned one where they are using an island off Denmark; they’d already set up the windmill schemes to put everybody on electric cars. They work out all the problems and any problems with the public that are not too happy with the slow speed and the high charging cost and all the rest of it. And here is this other article that I’m reading right now.)
The companies said Wednesday at the New York International Auto Show that this is the beginning of a smart system (A: It’s SMART, you see. WOW.) that will help utilities (A: It will help utilities…) and customers (A: It’s going to help you.) manage energy costs and electrical generating capacity.
The system would start with the all-electric Ford Focus compact car that is scheduled to go on sale late in 2011. Called “Microsoft Hohm,” (A: Hohm… it should be HMM.) it will allow utilities to vary electric rates based on the time of day. (A: Isn’t that wonderful? We went through all that nonsense in a good part of the world with off-peak usage. Everybody went and changed onto electric heating and you bought these things full of water and bricks in them and I’m not kidding, there were bricks. They would charge at night, the idea being that they would hold their heat during the day. So everyone fell for that and got encouraged by the government to go for it. Once enough people were on it, they said, oh, we’re doing away with the off-peak charging rates now, you have to pay the full rates at night and during the day. So, ah, you can’t win folks. It’s not DESIGNED for you to win with.)
Do you really think that these big international corporations got so incredibly stinking rich, as they caused wars and all the rest of it, because they are altruistic? Do you? These international corporations have their own hit squads for Gods sake. Their OWN hit squads. Do you think someone, anybody on the planet is going to stand in the way of a multi billion dollar project, when a corporation… they get the hit guys. Where do you go for hit guys? You go for all the so-called civilian forces for security, like Keeny Meeny where the ex-SAS guys are, or the ones for the green berets, the ex ones that are set up in the US. That way it doesn’t go through the military. You pay them the cash and they do the dirty. That was exposed as well in Sierra Leone a few years ago.
They did a documentary in Canada and it showed that a big company, a corporation in London, gold, silver, diamonds, BIG, well established company, very ‘eld’, old company. What happened was they started a war in Sierra Leone to get rid of all the peasants that were around there, to get them off the land. So what they did was sponsor a bunch of guys to start a civil war. You saw all the mercenaries going in there, all these guys from Special Forces, ex Special Forces. When the interviewer asked the corporate CEO, don’t you find any qualms about this, you are moving all these people off, you are disrupting a whole country’s way of life and so on and taking their land just so you can keep mining there? The guy laughs and he says, well, they are not using it are they? The people aren’t using it. As though that was a preposterous question, and to that guy IT WAS a preposterous question. That’s the real world we live in.
That’s the real world and it’s always been this way. And you think your governments are there to stop things or somehow keep some sort of legal check on things. NO. Your government is only there to keep a legal check on YOU. Who do you think puts in these politicians into their positions in government? I’ve said for years, what bunch of multi-millionaires do you want to vote for, the left or the right? Because they all invest in the same corporations. They are all intermarried. All from the same schools. They’ve got nothing in common with you.
Here is this article on how they are already… Do you think they just started this? No, they’ve obviously been working on this for many 20-30 years, just this part alone. And they were. They were working in the 60s on these so-called farcical electrical cars. Then you come out too, remember, reading that first report, Towards a Global Governance, as they called it, and how they wanted a strengthened monetary system. Well this came out April 24, 2009 from the Council on Foreign Relations, from their own site. I read it at the time but I’ll read it again, a bit of it. This is re-updated from March 30, 2010.
Building a Strengthened IMF
Interviewee: Domenico Lombardi, President, Oxford Institute for Economic Policy
Interviewer: Roya Wolverson, Staff Writer, CFR.org
March 30, 2010
The International Monetary Fund played a leading role in responding to Greece’s financial crisis. (A: Did you know that the International Monetary Fund, according to this report, saved the world, put out by the Royal Institute of International Affairs and the Council on Foreign Relations. This is what they claim, the International Monetary Fund saved the world, even though I’ve got all the articles here – I’ve kept them all – where every country and every institution said that the IMF had FAILED MISERABLY at what it was designed to do. But, no, reality is warped again and the International Monetary Fund played a LEADING ROLE in responding to Greece’s financial crisis, according to this.) It has also issued sharp warnings to other European countries and the United States about their debt levels, fueling debate over the institution’s role in the global economy. Domenico Lombardi, president of the Oxford Institute for Economic Policy, a senior scholar at the Brookings Institution, and a former executive board member for the IMF and World Bank, (A: Well, he’s impartial, you know that.) says countries need a strong multinational finance institution to respond to the increasingly globalized financial system. (A: In other words, they will get what they always wanted. The IMF was set up with the World Bank to BE the world banker and distributor of money in whatever form it ends up being. Whether it’s just blips on a computer or plastic dollars or whatever, it doesn’t matter. Money only works as long as you believe in it. You’ve got to read Plato’s Republic. He talks about this beautiful world system that the elite could bring in with its special, selected breeding, for the elite themselves, the GUARDIAN CLASS. They’d have a helper class as well, the middle class, the bureaucrats that would govern the ‘its’; he called the people the ‘its’, the general public. Then they would breed the its like domestic animals for the particular job that they were intended to do. You would get 2 tall ones together, male and female, marry them for tall offspring to pick apples off trees and little squat ones to go down the mines and stuff like that. This is thousands of years ago. This is the favorite book of all the biggies. They all mention Plato’s Republic and how it really impressed and influenced their lives. All you have to do now is rather than just breed in and breed in and breed in until you end up with a poodle, you use genetic engineering, and lots of reasons why you must use it. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, bringing a bit of reality into a very dark world because, you know people think they are pretty bright but they are not bright at all. They are simply conditioned into the path that those that run the world wanted them to be in. It works very well, when we are all conditioned along the same path at the same time by the same media and all the different outlets that we have, that we think are independent. Total brainwashing. These guys know where they’re going.
Here is another article about it all and they talk about the ‘internet of things’ and the ‘connectivity of things’ as everything is to be chipped, including you and everything you wear and eat and pills that you take and all the rest of it.
IT Infrastructure:
25 Things You Might Not Know About IBM’s Smarter Planet Strategy
ibm.com / 2009-10-19
IBM’s “Smarter Planet” initiative has loftier aspirations than your typical corporate strategy. Big Blue says the world is becoming instrumented (by 2010, there will be a billion transistors per human, (A: A billion.) each one costing one ten-millionth of a cent); more interconnected (a trillion networked things) (A: Everything communicates with everything else and feeds back ALL the data. And you, by the way, are the object of it because the only economy there’s going to be for the big boys shortly is taxing you under different names for fees and costs and energy costs and carbon costs. All these chips are going to help them to do it. For everything that you need, they will have chips in it.) ; and more intelligent (thanks to algorithms and powerful systems that can analyze mountains of data to make decisions and to take actions). IBM aims to provide the technology that can connect the systems running the world (A: They are already doing it; it’s DONE. It’s done already.), making the planet smarter: with less traffic, healthier food (A: Ha, which is all Genetically Modified and there is nothing in it to feed you.), cleaner water, safer cities. (A: As they bung us all together. Then it goes on about…) Here are 25 things you might not have known about IBM’s “Smarter Planet” initiative. (A: …and who they are working with.)
I’ll put these articles up on my web site at the end of the show and you can go through them and see for yourself. Literally, you could spend 500 lifetimes trying to put all this together. There is so much of it out there. For every day there is an international meeting going on in some nice, exotic place that you can’t get access to, on something. There are probably a dozen meetings going on a day internationally and then the subcategories of regionally and then nationally as well that you will hear nothing about until 20 years down the road. That’s how it’s been my whole life.
When I was growing up, they kept saying in Europe, oh, no, we’re not going to amalgamate Europe; it’s just a trading organization so we can hammer out trade deals. And they lied their teeth off as we went metric in Europe and Britain. Everything changed overnight into metric. Then your coinage eventually changed into decimals as well, the decimal system, overnight. They kept lying their teeth off and saying, no, no, no, the Prime Minister is just signing an agreement for ‘closer ties,’ closer ties and better understanding, with the different leaders of Europe. Then just before the year 2000 they ADMIT in a report, once they set up the whole deal and integrated Europe and set up a parliament, they declassified information from 1948 saying the public must not be told the true intention is total integration with a central government until it’s up and running. That’s how the world is run folks, by deception. Always has been. It’s called governance, GOVERNANCE.
From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on April 6, 2010. For the newcomers out there, I suggest you go into website web site. You’ll find hundreds of audios for download for free. Bookmark the other official sites I have listed there because sometimes the .com site goes down and if you’ve got them listed you can always pull down the latest shows at your leisure. You can also go into alanwattsentientsentinel.eu; that’s the European site. It has the same audios but it’s also got the addition of transcripts of a lot of the talks I’ve given for print up and you can choose from the various languages of Europe. It’s a very good site, lots of folk use it. [Official sites listed above.] Remember that you are the audience that brings me to you because I depend upon your donations and purchasing my products – that’s my books, CDs and DVDs – to keep me going, to tick over. I don’t take money from the advertisers. The ads on this show are paid by the advertisers directly to RBN for the broadcast time. That pays for the staff, technicians and the broadcast itself. So it’s up to you to keep me going and you can do so buying the items I have for sale on my web sites.
How long this can last I don’t know because people have tried this in the past, hoping for donations and things and they all went under. This is probably the longest lasting one, but it’s really just ticking over. It’s up to you to keep me going if you like this alternative style and presentation of different facets of the news where I do go into more depth than anyone else, then you’ve got to keep it going. I’ve made it available to the world for free. When you buy the books, remember, you are helping someone else because they are downloading for free somewhere too and maybe they can’t afford the books but they can get the shows. I’ve got to pay for the satellite uploads. I’ve got to pay for the satellite services. I’ve got to pay for all these different things and as you know, nothing is cheap these days. I don’t even have a cell phone. I don’t have all the gadgets you guys out there have; I just maintain the old stuff I have here to get this up. So it’s up to you to keep me going. I’ll either stick around or I won’t or I’ll go back to teaching private groups. It’s quite simple to do and that way I know I get paid, quite a lot of money. It’s mainly the United States that keeps me ticking over. The average Canadian is from $100 a month to $280 per month. So if it wasn’t for the US, I’d be done now; it’s as simple as that. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] That’s the way payments and money transfers go these days. Eventually there will be one system only, as we all know; it’s designed that way and we’ll have no problems then as it gets filtered through all the government agencies as they take off their various taxes and energy taxes and carbon taxes for all the energy that you are using for transmitting the payment. That’s not far off, mind you, but it’s not here just yet. It’s on the books. For those that get the disks burned and passed to them at meetings and so on, you can get in touch with me at [address above]. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I’m sure by now everyone has heard about the wikileaks video that’s out there now that happened in I think about 2007 where US troops in a helicopter gunned down, for fun basically, and slaughtered unarmed civilian in Iraq. I thought that was already out because I saw one similar a couple of years back, that could have been a different episode or a different happening. What gets me is that the public kind of needs this once in a while. Then they are shocked and it’s forgotten of course.
We live in a fantasy world anyway, truly. If you think that this is what war is really about, peacekeeping and handing chocolate out to children and taking photo ops with the troops by their own PR people in the Army, do you really think that’s what war is about? Any country who gets an occupational force put into it is going to suffer the same kind of things. That’s the lesson of history. Troops, they have no individuality. The first thing you do in drilling troops is to drill out the individuality until they obey, OBEY is the whole thing, and become like little killing demons. You are training them to be the opposite of what’s tolerated within your own society. You can’t act like a hooligan in your own society. You can’t go around killing dogs, people or anything else for the fun of it. You go into the military and their whole idea is to WARP your mind so much that you lose your individuality, turn you into supposedly a killing machine. You’ll find in every unit there is always a head person who’s more psychopathic than the rest, more macho supposedly, and they prove their machoness by doing acts like this. The rest will follow on; they don’t want to be called a wimp or other kind of derogatory names. So this is what happens. This is what happens all the time.
In occupied countries, the people have no rights. When they get killed, there will always be an official explanation for why they were killed. There always is. It’s like the police. When the police gun down somebody and they find out it was a mistake, they make sure that they leave behind a carrot, a throwaway gun. A throwaway, they always carry throwaway guns to put near the so-called suspect. It’s the same in the military. You must always find a legitimate reason for slaughtering people and that keeps the army squeaky clean. They don’t like bad publicity. It’s the way of history. It’s happened through every major war, every major war. These guys are brainwashed. I’m not justifying them either. I don’t support troops. I never have, in any country, supported troops because I know what happens to them. I know what their purpose is.
Remember Kissinger said in an interview, he said what he thought of troops. The American troops especially, he says, the American troops are just dumb stupid animals that are to be used for foreign policy. He was being quite honest from his elite point of view. That’s how they see them. That’s what they are actually. He was right. He’s telling the truth. When you go into the military, you are dumb stupid animal who is used for foreign policy, policies which you won’t even be told about, you won’t even know. You are taught the BASE level of propaganda to get a job done. You don’t care who’s benefiting from it, what the real plans are. The big corporations are going to steal everything out of the countries that you are helping to occupy. You don’t care. You are quite happy being young and stupid and running around with a gun. You’ve become GI Joe. You now can have the big machine gun and act the hard man, when in real life you are generally a coward on your own. And that’s a fact.
Wiki leaks came out with this. They’ve tried for a while to get it out to the public but they’ve had a lot of opposition. They did get a write-up in The Daily Mail.co.uk about it.
‘Ha ha, I hit ’em’: Top secret video showing U.S. helicopter pilots gunning down 12 civilians in Baghdad attack leaked online
By David Gardner / dailymail.co.uk / Last updated on 07th April 2010 [Article altered as of 4/7/10]
They said ‘Fun in the Sun, United States slaughters unarmed civilians,’ just like a video game because that’s what it’s like to these guys. I’ve said year after year after year for many years, that the generation that are wearing the uniforms now were brought up specifically with the video games given to them in a basic, the worst atheistic system that they could possibly devise for them to grow up in, where the State them gives them their values. Re-value they call it, which means pretty well no obedience to anybody except their paymaster. They’ve been taught, with video games, just to slaughter whatever figures they see running around, like a video game. The games were designed for the military and when they started to promote them to the public you could tell right away something was up. Well, 20-odd years later, they’ve got them in uniform and they are doing exactly as they’ve been taught, their whole life, to do. It’s that plain and simple.
That’s what the military is about. When you drill, your individuality is drummed out of you. Any little sarcastic comment to the drill sergeant and he’s on you like a ton of bricks because he doesn’t want you to be a smart aleck. You have to be dumb and stupid and say yes sir, no sir and all the rest of it. That’s all they want out of you and you jump and you do what you are told. If you are told to go off and slaughter people, you will do so. If you are told to torture people, you will do so. That’s what they do.
Everything is like it’s a bizarre dream. They talk about the great unconscious, as Carl Jung talked about it, the subconscious, then unconscious. The unconscious was the SEA where all memories, all knowledge was kept. It was beyond the moral side of things because it was past the censorship part of your brain. Anything was possible. That’s where your nightmares come from and odd dreams where you will do things you’d never normally do in real life. Well, that’s what’s promoted when you go into the military. You are coming from one society where they used to, not so long ago, they’d hang you and still in some states in the United States they will still fry you [for that type of behavior]. Then you are taught that you’ve got the greatest respect. Now, you are simply changed from your rags to a uniform. Rags to uniforms… and you want to go off and kill people because you are a little boy who has never grown up yet. You want to be somebody, a big man, the big shot.
I’ve seen what they call the ‘bloodied photographs’ of troops in different countries. They always have bloodied photographs; that’s their first kill. Each one gets these to keep, you see. What they will often do is hold the corpse up, or sit on it, or laugh at it, or do some grotesque thing to it to dehumanize it and show how brave they are with the big smile on their face, that they are not scared at all, at this grizzly spectacle. Some of them will even put their finger in the bullet hole that killed their first victim. That’s called getting bloodied. They ALL do that. All your little sons and daughters over there that come back to you and you go off to your awful fast food restaurants and that and talk about the great times you are having, etc. Ask them about their photographs, their bloodied photographs. Ask them, if you’ve got the guts to do it, if you are still proud of little Johnny. That’s the real world.
What was interesting was when you look through the history of the 20th century, the most disciplined army was the German army. They had less of all the blood, rape and pillage than other countries. Everybody else had tremendous raping going on, wherever the troops went in, and killing often of the victims afterward. That was part of it. Germany had the lowest incidence of that because they were so disciplined. The Russians, when they went into Germany raped and killed wherever they went. So the more suppressed a society is, where the people are less powerful, less personal power and more totalitarianist the system, the more they’d take it out. If you can’t take it out on road rage or speeding in your car, because really, you have no power in your own personal life, you go into the military and you can take it out there. That’s what they do. Nothing new in this whatsoever; it happens every day. It happens every day.
Every military has a big legal establishment that tries to cover up everything that happens every day as well and they are very successful at it. They get an awful lot of cooperation from the media. So I won’t even hang on to this. I’ll put these links up from the Daily Mail and the YouTube one on my site at the end of the show and you can go and see it if you are so fascinated to do so yourself. But I’ve seen many like it before and it’s just another repeat of what I’ve seen.
I remember saying on a radio broadcast when they were going into Iraq, just before it in fact. They showed you some PR shots of troops dancing, American troops dancing on a carrier ship on the way over, half naked, some of them were naked I think, to rap music. I thought and I said this on the air, we are sending the barbarians in… to one of the oldest cultures in the world. That’s what it looked like to me. That’s what they’ve raised for this particular purpose for this particular function. And yes, they will be turned out on the public back home. A few years ago I read the statistics from the newspapers on police recruits and it was over 90% in the United States, of all police recruits at that time were coming directly from the military into police. That was all planned years ago too, that that would be happening FOR this particular time, where once again, they will be allowed to throw off the normal restraints of societal control, to get turned loose on you and they do what they want. And they will be covered by, again, their bosses above them. So that’s that one anyway. I’ve got lots of articles tonight too, to show you how everything is planned years ago. I’ll be back with more after this break.
I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Today I was going through a lot of academia’s publications. You are really shocked when you get into the global warming stuff and how for about 20-30 years they’ve been working on blending all your taxes into a new system for a new era. They hit upon, of course, the idea of global warming for many different purposes but they all tie together. It’s all done through academia, through all the BIG universities with a lot of the other universities all tied in with it too. Many, many, many professors have joined these societies they belong to, associations, to get IN on the big cash cows and they are making a fantastic living out of it. A lot of people are actually going to retire shortly that have been living their whole life on grants working towards this particular global agenda. I think I touched on it last night, touched on the fact that what they use are test areas to test out anything before they hit the general public or the whole world with it.
For instance, Orillia in Ontario, for quite a few years during the 90s was the test bed for the cashless society. They gave the customers in stores these cards and lots of freebies if they would just keep using the cards and nothing else wherever they went. All that data on them was all stored and kept and any problems were ironed out until when they introduce it for all of us, it’s a perfect system and there are no problems with it. They use islands for different reasons too. I remember watching a documentary years ago on Iceland and how a big company, I don’t know if it was Merck or who, had made a deal with the government to test the population with various drugs and their health and so on because they had an isolated population with no real outside mixture of genes. Of course all these folk were getting pestered by this pharma company. They had to go along with it and fill forms out every few months and go and get medical inspections, and their children, because the government had made a deal. So much for democracy. They made a deal with this pharma company; they’ve got lots of cash coming in and lots of politicians’ pockets were filled.
The same thing happened with Finland. I was looking through an article by an Oxford University Press book on geo-engineering, carbon taxes, all this kind of stuff but it’s REALLY all about the new economy. Everything we are going into, it was decided, say, 30-odd years ago, maybe even further, as a new system to take over from labor taxes, taxes on labor. They go through it all. They touch on the fact that Finland was one of the first countries to be used as the transfer country, the transference of taxing you for just labor and gradually putting in onto purchases under the guise of energy taxes, carbon tax and so on. They were doing that since the early 90s with Finland as a test bed for the world.
Eventually that’s how we’ve all to go through it. It’s to be a gradual transference of your taxation on labor to everything you purchase, for all the energy you use, your electricity, gasoline, gas for cooking, whatever. All energy will make up an abundance and more so than just taxing you for labor. That’s what it’s all about and it’s a done deal. These are massive organizations working on this for the big boys, the bankers and the Rockefellers and the Rothschild’s and all the rest of them, all the big boys who helped start it off with the funding. Now they’ve got government and tax money thrown at them. All government money is tax money but they are throwing most of the money at them now and keeping them going. So it’s a done deal.
It’s astonishing when you just go from university to the next and the next and the next, and study paper after study papers, all working together with this incredible network of professors and associations… and feeding all this information up and up and up until the top economists work on it then. Talking in languages that you just… it’s not meant to be understood. It is not meant to be understood. With the climate intervention technologies they are talking about doing, although they have been doing it for 12 years. Remember, I always say, whenever they talk about doing something or before they sign anything into law or have meetings about it openly for the public, they’ve been doing it for years. Whatever it happens to be, it’s the same. The Asilomar Conference Center…
Asilomar Conference Center
ASILOMAR INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON CLIMATE INTERVENTION TECHNOLOGIES
(Alan: took place on…) March 22-26, 2009 / climateresponsefund.org
Asilomar Conference Center, Asilomar CA
Developer: Dr. Margaret Leinen – Climate Response Fund
Chair: Scientific Organizing Committee, Dr. Michael MacCracken, Climate Institute
A conference to develop the risk assessment and management strategies of climate engineering research.
This was in California. It’s so funny because they had all these professors inside talking about what the consequences would be on the human population, animals, wildlife and all the rest of it, because it is chemicals and heavy metals they are going to put into the air. Outside, there were all the protesters who have been protesting for years about the ongoing spraying that isn’t supposed to be done yet, according to the guys inside the hall. Of course, when you go into the names of the guys inside the hall, you’ll find that they worked for the Pentagon, many of them, on these very projects and mainly for warfare purposes in the past. So I’ll put this link up for you to see as well from the Asilomar International Conference.
It’s so funny, this duality they put you into. Oh, we’re thinking about doing it but, oh, we are unsure of all the physical consequences. They HAVE… You see, you don’t have conferences like this unless somewhere you’ve already got data on the physical consequences and they’ve got lots of data now, over the last 12 years, as they’ve been spraying the bejesus out of all of us. Massive bronchitis, cancers, and so on. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. If you want to really see the future and see how huge and intertwined all these organizations are to do with the coming transfer of taxes from simple labor to everything… basically taxed for existing, and turning around and moving and eating and heating yourself or buying something and how much energy it costs supposedly to create that thing and how much CO2 it would have caused if they went through some complicated mathematical equation, through their special computers that are built for the purpose. You’ve got to read Carbon Energy Taxation: Lessons from Europe, edited by Mikael Skou Andersen and Paul Ekins. It was put out by Oxford University Press just last year. It’s one of the big books which I’m sure all the CFR guys are mandated to read, for instance. You should try and get a copy of it; it’s Carbon Energy Taxation: Lessons from Europe, Mikael Skou Andersen and Paul Ekins.
It’s utterly fascinating when you read through it and you see ALL the different associations that are involved, across the entire planet, on bringing in this new world order system. It’s all based on taxation of every individual for everything you purchase, for everything you need, for simple living. Remember, this is the stage of AUSTERITY. The new economy, literally, is built on a sort of feudal system of taxing you for everything. That is the new economy. Not for real goods, real products, you’ll have some, maybe, basic essentials but no more goodies. That’s what we are going to get taught, no more goodies but at the same time you will pay more taxes than you have ever done before, probably in the history, right through the 20th century into the feudal times. Literally… not kidding you; that’s what it’s all about. So you’ve got to have a read about that.
Here’s another article about the new economic order. This is mainstream. Mainstream really, their job is to give you tastes of it but never going into any depth on any thing to FAMILIARIZE you with an idea that’s coming. That’s what media’s job is; it’s a form of predictive programming. They won’t go in and tell you what I’ve just mentioned about Oxford University Press and that book or the many other books I’ve looked into, from the CFR. They won’t go into the CFR’s own web site; anybody can go in, and go into every facet of living. They deal with it all… all, every facet of living, right down to what you are going to eat shortly and what you are eating now. This article is from Global Insight.
EU struggles to establish new economic order
By John Thornhill / ft.com / March 28 2010
It does not always look that way from the outside, but the European Union sometimes thrives in crises. (A: This is a PR piece. That’s what the media does. They get handouts given to them and they just publish it right there.)
Rather like the architecture of the Pompidou Centre in Paris, much of the EU’s uglier political plumbing wraps around the outside of the building, rather than inside. Its 27 national leaders often conduct debates among themselves by shouting across their borders with an eye on domestic electorates. Then they all come together and compromise in the name of European solidarity.
What a PR piece that is, eh? There are different links that come off it and what they are into and all the rest of it. Basically the last part is the only interesting part, as far as I’m concerned, in the article. They all yell at each other and then they all come together and compromise in the name of European solidarity. Whatever the decisions that are made, they don’t care about the fallout to the public or the cost to the public. They will compromise but that’s what politicians do; they compromise on everything. That’s why they’re all corrupt. If you truly have principles and you truly believe in what you’re doing, you cannot compromise on things that are going to hurt other people. You can’t do it, but these guys have no problem. Politicians never have had problems and that’s the history of politicians. That’s the history of politicians.
Another article you have to look at too, and I’ll put this link on my site as well is…
Rockefeller Philanthropy Advisors
rockpa.org
Carbon Disclosure Project
(A: From there is a lot of links that go off into what they’re involved in. It says…)
Carbon Disclosure Project (CDP) is the world’s largest shareholder social responsibility initiative, and representing more than $31 trillion (A: They have $31 TRILLION, this is a PHILANTHROPY, one part, just ONE part of their ‘philanthropic’ causes… one area. $31 trillion…) in investment assets (A: So they can also invest, you see, and deal as businessmen under philanthropy and pay utterly no taxes AT ALL because they are registered under a CHARITY.), CDP is focused on disclosure of the business implications of climate change. (A: Because that’s the new economy and these guys CREATED it all, they dreamed it up and they are the ones who are going to reap the harvest of it all, the massive money in carbon trading. What a great thing. You don’t have to have bubbles in the markets, even bubbles of CO2. I mean it’s all BOGUS and beautiful. No one is measuring anything or weighing anything. They can’t even VERIFY anything but what a cash cow this is and we’ve all to pay the money TO these characters, it will filter through their various banks and get eventually to the Rothschild’s own family bank in Switzerland, for the WHOLE WORLD. Amazing eh?)
It’s really a sort of an investment corporation, this part of their charity, the Carbon Disclosure Project. They advise other corporations on how to do it and get in on it and make lots of bucks. No outlay, nothing. It’s beautiful isn’t it? You just buy and sell, buy and sell, buy and sell nothings, carbon credits. They will even sell them to countries, you see. They make all their money off all the people in the countries and then they sell credits to the countries. Oh, you have to use x-amount of energy this year in this sector, therefore that produces more carbon, through our computer model that is, and therefore you’ve got to buy extra carbon credit; we just happen to have them here. That’s how it works. An utter scam… beautiful.
It’s a vague… the BEST con the world has ever, ever seen. BEST CON and they’ve never had so many con men under the guise of SCIENCE on their side before, on their payrolls before than they have today to convince the public. It doesn’t take much for the public because we are kept in utter ignorance. I read the article last week too where that scientist actually said that, the public are too ignorant to understand us so we’ll just bypass them and go ahead. That’s what we are; we are just ignorant little… well, serfs, really, in a feudal system.
Planetary Skin is part of it; Planetary Skin News. Interesting. It was first mentioned by the IPCC, a meeting they had about a month ago I think it was, or 5 weeks ago, with Pachauri who took time off from writing his terrible porno novels, that’s what he does in his spare time, which he’s got lots of apparently. He mentioned that we needed to link everything together under Planetary Skin. What it is, again, is the internet of things. Constant data collection and it will also be, again, transferred into energy use with all that data and everything that’s happening in the world so they can get their global taxes too. They want a big chuck of the global taxes and they may do so if Pachauri plays the game and gets on his knees to the Rothschilds and the Rockefellers and Al Gore, all the front men. They are really front men, the Rockefellers and the Gores; they are front men. The Rothschild’s really are the bosses; always were. They set them up to be what they are a long time ago. This was posted on November 12th 2009. That’s how far back it actually went; now it’s all in the news all over the place.
Planetary Skin News
Planetary Skin R&D public private partnership chosen as one of TIME Magazine ’50 Best Inventions of 2009′
November 12, 2009 / By TIME Magazine
“What happens to Earth when a forest is razed or energy use soars? We don’t know because environmental data are collected by isolated sources, making it impossible to see the whole picture. With the theory that you can’t manage what you can’t measure, NASA and Cisco have teamed up to develop Planetary Skin, a global “nervous system” that will integrate land-, sea-, air- and space-based sensors, helping the public and private sectors make decisions to prevent and adapt to climate change. (A: Ha. You know that’s changes in the weather.) The pilot project — a prototype is due by 2010 (A: And that’s what’s going in now.) — will track how much carbon is held by rain forests and where.” (A: Utterly bogus. It’s all theory.)
It’s all theory how much carbon is held by rain forests and where. There are even articles out now exposing, from mainstream, exposing the cons of the guys who have bought so many acres, like the World Wildlife Fund, of the Amazon forest. They bought it for peanuts and now they hold some of the biggest carbons credits because it’s a ‘carbon sink.’ Now they are giving more carbon credits which THEY can sell to countries that they claim are polluting.
Ordinary folk with a conscience couldn’t get into this. You understand, it’s PSYCHOPATHS that rule the world. It’s always been that way, mind you. At one time in tribes, when a psychopath became a chief and he wanted to stay in power and pass power onto his relatives or his descendants, the local folk had no army to stand against them. They were the army and they would just bump them off and get rid of the psychopath. That was the end of the gene pool. However, today you see, the psychopaths have been in for a long, long time and they’ve really been breeding with each other. They now run the whole system and they have the armies to put against you, if you get a bit too upset. They will use them… because they are psychopaths. They don’t have a conscience at all.
So this pilot project is starting now. This ‘internet of things’ is all part of it. All your house energy, your personal energy, energy from you car, will transmit immediately to satellites and back to this project. Everything is to get meshed with this Planetary Skin idea. You’ll get tax bills and all the rest of it. Actually, they aren’t going be tax bills, it’s going to be taken straight out of your bank, very shortly… everything will be straight out of your bank. They’ve even done studies on the age groups to see who will succumb to it easily and the ones up to the age of 15 are already sold on everything. 15 years old and they already spend an extra $5 for call waiting, an extra $5 for this service, that service, so they can always have communication anywhere they are. Yet they are the least ones… where do they get their money from? From their parents. Then from there it’s about up to the age of 25, who are still internet savvy but they are not spending all their time on the darn things or the cell phones. The ones over that age group, they will have to work to get them all into it they said. They’ve even done all those kinds of studies, you see. Everything is done by information and power and knowledge. Information IS power and knowledge IS power.
John Dewey many years ago was taught over in Frankfurt; again, the Frankfort school. He set up the American educational system and he said in about the 1920s or 30s that eventually we will teach the children nothing in the school about history at all. We’ll give them a fake history, he said, and that way no group will be angry about any other group because of things that happened in the past. He even talked about changing the various nations’ histories. Orwell adapted that into the memory-hole idea; anything that wasn’t wanted by the authorities went down the memory-hole never to be gotten again. This article is from The Mail Online. It falls right in with this.
Europe now, you see, and because this is the standard for the world, the Dewey idea. By the way, one of his descendants, I think it became Watson, worked with the double helix. Amazing how they are all connected.
How Eurocrats want to spend £1.1m
changing the English Channel’s name to ‘Le Pond’
By Gerri Peev / dailymail.co.uk / 5th April 2010
Without it there would be no British Isles, no White Cliffs of Dover and Captain Matthew Webb would never have found fame as a nifty swimmer.
Yet the mighty English Channel’s status could be reduced to that of a mere creek if Brussels has its way. (A: Which it will, of course.)
Officials want to rename it ‘the Anglo-French Pond’ as part of a plan to bolster the notion of an EU superstate.
More than £1million, much of it coming from the British taxpayer, (A: Oh, everything… we pay for our chains everywhere we go, eh? We even pay for our insults.) is being spent drawing up a new map to be distributed to schools and bureaucrats. (A: A new map, you see, a new globe of the world too.)
It defies centuries of history by wiping out current national borders to foster ‘cultural identification’ between regions and encourage greater integration. (A: Oh, it’s just to do with an economic deal… that’s what they told people. All those years as they were integrating Europe into a super parliament.)
Under the plans, Southern England, from Cornwall to Kent, is joined with northern France and becomes known as the TransManche zone.
Its capital is Paris and it has its own socialist president, Alain Le Vern.
The West of Britain is parcelled off with parts of France, Spain and Portugal as part of a new Atlantic region.
Eastern Britain along with Sweden, Denmark, Germany, the Netherlands and Norway
becomes the North Sea region.
And Scotland breaks away from Britain to become part of the Northern Periphery with parts of Norway, Greenland, Iceland and Finland.
The mapmakers state: ‘The channel has become a zone of multiple interacting and overlapping activities. (A: This is not a comedy I’m reading here. It sounds like one but this is actually happening.)
‘It is a shared space, a small Anglo-French internal sea; the interplay of activities both on and around what has become known as the Anglo-French Pond.’
Eurocrats admit they are trying to undo the work of the geographer Ptolemy, who named the Channel Oceanus Britannicus in the second century AD.
They declare: ‘A 1,000-year period, beginning with the Norman invasion of England, now nears its end as that same island becomes physically linked to the continent of Europe.’
The Tories accused the Government of backing plans to erase Britain’s history. (A: I love how they have these parties and they are told what to complain about and all the rest of it. Once they are in, of course, they do exactly the same; they go along with it.)
Communities spokesman Caroline Spelman said: ‘Labour ministers have already sought to replace England and its shires with government office regions. (A: That was all the United Nations too. They put a map out during World War II with all of this in it.)
‘Now British taxpayers’ money is being used literally to wipe our nation off the map, erase 1,000 years of history and downgrade the English Channel to the insulting status of a pond.
‘A Conservative government will scrap these Euro plans and save the English Channel.’ (A: That will never happen. That will never happen. Don’t believe it.)
Don’t believe it. In fact Cameron’s in-law just got a whole bunch of windmills put on his estate so he’s going to rake in millions of pounds a year because he’s in the old boys club. The first guys who get the sniff of what’s coming down the pike with government contracts and things to be built are the House of Lords and all the Sirs. His in-law is a Sir. So he’s going to rake in £2-3 million a year extra for having these things on his far-off land. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix and just to tie in with that last article before I take the caller, it’s from the Sunday Times.
Wealthy landowners make millions in the wind rush
From The Sunday Times March 28, 2010
It mentions the different Lords and Sirs and guess what, Cameron’s relatives are getting lots of cash for these windmills getting put up on their massive estates and drinking in millions of taxpayers’ money. The taxpayer, by the way, is building them all for the private companies. It’s a beautiful no-lose situation for the big boys.
Now we’ll go to the phones and there is Shawn from England. Are you there Shawn?
Shawn: Hi, how are you doing?
Alan: Not so bad.
Shawn: It’s a pleasure to be talking with you at last. I just wanted to say and confirm that chemtrails are alive and well in Portsmouth, having spent an hour and a half today out with a friend. We saw at least 6 or 7 huge arcing chemtrails going right across the sky, for miles. Nobody seems to notice…
Alan: Not anymore.
Shawn: … and they don’t want to listen.
Alan: No. They don’t want to listen and they don’t notice. Generally these new ones spread so quickly into this white mush that it becomes. You can’t really have a definable cloud.
Shawn: A huge mist within about 2 hours, yeah. It’s incredible. The symbology and things that are being used against us in some form.
Alan: Symbology has always been used against us; that’s just it. All religions, even pre-Christian, pre-Judaic religions all had their symbols. They always had the good ones for obedience and forgiveness and the evil-eye type ones to scare the be-Jesus out of you. We’ve always been run by symbology.
Shawn: These guys specifically point out the use of Ferris wheels, obelisks and pyramids along the Champs-Élysées.
Alan: In fact, there was a book put out by a Freemason back in the 20s. I have it here in fact. He goes into prehistoric symbology where they’ve found a lot of these sun symbols, Ferris type wheels and that type of stuff. Again, it ties in… It’s good to read Carl Jung because he really was the guy who went into symbology in a big way. He thought a lot of it was innate within us, it comes out. Give a child a pencil and watch what they draw. They will draw a little stars, little suns, things like this. It’s very, very common. In other words, it’s a natural language from the unconscious, archetypal and they use that against us.
Shawn: Yeah. Something to do with, there was one in particular that he sets up in Paris and it has water ballasts underneath. They believe every time they set it up that it’s basically order out of chaos, the sun symbol is being brought up with the a…
Alan: The sun itself… I’ll tell you, the sun itself is supposed to bring order out of chaos when it rises; Chaos being all the dramas that take place with the zodiac and the stars and the various lesser Gods going through the sky and the heavens at night. That’s called chaos. They have all these little fairy stories and mythologies of the different Gods fighting each other as they pass in procession. Then out comes the sun in the morning. It chases away the darkness, which is fearful, and the rebirth again and he’s the order of the day. He’s the order of the day. Make his way straight, that’s what they say. Make his path straight, the sun is coming.
Shawn: Okay. Thanks Alan. That’s great.
Alan: Thanks for calling.
Shawn: Thanks, cheers, bye-bye.
Alan: Bye now. Remember too, a lot of people are making lots of cash on spirituality these days and the new age and you can make your own stuff up forever on it too and it sells a lot of books. So you know, if it’s a hobby it’s fair enough but you don’t have to spend money these days. Go to a library and look at the old books.
From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on April 7th 2010. For the newcomers, I suggest you go into website web site. You’ll see hundreds of audios you can download in the audio section of the talks I’ve given over the years for free. Bookmark all the other alternate sites I have up there because sometimes the .com site goes down. If too many folk go into it at the same time, it kind of sticks up a bit, so if you get these alternate sites bookmarked you can always use them once in a while and get a straight download quite easily and to get the latest shows for download. [Official sites listed above.] I always start off with the tin can moment and get that over with because I don’t push myself all through the show. It’s up to you to keep me going. The ads you hear on this show pay for the broadcast time on the show and the broadcast itself, RBN’s staff, their equipment and their bills. So it’s up to you to keep me going. I’ve got nothing to do with the advertisers at all so you must help by buying the things I have for sale – the books, CDs and DVDs – that you will see on my web sites or you can donate to me. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] For those that get the disks burned of the talks to play on their CD players, you can get in touch with me at [address above]. And that’s that out of the way right now.
I’ve talked before about PREDICTIVE PROGRAMMING and how the media and entertainment give us possibilities. The media gives you very diluted reasons for what you are expected to see in the near future, what’s coming up, what they think is happening now. The media does the more intense predictive programming by disarming you. When you watch fiction, you don’t think of being on your guard. You enjoy the action. You enjoy the heroes, you identify with them; that’s the whole point of the man and woman. According to your gender, you identify with one or the other and they always give you a human-interest hook in it and the chase and you follow the story through and you get downloaded with all kinds of ideas on the way. In fact, opinions and scenarios that you haven’t even come up to YET will be formed FOR YOU by the movie. That’s how predictive programming works. They are always WAY ahead of what the media will ever tell you as to what’s coming up in the future. They must prepare our minds subconsciously for all the big changes. For 15 years, maybe back in the 80s even, they were giving us various martial law scenarios, more and more guys with flack jackets on, black outfits. The movie, The Siege, is well worth seeing, from the late 90s. It shows you even the talks they had about bringing in martial law, the Posse Comitatus Act, and all the kind of stuff. It was all discussed in the movie to get you ready for 2001. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, mentioning how predictive programming works and how you are ALWAYS, through entertainment, through those movies which you really like, that grab you can carry you off and carry you along, you are being programmed for things to come.
I’ve read pieces from a very good book; it was America’s Cultural Cold War, how the CIA gave America its culture during the Cold War era. That was music, art, drama, everything. They ran it not just for the United States but for Canada and they had a department set up in France, Germany and elsewhere. They were hiring all kinds of scriptwriters for the movies and radio talk show hosts, everything you could imagine to do with the arts and entertainment. They also hired hundreds of novelists and poets too even. They give them high acclaim and get them up into the sort of professional classes, going around to universities building images, creating the images of third rate people really, novelists, and making them stars. It’s easy to make anyone a star. They became household names… as long at they put into their writings, into their fiction and so on, little ideas to program the general public. It hasn’t changed today.
The information in that book was all DECLASSIFIED going all the way back to the late 70s, into the 80s but of course they’ve continued it and that stuff if still classified as to what they are doing today. We know what they are doing today; we can see it for ourselves. I mentioned the movie The Siege with Bruce Willis. I think it was in 1997 or 1998 that came out and you’ll see the officers sitting around a big table discussing oh, is the FBI up to dealing with all this sudden terrorism. It was all from Arabian countries, Muslim countries, before 2001 happened. They discussed the rights and wrongs of could they go ahead and put troops on the streets of America. They went through the different points of law. They brought up Abraham Lincoln and how HE did it. They had a Supreme Court that later ruled that what he did was actually illegal. But they can do anything after the event; it doesn’t matter as long as they get what they want at the time.
There is another good movie too. It was called Eagle Eye, a fairly recent one. The twist in the movie which copies bits from The Matrix to do with the voice on the phone telling you where to go, you don’t know who it is and stuff like that. Of course the chases go through it. The FBI is in there, NSA is in there. It turns out that a computer, a supercomputer at the NSA is running everything across the US. Bits of Enemy of the State were in there where the computer could literally interface ANY article, object, that was electronic and make it work for itself, put it to work. The twist of the tale is that the computer being programmed with the laws of the United States and the Constitution and the Bill of Rights and so on, and the computer decided that the present government, especially the executive branch was literally there illegally, had broken every law and the computer decided that therefore, we the people, and it was talking about the computer itself, had the right to literally remove that government as it was said in The Constitution itself. So the computer ends up being a sort of good/bad guy and of course it gets destroyed at the end because no one can have any other system, now that that old-fashioned set of rules is bypassed and ignored.
It’s interesting; they keep going on at the United Nations and all these big world organizations about the rule of law, the rule of law, meanwhile they dismiss those laws when they wish to. They don’t follow them at all. I’ve read the articles from the Foreign Affairs Magazine, the official exoteric magazine for the Council on Foreign Relations which they publish every month. I don’t buy it now, it’s too expensive, ridiculously so. They always tell you what’s coming up in the world because they work on planning it and making it happen. Years ago they talked about creating an END RUN around the Constitution of the United States to get their new system in. Well the new system, as I’ve discussed these last few nights, is POST-DEMOCRATIC. It’s not democratic at all. In fact we have no say in the big decisions and the way that the world is being taken, or the nations. I read from some of the official reports put out by the big international meetings stating that very fact. We have no say whatsoever.
We are post-democratic. We are run now by those who have the right to rule, the intelligentsia, academia, and also, with this science FRONT that it uses. I mentioned that you must never forget that all sciences are completely politicized. They always have been politicized. They live on grants. Their choice is to get a pittance for deigning into the wilderness or the darkness of exploration, or they take a grant and they do what they are told and go off into the direction they are TOLD to go off into and parrot what they are told to parrot. They are definitely political. Nietzsche and other ones said this and those who formed the Enlightenment and later on brought us the Age of Reason. What they meant by that was displacing any idea of a supernatural deity and it would have to be replaced by the men of reason, meaning science. Therefore they brought in Darwin. They brought in Freud and all these guys to make us think we are just animals but there are special people who can tell us just how much of an animal we are because they are more evolved as an animal than we are. That’s what science is doing today.
Everything is to do with EXPERT advice. Right or wrong, it’s expert advice. We jump to it. The new system of government, as I’ve said before, which really has been here for quite some time, is an amalgamation of government actors: the politicians themselves, with their advisors who know where we are going, with non-governmental organizations on board with them paid for by the parallel government, the real government, the big foundation network run by the bankers and owned by them, and a new feudal system comprising of the CEOs of international corporations. You’ll find these big international corporations are ALL linked together. They are not separate entities at all, in fact they never were. The big gang is in league with each other. There are no differences amongst them. There is no real competition amongst them. They all work in harmony together to give the illusion of competition to the people at the bottom.
That’s the new government. You’ll find that Lord Bertrand Russell said that in The Scientific Outlook. He said that we are creating a world where the public are being trained to believe and obey the experts and eventually that a woman wouldn’t be able to change a diaper on her child without the advice of an expert. I’ve actually lived to see that. So that’s the front. These experts or scientists are well paid, well funded. They know which way the wind blows as far as their paychecks go and grants go and they won’t buck the system. They are quite happy living like that. It’s either that or getting a real job at the bottom. Meanwhile they can get into theorizing about things just as long as those theories fit the mandates of those who rule the government. That’s the real system under which you live.
That’s called GOVERNANCE. I read an article yesterday, from an official book put out by the big boys themselves on this very post-democratic system where we are now into governance, rule by experts and scientists, who really just front for those who rule the economics. We are all to pay, pay, pay in a world of INTERDEPENDENCE. What a beautiful system, interdependence, which means you are totally DEPENDENT FOR EVERYTHING YOU NEED TO SURVIVE on this system. All the other choices have been taken away from you. In the US especially, before they brought in the income tax act and the property tax act, people could go off into the bush and put a hut up, an old shack somewhere and stay away from everybody, do barter to survive, grow their own vegetables, do a bit of hunting. Well they had to go out and get a job, at least get money somehow to pay their taxes for their property once that came in. That’s how they close the loopholes; make it impossible for you to exist in any other way.
This kind of thing was discussed, again, at the world think tanks of their day, at the League of Nations. Now we are really into interdependence. Shortly you won’t be able to burn wood in a wood stove to heat yourself in the winter. That will definitely come; I’ve said that for years. One day a man will come to your door, or a few of them, and they will tell you you can’t burn that wood anymore because it’s giving off carbon. What they are really doing is denying you to live through the winter. Of course they won’t do it that way. They will say, well, sir there is an option to that, you can use government mandated oil, with the carbon energy taxes put on top of it which will literally, you’d have to have ten jobs to pay. You’ll say, well, I can’t afford that. Well, you could always get gas, propane or something. You say, well, I can’t afford that either; that’s why I burn wood. He says, well, that’s not our problem sir. Then you go into your argument, so you are condemning me to death, to freeze to death this winter. Oh, no, sir, there are alternatives; you can get mandated oil from the government… So you go around in these circles, you see. You are talking to a lobster with those lobster eyes, you know. And that’s how they do things. They won’t say they’re condemning you to death; they just tell you it’s not their problem and here is the alternatives, which you can’t afford anyway.
It’s the same thing with gasoline. In the rural areas they are to go skyrocketing high, much higher than anywhere else, and they are bringing in massive taxes on what they are calling gas guzzlers. That’s anything bigger than one of these ECO cars that you see, you could lift up with one hand, it blows over in a wind, that you’ll see in the towns; the things that fall apart if it tries to go over a pothole outside of town.
Barack Obama aims to drive gas guzzlers off the road with greener laws
From The Times April 3, 2010
They are going to do away with the 4-wheel drives, which are essential in rural areas because of the conditions you have to drive through and snow and all the rest of it. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about the new system we are all under already and how the internet of things, where all objects will be interconnected. The abilities are all there already. They’ve been putting chips into pretty well everything that you purchase; they supposedly can all interface with each other and eventually to central computers that are all over the place. They will keep track of you, see where you go, then it will interface with those people you stop and talk to and whatever they are wearing – it’s all laced through the clothing too – and so on and so on and so on. This is to be the nice, wonderful world of total surveillance.
Remember, I mentioned last night that they’d done experiments. They always do experiments on ISOLATED areas, places where they can isolate and use the population for cashless societies like Orillia, Canada; that one in Ontario was the first one to be used and that’s to be used for the rest of the world. They ironed out their problems on that, about a 4 or 5 year long experiment. They use an island off Denmark to do with the electric cars. This is how they do it. They iron out all the problems with the local people when they can’t get the performance out of their vehicles, that kind of stuff, and as they start jacking up the prices to see how they react and so on. That’s how they do things before they introduce them worldwide.
That article about Finland where they actually tried to transfer taxes from the old system where you are taxed for labor. In the new system, most of us will be kind of semi-unemployed, or perhaps permanently unemployed, but you’re still going to get taxed. The idea is to transfer taxes over to all energy consumption. That goes for ANYTHING that you purchase and how much energy it took to create that particular object, grow that carrot, whatever it happened to be. You are going to be taxed for all these things, plus your heat. Electricity is going to skyrocket, etc, etc, etc. I’ve told you before, they’re not just dabbling here and experimenting as they go along. That started in the early 90s in Finland, as project for the rest of the world, the transference of taxes from labor to goods and energy. So they know exactly where they are going.
In the late 80s Maurice Strong was brought over to Ontario Hydro; it was the electric company for the whole of Ontario. They taxpayers built it up, they built the nuclear reactors and all the rest of it, the grid system. Maurice Strong was sent over to be made CEO temporarily for a couple of years to privatize the entire system, which he did. He said in the newspapers at the time that shortly, in the future, your energy increases will be astronomical and they will NOT maintain the rural supplies eventually, including suburban supplies. The people would be squeezed more and more into the inner cities. That’s your new habitats folks; something like Hong Kong. He also said, they were already, back then, putting in contingency plans for the big important office towers, they’d have massive diesel generators put in, with taxpayer funding of course, the same with any surviving essential manufacturing, which will probably be for the military. Lo and behold, they actually had it IN and INSTALLED before 1990. We paid for all of that for what’s coming up now and in the very near future.
We are just living through a script. The media’s job is to give you the fallout of the script, when the things actually happen. Oh, look at this, my, my, who would have thought? That’s how the media keeps you going, to make you think they are just stumbling along in the dark somehow. Believe you me, when you look at the incredible, incredible, well organized think tanks and the funding they have with the computerization, their interconnections and so on, using military strategy on every project – If we do this, what will be the repercussions? – and they work out all the repercussions, the repercussions even being socio-economic groups, ethnic groups even, the repercussion between different character types within society, and how to overcome them all BEFORE they even introduce the thing itself and they work out ways to overcome all of this. Military strategy and it’s been like that your whole lives long.
Obviously they knew back at the end of World War II that this kind of system was to be brought in. They had the confidence. Why would they have the confidence? Because SCIENCE is very, very secretive within the Military-Industrial Complex and those who rule it at the top. They already had the transistors and things like that at the end of World War II. The public never heard of them until the 60s. What else did they have? They had the microwave communications and all that kind of stuff and much, much, much more. Knowledge is power and science definitely is power. We are living through a script and the confidence comes from the fact that they already have a lot of facts. They don’t make a wish list and say I hope we can invent this down the road, just in time to bring in this. That doesn’t work that way. It doesn’t work that way; it would be so silly wouldn’t it?
Nothing EVER goes wrong with their plans. Everything that happens whether it’s the towers going down to bring in the Century of Change and martial law across the world to ram everything through, with total surveillance which is all part of the new society of interdependence, to everything else that happens was talked about many, many years in advance. You are talking about even Aldous Huxley’s Brave New World to do with genetic engineering and the creation of special humans, different classes for special tasks, in 1933! You think he just had a good imagination? I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, mentioning how the big boys are so lucky, those who plan the world and meet at international meetings with thousands of different specialized departments. Just look at the Council on Foreign Relations web site alone. There is nothing to do with society that they are not working on. Remember, they are just ONE branch of their Royal Institute of International Affairs that goes back to Cecil Rhodes and Lord Rothschild; that’s who started it up. And they merged with the Milner Group, Lord Alfred Milner who also brought all the other international bankers on board. You have the Royal Institute of International Affairs today and its American branch the Council on Foreign Relations. They are the parallel government. They have incredible funding. They also work with the big foundations because they are all part of the same system, to be honest with you; specialized branches of the same system.
If they were truly stumbling in the dark, once in a while, by the law of averages, they would make mistakes; things would work out against them and for the public’s benefit. Well, in my lifetime it’s never happened and I believe in my father’s lifetime too it never happened. Everything that happens seems to just fall right in line with what they want. They are the most luckiest guys in the world. If they chose a lotto ticket they would definitely win it because they own the company that runs it. That’s how things really do work.
They are bringing us into, really, what they say themselves, is a system that has never been created before. I’ve said it for years, it’s a form of fascism at the top, a sort of feudalistic fascism, with a massive bureaucratic class, MASSIVE bureaucracies running the world on a socialistic/communistic basis BELOW them because they found the collectivist/authoritarian system of the collectivist societies was far more efficient at controlling the general public who are simply the ones that money comes from basically, money and labor. They have no qualms in discussing amongst themselves this very thing, that that’s what the people are there FOR. They talk about functions and the laws of nature; they are talking about different categories of nature and different categories of humanity. They all love Plato with the Guardians, the Guardian Class that they believe they are. They believe they actually own the world and they are the guardians of it and we are all the little ‘its’, as Plato called the public, that are supposed to support and do as we are told to keep them in the kind of style that a natural elite should be kept in. Nothing changes down through history, just more technology comes along and techniques to make it more totalitarian and safe for those who rule.
Last year I talked about the flu shots and I read the various medical journals, and dug up the parts, where they said themselves that people who got the regular flu shots were wide open to get a really bad infection of the so-called swine flu, if it even existed. They went ahead anyway. They’d even found that the reaction, if they got it later, the swine flu later of what they call the regular flu shot, it could actually be lethal in some cases. But they went ahead anyway. So after it’s all done, of course, here’s an article from US News and World Report.
Did ‘Regular’ Flu Shot Up Risks for H1N1 Flu?
Those who got seasonal vaccine were at higher risk, study found, but that shouldn’t affect immunization next season
April 6, 2010 / usnews.com
TUESDAY, April 6 (HealthDay News) The traditional seasonal flu vaccine may have increased the risk of infection with pandemic H1N1 swine flu, according to the results of four new studies by Canadian researchers. (Alan: Now, they already did the studies in Canada before they gave them the shots but the government decided to go ahead anyway.)
In one study, the researchers used an ongoing sentinel monitoring system to assess the frequency of prior vaccination with the seasonal flu vaccine in people diagnosed with H1N1 swine flu in 2009 compared to people without swine flu. The researchers found that seasonal flu vaccination was associated with a 68 percent increased risk of getting swine flu.
So the regular one could actually make you more susceptible to the swine flu. This is what they are saying now, but they knew that before they gave the people the shots. So what are they going to do this year? It’s going to be better this year because they are going to put the swine flu IN with the regular shots, in the same injection. We’ll see how that works out and how many folk come down with various illnesses, sudden death syndromes. They said already it doesn’t matter as long as it’s maybe 25 minutes after getting the shot, as long as they are outside the clinic where they got it and that could happen at any time, they said. Anybody can drop dead at any time and people did drop dead. That’s how they do it now in the new post-democratic system.
There is another thing going on here too, this is to do with the money to do with the pharma. The incredible reaping of the harvest of your cash that big pharma got AGAIN by the middlemen that you think are serving you but really are serving the fascists at the top.
How £300million was squandered on swine flu jabs that we didn’t need
By Jenny Hope / dailymail.co.uk / 7th April 2010
Up to £300million (A: That’s British pounds and you can double that for dollars.) of taxpayers’ money has been wasted on swine flu jabs that were never needed.
Ministers ordered 90million doses of a vaccine last year at a cost of £540million as panic over the illness gripped the country. (A: Thanks to the media.)
But as the ‘pandemic’ failed to materialise it soon became clear that the order was far too large.
The Department of Health tried to get out of the enormous contract but the drug firm, GlaxoSmithKline, refused to back down.
Yesterday the Government announced it had signed a compromise deal that caps the number of shots of Pandemrix at 34.8million – but, astonishingly, at twice the price first agreed. [Alan laughing.] (A: Don’t worry folks, you’re paying for it all.)
It means the Government will pay (A: The government pays for nothing; it’s your money. The government doesn’t make anything, it just consumes. It’s a black hole.) for two-thirds of the original deal but only receive just over a third of the doses. (A: [Alan laughing.] Isn’t business wonderful? Haggling, you know, they haggle at the top there. Ah, wonderful.)
The deal was yesterday criticised by the Tories and pressure groups, who said it proved the Government had mismanaged the seven-month outbreak. (A: And then they go on with more rubbish.)
As I say, the media is just there to keep you spinning around isn’t it? They don’t go into the big global meetings. They don’t come out, by any reporter, and say, by the way, I’ve read the CFR’s latest report on this, that and the other. No, no, they don’t go through any of that stuff for you. They just go, oooh and aaah when the fallout of laws that are enacted hit the public. Who would have thunk, eh? Who’d have thunk? Quite something.
I read the other day too, from the Council on Foreign Relations how they had to make the International Monetary Fund for the World Bank, the really big cheese in control of all the world’s money, which it was really set up to do, and talked about by John Maynard Keynes. He was a communist at the time in a sense, but he believed in the fascists at the top as well. He belonged to the upper elite and he had contempt for the working people, by the way. He wanted the IMF to be set up to be a form of a distributor of the world’s cash to different regions. He knew back then that we’d all be cut up into regions and I read about that the other night, how they are changing the maps and so on.
The public, by the way, again, in this new governance idea, are never asked their opinion on anything. This article is from British Columbia. This is what the IMF does when it takes over and by the way, it’s taken over every country. The US, Canada, Greece, Finland, all these countries are under the IMF now. The first thing that they do is slash all, what they call government services. That’s all the services that you are mandatorily being taxed for. Health care is the number one; they do it everywhere.
B.C. health authorities asked to slash $45-million from budget
Cost review is aimed at directing more money to ‘core’ services, minister says
By WENDY STUECK / From Wednesday’s Globe and Mail / April 6, 2010
Provincial health authorities have been asked to find ways to trim 10 per cent from a public-health budget of about $450-million to direct more money to “core health services,” British Columbia Health Minister Kevin Falcon says.
Public-health spending covers restaurant inspections, disease prevention and control, and a broad range of other programs. (A: What they are telling you there is they are going to cut everything except inoculations.)
The cost review does not threaten programs such as those aimed at preventing childhood disease, Mr. Falcon said. (A: That’s inoculations, folks.)
“To suggest that important childhood vaccination programs would be impacted is nonsense,” Mr. Falcon said Monday in an e-mailed response to an inquiry from The Globe and Mail.
So anything else to do with whatever you need you won’t get folks because they slash and burn but they will make sure we are dumbed down with the injections. After all, they have a Department of Population Control at the United Nations as well, right opposite the corridor from the World Health Organization since they all work together. They want the population to drop drastically and they’ve been doing it your whole life long. We know what the fallout is. There are cancers all over the place. There are more cancers now, and there is a tiny fraction of people smoking than ever before. There are more cases of cancers of the lung now in people who have never, ever smoked. It’s becoming common. It’s a new normal in fact. New normal.
A lot of these big pharmas now are using China for inoculations for creating the vaccines. Breitbart has got an article. Remember, I’ll put these links up on my site at the end of the show.
China faces new health scare over ‘bad vaccines’
Apr 7 / breitbart.com
Four years ago, Qiang Qiang was a healthy boy. Now, he is epileptic and has trouble keeping up at school — problems that emerged after a vaccination against Japanese encephalitis.
The seven-year-old is one of dozens of youngsters in the northern Chinese province of Shanxi whose parents believe their children may have suffered serious side effects from vaccines in the country’s latest public health scare. (A: It’s actually a scandal. Then they tell about all the treatments they’ve tried to make them better but nothing is working. Then they go into the fact that…)
The China Economic Times report blamed vaccines that had been exposed to excessive heat and should have been destroyed.
Well, you should see the conditions that they are actually made in. We have an idea of science as some kind of really ultra-hygienic process and really what they do is they grow viruses on tissue, now they’re using human tissue as well as animal tissue. It basically goes through a kind of blending machine and then they take out all the red stuff, you know the stuff that kind of makes you go oh, yuck and you’re left with this kind of clearish or serum-looking vaccine which they inject into you. That’s really how it’s done, this great scientific breakthrough. So for those that want vaccines, good luck to you but personally I’ve seen the side effects of them myself, personally, and I want nothing to do with them, especially when it ties in with the massive autism, skyrocketing along the graph, parallel with rise in inoculations that youngsters are getting. It definitely is correlated; there is no doubt about that whatsoever.
We are into the new governance system. The new governance system too, is where you are taxed, taxed, taxed, and taxed. Right now you are getting taxed on goods that you can still buy, that are maybe surplus and are non-essential. You see, they tried all this out in Europe for years since the 70s. They called it Value Added Tax. Value Added Tax works this way, if you want to make, say, a kitchen fork, the guys who take the ore, gather the ore and so on and bring it to a factory plant, a foundry, they have to pay as they transfer it to the foundry, a value added tax. Then when the foundry takes the ore and they smelt it and extract what they need, the metal into little bars and all the rest of it, they also when they sell it and pass it on, they also pay a value added tax to the government. So it’s at every stage of manufacture. Then it goes from there to the guys that actually make the actual fork itself, or the kitchen knife, they pay the value added tax in that when they transfer it. Then it goes to the middle man who pays the value added tax. Then the store and then it’s passed on to you. The government gets taxation at every single level.
In Britain and elsewhere in Europe, they said that this was all going to pay off the national debts, like all the other lies they told the public, and not one penny every went to do so. Now they want to bring it into the US as well. Well, you’ve got to do that under a world government, you see. You can’t have a country going its own way; everything has to be standardized and you’ve got to bring in the value added tax. In Canada, Brian Mulroney when he was in, he tried to bring it in here, because they knew they were going to amalgamate us all under the world government way back when he was in. The public said no. There was a bit of a furor over it, not that they were asked to vote on it but they just had a bit of a furor. He eventually said, okay, we won’t do that and then about a month later he brought in the General Sales Tax. That’s what politicians do, they just change the names of things and people don’t quite relate it to what they thought it was and so on; your perception is altered.
Under this whole guise as they start to tax extras and you purchase less and less because you must become AUSTERE, you see. That’s the nature of austerity where you will pay through the nose, about 50 times what you are paying now, for the food, for instance, for basic things. That’s how you are going to live shortly… as we are TRAINED, TRAINED, TRAINED into the new system. This article is from the Mail Online.
Family holidays ‘are now a luxury’: (A: The government is recommending that…) Day trips are all that you need, officials decide
By Steve Doughty / dailymail.co.uk /6th April 2010
(A: So here are the officials, you know, this is your expert class, deciding how you should have holidays.)
Annual holidays have become a luxury (A: Annual holidays, there you are.) and are no longer a staple of family life, according to government research.
A getaway of a week or more is no longer considered essential by many families and is often beyond their reach, said the analysis of what parents and children say they really need. (A: Did you know that you were all asked what you really want… according to the government.)
Fashionable clothes for the children, expensive birthday parties and lots of toys are also on the list of luxuries families don’t have to have. (A: This is from the government, remember.)
Instead, recession-hit parents are thinking of the future, and the things they want for their children centre around learning to behave properly, good education and good health. (A: Well, they’ve got none of that and they never will have any of that.)
Their picture of what a family ought to have includes a space to eat together away from the television, plenty of fruit and vegetables, and bicycles so children can get exercise. (A: Because we are going in to a bike society as we are all driven off the road through the power of the purse and government laws.)
The breakdown of necessities and luxuries was prepared by researchers from the Department for Work and Pensions who were trying to establish an up-to-date picture of what parents say they really need. (A: I’ll guarantee you, not one parent was ever asked about what they want. This is a PR piece put out to the papers by the government itself.)
Their findings show how families have scaled down their expectations in the face of economic difficulties – and how parents are now concentrating their attention and money firmly on the long-term interests of their children.
The assumption that every family needs at least a week away on holiday each year has long been part of Whitehall orthodoxy – so much so that those who can’t afford one are counted among those who rank officially as poor.
But according to the researchers, (A: They questioned families…) who questioned families in Birmingham, Reading and Sheffield, the annual holiday is no longer a staple of family life.
Many believe that while it is important for a family to do things together, day trips or weekend breaks are enough. (A: They don’t need it anymore; one day a year is enough. That’s the new austerity folks, from your masters. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. You know when the big boys give the go-ahead for something to be a ‘must be’… a ‘must be’ is where they have all agreed that all competition is going to be outlawed basically and some company rushes ahead and does all dastardly things. Anyone who tries to sue them for robbing and stealing and putting farmers off their land, like Monsanto does, is immediately put in prison and not one judge will ever go against Monsanto. It’s a MUST BE, you see, for the whole world. You see, Monsanto’s stuff is HEAVILY dosed in the worst pesticides. The stuff, their seeds, their plants literally, they are created to survive, supposedly, these massive pesticides. Of course plants soak the pesticides up and then you eat and then you come down with cancers and stuff. But that falls right in with the plan doesn’t it. It keeps us down and we die off. As we consume and spend money for it we die off, you know, so they profit at the top and they get what they want.
There is an article from last year; it’s well worth reading again. It’s about Monsanto. Recently there was a big hullabaloo because their great seeds in India were failing miserably, their plants, because they weren’t up to the resistance of the kind of bugs they have over there. The problem too, when they eradicate all natural corn or maize or whatever they are using in a particular area, they will have many, many varieties in one field because that’s how the stuff grows traditionally. You can have about 50 varieties of something growing in one field. So they do away with that, Monsanto, and put this uniform stuff in so if you have a bad season or a drought or something, everything goes… everything goes. They know this too. They will create famines; that’s part of the definite plan, the planned agenda. This article says…
Monsanto GM-corn harvest fails massively in South Africa
By Adriana Stuijt. / digitaljournal.com / Mar 29, 2009
Monsanto: “No Food Shall Be Grown That We Do Not Own”
South African farmers suffered millions of dollars in lost income when 82,000 hectares of genetically-manipulated corn (maize) failed to produce hardly any seeds. The plants look lush and healthy from the outside. Monsanto has offered compensation. (A: To keep quiet.)
Monsanto blames the failure of the three varieties of corn planted on these farms, in three South African provinces, on alleged ‘underfertilisation processes in the laboratory”. Some 280 of the 1,000 farmers who planted the three varieties of Monsanto corn this year, have reported extensive seedless corn problems.
Urgent investigation demanded
However environmental activist Marian Mayet, director of the Africa-centre for biosecurity in Johannesburg, demands an urgent government investigation and an immediate ban on all GM-foods, blaming the crop failure on Monsanto’s genetically-manipulated technology. (A: In other words, it’s impossible for 3 varieties supposedly that are passed, all to have the same problem, which happens supposedly in the laboratory seed bed.)
So that was them wiped out and other counties have been wiped out with it too. But you know something, it won’t stop because it’s a must be. All the really good stuff is being swallowed up and taken off the shore of Norway to a little island there. As we all know, the seed vault, one of the MANY arks, they call them, across the world in case all hell breaks loose and everything goes down the tubes. They can always feed those who DESERVE to live; that’s survival of the fittest, the ones who are already at the top of the food chain. They OWN the food chain and they think they own us too. That’s the real world folks; you are living through a script. There never was democracy. It was a good con while it lasted, but now we’re ready to get told we’re post-democratic; just be good and obey the experts.
From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on April 8th 2010. Newcomers, you should always look into website web site. In there you will find hundreds and hundreds of talks I’ve given over the past few years for download for free. You can also bookmark the other official sites I’ve got listed there on that front page because some times too many people go into the .com site at the same time and it tends to make sticky downloads. Sometimes I can’t even upload to the .com; they don’t increase my bandwidth although they are supposed to, my disk space. So you can always have an alternate site to go to if you bookmark those sites. [Official sites listed above.] Remember that you are the audience that brings me to you every night. Very few hosts have tried it this way before. The ones in the past have always gone under because the public don’t support them. They will pay money to get into archives and different things from other sites, especially the ones that fascinate them, with people with alligator shoes or UFOs and stuff like that and MIX FACT AND FICTION in with what they call the Patriot Movement. So those are very, very important sites, very fascinating indeed. People like to get fascinated more than they like to get educated and that is their choice, of course. Those that try to go my way generally go under. The ads that you hear on this show go straight to RBN from the advertisers; they bypass me completely. That pays RBN to broadcast the show. It pays for their board ops, their bills, and all the other things that they have to do, and the transmission itself. So YOU have to support me by looking into my web sites, buy my books; they are different from anyone else’s, I guarantee you that. I don’t write them in the linear fashion, textbook style you’ve been brainwashed to think that way and to reason that way even. The boys at the top do not think in a linear fashion, that’s why they always beat you. So go in and buy my books, buy the disks I have for sale or you can donate to me and that will make me just tick over, hopefully, because I’ve got a lot of expenses at this end as you can imagine. [Ordering and donations options listed above.] For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, you can get in touch with me at [address above].
Hopefully I can last a little bit longer because, really, I’m up in the air whether I should just keep going or just go off into the sunset and do other things which will actually pay me and I certainly have other opportunities in many different fields to do so. However, what we are going through right now is very, very important and I try to at least share the knowledge that I have. I’m grateful too, that at least I’ve woken up a lot of people into a much bigger way of looking at the whole world, not just their little area or their little countries and so on, and to show them that the international agendas that have been going on since long before you were born. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I’ve mentioned for years that the big boys work with an agenda always in mind. They do set target dates for implementation of parts of the agenda and they never change. They never alter the times and pick other dates. They never deviate from their plans. You can count on them when they tell you what’s going to happen. It’s not done through your government per se, it’s done through guys in government who belong to the Council on Foreign Relations generally, from the Council on Foreign Relation’s own web site.
It’s interesting to me to see how during election times you are told very little about politicians, who they actually are. You are told all you NEED to know about them, as far as the big boys are concerned, or at least what you are supposed to believe about them. Seldom do they ever tell you the associations they belong to already, which part are they going to play, which part is this left-winger going to play, which part is this right-winger going to play, and all that nonsense because they all work for the same bosses, you see. It’s the Hegelian dialectic and it always has been for an awful long time. They use the left and right wing while nothing ever changes except the agenda steamrolls ahead regardless of who pretends to be in power and we pretend to believe them.
When Tony Blair was in, for instance, I mean he was a nobody who was picked at university and trained by people like Isaiah Berlin who put his name in to the Council on Foreign Relations and the Royal Institute of International Affairs as a likely candidate because he was a yes-man. He would do whatever he was told, I mean ANYTHING he was told, and as long as he was going to be well rewarded, which he certainly has been since he left office. That’s how the world really works. He belonged to the Fabian Society. I’ve gone over the history of the Fabian Society before, heavily funded by the Milner Group that became the Royal Institute of International Affairs/Council on Foreign Relations, also by the Astor Foundation and other foundations to manage what people though was going to be the left wing, the RADICAL left wing in fact.
The founding members were very, very much into the new type of socialism, at the same time that they came into Nazi Germany in fact. In the movie, The Soviet Story – excellent movie to see, a documentary, it’s got so much in it – to show you what it’s all about. What it really did show you is that what really Soviet and Fascist was one and the same thing. That’s why you had the Stalin-Hitler Pact because they had so much in common. Even though one would shout later on ‘fascist’ and another one would shout ‘communist’; they had so much in common. It really is a totalitarian way of controlling masses of people with a massive bureaucracy using a sort of socialist/collectivist mentality over the masses to control them so that an elite could rule them at the top. Both the Soviet system and the Nazi system had big international corporations working with them from the very beginning. In fact, they were really funded by them and the banks of the Western world; BOTH of them were. They show you there what socialism really is all about on behalf of the masters at the top, the very rich masters who truly own it.
Part of it was depopulation, especially beginning with what they declared were the ‘unfit’ members of society. George Bernard Shaw in a very rare piece of footage, I’m sure there is lots of footage of him but we never get access to it, as you know, even though I’m sure the BBC has thousands and thousands of reels on him. He spoke in behalf of the Fabians and he said that perhaps we should get the scientists to work on a painless, humane gas that would kill off all the unfit in the country. So you know where Hitler got his idea from. In fact, Hitler copied everything that they said in the West in Europe and Britain. That was part of their whole agenda.
Part of it too, in the Fabian Society, was to bring in a world under ORDER, their order, the natural intelligentsia with the money who obviously proved the survival of the fittest and stayed at the top of the tree. That’s how they literally decide they ARE the best survivors. They are sticking rich, they’ve kept a hold of it for generations, they dominate millions of people, therefore they are the natural fit rulers. This cumbersome nonsense of democracy is really a good sham to keep the people under control while you go ahead with your Brave New World scenario.
Tony Blair belonged to the Fabian Society, as does Mr Brown who presently is the Prime Minister of Britain. They also belong to the Socialist International, they call it. I don’t know if it’s the second or third or fourth, they keep changing it. They push in these socialist policies on behalf of the richest men on the planet. But Blair did say, and this was exposed in the newspapers. I’ll try and find the link.
‘Dishonest’ Blair and Straw accused
over secret plan for multicultural UK
By Simon Walters, Mail on Sunday Political Editor / 25th October 2009 / dailymail.co.uk
I read it on the air about a month ago maybe, where Blair had said to his right-hand man, my job here is to so alter the face of Britain by MASSIVE immigration of the most diverse – diverse meaning opposite – cultures that the British way of life, the culture would be completely destroyed, it could never get itself back together. That was part of his agenda and he really opened the floodgates to immigration. You see the fallout of it today as Mr Blair goes on and is so well rewarded. I think he’s got £20 or £30 million given to him through various means for what he did as Prime Minister. That’s how they pay them off. The fallout hits the rest of society, never mind about crime and all the rest of it. It says here…
Labour’s betrayal of British workers: Nearly every one of 1.67m jobs created since 1997 has gone to a foreigner
By James Chapman / dailymail.co.uk / 8th April 2010
Immigration was at the centre of the election campaign today (Alan: Of course the conservatives will hype that up and change nothing.) as it emerged that virtually every extra job created under Labour has gone to a foreign worker. (A: Priority hiring, you see.)
Figures suggested an extraordinary 98.5 per cent of 1.67million new posts were taken by immigrants.
The Tories (A: the Conservatives) seized on the revelation as evidence that the Government has totally failed to deliver its pledge of ‘British jobs for British workers’. (A: Ah, but it’s not really that. You’ve got to understand that they are also bringing in their extended families from these diverse cultures. In fact, in the United States and Canada and Britain people from those, what they call, diverse cultures that still have extended families, they can bring them all in. But if you go to any other country, even from Britain to Canada, you can’t bring all YOUR family in, unless you belong to one of these diverse cultures. Then that hits the health care system too. In fact some of them, it’s been in the papers here, go right on; some of the elderly ones go right into nursing homes. They haven’t paid a penny into any of this and it gets people very irate.)
As Gordon Brown tried to fight on the economy and cleaning up politics, he was confronted in the Commons about how British people of working age have lost out.
Shadow (A: Shadowy…) immigration minister Damian Green revealed unpublished figures showing there are almost 730,000 fewer British-born workers in the private sector than in 1997.
Mr Green said the Tories would reduce net migration to tens of thousands a year from the peaks of 200,000 under Labour by enforcing an annual cap.
(A: Of course, they are not going to change it… ) Mr Brown rejected the idea of an immigration quota (A: reduction), which he said would do ‘great damage to British business’.
Really, the real thing behind it, of this mush society of diverse cultures where literally you go through a period of massive chaos and fallout and violence between different groups until it settles down. This is what they decided back in, I think it’s 1917 or so, in the Fabian Society. It reminds me of what Mr Rockefeller said at one of his meetings when he was talking about the similar thing to the United States and the rest of the world. He said, well, you can’t make an omelet without breaking eggs. So the fallout for maybe 50 years, or mayhem and all this kind of stuff, that’s all it is, it’s just an omelet getting put together and this is tough luck, you see. That’s ACCEPTABLE. All that fallout is acceptable. They are not suffering at the top, of course. They don’t even mix with any of the ordinary people of ANY class or ANY ethnic group. They don’t mix with it, so they can watch the eggs cracking all around them I guess. So that’s the world you live in because we live through a big agenda, big world plan.
What’s interesting too, everyone is going on right now… It’s interesting how feeds get put out to the internet. They have names for this because the government itself has specialized teams and cyber warfare experts and so on putting out stuff and watching it run around the internet in circles. Sure enough, everybody goes along with it like a big wave and prattle on about it. So we are GIVEN the things to prattle on about and complain about, to be honest with you. That’s why I tend to go into the actual CFR meetings, the big foundations’ meetings, the big NGO meetings and their own web sites and show you what’s really going on most of the time. When you read the media, believe you me, it’s put out there for you regardless of what they are saying.
What so many are on about now was an article put out, a statement put out by Moody’s where Moody’s had mentioned that the US and Britain especially, better start really working hard to manage their books and put in all the unpopular mandates they’ll have to put in to save the economy, meaning the banking system. ‘Unpopular’ means through massive taxation because how else are they going to get anything; it’s always through tax. Governments do nothing but tax, you see; that’s what they do. And spend your tax money, generally not on you. What they were also saying, it might disturb social cohesion. What that means, in their parlance, is the same terminology used in the military departments’ exposés they put out too for the Department of Defence which I’ve read on the air – 90 pages – and one from the United States too, that there could be riots starting if they don’t mandate these unpopular policies and make us all poor. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just discussing about the waves that are sent around all media and the internet and everyone prattles about them on cue, as we are supposed to do. One of them was Moody’s of course making the statements that social cohesion could be put in jeopardy and that the US and Britain might end up with riots similar to Greece and Spain and so on. There is an article out on that too.
No room for error on U.S. debt
By Colin Barr, senior writer – cnn.com / March 16, 2010
(A: They’re talking about cutting back on spending and if it’s done too soon that we’d risk a double-dip recession and all that kind of stuff. It’s all managed perfectly at the top, believe you me. Which ever way that they go is what they want and the outcome too will be what they want. They do say it will test social cohesion, which means there will be riots and so on. It says…)
Nor can big developed countries expect to export their way to health on the back of booms in emerging markets such as India and China. (A: Of course not, that’s why they set up India and China.)
China didn’t drag itself up to be the main manufacturer of the planet. The Western powers that OWN the Western countries, through the governments which they own as well, got the GATT going, the General Agreement of Trade and Tariffs, and agreed to send everything offshore and encourage all the factories to move offshore to China. Actually they used the taxpayers’ money to do so to get them across to China and to set up the new factories in China. YOU funded all that, all you unemployed folk out there in the West, and your governments were responsible on behalf of their masters. You were also responsible for paying for any losses incurred during the first 10 years of operating business. Did your major media bother telling you about that? No, of course not. Well they set up China too and India and believe you me, and there is to be nothing to replace it back home. This is a service economy, discussed as far back as the 70s that that’s what they had planned for the US, Great Britain and a few other countries, service economies. So I’ll put these articles up on my web sites at the end of the show if XplorNet, which I pay a lot of money to get uploading through their satellite system, gives me more than double dial-up speed.
Another good editorial is from the Washington Post. It’s a bit more satisfactory than the last one. It says…
EDITORIAL: Global warming’s unscientific method
THE WASHINGTON TIMES / Wednesday, April 7, 2010
The prophets of global warming continue to lament as their carefully crafted yarn unravels before their eyes. Ross McKitrick, an intrepid economics professor from the University of Guelph in Ontario, Canada, has tugged apart the thin mathematical threads that once held together the story of climate change.
Recent attempts to silence Mr. McKitrick illuminate the extent to which the alarmists have abandoned proper scientific method in their pursuit of political goals. (A: Now, they haven’t abandoned a darn thing folks. If you notice the laws are getting passed, and they’ve been passed, that you are going to be taxed into the grave for carbon taxes and on your vehicles and all the rest of it and all the energy. This is all the same scenario under the guise of saving the world from freezing or heating, you see, which ever way it goes… which has gone on for millions of years.)
Mr. McKitrick has spent the past two years attempting to publish a scientific paper (A: I told you over the last few nights that if you think that science is somehow impartial to politics, forget it. Science, really, is under the dictate of politics. It’s always used by politics, ALWAYS. And if you don’t go along with them you are frozen right out, as we’ve already noticed by different articles that have emerged for what the IPCC has done to different scientists, some of whom are on their boards, and they said that this is hogwash, it doesn’t stand up to scientific investigation. Well, they were completely ostracized and the big magazines were told not to publish any of their works. This is what goes on. This is ALL politics. Everything is politics.) that documents a fundamental error in the 2007 United Nations Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) report. This U.N. document serves as the sole authority upon which the Environmental Protection Agency based its December “endangerment finding” that will allow unelected bureaucrats to impose cap-and-trade-style regulations without a vote of Congress. The cost to the public in higher gas and energy prices will run in the billions. (A: It’s going to run you off the road actually, that’s part of the intention of it.)
One might think that the scientific community would be extra diligent in double-checking the conclusions of a report carrying such weighty real-world consequences. In fact, the opposite happened. Seven scientific journals circled the wagons to block publication of Mr. McKitrick’s explosive findings. (A: He’s a professor, this guy.)
The IPCC report argued that temperatures rose one degree Celsius over the course of a century as a direct result of man-made carbon-dioxide emissions. This tiny change in temperature was calculated through the use of an “adjusted” set of global surface-temperature readings. (A: Special computers designed for the purpose.) Mr. McKitrick found that factors unrelated to global climate contaminated this data set, resulting in a higher temperature reading. (A: Lots of exposés have been done on their bogus readings.) He showed a statistically significant correlation between the change in temperature readings and socioeconomic indicators. It makes sense, for example, that replacing trees and forests with concrete and glass skyscrapers might contribute to the .01 degree annual increase in local temperature readings. This “urban heat island” effect would not be present in readings taken outside the asphalt jungle. (A: They are taking all the readings from the middle of the concrete jungles, folks. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I’ve read articles from people, in some countries that are more socialized than others, complaining about the US and so on and saying, well, you know, it’s much better where we are because we’ve got the socialized health care and all that. Well, listen, if government wants to give you a system that works, you will have it. However, if they want to take it down, which they will, believe you me, once you’re all pacified and dependent, they will do that too because the World Health Organization is ultimately in charge of all the health care systems and their policies, as it is with everything else and every other policy to do with health or housing or anything else. They want the most MINIMAL care to be available across the world and anything above minimal care will depend on your necessity to your community, your SOCIAL STANDING. So enjoy it while you’ve got it because it won’t last… as they hammer away at the US and everywhere else.
The countries that still have bits of it like Canada and Britain are in a mess already because they were designed to go down eventually. I know guys who worked in the system back in the 1970s in Canada at top levels who were told at meetings, that come around the late 80s and through the 90s they would start drumming the beat for ‘crisis in health care’. That’s all we’ve heard as they were slashing back, slashing back, starting on mandates with the rural hospitals which were very good hospitals. They were all paid by the people in the areas through their taxes. It was done through Bob Rae in Canada and other ones in the United States and other ones across Canada too, other local Prime Ministers, I call them, the provincial ones.
The idea was, under the Agenda 21 plan coming up, we’d all be living in habitat corridors along side the major highways which are just being finished now. That’s where everyone is to get crowded into and into the major cities that are all interlinked together. You’ve got to read the real reports, it’s the only way you’ll make sense of anything happening and you might start initially saying, isn’t that a coincidence; I read that in that report 2 years ago, 5 years ago, 10 years ago and here it is happening. Eventually, you’ll catch on folks. You will catch on; your world in the future is planned that way. Hopefully, if you can’t catch on, then please don’t email me.
Here is an article about the US and the way it’s going. Again, from the Washington Times.
EDITORIAL: Close enough for government work
THE WASHINGTON TIMES / Tuesday, April 6, 2010
Part of President Obama’s health care bill (A: It’s not his, you know that. Hillary Clinton was talking about that and they were working on it while she was up there.) depends on the government telling doctors and hospitals what are purportedly the most efficient medical procedures they should use. (A: So you see, there are bureaucrats now telling the doctors what procedures they should use. The RAND Corporation was employed to find how to cut costs and all directions.) Americans are supposed to trust Mr. Obama’s bureaucrats over their own doctors. (A: See, your doctors will become, as they do, government agents under a federal health care system. You’ve got to understand that.) Meanwhile, a new report from the Government Accountability Office shows that the Obama administration has been an utter failure at identifying the efficiency of a wide range of products. As government encroaches on more aspects of American life, the federal bureaucracy is increasingly incompetent. (A: …as it expands, because it is really expanding.)
The Environmental Protection Agency and the Department of Energy are charged with identifying how energy-efficient different products are. They claim that 98 percent of the products they test meet or exceed Energy Star requirements, which are government benchmarks used to regulate greater efficiency. Yet a sting by GAO investigators showed that the government agencies incorrectly identified as “efficient” 15 of 20 bogus products submitted by GAO for testing. No action was taken on two of the 20 products. Overall, the government made the correct decision on 11 percent of the test products.
Actually, I’ve got another article here; I’ll try and find it. It’s very important; it ties in with this because I don’t know if you know that recently the big pharma made a deal with the United States government to substitute different ingredients in their pharmaceutical products. The mainstream I don’t think mentioned it but I have the articles here from the corporations involved and from the US government. It’s to make them cheaper and cheaper, you see, and they will obviously lose their efficacy as you put in substitute ingredients. You’ll be paying the same amount of money for them, they will still be called the same products, there will also be different side effects with them which will become apparent over a while as they deny it, mind you. What was interesting too, was because of the hullabaloo about thimerosal, or mercury in the vaccine shots and the public wisening up to it, they have agreed that pharma will no longer have to label that on any of their inoculations. And, by the way, I’m not kidding you, I’ll try and find this, it said, they can also up the quantity of thimerosal up to 3-4 times the present allowable standard. Just to let you know. Just to let you know about that. That’s for your new health care system, you see. Everything is for a political agenda and depopulation certainly is a political agenda. So that’s that article there, as the doctors become government agents as the bureaucrats run the doctors’ lives.
Believe you me, they are politicized too. They will do what they are told; all professions, psychiatry especially since they have been a tool all down the years for regimes. They lock away people with conflicting opinions. Here is a part here from a very good book, for those who’ve got a brain to follow because believe you me, it’s not easy reading. You’ve got to really go through a blow by blow, what I did, what they said, what I did then, what they said account of one man’s taking on the Soviet regime in the Soviet Union, when it was the Soviet Union, when they locked away people who had different opinions than the authorized ones. It’s called A Question of Madness: Repression by Psychiatry in the Soviet Union by Zhores A Medvedev and Roy A Medvedev, his brother. His brother fought like crazy going through ALL the different bureaucratic levels, being given the runaround and so on because they locked up his brother. Why? Because he came out with articles on the genes of plants and biology and so on which differed from a HERO, a Soviet hero scientist. His ideas, which are all wonkey actually, but Stalin loved him, Lisinkov I think it was. His crazy ideas were told this is now the authorized mandate and belief system of this particular area of science.
Well, it’s no different than the IPCC who have done the same blocking of professors who will not go along with their political agenda and it is a political agenda. Everything at the United Nations IS a political agenda. That’s what the United Nations is all about, politics, world politics. They lock you up if you go against them. They’ve done the same thing to a LOT of professors. They can’t even get their works published HERE in the West if they go against the IPCC because this whole New World Order taxation, we serve the planet idea, we serve the system and they will give us high priests to serve, believe you me, who live very well. It’s all BASED on this bogus carbon and nonsense like that.
Back to this book, on page 194 it says…
Totalitarian centralization of the medical service, (A: This happened in the 1960s.) while introducing the progressive principle of free health care for all, has also made it possible to use medicine as a means of government control and political regulation. Medical dossiers in clinics and hospitals are available to government officials and a growing number of institutions and agencies asked for reports for a person’s state of health, with details of his past medical history and symptoms. Psychiatrists are playing an increasingly important role in all this and they may secretly veto a young person’s entry to an academic institution or a trip abroad, even only as a tourist, or pronounce his suitability or unsuitability for many categories of employment.
He goes on to say basically, that once again, doctors become agents of the government. What a story this guy has got to tell here of how they just get you for going against what the AUTHORIZED scientific opinion is and he certainly suffered. They can just lock you up… and claim whatever they wish to claim to keep you in prison, which is psychiatry, a psychiatric prison basically. That’s when doctors become pawns and servants of the government and everything becomes very inefficient. So those with a brain who can really… and I mean that too, a lot of folk today have no attention span whatsoever. They are bored. They get bored with everything. If there are not enough flashing scenes in a movie, with chases and cars blowing up and every scene lasts 3 seconds maximum, they can’t follow it. They’ve been like that since they watched their first cartoons that were designed for the same purpose… to lower your attention span. But they cannot read. They can’t read. That’s the trade-off for having what they claim is supposedly fun.
Because of all the new system, where we are to serve the planet, remember the Royal Institute of International Affairs in its own mandates, when it was set up, its tenets set up that they would bring in a world of SERVICE. Servitude to the world state, S-E-R-V-I-T-U-D-E, SERVITUDE… that’s from the same term, word, as SERF, remember, because this is a new FEUDAL system. I hope people can put this together. That’s what Professor Carroll Quigley said, who the official historian for them was. They are bringing in a world of service as the new feudal system where CEOs, corporate leaders, will be the new OVERLORDS over the general public. But the duty of the general public will be to SERVE the world state, SERVICE to the world state. That’s what all this global warming nonsense and taxation of you into the ground, put you into little habitat areas, grading you according to your necessity to the community in communitarianism is all about. And the mainstream media won’t tell you but you can go into the main web sites, if you want to do your own searches into their own histories. They put it up for you if you’ve got the head to go through it. It’s very boring stuff but I’ll tell you, you won’t have to guess about anything ever again.
Here is an article from The Times Online.
Ten important tax changes happening in April 2010
Timesbusiness.typepad.com – Money Central / April 1, 2010
Alistair Darling (A: This is the guy in charge of the taxations in Britain.) had already announced a massive £20 billion tax raid before last Wednesday’s Budget, mainly targeted at high earners. (A: This is a con; they always tell you that. That’s what they always start the story off with, okay, the rich are going to get socked but as Elton John said back in the 70s, yeah, they always do that for us boys, but they are always write in another loop hole; we never, ever have to pay taxes for that. He was very honest about it. But they always start off their articles in that way, to put you off guard as you read the rest of the story.) Here we remind you of the key measures that will be coming into effect from April 6.
1. Showroom tax The Government announced taxes for high-polluting cars back in 2008, but these finally kicked in on April Vehicle tax rates for cars registered on or after March 1, 2001 are split into 13 bands (A: That’s for the US to copy, you see, which they are starting to copy now. They grade you…) (A to M) depending on CO2 emissions. The amount you will pay depends on the band your car comes under. (A: The grade.)
The most polluting newly-bought cars in band M, such as the Lexus LS 460 A8, will incur a charge of up to £950 for the first year and £435 thereafter. (A: These are punishment taxes.) New cars in band L, such as the Vauxhall Zafira 2.0i 16V Turbo 200PS M6, will incur a £750 first year rate and £425 thereafter. However, cars in bands A will pay no vehicle tax at all. (A: Now you already pay a road tax which comes under that so you will be paying. These guys give you nothing for free. They never give you anything for nothing.)
2. Fuel duty
The Chancellor had planned a 3p (A: percent) rise in fuel duty on April 1. However, this increase has now been staggered to 1p in April, 1p in October and 1p in January. (A: This is to be done in 2 increases so it will put you off… it’s not so bad with each increase. We accept a few pennies at a time, that’s what they say at the top. It’s when they give you umpteen pounds at one time that you start getting shocked. So they stage it in 2 increases, they stagger it.)
3. Income tax bands
Tax allowances will be frozen for the tax year 2010-11, instead of rising with inflation, (A: That’s because they are taxing all the things that you buy, your energy and everything.) while the higher rate tax threshold will be frozen at £43,875 until 2013. If it increased by the current 3 per cent rate of inflation it would rise to £44,995.
“This means taxpayers will pay an additional £489 in tax (A: That’s in straight tax; that’s not on all your purchases.) and 75,000 more will pay the higher-rate tax for the first time,” (A: Which of course they won’t.) Mike Warburton, of Grant Thornton, (A: Grant Thornton, sounds very official, GRANT THORNTON…) the accountant, says. Similarly the tax-free personal allowance will stay at £6,475 instead of rising to £6,669, meaning every taxpayer will pay an extra £40. (A: [Alan laughing.] But they go on about all this stuff that nobody really bothers reading because it’s hullabaloo and so on, except you are going to get stiffed. You are going to get stiffed folks. That’s what it’s going to be. They also talk about pensions, interesting how they word this.)
…5. Qualifying for a state pension
The good news (A: Here’s the good news…) is that men and women will need to work for only 30 years to qualify for the full basic state pension. (A: Oh, isn’t that nice.) Currently, women need 39 qualifying years of national insurance contributions and men need 44 years.
The bad news is that the women’s state pension age will gradually rise from 60 to 65 between 2010 and 2020, bringing it in line with men’s. [Alan laughing.] Then from 2024 both the men’s and women’s state pension age will rise from 65 to reach 68 by 2046. (A: So you have to be 68… you might just make it before you croak and get a penny back for all that money you paid in. See, the government really needs that money now that we’re in trouble you know, and we’re fighting all the carbon dioxide and stuff, and you’ve got to get something for the big boys to trade these bags of nothing between each other for trillions of dollars through the Rothschild’s bank in Switzerland, and Mr Al Gore’s outfit and so on. Oh, God.)
It’s just astonishing, but it’s the same old stuff. I’ve seen this my whole life long, as you’re shafted and shafted and shafted and the public, the people, they still think they’re free. They’re living in a police state but they think they’re free. [Alan laughing.]
I’ve mentioned before how the big institutions that run the world, the parallel government as Quigley called them, the REAL government, who are not answerable to the public but they tell governments what to do and they even put their own men in governments and bureaucracy across the world. From the Council on Foreign Relations own web site,
Harnessing International Institutions to Address Climate Change
cfr.org / Release Date: March 2010
(A: That’s education, everything, to go on board… they call this consensus building. Meaning, if you want to be part of the system and not be defamed and get cash coming your way, you’d better go along with this. That’s what it means. There is the music coming in, I’ll be back with more on this after this break. )
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Remember, I’ll put these links up on my web site at then end of the show, with the blessings of XplorNet satellite upload, if they dare to give me a wee bit of speed to put it up there.
I’m going to put this link up too, to the Council on Foreign Relations, the parallel government, the guys who’ve got think tanks working on everything, this CHARITABLE organization that runs the world on behalf of the bankers who own them. In fact that’s what does own them; it was comprised primarily at the top of bankers from the old Milner Group, international boys of course, international bankers… not just local bankers but international boys. They run the world and they decide where it’s going and here they are, with their ideas of how to bring ALL international institutions in together on climate change to be politically correct and go along with the one agenda; just like the Soviet Union. All science must go along with it if you want to pass your examinations and be a scientist and get paid, etc, etc. That’s how it’s done. There is a PDF of their technique from their own web site on how they are going about doing that. They cover every single area, every institution folks… all education, every single thing.
Interesting too is this article here, it’s from Truthout.org. It’s an article about the troops in Iraq. The title is…
Iraq War Vet: “We Were Told to Just Shoot People, and the Officers Would Take Care of Us”
Wednesday 7 April 2010 / truthout.org / by: Dahr Jamail
On Monday, April 5, Wikileaks.org posted video footage from Iraq, taken from a US military Apache helicopter in July 2007 as soldiers aboard it killed 12 people and wounded two children. The dead included two employees of the Reuters news agency: photographer Namir Noor-Eldeen and driver Saeed Chmagh.
The US military confirmed the authenticity of the video.
The footage clearly shows an unprovoked slaughter, (A: It’s only one of many slaughters. That’s what they do over there.) and is shocking to watch whilst listening to the casual conversation of the soldiers in the background. (A: These soldiers talk just as if they were talking to each other sitting playing on the couch there with their little video games. That’s how they are talking folks.)
As disturbing as the video is, this type of behavior by US soldiers in Iraq is not uncommon. (A: It is THE common thing. You can’t be a man unless you show that nothing bothers you. huh, huh, I just blew his head off, huh, huh. That’s how they talk.)
Truthout has spoken with several soldiers who shared equally horrific stories of the slaughtering of innocent Iraqis by US occupation forces.
“I remember one woman walking by,” said Jason Washburn, a corporal in the US Marines who served three tours in Iraq. He told the audience at the Winter Soldier hearings that took place March 13-16, 2008, in Silver Spring, Maryland, “She was carrying a huge bag, and she looked like she was heading toward us, so we lit her up (A: That’s what they call it.) with the Mark 19, which is an automatic grenade launcher, and when the dust settled, we realized that the bag was full of groceries. She had been trying to bring us food and we blew her to pieces.”
Well, there ya go and you know what the rest of it is like because that’s what soldiers are all about folks, in reality. That’s what you go into the military to BE, a man, to be a man, you know, to look at all the nasty stuff and the gruesome stuff and you laugh at it, ha, ha, just like that and if you don’t the rest of them will rib you on it and call you names. You have obedience to authority, you see. Obedience to authority, that means you are brainwashed into obeying authority and you will do WHATEVER YOU ARE TOLD. Experiments have proved this; you will do whatever you are told as long as a superior person, an officer in authority tells you to do so. They will shoulder it for you… and you can have no conscience about it AT ALL, just go and play… Johnny’s got his gun.
Anyway, From Hamish and myself in Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on April 9th 2010. For all the newcomers out there, you should look into website web site. There are hundreds of hours of talks I’ve given over the past few years on that site which you can download for free. Remember to bookmark all the other sites you see listed there because the .com site sometimes gets overloaded, sometimes I can’t upload to it; it’s not enough bandwidth space or disk space and this way you will always have another site to pull down the latest shows from. [Official sites listed above.] I always start off the show, I get the hard part over, the tin can moment over quickly so I don’t pester you all throughout the show because I’m not a salesman. I inform you that you are the audience that brings me to you. Most hosts make their money from advertising. The ads on this show are paid by the advertisers directly to RBN to broadcast the show and to pay for their time, their equipment and their staff and their bills. So you must help me out by buying the books that I have for sale on my web sites. They are different from the usual books that you’ll ever see. I could overload you with facts and figures and all the rest of it and you would go to sleep. So I bypass that, I don’t go through the linear process. I go through a different kind of process, also using a lot of symbolism too, to help DEPROGRAM you. So look into the web sites, see the books I have for sale and you can also get CDs and DVDs of sometimes 40-50 shows on them for sale. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] Send in your order and I’ll get it out to you as fast as possible. For those that get the disks burned and passed to them to play on CD players, they don’t like computers – wise men – you can get in touch with me at [address above].
I’ll remind you of this once again, you keep me going and believe you me, I don’t think that there are any hosts that have managed to do this for very long. I’ve watched many over the years come and go, as they hope to rely on the people’s, not their charity but what they thought their show was worth. They will pay money for all other kinds of things, even archives into mystery sites and so on, which is fine. That’s entertainment; it mixes fact with fiction. I just stick to the facts here, for those who really want to CUT THROUGH THE MATRIX AND GET TO THE TRUTH OF THINGS. The hardest thing you will ever find is the truth. It’s SO well hidden, believe you me. Thousands of years have gone into the creation of systems of controlling vast populations. Now it’s global of course, because we’re all in to the SAME info from the SAME sources across the whole world and it’s easier to control millions of people getting the same downloads every day. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. You know, the more you read into the big foundations and the meetings they have and their integration with government agencies you do realize eventually that there are far more people working WITH government than people IN government. That’s what really hits you right off the bat. You realize there is a massive, super government, or SUPRA government over and above the one that you think of as your own. Then you do realize that your own government really rubber stamps what they call recommendations put out by these big think tanks and foundations that are all working through the multitude of agencies that go through the United Nations basically. Just the International Monetary Fund alone, I was looking at the different departments that interface with every country across the planet; that’s just one organization belonging to it. You can go on page after page of divisions and special branches of it; it’s astonishing.
The more you will do this and go into these different PDFs and links that I put up at times, the more you will realize that it’s very hard to go back to the regular media, which really keeps you in a never-never land. It certainly never gets you anywhere near any truth because their job is not to wake you up to a higher reality of what’s really running your life and who is behind it in this multifarious organizational umbrella that you might hear of once in a while the names of, but you really don’t know what they are up to. They are having meetings all the time, constantly… constantly interfacing with government agencies of ALL departments in EVERY country across the planet. You really can’t just go back into the regular media with a sort of nonchalant attitude because it doesn’t work that way. You’ve seen too much. You’ve gone too far. Because you read the stuff that’s meant to be semi-comical; that’s what your media is. It’s to present really what are rubberstamped laws on behalf of the government, or the agencies running the government, to make it palatable to YOU with little funny stories wrapped up in-between.
These are very, very serious topics we are talking about. We are talking about a planned society, a society that was planned and written about copiously from the beginning of the 1900s – even before that but definitely in the beginning of the 1900s – with the already existing foundations of the biggest corporations on the planet, with the banks backing them up and intertwined with them and the international bankers on board as well, talking about plans to take over all the resources of the world and that really democracy already, ALREADY was a has-been. It had its day. It wasn’t efficient anymore and they could never get their real big plans done because of the public knowing what was going on. So how do they get around that? Well, they stopped you from knowing what was going on. They gave you the mainstream regular media where you’ve got barons who own whole chains of newspapers across the country and countries. They never really tell you… Their job is not to tell you the truth. They keep you stuck in the middle, the middle plane you might say, of never-never land. Giving you little sniffs at things but never actual sightings of anything; that’s how they work.
Yesterday, for instance, I read an article about the health care bill from The Washington Times. I just read the first little part of it, skimmed over it, and mentioned that now you’ve got the government and bureaucrats telling doctors in hospitals what are purportedly the most efficient medical procedures they should use. Americans are supposed to trust Mr Obama’s bureaucrats OVER their own doctors. I mentioned that doctors then, in these systems, become basically agents of the government. It mentions too, I didn’t go into this, it says….
EDITORIAL: Close enough for government work
THE WASHINGTON TIMES / Tuesday, April 6, 2010
Part of President Obama’s health care bill depends on the government telling doctors and hospitals what are purportedly the most efficient medical procedures they should use. Americans are supposed to trust Mr. Obama’s bureaucrats over their own doctors. Meanwhile, a new report from the Government Accountability Office (Alan: They actually have an accountability office…) shows that the Obama administration has been an utter failure at identifying the efficiency of a wide range of products. (A: We have all these agencies and you all think… It’s like the Food and Drug Administration, most people truly believe it’s there to look after your health and safety. I’ve given up links to exposures that have come out about the FDA that’s full, FULL of people who have worked with pharma before, on the boards of pharma, and the big chemical corporations and all the rest of it, and the big food corporations. I’ve even given the leaked emails from correspondence, when it comes to certain medications that are kind of iffy, and up for debate, and going to the FDA and they’ve actually said that we’ve got these doctors here who will go along with us; they are friendly. In other words they are paid off. That’s how it really works. Getting back to this article, you have a Government Accountability Office in the US, I think every country supposedly has one, and it shows “that the Obama administration has been an utter failure at identifying the efficiency of a wide range of products.” It’s quite comical. Again, it’s meant to be a little comical piece; that’s how they write stuff. ) As government encroaches on more aspects of American life, the federal bureaucracy is increasingly incompetent. (A: Well… yeah. Maybe they are really there to do something else than they’ve told us.)
The Environmental Protection Agency and the Department of Energy are charged with identifying how energy-efficient different products are. (A: Remember all that push to oh, buy a new fridge, it’s green, less, less electricity and all this stuff, less pollution. Now listen to this…) They claim that 98 percent of the products they test meet or exceed Energy Star requirements, which are government benchmarks used to regulate greater efficiency. Yet a sting by GAO investigators showed that the government agencies incorrectly identified as “efficient” 15 of 20 bogus products submitted by GAO for testing. (A: In other words, they were BOGUS products and getting rubber-stamped as being efficient.) No action was taken on two of the 20 products. Overall, the government made the correct decision on (A: ONLY…) 11 percent of the test products. (A: The rest of this stuff never worked. It wasn’t meant to work because they were bogus, like tin cans dressed up as something else. No kidding. And the government rubber-stamped them as being efficient.)
As the Washington saying forewarns, the difference between 98 percent and 11 percent is close enough for government work.
Most disturbingly, the absurd products in question shouldn’t have been close calls. (A: They made them look obvious, obviously ridiculous.) Take the so-called “room air cleaner.” The product was a space heater with a duster sticking out of the top and several fly strips attached. (A: To make it look even more absurd.) The picture submitted to the government of the bogus product is pretty hilarious – but the bureaucracy gave the contraption the federal stamp of approval.
Among the other ridiculous items the government certified as energy-efficient was a (A: This is what they told the government. These are bureaucrats for ya.) petroleum-powered timepiece (A: A gasoline powered time-piece, like a gas-fired clock right [Alan laughing].) that was described as a “generator-sized clock run on gasoline.” Such a machine obviously would be energy-inefficient. Moving the heavy beast alone would keep greens awake at night worrying about wasted energy, making the alarm on the clock superfluous.
News of these phony approvals has bureaucrats running for high ground. While defensively insisting that they take the tests “seriously,” the EPA and Energy Department immediately issued a statement defending their testing and telling the public it should not lose confidence in the government program to monitor efficiency ratings. [Alan laughing.] (A: They are passing everything that gets put in front of them and all this bogus stuff too.) Incorrigibly, the feds again pointed to their own discredited 98 percent accuracy rate (A: So it doesn’t matter what you prove to them, they are 11% right. They actually claim that their initial one, the propaganda piece, we are always 98% accurate. So they came up with that again as a defense…) and implausibly claimed the Energy Star program has so far saved Americans $17 billion on their electricity bills.
It’s such a farce isn’t it? Lifelong jobs, yearly pay increases, cost of living increases and pension plans and all the rest of it and it’s just jobs for the boys isn’t it. They are generally intergenerational in the federal departments, the bureaucracies – I don’t know if the people know that – in every country. They tend to be intergenerational. It’s far better than playing with politics because they are really not responsible to the public. We never notice them generally. We never hear from them or about them. Again, everything is utterly corrupt and they always want more money and all the rest of it. It’s the same with politicians. If they can hang in there for only 4 or 5 years, I think it’s 5 years in Canada and the same with the United States and Britain, Australia, New Zealand. If they can just get in, their party makes sure they stay in for 5 years, they get a life-long pension index related to the cost of living. LIFE-LONG pension for working – for turning up – for 5 years. And we think, we really do think that they are there… we believe the propaganda: we are here to serve you. It’s astonishing isn’t it? One law for this bunch and one law for the rest. I wouldn’t mind doing that; 4 or 5 years and get a full pension. That’s full drug costs and the whole lot for the rest of your life and index related to the cost of living. So basically you are getting the same paycheck when you are 80 or 90 as someone just going into politics, into the federal government, for their first year, second year. Great how they wangle it and we just sit here and we moo like cattle and we talk trivia.
Again, that’s why it’s hard to go in to the mainstream media because whatever they expose, which is very little and very infrequently, part comedy mixed in with it, it gives us this idea that they are just stumbling along and bumbling along and yet this massive supra umbrella above them and around them, of hundreds and hundreds of corporations and CEOs and foundations and think tanks all telling them what to do, all coming from the United Nations. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. You know, in the UK in Britain I read an article a while back where the police are breaking into people’s homes at night under a new police program and leaving notes to tell the people who own the premises, or at least live in them. I don’t think you own anything in Britain really; even when you sign up to purchase a home you are put down as a tenant, not an owner. It’s the same in Canada too, by the way.
Police who play burglar in the middle of the night
By Jaya Narain / 11th February 2010 / dailymail.co.uk
The cops break in and God help you if you tackle them, I guess as a prowler. I think it’s actually happened already and there’s some case pending. But the cops will get away with it because it’s one of these MUST BE things, getting you trained, really, that they can walk in at any time of the day or night and you’d better just accept it. They start off with an excuse, well, it’s to make sure that you know where the weak points in your home happen to be. Well, if they wanted that they could give a volunteer program where they come around during the day and point them out to you IF you want to allow them in. Of course, no, they do it this way and break into your homes in the middle of the night and that’s all right apparently.
Isn’t it amazing? I saw this years ago in the 70s and the 80s and onwards traveling through different parts of the world and I kept saying, isn’t it amazing that the same laws seem to be passed in every country at the same time. Yet no country ever says, by the way, this has been passed in Britain, France and Germany at the same time as Norway or Denmark, as an example. I realized back then we were already in a global system and there was some kind of communication between SOME agency that coordinates all the governments together; had to be. Well, getting back to the cops breaking in to the homes, they are much slicker in the US. They are better at it. They’ve got better marketing divisions and people who are really sharp on how people work. They work in advertising generally and they advise. You can actually hire them and they will advise you how to get what you want. Well, here are the cops in New Jersey. This is from WCBSTV.com. “New Jersey police department starts a senior safety program.” It sounds wonderful, doesn’t it? Senior safety program.
Eastern Cops In N.J. Town Given Keys To Homes
(A: See how different it is? Britain should really follow this because they could really learn a lot.)
Franklin Township Police Set Up Realtor-Like Lockboxes So Officers Can Respond Immediately To Emergencies
wcbstv.com / Mar 25, 2010
‘Operation Blue Angel’ (A: It’s called.) using money seized by drug busts. (A: Yeah, sure.)
It’s a novel program designed to improve the safety of senior citizens in New Jersey. (A: It’s hard to go against that, eh? It’s for your safety.)
The program would allow police quick access into a home to help anyone having a medical emergency – without having the break down the door. (A: Well, should the cops be coming in for a medical emergency? I don’t think so. But that doesn’t matter does it?)
Marilyn Chesner is a retired music teacher and a widow. Living alone, (A: They always give you these stories to justify it for everyone.) the 79-year-old recently had a close call.
“I was standing there, and next thing I know I was on the floor,” Chesner said.
That moment – passing out in the bathroom – made her think about things. (A: She thought about it, you see, if only the cops were here to help me with my medical problem.)
“I wondered what would happen if something happened, and I couldn’t get out of bed or move. How could someone get into the house?” Chesner said.
That’s why the grandmother was the first person to join “Operation Blue Angel” run by the Franklin Township Police Department.
Now Chesner has a lockbox with a spare key inside, similar to the one realtors use, which allows police to get into her home in the event of an emergency.
“Hopefully I will never need them, but it does give me an extra sense of security,” Chesner said. (A: So there ya go, a whole town because of one elderly lady who thinks she’s going to be safe. I love how they do this. I love how they do it. It’s the same with punishment as well. If you study the totalitarian systems, especially the Soviet systems, they would find somebody doing something in part of this vast Soviet bloc and then they would pass a law that would affect EVERYONE across the whole bloc. So it was called ‘communal punishment’. Well, we’ve already got that in Canada and elsewhere too because we are using that kind of system here as well. That goes into many different areas by itself, by the way. So this PR piece finishes up by saying…)
“No matter who you are, God forbid you get sick, we can respond immediately,” Franklin Township Police Chief Craig Novick said.
Chief Novick came up with the idea after one of the area’s huge snowstorms.
“What if we had to respond to the house where the keyholder couldn’t respond because they were snowed-in? What would we do?” Chief Novick said. (A: Wow, I like his reasoning here.)
Since the program started a week ago, 20 seniors and people with medical conditions have signed up. It provides peace of mind for their children. (A: Ah, oh, it makes you feel warm and fuzzy.)
That’s what we get for news, utter pabulum… utter pabulum. We really are treated like children aren’t we? Completely like children. Again, in the US, I don’t know if most folk notice what’s really going on, but you have to go into amalgamations of the different agencies with public/private and all the rest of it. This is an article… I’ll put these links up on my web site at the end of the show, again, if XplorNet blesses me with twice dial-up speed to sit here for 3 or 4 hours uploading. I’ll read this article to show you how the DOE, the USDA and the NSF are now joining together towards climate change. So food, agriculture and all the rest of it is going together. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an article from the Department of Energy’s web site.
DOE, USDA, and NSF Launch Joint Climate Change Prediction Research Program
New interagency program to generate high-resolution tools to address climate change
energy.gov / March 22, 2010
(A: What’s interesting is, I noticed that Britain, again, had just done all the same thing. They have their Department of Energy, ya-da, ya-da, ya AND climate change all mixed together. That’s at the end of it, ‘and climate change’. I said this before, all the big boys put all their eggs into one basket a long time ago to do with the ruling us by a catastrophe on the earth if we don’t comply. Of course, we have the CO2 massive trading that’s going on where they trade lots of nothings for lots of money. We have to pay for it all, and stuff like that. It will also help to get the Agenda 21 in, where we are crammed together for more efficiency you understand; we can’t use all these services and string hydro or electric lines across countries and when you are all in the one place it’s much easier and cheaper, more economical, and it will pollute less, ya-da, ya-da, ya. So this is what it’s all about really; they’re all working together with Agenda 21.)
Washington, DC – The U.S. Departments of Energy and Agriculture (A: Remember, this is your food too, and energy. Remember I said before, everything that you need to live on will be used as a big stick over you. Well, that’s what it’s all about.) and the National Science Foundation (NSF) announced the launch of a joint research program to produce high-resolution models for predicting climate change and its resulting impacts. (A: In other words, these fancy computers that are fed lots of weird data that doesn’t really comply with the facts or actuality, they give them the desired results that they want.) Called Decadal and Regional Climate Prediction Using Earth System Models (EaSM), the program is designed to generate models that — significantly more powerful than existing models — can help decision-makers develop adaptation strategies addressing climate change. (A: So we’ve all to ADAPT to whatever the computers spew out.) These models will be developed through a joint, interagency solicitation for proposals. (A: Well, they already have it planned what big boys are getting the deals. That’s what that means, that part there.)
THE PROMISE OF AN HISTORIC PROGRAM
(A: Listen to the language of this…) EaSM is distinguished by its promise for generating: 1) predictions of climate change and associated impacts at more localized scales and over shorter time periods than previously possible; and 2) innovative interdisciplinary approaches to address the interdisciplinary sources (A: ha, ha.) and impacts of climate change. These interdisciplinary approaches will draw on biologists, chemists, computer scientists, geoscientists, materials scientists, mathematicians, physicists, computer specialists, and social scientists. (A: Everybody except a farmer. This is what’s going to run this thing here… and you know how much it’s going to cost? I won’t go into that; I’ve got enough bad news in that area, of that department, that we can stand at the moment, and more to come obviously.)
You know they can always count on the brainwashing they’ve already given a lot of the public. See, the public are very predictable. They have us all categorized in clusters, your friends and all that and you together are a cluster by the way. With the permission of the government and the NSA, they give all your data and your emails and your phone calls and all the rest of it, and all the sites that you look up on your computer, with your friends, they give it all to certain authorized universities to do cluster studies on you all, to see what you all have in common with each other, what BINDS you together as a cluster.
They also have virtual realities in the Pentagon where all that data is also fed in there. I read the article from the Pentagon itself saying, yep, they literally have a little YOU, every one of you in a particular computer model program in a virtual reality where they study YOU and with all your ongoing daily data fed into it, by the way, so they can make you perfectly predictable. They can actually do hypothetical situations where knowing what you are, how you are, how you think, what motivates you, and all the rest of it, they can run tests on this virtual you by feeding in a problem and seeing how you react, knowing you will react like that in real life.
That’s where you tax money goes, to all these different… ALL TO CONTROL YOU. Layer after layer after layer after layer of specialist areas, way above you, never mentioned in the media, but you will certainly get it all from their OWN web sites if you bother looking into it. And yeah, you will be checked for going into government web sites; they have admitted that. They take all that data when you link on to their web sites BUT they link in all your data anyway. No matter what sites you look into so what does it matter? It’s better to know what’s going on than to rely on the general media that keep you spinning your wheels.
Here is an article that fits in kind of with this, no great depth or anything. What I mean is they can count on YOU as predictable. Snob appeal and all the rest of it.
Shoppers choose green products to improve social status, says study
Researchers found consumers are willing to sacrifice performance for perceived social status from green products (A: You know, anything that is labeled GREEN… remember, they are already putting stuff on their MySpace sites and stuff to show how green they are, try to out-green each other.)
Adam Vaughan guardian.co.uk, Monday 29 March 2010
Shoppers choose hybrid cars to improve social status, say researchers. (A: They give it snob appeal and make them more expensive.)
Shoppers choose hybrid cars, “green” washing-up liquid (A: They go for that also.) and energy-saving devices over cheaper but dirtier alternatives partly to improve their social status, according to a new study published today. (A: I read that thing by that other guys that are supposed to look at all these improved green products and they are passing dustbins dressed up as other things, you know, with dusters sticking out of them. So it’s all bogus anyway, but the greenies don’t know that. They will buy it… as long as it says ‘green’ and they can show off. Oh, I’m so green and how about you; I noticed you are using that, ew, that old food mixer there, ew, ah. That’s how stupid, stupid people are and unfortunately there are a lot of stupid people they can count on. That’s why they love democracy because the bulk of the populace go exactly the direction that they are brainwashed to go in and it’s us who still think for ourselves that are forced to go along with them by law.)
Researchers found consumers are willing to sacrifice luxury and performance to benefit from the perceived (A: Not real, but PERCEIVED….) social status that comes from buying a product with a reduced environmental impact. (A: At least they’ve got that stamped on it and it doesn’t matter if it’s spewing out black smoke on the other end.)
Bram Van den Bergh of Rotterdam School of Management, one of the study’s authors, said: “Driving a luxurious non-green car, like a Hummer, communicates one’s wealth, but also suggests that the buyer is a selfish and uncaring individual who is concerned primarily about his own comfort rather than the welfare of society. (A: Remember, this is marketing, advertising management, these are the guys who manipulate society. So you’re selfish, you’re a selfish uncaring individual if you drive something like that. Remember what I said before, THEY ARE USING SOCIAL APPROVAL AND SOCIAL DISAPPROVAL TO CHANGE EVERYBODY’S WAY OF LIFE IN MANY DIFFERENT AREAS. This is how they do it.) Driving a hybrid, like a Prius, not only displays one’s wealth as it costs many thousands of dollars more than a conventional but highly fuel-efficient car, but also signals the owner cares about others and the environment.” (A: So if you’re rich and wealthy and spend for stuff, to show off, then you obviously care about the environment. See, social approval, social disapproval.)
In a series of three experiments for the study which is published in the Journal of Personality and Social Psychology, the researchers found that people were also more likely to choose green products when doing so in public. (A: So that they can show off. So they will buy when they are out with their pals.)
In one experiment, 168 students were split into two groups. One group read a story about social status while a second group read a story without a status message. Asked to make a hypothetical purchasing decision between a green car or a non-green model of the same price but more luxurious and better-performing, 37.2% in the control group chose the green car. That figure rose to 54.5% for those who read the story designed to “activate status motives.” (A: They actually put it in to the little test, the wording, which is programming… WORDS STRUNG TOGETHER IN A PARTICULAR WAY WILL BRING YOU TO THE DESIRED CONCLUSION AND ACTION. You are utterly programmable. That figure rose to 54.5% for those who read the story designed to “activate status motives.” The story was DESIGNED… this is for the hard of thinking that I like to repeat things – the story designed to “activate status motives.”) The authors claim the experiment is the first to demonstrate that playing on desire for social status is a way to encourage people to make green choices. (A: But they’ve used this same technique in other areas before, by the way… social status.)
In another test, 93 students were asked to pick on a sliding scale between green and non-green products (A: I hate even using the terminology, don’t you? We’re helping them bring it in to being. It’s nonsense.) of the same price, depending on whether they were buying in public at a store or in private by shopping online. When the students read a status story similar to the first experiment, their preference in public for the green product was far stronger than in private. A third experiment showed buyers with social status in mind preferred green products when they were more expensive than their conventional alternative. (A: Give it snob appeal and they’ll go for it.)
The authors, who also include Vladas Griskevicius of University of Minnesota and Joshua M Tybur of University of New Mexico, argue that the findings show an untapped way of motivating greener behaviour. (A: I tell you, everything that people do today is through conditioning. Everything. They are already preconditioned 100 ways towards even this experiment that they can’t even remember. They watch countless hours of TV with brainwashing, little bits slipped in, subliminally, and they’re all primed for guys like this to work on.)
Adam Corner, a research associate at Cardiff University and expert on the psychology of communicating climate change, (A: There ya go. Here ya go. Ha. Why would you need that if it’s all based on facts? Why do we need people to brainwash you, to go along a certain way, if it’s actually factual and could be proven to be factual and based on facts? You wouldn’t need that would you? … would you?) said social status is a key driver of behaviour: “It’s not surprising that people might choose to try and signal their social status through the conspicuous consumption of ‘green products’. Even if people don’t care about climate change, they care about what other people think of them.” (A: That’s the bottom line. They care about what other people think of them; their peer pressure.) He added that one of the most important aspects of the research is that the power of social status could be harnessed to become a critical tool in promoting wider changes in pro-environmental behaviour, such as voting for the greenest party in an election or engaging in environmental activism. (A: They always use the schmucks, you know.)
Today I was reading an article, it was one of the web sites by the big boys who had a follow-up meeting from the Copenhagen Treaty and I was going through all the members at the top. Every one of them who are running this climate business was the CEO of a MAJOR OIL COMPANY or a MAJOR ENERGY SOURCE COMPANY, INTERNATIONAL CORPORATIONS with factories all over the place, AND most of them were members, as well, of the Club of Rome. And apart from that, they also had been members, sometimes in between their full-time jobs, with the United Nations. And you think it’s all some alternative from the big boys who already rule and own everything that you need to live on because they’ve taken everything over to make sure that you’re helpless. That’s the planned society, folks.
Everybody is fooled. They even CREATE the greenie groups with all the little fringe people at the bottom with chips on their shoulders that can’t fit in anywhere; they need something to protest. They recruit them all and they have no idea that their bosses, the ones at the top, that can speak, and be understood, as opposed to the rest of them, and who are taught to speak and be understood, are paid full-time salaries equal to any President or even beyond that, and a pension plan, and lots of freebies and goodies, by the foundations that set them up in the first place. Everybody is a schmuck who gets used and joins the big groups. They can always count on you. ALWAYS COUNT ON YOU.
Last night I mentioned about how Mr Rockefeller, when he was talking about the fallout as they MERGE the world into this big conglomerate, this international conglomerate, and how masses of people like Jacques Attali said would flood in from the south of the US into the US. Not just from Mexico but the whole of Latin America would eventually start migrating north, thinking they are going to the land of milk and honey, where the streets are paved with gold and all that kind of stuff. They talked about the chaos it would cause. Attali even said it would be like another barbarian attack on Rome, with the Goths and the Visigoths and all them Goths, that kind of stuff, remember that school stuff. Basically like that, rampaging through places with gangs PLUS those who are more criminal would be the most eager to get into the new lands of opportunity because after all they are predators and there is more easy and wealthier prey; that’s where they would head for.
Here is an article about how it’s happening in Europe and this is to be expected. Remember Rockefeller said well, you can’t make and omelet without breaking eggs. So all the mayhem and the killings and the murders and stuff that happen in the meantime, it’s just something you’ve got to put up with for a generation or two. That’s all it is… from the big boys’ plans and their point of view. You’ve got to understand how they think and how they see it. This is from The Mail Online.
Romanian ‘Fagin’ (A: Remember Fagin…) gang ‘mutilated children so they would earn more money begging on the streets of Britain’
By Rebecca Camber / 9th April 2010 / dailymail.co.uk
The Romanian gang running a trafficking ring mutilated and disabled some of the army of children it sent to beg and steal in Britain to increase their earning potential, police believe.
Gang members believed that disabled children were more likely to evoke pity in passers-by – so they allegedly disabled their own children and those which they bought from extremely poor families to increase their earning potential.
According to the respected Romanian daily newspaper Adevarul, police sources said the case included the sick maiming of the children involved.
Some had their legs and arms broken before being sent to the UK in the twisted version of Oliver Twist. (A: I don’t know if they’re making a pun there or not.)
The children as young as seven were being kidnapped or bought from their parents in poor gipsy communities.
They were being smuggled to Britain for pick-pocketing, shoplifting sprees and prostitution and the profits used to build giant ‘gipsy palaces’. (A: They actually have photographs of these giant gypsy palaces; you should see them.)
Police estimate that 168 youngsters aged seven to 15 were trafficked. (A: And that’s the tip of the iceberg. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking about omelets and stuff like that, according to Mr Rockefeller, because this chaos and what you see at one time was localized to certain countries. Now that we’re all one and people can move all over the place, then in comes all the crime that you’ve never seen before; this kind of crime. It’s just omelets and the fallout is just omelets because you can’t make an omelet without breaking eggs, you see. So I guess this is a bunch of broken eggs, all youngsters being sold into slavery and getting their limbs twisted and their eyes poked out so they can be more efficient beggars on the streets of Britain. But that’s just how it goes, isn’t it? We just have to adjust to it and get used to it.
While they are socking it to everybody across the world in this global conglomerate, they’ve still got to announce who the top CEO of the world is. It hasn’t been done yet but that will come shortly. Here is an article about something that most folk don’t know about. We don’t know about much really because the media articles never really tell you much as to why. What they will tell you is articles like this one. Again, it’s from The Mail Online.
Labour (A: That’s the government.) attacked for giving £170m (A: Everybody is bankrupt over there and £170 million…) in aid to China
(A: China, you know, THE MANUFACTURER FOR THE WHOLE WORLD.)
By Ian Drury / 9th April 2010 / dailymail.co.uk
Labour was blasted last night by one of its former ministers for spending £170million of taxpayers’ money on aid to China, the world’s third largest economy. (A: I think it’s number one, the top economy myself.)
Ministers were told that it was ‘wrong’ that such huge sums should be handed to a country that was able to splash out £20billion hosting the Olympic Games in 2008.
Britain has given Beijing on average £34.5million a year since 2004-05 to boost its schools, tackle Aids and provide fresh water. (A: You see, this article is meant to stir up people and make them annoyed. It doesn’t tell you here that once they signed the UN treaty, many moons ago, that every country that signed on to it is from what’s called first world countries, through the Overseas Economic Development Corporation, or crown corporations, or corporations set up by the government, where there are actually shares sold but they are not available the public. Even the CBC Canada couldn’t find out who were the shareholders. They use our tax money supposedly and across the sea to make things better for them and for the schools and all that kind of stuff. Plus when we did the GATT Treaty… the Free Trade Treaty itself says that the first world countries must pay all those third world countries in food, education, all the rest of it, even welfare, to bring them up to a standard part way towards us as WE get impoverished on the way down towards them. No kidding; we meet somewhere in the middle. That’s supposedly the plan. Read every article on free trade FROM their own web sites like the Council on Foreign Relations and stuff like that, the guys who really manage things for them all.)
Senior peers (A: That’s the sort of title people in government in Britain.) yesterday questioned whether it was right that development cash should be spent on China, which is forecast to become the biggest economic superpower on the planet within five years. (A: I think it’s already there.)
You see, they signed the deals with the World Bank and the GATT and all the other treaties they signed through the United Nations and the World Bank and International Monetary Fund. We’ve got to keep giving, you know, it’s the charitable way.
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on April 12th 2010. Newcomers should look into website web site and you’ll find hundreds and hundreds of hours of talks that I’ve given over the years which you can download for free. While you are there, look at the front page, scroll down and bookmark all the other sites I have up there because sometimes you’ll find sticking on download if so many folk go into the .com site at the same time, which generally happens. So if you get any problems at all, try these alternate sites that are listed on the front page. Remember, if you want transcripts of the talks I’ve given, you can choose from the various languages of Europe if you go into alanwattsentientsentinel.eu; that’s the European site. You can download those and print them up and pass them around to your friends. [Official site listed above.] As always, I remind you that you are the audience that brings me to you because I go it alone here. I don’t ask for money from organizations or even bring on guests. Some guests get paid to come on shows and vice versa, some will pay the host to bring the guest on. So it’s up to you to keep me going. The ads on this show that you hear are paid directly by advertisers straight to RBN. That pays for the air time and the staff, technicians, equipment, and the broadcast and for their bills. So you’ve got to help me out by going into my web site, see what I have for sale – the books, CDs, DVDs – and purchase them or you can donate to me. That keeps me just tricking along. Sometimes I’m submerged under the water; sometimes I’m just floating but I’m never really flying – put it that way. It’s up to you to keep me going and you can find out how to do it on the web sites. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] For those who get the disks burned and passed around to them, you can get in touch with me at [address above]. Lots of folk really don’t want to use computers; they play these disks on their CD players.
I’ve said from the very beginning that I’m only using the computer for a short time while we have this window of opportunity to use it and get stuff out to people, but at the same time the window is being closed as more and more regulations come in. Once we’re all on The Cloud, believe you me, you will be censored if you’re not socially correct. If you’re politically INcorrect, you will simply not have access to The Cloud. That’s already in the works and that’s how they will run your lives. You need to be on a computer, for The Cloud, if you want to do banking and all the rest of it. If you notice, everyone is getting a harder and harder time trying to keep up with their programs and their updates and all the rest of it as they keep updating things every month, just to annoy you. That’s intentional, folks. If you think there are separate organizations out there with free firewalls and free spyware and all the rest of it, NO. You don’t go out there and supply the world with free software and spyware; it’s all from the big boys that are all working together. I’ll be back with more after this break and I’ll tell you why they’re doing it.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just mentioning about The Cloud coming in and how all the big boys have made sure that we’ve had years to get hooked on the internet and people have forgotten their common sense and go into all kinds of chat rooms and spread all their information all over the planet, all on behalf of the big boys because that’s whom you are really serving.
It’s far easier to control whole populations when you have everybody’s data on instant retrieval and they keep records of it all for their own use to monitor every single body on the planet. That’s incredible when you think about it. And people voluntarily do this because after all, each one thinks, well, who is watching me; I’m too insignificant. That’s how everyone thinks, you see, and that’s not the point. They’ve got to know every single body and their business and what you’re up to. One day when you break your patterns and it’s all down to patterns. They’ve got you down to a tee, what you do on a Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday and so on. Once you break your patterns you will get visits to your door to see why you’ve broken your pattern, probably with some kind of mental health team to give you an interview to see if everything is up to par, what’s wrong with you, etc. I’m not kidding; that’s in the works and I think it’s already happening. It’s actually happened in one or two cases that I’ve heard of.
Getting back to all the spyware and all the rest of it, I’ve said for years that the big Military-Industrial Complex really is one big consortium. No one works on their own without telling the rest what they’re up to. In fact, if you want to run the world, which they certainly did during World War II and afterwards, they decided that they’d have to have legitimate enterprises where they really sold real products to the general public and the real main objectives of course would be hidden from the public. If you truly were an independent company who came out with some kind of communication device that would bypass all authority and means to control, then you would not last; you wouldn’t get it out. That night you would be dead… because power never gives itself away. It doesn’t share it. They can’t have competition. Therefore, the NSA and the CIA and all these boys put all these REAL companies and corporations, international ones with real cash and backed them up and put in their own CEOs. Of course the objective was always to bring in this networking system, this complete NET of the world, a WEB across the whole planet. They’re actually calling it now the Planetary Skin and different terms as they bring more and more objects with chips into play that all communicate for further observation of every individual.
The intention was always through model after model and making things more and more frustrating as they keep updating things. You’ve got drivers to get, and you can’t get drivers, blah, blah, blah. Everyone has been through the same sort of stuff; you know what I’m talking about. Frustration, frustration. Now, if something works, why would you change it? Yet they are changing things all the time. Even people who are really geeks and really into it have told me that they are getting fed up with it. Well, that’s the intention. First you make people fed up and then when they’re all really fed up, you bring in The Cloud. And they bring out a new computer that you don’t need a hard drive for because all your personal data, everything you need, everything that you’ve looked at will be in The Cloud and your Personal Web Space, on your site. You can’t lose anything. You don’t have to bother updating spyware and stuff because they will take care of all of that for you. Every program will be updated. You won’t even really need a hard drive. You might get a temporary hard drive, so you can watch a movie and save it for later and watch it again or something and boom, then it’s gone. That’s the intention of it.
The intention isn’t just to keep you happy and playing. That’s a big part of it, so is all your data and your networking friends, but it’s also to make you dependent upon a system in a cashless society where you will have to be a very goody-two-shoes to be allowed to participate in that society. That’s the key to it… participation in a society that’s already planned. To get your money for your groceries, for whatever you need, will ALL be done online or electronically and you’ll have the one number for everything, for your password into The Cloud and everything else. Social disapproval and social approval will be used. If you send one joking email off to someone that’s not PC, politically incorrect, you are going to find that you’ll be censored and punished for a week or two. That’s already been discussed in a few different articles that have come out. We are just animals being trained along a certain path, but we are trained this way with everything. First you give frustration and then you give the answer. You have something that worked, enter the frustration period, then give the answer and we all say, thank God they’ve fixed that; we’re in the Cloud now.
The same thing was done across a good part of the world with the Smart Meters. Before the Smart Meters, to read your electricity someone would come because you are paying for it all right… Someone would come and read your meter and then you got the bill. Generally it would be correct, according to what they read. If you didn’t agree with it you could always get a real person to talk to and sort the problem out. Then they went to Smart Meters. Before they went to Smart Meters though, they kept the same old meter, did away with the person who read the meter and they’d only come 4 times a year. This has been going on all the way from Denmark, Sweden, across the world, right out to Canada here and now into the States. They always give you wrong bills. This is intentional. When you phone them up… and they give you the option, by the way, of phoning in your own reading. When you phone it in, they disregard it anyway and give you some increase, something 4 or 5 times what it should be. Then you get someone eventually on the phone to talk to, some real person, they will all agree you are right and all the rest of it, sort it out, they’ll send you another bill and it’s exactly the same as the last wrong bill. They will do this 2 or 3 times. This goes on for maybe a year or two and then they bring in the Smart Meter.
The whole idea is to intensify frustration that was not there before when the service worked and someone read the meter every month. You get frustrated and frustrated and then they come out with the solution. Here is the Smart Meter; it’s done automatically and you’ll all say, thank God for that, no more phone calls every week trying to sort out their mistakes. Do you see how they do it? This is intentional. It’s a strategy in business. We are just test animals. They’ve tested it on other kinds of animals of course, they start on the lesser animals in laboratories and then they test it into the bigger laboratory which is called planet earth and we always fall for in the same way. Anything for convenience, we will sell our souls. We will buy the chains that bind us, quite happily. Thanks God they’ve, ah, thank God it’s about time… that’s what they say. They never say, why did they make it hard and complicated in the first place when it worked before? Why would they change things, eh? There is always a reason, remember, and it’s never the one they tell you.
Governance has always really been here. The word governance, we’ve heard it now, global governance. It’s a system whereby the population and the citizenry have NO input into what’s happening and they get laws put on them whether they like it or not. That’s literally what governance is. It’s where those that are fittest to lead, according to themselves, as they choose each other, will simply do that without our input whatsoever. That’s what governance is and really it’s always really been that way. Before, they put on a charade. They give you fake stories for the media. The media work hand-in-glove with them and they all wink to each other and pass it on to the general public… all these implausible excuses for all the screw-ups that we saw happening in society and politics and budget and all the rest of it, that was just the humoring phase that we went through, as you would humor children when they ask question that were a bit beyond them.
That’s how we were treated but now they’ve gone into governance where you simply DO. They will bring on a panel of experts and they will announce it at some world meeting, sign it into law, and experts say, therefore it is and that’s it. That’s your new priesthood: EXPERTS, you see. They always give you a priesthood for every era and now we’re in the information era and the governance era and we’ve got a panel of experts for everything. It doesn’t matter if they’re using voodoo or crystal balls or anything else. It doesn’t matter what the public really think.
It’s not MEANT that you really understand the reasons for it and the reasons are always along the road of the political agenda. There is only one political agenda and it certainly is the eugenics system, the planned takedown of societies, the distribution of wealth, which really is not what you think it’s about or where it’s going. It’s got nothing to do with that at all. The total destruction of what they call the obsolete family unit, and the reduced population which will serve the elites very, very well IF you have the right genes and the right IQ to pass the tests, that’s really what it’s all about. That’s how they envisaged this society an awful long time ago. World meetings were had, over and over and over since the beginning of the 1900s on this particular area and now we are here. Now we must be cajoled and humored as we go into it. That’s already here of course.
The greatest con amongst eugenicists was when they changed their name to bioethicists, of course. After World War II the Nazi party gave them a bad name so they had to change it to bioethics. They first rolled it out to the public, the bioethicists, when they introduced Dolly the sheep. Now, a Dolly in the parlance of Masonry and so on is ‘a carrier.’ You carry something on a dolly. Benjamin Franklin talked about it when he belonged to the Hellfire Club in London. A Dolly in his day was a woman who carried the right kind of genes and if you were awfully good for serving the Great Work you would be allowed to breed with her. You didn’t have to stay with her or live with her but you would be allowed to breed with her and you would have the offspring and that was part of your reward. A carrier. That’s why they called Dolly the sheep Dolly; a carrier of a specific type of gene, a new type.
They rolled out the bioethicists and it was the first time most of the general public outside of academia had heard of them. They were instantly there… instantly there, these experts on ethics and bioethics and that was all news to the general public of course. Like everything else, we adapt to it very quickly, well, the bioethicists say this and it must be true, they are wise people and they have studied and so on. Well, when it comes to human life, for instance, are you going to hand it all over to academia to decide the rights and wrongs of tampering with human life? I certainly am not. I wouldn’t go there. No. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking about bioethicists and so on and how we are conned into believing they know something more about life itself, and should there be life and humans, and should there be so many humans and all that… more then we do, you see. They’ve done courses in university about it so they obviously are much smarter and they’ve obviously come out of special wombs, different from those lowly births that we all came from, you see. They are elevated into a special position but they are still EUGENICISTS; that’s what they actually are. Their whole line is to find new ways of tampering with genes, etc, to make new types of humans that will serve them better in the future, on behalf of their masters after all, because those who have to work in this system are not the bosses. They are still worker bees.
We are conned left, right and center with the charade that’s presented as the news to us and by the experts they present on television to give us always the dialectical position, the pros and cons of things. It’s even amazing to me, when I was a youngster I used to watch the occasional, the very occasional, political debate. I knew it was all a con but what was interesting was when a Prime Minister or a President would come out and say his little spiel that he was reading off a dummy board written by a scriptwriter, and then you would have the experts that would come on afterwards to tell you what he said. It was amazing the things that would come out of their mouths because you would never hear them saying anything of the kind. It’s amazing how these experts could actually tell you what they really did say or they inferred or what they meant to say. You would have two opposing views always, you see, the dialectic. Then you would just give up or you pick one of the two as your favorite and you go with one or the other. That’s how things are run, very simple and very old techniques and they are getting better and better all the time at the techniques now that they have social psychology in there and coupled with behaviorism of how society reacts to different situations. This is nothing but sciences that keep us going today. They humor us with them.
A good example of that are the eugenicists that really want to drastically reduce the population and saw human kind as a plague upon the planet; you know, the lesser types at the bottom. They need them when it’s war time and stuff like that, when they’ve got empires to conquer, but we don’t have much to do now with them because we’ve got less and less empires to conquer. We’re now in the WORLD empire and the few little, little strongholds that are holding out are getting bombed out of existence and occupied and standardized into the new world system. So now they have to start bringing down all the lesser worker bees, the majority of them, to bring in a new system, over a period of time of course. We’ve got to be managed through it as well. They prefer to have your compliance with whatever they want rather than have to force you. They prefer that. So did the historians too, so they can write the books the proper way. Well, the public didn’t mind, they went along with it, that’s how they write stuff, you see.
They change their tactics too. They have to have a great danger, a WAR type scenario to terrify the public. That’s when we stop thinking for ourselves; we’re in panic, you see, and out come the experts again to guide us. So many of them can come out from different departments and hit us at the same time until we are punch-drunk and then they ram law after law after law through and we can’t keep up with them and we’re not even sane enough to keep up with them because we’re in panic. That’s what it’s all about.
So the eugenicists are using, of course, what else? They’re using the climate change nonsense. We’ve always had climate change. We go up and we do down, we go up and we go down; it’s been a constant circle… always will be, always has been. But they’re using this gloom and doom scenario, gloom and doom to ram through all the global treaties, again, to bring down the populations, bring in rationing as well through food shortages, all this stuff. And they can bring food shortages on because since World War II the governments across the Western world have been DESTROYING THE SMALL FARMER and only the big agri farm businesses that they’ve authorized, the 5 of them, the Big 5 they call them, to take over the entire supply of the world’s food. They will also be in charge of the distribution eventually.
Remember food is a weapon. They use it for control purposes; without food you die. It’s very simple isn’t it? Those who are in control of the production and the distribution are tyrants. That’s what Orwell said too, in any system where the government is hand-in-glove with those who have the means of distribution, the creation and distribution of food, then you are under a tyranny, when production is WITHHELD from the public. That is a fact. But it’s all going to come down under warfare, a WAR to save us all from global warming. Save us from ourselves, that’s what they say. We are causing the problem and we’ve got to save you at the same time, but, oh, here is the deal, there are too many of you, we’ve got to sterilize an awful lot of you in the meantime and on and on it goes.
They prattled on about the failure of the Copenhagen Treaty, which was an utter ruse because the government had already agreed before the meeting that they would go ahead independently and put it through regardless. Now it comes out in the Guardian.co.uk…
Confidential document reveals Obama’s hardline
US climate talk strategy
Document outlines key messages the Obama administration wants to convey in the run-up to UN climate talks in Mexico in November
(Alan: Now, this is hardly what I’d call a leak. They don’t make leaks unless they want it out there in preparation to prepare your minds.)
John Vidal in Bonn guardian.co.uk, Monday 12 April 2010
A document accidentally left (A: They don’t leave documents around accidentally.) on a European hotel computer and passed to the Guardian reveals the US government’s increasingly controversial strategy in the global UN climate talks. (A: I’ll go into this and what they plan, when I come back from this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. As I said before the break, this leaked memo you might say, to do with the US plans for climate change and how they are going to spearhead it and all the rest of it. It was supposedly left somewhere and picked it up and sent off to the major newspaper and the Guardian was one of them. What it says is…
Top of the list of objectives is to: “Reinforce the perception that the US is constructively engaged in UN negotiations in an effort to produce a global regime (A: A global regime folks, that’s very important to remember terms like that.) to combat climate change.” (A: A regime is not something that you can go and negotiate with once it’s in power.) It also talks of “managing expectations” of the outcome of the Cancun meeting and bypassing traditional media outlets by using podcasts and “intimate meetings” with the chief US negotiator to disarm the US’s harsher critics. (A: Which is generally the US citizenry.)
But the key phrase is in paragraph three where the author writes: “Create a clear understanding of the CA’s [Copenhagen accord’s] standing and the importance of operationalising ALL elements.” (A: They want it all to get rammed through and on and on it goes.)
This is the clearest signal that the US will refuse to negotiate on separate elements of the controversial accord, but intends to push it through the UN process as a single “take it or leave it” text.
That means he wants to ram the whole text through, everything. Remember too, that Obama wanted to lead it in the first place. It doesn’t matter who they put in front; they’re all the same, as you well know. I’m sure they’ve all had meetings to decide who would push it right through and the US being still a major player as far as taxpayer base goes – that’s about all, and the supplier of the military – that they will give it to Obama to rush it through. He will read his lines, his script that is written for him by his scriptwriters. Personally, I wish they would get rid of Presidents and Prime Ministers and we can just pay the scriptwriters, maybe give them Oscars and stuff for all the lovely rubbish that they feed to us.
The Wise Up Journal, it’s got an article up here. It’s quite a good little exposé and a listing way of putting different meetings and so on and different statements put out by the big boys themselves on global governance and how they tie in sustainable development with it – that’s depopulation, folks, and sterilization – and promoting development cooperation – that’s basically when all the world together works with your tax money to develop whatever they want and bypass you. Governance, as I said, is the making of policies where the public is left out in the cold as to what’s happening and we have no input regardless. Even if we don’t like it, there is no complaints department. That’s what global governance is. They are not pussy-footing around anymore with us; they are going ahead and just RULING us like they used to do in the old tyrant days, the feudal systems. That’s what Carroll Quigley said, that this new system that they are bringing in and have worked on for 100 years, is really a new FEUDAL type system. We are already there.
It’s quite a good article. It says…
Earth Bureaucracy – An Educated Review Of Global Governance
Wise Up Journal / 18.03.2010 / By Gabriel O’Hara
Crises are great for introducing and updating big ideas but Global Governance has been in the pike for a long time. In 2005 before the financial crisis the UN held a summit on the coming update to Global Governance (but the planning goes back much longer than this as we’ll see): (A: And they list a lot of different world meetings that went on about global governance and the different parts of societal control that it’s all about. It’s well documented. I’ll put the link onto my site at the end of the show and let you see it.)
Just to go back a little bit to tie in eugenics… Everything is eugenics, folks. If you can’t get that, you’ve had it. We truly live in a class society. It’s always been that way. Even in the Soviet Union you had a class society. You had your rulers and then your plebes down below them. Nothing really changes and power is a very addictive thing. It’s even more addictive to those who try to get power because they are already psychopaths. Ordinary folk don’t try and get power. It only attracts the psychopathic class. Once they’re in they’ll do anything to stay in and then you end up with family dynasties. That’s just the history of the world. This article is from FoxNews.
Obama’s Science Czar Considered Forced Abortions, Sterilization as Population Growth Solutions
By Joseph Abrams – FOXNews.com / January 13, 2009 Updated July 21, 2009
(A: Remember this John Holdren, a very interesting character and an absolute proponent for eugenics, massive depopulation. He also wanted forced sterilization right across the board on all the lesser peoples and on and on it went too. He helped write a book in the 70s with Paul Ehrlich, another fanatic whose wife just happened to be a member of the Club of Rome and the Council on Foreign Relations. But he is now in power, remember. He’s right up there. Look at who’s been put in now. Do you think all the characters in EVERY country in the West, the people who were the radical communists the people thought at one time, have now been put into power across the world at the SAME time? Do you think that’s all a coincidence? Why would they bring them ALL in NOW, at the same time? All on board at the same time? 30 years ago the public were bright enough to scream if they’d even thought of that or suggested it. You can’t have these kinds of characters, these fanatics, in government. But now we’ve all had 30 years of propaganda, too many people and so on, and it’s no big deal to bring on someone who wants to kill a good part of the population by ANY mean possible, as long as it’s done humanely. Back to the article…)
President Obama’s “science czar,” John Holdren, once floated the idea (A: It wasn’t just once, he made a life career of it.) of forced abortions, “compulsory sterilization,” and the creation of a “Planetary Regime” (A: There is that TERM again, planetary REGIME I just mentioned from another article. That’s what they use at the top, planetary regime…) that would oversee human population levels and control all natural resources (A: What do you think all this is about? …this global warming? We’ve got to control ALL natural resources too…) as a means of protecting the planet — controversial ideas his critics say should have been brought up in his Senate confirmation hearings.
Holdren, who has degrees from MIT and Stanford and headed a science policy program at Harvard’s Kennedy School of Government for the past 13 years, won the unanimous approval of the Senate as the president’s chief science adviser.
He was confirmed with little fanfare on March 19 as director of the White House’s Office of Science and Technology Policy, (A: POLICY folks.) a 50-person directorate that advises the president on scientific affairs, focusing on energy independence and global warming. (A: Global warming is just a front for the eugenic takedown.)
But many of Holdren’s radical ideas on population control were not brought up at his confirmation hearings; it appears that the senators who scrutinized him had no knowledge of the contents of a textbook he co-authored in 1977, “Ecoscience: Population, Resources, Environment,” a copy of which was obtained by FOXNews.com. (A: They were just completely ignorant, you know, all the senators, of his background. HA, HA, HA. Rubbish. Rubbish.)
The 1,000-page course book, which was co-written with environmental (A: Nutcase.) activists Paul and Anne Ehrlich, discusses and in one passage seems to advocate totalitarian measures to curb population growth, which it says could cause an environmental catastrophe.
The three authors summarize their guiding principle in a single sentence: “To provide a high quality of life for all, there must be fewer people.” (A: By the way, that’s also the mandate of the United Nations Department of Population as well. It’s said it over and over again because Ehrlich and Holdren and all these guys were always working along with the UN, for their masters, you see, the real masters.)
As first reported by FrontPage Magazine, Holdren and his co-authors spend a portion of the book discussing possible government programs that could be used to lower birth rates.
Those plans include forcing single women to abort their babies or put them up for adoption; implanting sterilizing capsules in people when they reach puberty; and (A: Listen to this…) spiking water reserves and staple foods with a chemical that would make people sterile. (A: That’s already happened folks. In case you really can’t… For those that can’t believe it, tough luck, you are gone, you are the way of the dodo bird already.)
To help achieve those goals, they formulate a “world government scheme” they call the Planetary Regime, which would administer the world’s resources and human growth, and they discuss the development of an “armed international organization, a global analogue of a police force” to which nations would surrender part of their sovereignty. (A: Just today I was reading an article from the EU, the European Union, and they are creating an army, literally, to oversee all the pollution and so on, the environment and ya-da, ya-da, ya-da, ya… a little army. But that’s just coincidence how all that ties together with the same agenda isn’t it?)
Holdren’s office issued a statement to FOXNews.com denying that the ecologist has ever backed any of the measures discussed in his book, and suggested reading more recent works authored solely by Holdren for a view to his beliefs. (A: His recent works, by the way, I exposed last year, because I found them, and they were right on line with his previous beliefs. They haven’t changed at all.)
“Dr. Holdren has stated flatly that he does not now support and has never supported compulsory abortions, (A: No, he just said that in a wild craze at one time. That’s all; you know, blah, blah, blah, blah, blah.) compulsory sterilization, or other coercive approaches to limiting population growth,” the statement said.
So it’s on the cards and that’s why they’re in and on board NOW. It’s the same in Britain and all these other countries. They’ve got all the Optimum Population Trust fanatics on there; they call themselves “the rich, white man’s club,” by the way, over in Britain just to confuse the public. They like that kind of stuff. They’re going ahead with it there too. But yeah, they have been sterilizing the population. I’ve read enough articles about it, I can’t go over and do it all again. It’s so boring; it’s so long… and the agenda goes on. They will use every con game in the book. It’s amazing how environmentalism was combined completely with the eugenics movement to give a COVER, a REASON, a NECESSITY to bring down the population to fit the plan. They will stop at nothing to do it.
Just today I watched, as I usually do, the sky in the morning. It will start off a nice pale blue. In comes the planes and the spray goes on and then you have the white eggshell mush, no definable clouds left, and by the evening for sure you’ve just got this overall eggshell cover, like a blanket being pulled over you with the visible trails, the last trails left there dissipating into them. Then your throat starts getting raspy and all the rest of it. We’ve been getting that now STRAIGHT since 1998 in Canada, in Ontario anyway. They tested this stuff as far back as the 1950s to see if it worked. Over Britain, and I remember it happening too. When I was a youngster they were doing it right through into the 60s on certain places. Scotland was a favorite place because we are always a second-class citizen; you’re a colony, you see. They were using it, too, in Norwich; they were spraying stuff over Norwich area, including cadmium. I’ve actually read the official documents about that.
There are a lot of people, you’ve got to understand, who can’t believe this stuff. It doesn’t matter what you give to them. Even the scientists have done studies on these people, very interesting studies on them and how they behave and what they will believe and what they will never believe, regardless of the information that’s put across to them, according to their degree of indoctrination into the system, the fake reality that’s authorized. The more they are indoctrinated, the less… they won’t be able to look at documentation. Even if you present it to them, they will completely ignore it and call you crazy. That’s understood at the top. Perfect indoctrination, you see.
You know, with the GM food too, that’s another war. How do you attack people? In ancient times they would cut off your water supply or poison it, if you were held up in a city and you were being attacked from outside. The outsiders would cut off your water supply and then they’d try and cut off your food supply, so you lived on the food that you had inside. Sometimes they would allow traders to go in with food but they had already poisoned it. All these tricks were used WAY back yonder. Today it’s much more subtle. Like Holdren said, you just put stuff in their water supply or in their food and you sterilize them. You just keep your mouth shut, that’s all. You keep your mouth shut. The big boys who control all grants, all grants to scientists will never fund them into a study to find out why folk are becoming sterile. That’s how simple it is.
Now you have massive allergies amongst the population now that Monsanto and the big boys are all into GMO foods and MASSIVE, terribly carcinogenic pesticides, which also sterilize you as well. When you become allergic to food or water, when the human being becomes allergic to food or water… Now, we’ve already become allergic to everything else, since the 1960s, since our immune systems were totally attacked by inoculations. But now the human species, meaning the lesser types who don’t have access to the non-GMO food grown on the big feudal farms that still exist across the planet today, when you become allergic to your food you are in big trouble. There is no crisis, mind you. You see it should be a crisis… but it’s no crisis. Like the average white male in the Western world is down about 80-odd percent below in sperm count of what it used to be in 1952. But it’s no crisis there. Because why? Well, no one has put money into see what’s wrong or anything or call it a crisis. Naturally is should be a crisis. It’s because it’s INTENTIONAL; that’s why it’s no crisis. That’s why there is no curiosity… and massive allergies to everything. Here’s an article from agri business in general and it’s called National Rural News.
Fruit and vegies new allergy fear
STEPHEN CAUCHI / 19 Apr, 2009 / theland.farmonline.com.au
A RAPID increase in fruit and vegetable allergies affecting British children has medical specialists baffled. (A: I read this before but it’s got update on it too. If you scour the internet you’ll find this happening not just in Britain anymore. They try things out in different countries first to see if it works and then they poison the rest of the world.)
Common vegetables and fruits, such as celery, apples and pears, are now rivalling peanuts as the most prevalent cause of food-related allergies.
Australian experts say fruit and vegetable allergies are on the rise here, (A: In Australia as well.) but the problem is not as bad as it is in Britain. (A: I’d add, YET.)
There has been an increase in adverse reactions to bananas and kiwi fruits, (A: By the way, bananas were one of the first things they modified, so was the potato and other things. But bananas for sure because 15 years ago they were talking about they had already modified GMO bananas. They were even thinking of making them to produce their own serums in it, for vaccinations, IN it.) but peanuts and tree nuts remain the most common triggers for severe allergic attacks in Australia, according to Maria Said, president of Anaphylaxis Australia.
“We do see fruit and vegetable allergy … we certainly have people who are allergic to celery and the pepper family … but the major allergies in Australia remain peanuts, tree nuts, milk and egg, fish and shellfish, soy, sesame and wheat,” she said. (A: All those stuffs have been modified. I don’t know about the shellfish. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just finishing an article on allergies and it talks about the youngsters mainly are more prone to this, the new, I call it the NEW youngsters, the ones who have had more inoculations than anybody else and how this is becoming epidemic proportions and skyrocketing and so on. When you become allergic to food, you are in big trouble.
There is Kevin from Ontario on the phone. Are you there Kevin?
Kevin: Yeah, I’m here. Hello there. It sure seems like these globalists are finishing off their agenda now doesn’t it?
Alan: They are.
Kevin: Yep. Just like you said in Fall of the Republic, these guys, they’ve got their infrastructure set up. They got the World Bank set up. World this and world that. There is classic double speak going on in the media and you hear people are starting to repeat the double think and double speak everywhere. I don’t know, is it Orwell’s worst nightmare or is it his greatest dream? I’m not quite sure on that one Alan.
Alan: Orwell was in touch with Aldous Huxley. They wrote and actually shared ideas on what they foresaw as the Brave New World scenario. They both belonged to the upper crust. Huxley was well in with the big international meetings of his day and of the intelligentsia. He knew the agenda. His brother Julian was on the board of UNESCO. He was descended from the Darwin family. They agreed eventually that probably would be the type of system that would come in eventually, AFTER the Big Brother of Orwell. So Orwell’s big boot, authoritarian society would have to start first to terrify us into compliance and out of that would come the Huxlian, chipped, cloned Brave New World scenario. So that’s what they both knew. I know that Orwell tried to warn the world too. He also knew that it was almost impossible because of the incredible indoctrination and sciences used on the minds of the general public. He knew that, so did Aldous Huxley.
Kevin: Even at that time, when the radio was already 20 years in the making, people’s attention span was already being, their psychology was already being affected by the mainstream media then.
Alan: Absolutely. In fact, Aldous Huxley is up on interviews with Mike Wallace, an old three part series from the 50s, and he said it was quite easy now for a small group of men to use techniques across the whole world and put their own people into office. Even then in the 50s he says, we don’t vote Presidents in, in the United States. He said, we vote in CREATED PERSONALITIES created by marketers. And that’s true.
Kevin: And by the time Griffin came about and Myron Fagan in the 1960s, when they started coming out and trying to warn people about this, when Eisenhower tried the warning about the Military-Industrial Complex, it was already too late. The people, most of the masses were already under this mass hallucination of the mainstream.
Alan: Yes. Plus what they had too, what really helped that along was the scientific SCHOOL INDOCTRINATION put out through UNESCO across ALL the signatory countries. That really got it going. Bertrand Russell did it in experimental schooling to see if it could work in the 1920s and he said, if we can get the children young enough, the children will take NONE of their parents CONTAMINATED morality and old-fashioned ideas with them because the scientific indoctrination from Kindergarten had proven already to override any parental input; the state would give them their new morality. So you’re quite right. That’s happened.
Kevin: Yep. Take care.
Alan: Thanks for calling.
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on April 13th 2010. Newcomers, I always suggest you should look into website web site. You’ll find hundreds and hundreds of talks I’ve given over the past years where I try to fill in the big picture and put some sense into your lives because the media certainly won’t do it for you. You can also download these audio files. Have a look, too, at all the other sites I have up there. Those sites are alternative sites. They are the official sites as well. If you bookmark them for future use and the .com site gets sticky as it sometimes does on download when SO many folk go into it at the same time and from the alternate sites you can always get a good clean fast download. So bookmark them for future use. [Official sites listed above.] Also, one of the sites listed is alanwattsentientsentinel.eu, the European site; it has all the same audios for download but it’s got the addition of TRANSCRIPTS of a lot of the talks I’ve given over the years and you can choose from the various languages of Europe. Print them up and pass them around to your friends. A lot of people prefer reading anyway. So many people use this site because they really do prefer to read and they remember it better too when it’s read off paper. I think the screens on the internet, on your computers, certainly do something to your brainwaves. People really get mind bombed and they remember very little of what they are actually reading. Little bits and bytes, you might say; that’s all they retain.
Remember too, that you are the audience that brings me to you. This is probably the only host that doesn’t take advertising directly and bring on guests. That’s how they get paid. That’s how most of them make their living, mostly. I don’t bring on other guests to promote books and so on. That’s another way which the host can get paid. This way I get a free hand to do what I want to do and say what I want to say. I try not to follow the rest out there, like a shoal of fish that go after the main stories that are thrown out for them to follow which leads you around in circles. The advertising that you hear on this show, the money goes straight to RBN from the advertiser to broadcast the show. It pays for their staff and equipment and the broadcast itself and the air time. So it’s up to YOU to keep me going and you can do so by purchasing the books, CDs and DVDs that I have for sale on the web sites or you can donate to me. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] Lots of folk do get the disks burned and passed to them – they are sick of computers or they’ve never started with computers, they play them on their CD players of the talks I do – you can get in touch with me at [address above]. Also, from the United States to Canada, I should mention that you can get an INTERNATIONAL postal money order from your post office if you don’t want to send a check or use PayPal or any other means. That is accepted in Canada as well. At one time EVERY post office had this option across the world but at the moment, only from the United States to Canada is accepted, as being a country outside of Canada. I’ll be back with tonight’s topics after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I’ve used an analogy many, many times of society as being akin to laboratory rats inside their cages, all living inside a massive room in the big laboratory. What they do, as laboratory rats, they know what’s been done to them already; at least some of them do, other ones haven’t a clue. You’ll have to accept that’s like the general population, most of them never have a clue… generation after generation after generation, from their birth to their death, what’s actually really happened or the whys of the major things happening in their life. They’ve never, never got a clue. The laboratory rats sit and chatter; they chatter to each other, just like the internet and everything else that’s out there. They ask themselves, you know, when these guys with the white coats come in this morning, what do you think they will do to us this morning? Is it going to be the brain operations where they hook us up to wires? Is it going to be injections of certain drugs into us to observe how we die and then cut us to pieces to dissect us? What are they going to do to us today? You see, that’s really what we do. Even on exposés, that’s really what, unfortunately, it’s gone off into.
We are fed this stuff to distract us because in reality, in reality, we’ve never had open government; it’s never existed. The whole ART of government is DECEPTION in order to govern. They never tell the public what they are really up to. Most of the general public today still hasn’t a clue that when they signed the United Nations charter in 1946, each Prime Minister and President of the countries that signed, signed away the sovereignty of their nations. That’s a fact. Since then we’ve been simply humored along the way, through massive integration. We’ve lived through a lot of the integration of countries. People now look at the Europe BLOC, which is just the European Union and they can’t remember that before that there was a Soviet BLOC. They can’t equate the two together: no, one is different from the other. Is it really? One was run from Moscow and this one is run from Brussels, for all those countries.
Most folk will never, ever clue in to what’s really happening for their entire lives; right to their deaths. Even people who have been through wars go the same way. I used to talk to guys who have been through the major wars. What surprised me is they had never matured and gone on to learn or even studied or to inquire as to the real causes of the major wars which they fought in. The initial propaganda they were given at the time was good enough. It was so fixed in their minds – it had to rationalize what they did and of course the atrocities they all carry out because that’s what you do in war – that they had to believe in the initial propaganda. If they were to find out truth, they’d have to go through a whole death, many deaths perhaps, deaths including, my god, you know I was being used for some other purpose, as an example.
Remember what Kissinger said when he was asked about the troops, the US troops especially, they are dumb, stupid animals who are to be used for foreign policy. What he meant by that, apart from his disdain of them, and his utter loathing of them as being an inferior species, is just that they are a useful tool, obviously for guys like himself who are into geo-politics. They haven’t a clue and neither did they care to have a clue as to why they were really going off to fight anywhere. They’re just happy. They’ve come out of school. They’re not running around the trees going bang-bang, playing games anymore. They are given a real gun and given the authority to go off and kill people, especially in what is supposed to be peacetime situations. We’ve had more policing actions since we signed the UN charter because now war is peace and vice versa, as Orwell said it would be. Everything boils down to perceptions. Getting back to my point, most folk haven’t a clue, ever, really what’s happening. It’s helped along THROUGH their education and BY their education so they are all standardized into the same Plato’s cave and then the media takes over, entertainment, a lot of programming entertainment, and they will never figure it out, right to the day they die as to why things really happen.
Really folk live in a microcosm where they are like a little center and their particular world revolves around who they know, who they meet, the fun they have in that center. Everything outside of that is kind of vague to them. They do accept tacitly, really subconsciously, that somehow there are big forces out there. They don’t really care to know what they are, who they are, what runs them, and that’s how they go through their lives. There are many signs to a completely domesticated species… many, many signs.
I’ll give you one example that happened today, when I went to a place I normally go, a little store. I talked to a guy who runs it; he’s sort of a worker there. I mentioned that all the taxes had skyrocketed this year for property taxes. We have so many property taxes in Canada and in Ontario especially, that you can’t keep up with who is who because you used to get a separate billing from the provincial, that’s your state department basically of Canada. That used to be a filing fee really, which used to be only around $20. That went up to $600 by itself because I live in a rural area and it was for all rural areas across Ontario. Then we pay a separate tax that goes to educational committees that runs our education systems so that the worker bees, the future worker bees can go off in their yellow and black school buses – that’s why they are yellow and black – and pay for that, stuff like that, in the schools. Then you have another tax from the municipality itself from Sudbury the city. By the time you tally it up you are paying about $5,000 or so a year. But then they went and upped my property tax here this year – apart from the one that is up to $600 from the provincial one, they upped it. On an arbitrary, I guess a satellite image from a whole area I suppose, because no one inspects anything anymore, they put me up to the taxable value of my place as $150,000 for this old shack here surrounded by swamps and mosquitoes and rocky ridges. And trying to get through to a real person to talk to is almost impossible today. See, that’s where conspiracy theories come from. They always say, it’s a conspiracy. In Conspiracy Theory, the movie, he always said, you know, THEM. Who are they? Well, you know, those guys, THEM. Well, that’s what you’re talking about. THEM is anybody who works for any governmental department in any capacity. That’s who THEM are… because you never get to meet them. Now they give you computer sites to go into, web sites, and they give you little things to tick off and then they come back with these roundabout answers saying they are sticking by their original decision. Now, I couldn’t sell this place for about $40,000 but they’ve got it taxed at $150,000. That’s THEM, you see.
I talked to this guy in the store today and I mentioned it to him and he had the same problem. You know what the first thing he said to me? He says, you know, we’ve had it quite easy in the country the last few years; they really kind of left us alone. That was his first statement he made. Now, who needs propaganda, PR specialists, to convince you otherwise when the general public are so domesticated? THAT’S how they respond to things like that. Well, you know, they haven’t hit us hard for a while and ahhhh…. Gone. Gone folks. They are gone. No sensibilities left in them. They are already trained, trained to accept anything and always make an excuse. You don’t need PR department to make excuses, these guys make excuses themselves for what governments do. Incredible.
The same kind of thing goes with the spraying of the skies. You get all these ridiculous sites that say, do you BELIEVE in aerial spraying. That’s a belief system. Do you believe… No, I KNOW there is aerial spraying because all the facts are out there. The media ain’t going to go into them for you. They are too busy distracting you with other things, things like show conferences like the Copenhagen Treaty. Nothing but a show; everything was signed years beforehand. These show conferences are just to familiarize the public with the expectations of more to come – that’s all – as they implement their plan. They can’t even tell you any kind of truth afterwards except, well, we didn’t really achieve anything and bingo, everyone is putting carbon taxes on anything before supposedly anything is signed. It’s all shows. These international meetings are really shows. That’s what they are for.
In governance, and that’s what we are under is governance. Governance, remember, is where a scientific rulership, basically, work on behalf of their masters, the guys with the money. Their scientific rulership or dictatorship decides, through their superior intellect, this is what they are going to do and there is no need to tell the rats in the laboratory. Why frighten them and be inhumane when you are going to inject them and cut them up tomorrow. I mean, that’s basically it. What they can count on, too, is that the general public ARE so domesticated that, unlike a wild animal that would notice ANYTHING different in its environment because it’s on the ALERT for survival, we have been dumbed down, chemicalized down, and stupefied down with entertainment and farcical education that we wait until the big boys themselves, the perpetrators, actually tell you what they are doing… which is generally 40 or 50 years after they’ve done it. That’s complete domestication.
It’s interesting if you go into the writings of people, like Charles Galton Darwin, a real beauty of a guy. He was one of them, you know, THEM, those guys. Charles Galton Darwin, again, related to the Huxley’s, Thomas Huxley, and related to the Darwin’s themselves, with all their inherent qualities of massive depression and strange… obsessions – put it that way – in various areas. He wrote a book called The Next Million Years. The Next Million Years outlined the elites’ plan for the world and how they would run THOSE guys down below. You know them, the ITS. We are the ITS, you see. They are the THEMs; we are the ITS. I’ll be back with more after this break.
I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking about the THEMS. That’s those guys what work for the government in all kinds of capacities and levels. And the ITS, which are us, you see, us are the ITS, you might say. Charles Galton Darwin put out in his book The Next Million Years what the agenda was. Massive depopulation. He was also the one who advocated the sterilization by various means, preferably covert means to sterilize the unwanted, the unfit and all the rest of it. This is the 1950s, after World War II, by the way. He spoke on behalf of the British elite and the Establishment, the Noble classes. He said, eventually we will alter the IQ level; we will domesticate the species. That’s been done. The people have had their minds attacked. They’ve actually, physically, had their brains attacked, physically through inoculations and so on. He said himself, but we the elite mustn’t have these things done to us because we are steering the ship of earth; we are guiding it so we have to retain our WILD capabilities. But the rest of us, you see, we are dumbed down, basically chemically lobotomized, and we give them no trouble. That’s the whole point. We give them no trouble and we just go along with whatever is done to us… domestication.
We don’t see what happens around us. We can’t think why things are happening. People don’t even look up at the sky. I see wild animals going around here; if there is anything different on a fox’s trail, believe you me, a tree going down, a branch going down even, he will circle the thing quite a distance away to make sure that’s all that’s happened, that’s all the change. He makes sure THAT’S all it is before he will move on. That’s how they survive. That’s how they are still around. But humans… humans see nothing. They really see nothing. It’s like Brzezinski said, shortly the public will be unable to think for themselves, they will expect the media to do their reasoning for them. That has happened. He wrote that book, Between Two Ages, in the 1970s. That has happened to most folk. They wait for the media to tell them. Well, the media is not there to tell you the truth. They’ve even been sued by journalists who have been hired, like Fox News was, because they were getting censored on a story because it was a big story on a big company and they’ve got ads from it. So these particular journalists sued them, since they had a contract, and the judge said, there is nothing that says, nowhere does it say that the media must tell the public the truth. And yet, of course, we are TRAINED to believe that it does. It’s an appendage of your brain; that’s what most folk think.
They keep you 20, 30, 40, 50 years behind the times. That’s what they do. And when something crops up that you should see, or a few people are noticing, IN comes their propaganda. They are the first to put out the propaganda, like the noctilucent clouds that suddenly started appearing and they try to tell you how far back they went and they were not new at all and all this rubbish. It’s all rubbish. Always putting a spin on things so that when you tell an idiot, and there are lots of idiots out there, have you ever looked at the sky and wondered what all those lines are? They will tell you, well, ah, um, ah…must be a lot of aircraft, you know. There are about 2 aircraft going into Sudbury per day here; that’s about it. Meanwhile, you’ve got about 15 in the air spraying back and forth. Well, I don’t know, ah. But that’s how they are; they are GONE. Most folk are gone and you’ve got to accept that. Or, you’ll spend your life battering you head trying to use your ego to dominate their ego until they admit you are right. That’s a killer; don’t fall into that trap. Most folk will do that with their families and all you do it get kicked out or they will move off or something like that. You can only use your time on people who are worthwhile to use it upon, ones who are already ASKING QUESTIONS. If they are asking questions, that means they are not quite so lobotomized as the rest. They have a bit of wildness there, of survival capabilities.
I’ve gone on in quite depth for years actually, because when the spraying started here DAILY in Ontario, daily it started in the 1998. I can remember the day it started. I couldn’t believe it when I walked outside – they were much lower at that time – doing heavy, heavy, long trails from horizon to horizon. It literally was like a checkerboard, north to south, and east to west. It’s been like that ever since. They’re a bit higher now. They’ve got BETTER stuff to mix together that form into this mushy eggshell color, much quicker than the old types that they used. They are adding to it with different things here and there; that’s why your throat gets raspy or you get sore throats. That’s why about 60% of the public get recurrent bronchitis now; they just don’t know what causes it. That’s why everyone is allergic to everything. They’re calling it allergies. Well, no wonder. You’re being poisoned, folks. This article sums up a lot of this. I’m going to read quite a lot of it tonight because it’s well, well worth it and it’s got a lot in it. It’s not speculation. It’s from government sources themselves.
Howard Hughes Company’s Climate Change Fight
Wise Up Journal / 13.04.2010 / By Gabriel O’Hara
We are so familiar with nonsensical trivia that fills so many news mediums these days that the following information might appear the same but it’s quite the opposite. It will soon become apparent, from authorised sources, how important it is. To give the subject proper consideration we’ll need to look at a number of these sources including an important government funded report, an article published by the New York Times (wrote by Pulitzer Prize winner Seymour M. Hersh reminding us of some old facts), and some other government sources. (Alan: I’ll read some of this text when I come back. It really is on the ball and I’ve got all this stuff already and I’ve read this book. I’ll touch on some of the main parts of it and implications of it for you too. We are living in a fantasy folks. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an article from Wise Up on the spraying and the governmental sources you can go to, to see that, yep, they are doing it alright and how they’ve gone about it until this present time and where they want to go with it.
The text below is taken directly from the United States Government Patent site. The restricted for government only domain, .gov, can be seen in the site’s address. It shows a technology with patent number 5003186 by Hughes Aircraft Company filed in 1990 with relating technology filed in 1965. Keep in mind that the U.S. government funded a large 1992 report titled (A: This is a very important report, or book.) ‘Policy Implications of Greenhouse Warming: Mitigation, Adaptation, and the Science Base’ (A: I think you can get it on PDF on Scribd.com; if you do a search, there a few places you can get it for free.) (which can be can be read from the archive of the National Academies Press) (A: You can go in there too and get it chapter by chapter.) discussed this technology on a global scale and expressed, quote: “the surprises of this analysis is the relatively low costs”. (A: This is what they’re on about, the low cost of putting, dumping aluminum oxide and various other metallic oxides into the atmosphere and they said at the time, we can do this within 2 years. That was published in 1992.) We’ll read some more detailed extracts from this report momentarily and see how current administrations support it but first the technology Hughes Company developed decades ago: (A: All the links that I’ll mention are on this site, the .gov links and the whole thing from the government itself. So there is no conspiracy here; it’s from THEM. You know, THEM, those guys. It’s got the patent numbers and all the rest of it too and all the links to the patent numbers. Listen to this. This is what’s IN this particular Policy Implications of Greenhouse Warming: Mitigation, Adaptation, and the Science Base. That ALL the big boys… it’s a BIBLE for these guys at the top.)
http://patft.uspto.GOV/netacgi/nph-Parser?Sect1=PTO1&Sect2=HITOFF&d=PALL&p=1&u=%2Fnetahtml%2FPTO%2Fsrchnum.htm&r=1&f=G&l=50&s1=5003186.PN.&OS=PN/5003186&RS=PN/5003186
“United States Patent 5,003,186
“Hughes Aircraft Company – “Filed: April 23, 1990
U.S. Patent Documents – “3222675 December 1965
“Stratospheric Welsbach seeding for reduction of global warming
“This invention relates to a method for the reduction of global warming resulting from the greenhouse effect, and in particular to a method which involves the seeding of the earth’s stratosphere with Welsbach-like materials.
“Most current approaches to reduce global warming are to restrict the release of various greenhouse gases, such as CO.sub.2, CFC, and methane. These imply the need to establish new regulations and the need to monitor various gases and to enforce the regulations.
“One technique proposed to seed the metallic particles was to add the tiny particles to the fuel of jet airliners, so that the particles would be emitted from the jet engine exhaust while the airliner was at its cruising altitude. While this method would increase the reflection of visible light incident from space, the metallic particles would trap the long wavelength blackbody radiation released from the earth. This could result in net increase in global warming. (A: Not decrease but increase. They found that too, when they are spraying heavily in the summer with that polymer type material, it actually increases the heat down below.)
“It is therefore an object of the present invention to provide a method for reduction of global warming due to the greenhouse effect which permits heat to escape through the atmosphere.
“Such materials can include the class of materials known as Welsbach materials. The oxides of metal, e.g., aluminum oxide, are also suitable for the purpose. The greenhouse gases layer typically extends between about seven and thirteen kilometers above the earth’s surface. The seeding of the stratosphere occurs within this layer. The particles suspended in the stratosphere. (A: That’s the whole idea, to SUSPEND it in the stratosphere for as long as possible. This article also, I’ve gone into all these different sites, by the way, and the government sites. They ADMIT that in sunrise and sunset you’ll get these odd kind of rainbow effects around the sun. That’s been getting seen now since 1998, pretty regularly now. They also mention they are going to deal with, they are going to use multi battery and arrays of super lasers to PULSE through the atmosphere and I’ve seen the pulsation effects on some nights. It’s like someone playing a piano from top to bottom, back and forth, rippling across the sky. They are actually DOING this stuff and have been for years folks.)
“Welsbach materials have the characteristic of wavelength-dependent emissivity (or reflectivity). For example, thorium oxide (ThO.sub.2) has high emissivities in the visible and far IR regions but it has low emissivity in the near IR region.
“It is presently believed that particle sizes in the ten to one hundred micron range would be suitable for the seeding purposes. Larger particles would tend to settle to the earth more quickly. (A: By the way, they also use jet streams; that’s why I get so much dumped on top of me here. It carries it all the way down, large carrying area, down to the Buffalo and New York area, and it comes up. They also seed it heavily over the Chicago area.)
“The greenhouse gases are typically in the earth’s stratosphere at an altitude of seven to thirteen kilometers. This suggests that the particle seeding should be done at an altitude on the order of 10 kilometers. The particles may be seeded by dispersal from seeding aircraft; one exemplary technique may be via the jet fuel as suggested by prior work (A: Prior work remember, they’d already done the studies on it back then.) regarding the metallic particles.”
The National Academy of Sciences (who have a U.S. Congress Charter) organised the creation of the report (‘Policy Implications of Greenhouse Warming: Mitigation, Adaptation, and the Science Base’) (A: For those who have a brain and don’t mind struggling through stuff, you’ll find it fascinating. For the rest of them, forget it. It’s not written for you. It’s just not written for you, you’ll lose interest after a few sentences.) and on page VIII of the Front Matter it states that the project was funded by the government (the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency) and got other funding from “a consortium of private foundations, (A: Again, the parallel government.) including the Carnegie Corporation of New York, the Charles E. Culpeper Foundation, the William and Flora Hewlett Foundation, the John D. and Catherine T. MacArthur Foundation, the Andrew W. Mellon Foundation, the Rockefeller Foundation, and the Alfred P. Sloan Foundation”. The project had a massive amount of people involved and United Nations man Maurice Strong (A: You know, Maurice Strong, the technocrat. That’s what he’s called, the technocrat, not responsible to the public but makes big agendas like the Earth Charter.) was there at the conception phase as stated on page III. (A: This is from the government.) These introductory pages show what specialists, from private and government bodies, were involved with tunnel knowledge in the fields of Chemistry, Law, the Air Force, Biomedical Engineering, Civil and Environmental Engineering, Genetics, Atmospheric Physics, and Economics to name a few. Professors were brought in from the most upper-class colleges in the United States such as Harvard, Yale, Carnegie, Berkeley, MIT (who constantly work with the United States Department of Defense) (A: And MIT certainly does it more than others.), the Rockefeller University and so on. General Motors acquired Hughes Aircraft Company plus its technology and their Vice President of their research laboratories, Robert Frosch, took part along with Joseph Glas the Director Vice President and General Manager of the Fluoro-chemicals division at Du Pont (the world’s second largest chemical corporation that also works with the military). There are many other notables including John McLucas, the former United States Secretary of the Air Force
On page 59 of the report Hughes patented way is listed among other options:
“Use aircraft to maintain a cloud of dust in the low stratosphere to reflect sunlight.”
Page 59 it also states:
“Geoengineering options appear technically feasible in terms of cooling effects and costs on the basis of currently available preliminary information.” (A: This is back in the early 90s folks.)
On page 460 they express their delight at such low costs, (A: They actually have it broken down, when you actually go into that, the links I’ll give you from the government. It’s so much per ton.) which I’m sure the military (who don’t mind spending billions on a single plane) would also share. (A: By the way, they are using military jets. They decided eventually and changed it to military jets because when you force the high, these metallic particles through the exhaust systems of jets, they tend to wear it out like a sand blaster would do so they have to be special inside obviously, titanium or some kind of carbide inside of it to stop it from getting worn away as this stuff is blasted through.) It said:
“Perhaps one of the surprises of this analysis is the relatively low costs at which some of the geoengineering options might be implemented.”
Back on page 454 of the 1992 global geoengineering report they go into the costs of chemtrailing with Hughes’ type technology:
“If a dust distribution mission requires the equivalent of a 500-mile flight (about 1.5 hours), the delivery cost for dust is $500/t, and ignoring the difference between English and metric tons, a cost of $0.50/kg of dust. If 1010 kg must be delivered each 83 days, (A: That’s what they figured on.) (provided dust falls out at the same rate as soot), 5 times more than the 1987 total ton-miles will be required. (A: So they actually had figures in 1987 as to what they were going to use on the public. They started doing this about 1994 and stepped it up in 1998.) The question of whether dedicated aircraft could fly longer distances at the same effective rate should be investigated.” (A: They decided to use the air forces for it.)
On page 459 the conflict of interest so called experts recommended going ahead with geoengineering as soon as possible (A: That was in 1992.) and that the governments of the world can simply reduce as much CO2 as they care to pay for: (A: So they were going to go ahead with this as soon as possible and they said they could do it within 2 years.)
“Cloud stimulation by provision of cloud condensation nuclei appears to be a feasible and low-cost option capable of being used to mitigate any quantity of CO2 equivalent per year.
“These possibilities appear feasible, economical, and capable of mitigating the effect of as much CO2 equivalent per year as we care to pay for. (Lifting dust, or soot, to the tropopause or the low stratosphere with aircraft may be limited, at low cost, to the mitigation of 8 to 80 Gt CO2 equivalent per year.) Such systems could probably be put into full effect within a year or two of a decision to do so, and mitigation effects would begin immediately. Because dust falls out naturally, if the delivery of dust were stopped, mitigation effects would cease within about 6 months for dust (or soot) delivered to the tropopause and within a couple of years for dust delivered to the midstratosphere.”
The report by hand picked experts and highly respected influential players ends up supporting this option as the most cost effective; good news for GM.
It’s important to note that this technology is just a slight upgrade to old geoengineering technology we forgot about or were not reminded about. The following two 1970s articles are from the New York Times archive (which you can search for yourself on their site): (A: I’ve got the links and I’ll put them up on my site at the end of the show and you can go and look them up for yourself. Here is one…)
“New York Times – By LINDA CHARLTON – July 12, 1973, Thursday
“Senate Urges U.S. to Seek End To All ‘Environmental Warfare’; Rainfall Pattern Altered Growing Support Noted
“The Senate gave overwhelming approval today to a resolution calling on the United States to take the lead in seeking an international agreement to prohibit ‘environmental warfare‘ such as past American rainmaking practices in Southeast Asia.” (A: They were using it in warfare over in Viet Nam and creating flood and mud areas all over so the enemy couldn’t get through.)
The second article was written by the famous Pulitzer Prize winner Seymour M. Hersh:
“New York Times – By SEYMOUR M. HERSH – May 19, 1974, Sunday
“U. S. Admits Rain-Making From ‘67 to ‘72 in Indochina;
A First in Warfare
“WASHINGTON, May 18– The Defense Department has acknowledged to Congress that the Air Force and Navy participated in extensive rain-making operations in Southeast Asia from 1967 to 1972 in an attempt to slow the movement of North Vietnamese troops and supplies through the Ho Chi Minh Trail network.”
There you have government admitting they can change the climate decades ago. That international treaty was wrote up and ratified from 1977. (A: That’s at the United Nations.) It’s titled ”CONVENTION ON THE PROHIBITION OF MILITARY OR ANY OTHER HOSTILE USE OF ENVIRONMENTAL MODIFICATION TECHNIQUES” and it can be viewed on the Federation of American Scientists site here and on the Carnegie Endowment site here. This technology is obsolete yet remarkably most of us would think it’s a technology yet to be developed. Amazing how much we are not reminded of or not told about. (A: I’m telling you folks, we live in a completely fake paradigm. That’s what the media, the general media is there for. What the media does, is they show you the side effects of policy implementations. Oh, look at that, oh, isn’t it terrible what they’ve done here, oh, the cost of this, blah, blah, blah. That’s what they give us, the side effects, the fallout, not the causes.)
Everyday we get from media that it’s normal for horrible things happen to countries predominantly made up of brown or black people and we don’t bat an eyelid even if the pain is inflicted from a Western nation. But the question is; does unaccountable national security branches of governance have the same mindset when it comes to us, the peak of democratic civilised society (The UK, USA, France, Canada and so on)? Fortunately there is an answer to that question? As briefly mentioned by the third largest newspaper in the UK:
“The Guardian – 21.04.2002
“A government report just released provides for the first time a comprehensive official history of Britain’s biological weapons trials between 1940 and 1979. (A: It’s still classified after 1979 folks. So this is what they have declassified.)
“Many of these tests involved releasing potentially dangerous chemicals and micro-organisms (A: That’s bacterium and viruses.) over vast swaths of the population without the public being told. (A: That was all over Britain.)
“The tests, carried out by government scientists at Porton Down:
“The report reveals that military personnel were briefed to tell any ‘inquisitive inquirer’ the trials were part of research projects into weather and air pollution. (A: That was from 1940 to 1979!)
“One chapter of the report, ‘The Fluorescent Particle Trials’, reveals how between 1955 and 1963 planes flew from north-east England to the tip of Cornwall along the south and west coasts, dropping huge amounts of zinc cadmium (A: Highly carcinogenic, by the way.) sulphide on the population. The chemical drifted miles inland, its fluorescence allowing the spread to be monitored.
“cadmium is recognised as a cause of lung cancer and during the Second World War was considered by the Allies as a chemical weapon. (A: This is what THEM, your own THEM, as opposed to other THEMS. This is what your own THEM does to YOU.)
“In another chapter, ‘Large Area Coverage Trials’, the MoD describes how between 1961 and 1968 more than a million people along the south coast of England, from Torquay to the New Forest, were exposed to bacteria including e.coli and bacillus globigii , which mimics anthrax. These releases came from a military ship, (A: I put that out before. They did the same off of Norwich and then they tested the whole population who hadn’t a clue and all the doctors were in it through the National Health Service, collecting the data for the government. Oh, yeah, you are dying of cancer, we don’t know how it happened, oh, so are the young, oh, it’s a mystery.)
“The report also reveals details of the DICE trials in south Dorset between 1971 and 1975. These involved US and UK military scientists spraying into the air massive quantities of serratia marcescens bacteria, with an anthrax simulant and phenol.
“some families in areas which bore the brunt of the secret tests are convinced the experiments have led to their children suffering birth defects, (A: Multiple birth defects.) physical handicaps and learning difficulties. The report also confirms the use of anthrax and other deadly germs on tests aboard ships in the Caribbean and off the Scottish coast during the 1950s. The document states: (A: This is the official document…) ‘Tacit approval for simulant trials where the public might be exposed was strongly influenced by defence security considerations aimed obviously at restricting public knowledge.’ (A: The public are never told what’s being done to them. YOU HAVE NEVER BEEN IN ANY DEMOCRACY FOLKS. You’ve been in a never-never land. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Everything is done under NATIONAL SECURITY and we are always kept in a state of flux, or FEAR, or WAR, or Cold War. Two World Wars, many policing actions in between and a Cold War to terrify us that we are going to get NUKED at any time – it’s all for CONTROL purposes.
Remember what Orwell said, that war is peace, peace is war, freedom is slavery, etc, etc. They keep telling us we are free as we get put into deeper and deeper forms of slavery. Remember too, he also had in his book 1984, when Winston is being tortured by O’Brien – O’Brien is one of THEM, you know, THEM – and O’Brien says to him, oh, the war is not meant to be won Winston; it’s meant to be perpetual to maintain control over the people. That’s what it’s for. So we go through war after war and now it’s a war on terror and all your rights are stripped away. Then it’s a war for the environment and the environment for ever, as they depopulate.
By the way, on this site and the links I’ll put up there to the Mitigation of the effects of spraying, etc, you’ll also see that the first few pages is devoted solely to DEPOPULATION. Depopulation was MANDATORY. They even say IN this report that a side effect will be depopulation and possibly sterilization and a decrease of fertility. Oh, it FITS THE BILL perfectly doesn’t it? Going back to this article…
What are they doing today?
When the best and brightest minds decided in the geoengineering report that “such systems could probably be put into full effect within a year or two of a decision to do so, and mitigation effects would begin immediately,” it was the go-ahead signal for the military that the government paid for. That paragraph can be used as the historical justification for the military to go into full effect with global geoengineering and under National Security laws they did not have to tell elected politicians or the public about it, never mind asking for their permission (A: That’s a fact.) (that is how ever changing democracies are run). In a globalised world National Security branches works together especially with a perceived global threat. Despite the media blackout on current National Security operations there was one report from Germany’s RTL. RTL News is owned by the RTL Group which is Europe’s largest TV, radio and production company. Below are extracts from that 2007 news report (the broadcast can be viewed here):
“Clouds up to 350 km long appear all of a sudden on the radar, but only on the meteorological radars .
“We can state with a 97% certainty that we have on our hands chemical trails [chemtrails] (A: This is on the TV station.) comprised by fine dust containing polymers and metals. The radar images are stunning considering the needed tons of dispersed elements. Military heads claim that the substances used are not harmful. (A: That’s what the military claimed during that particular show that they put on there.)
“Military planes of the German Federal Army are manipulating our climate (A: That came on the show as well.)
“The registers report emissions of chemtrails at low altitudes
“In the following three weeks the instruments register other activities. Meanwhile the satellite imagery is clearly counterfeited by the military. (A: I’ve had reports by guys who are up there as pilots who have told me the same thing.)
“[Johannes Remmel – German Politician] ‘It’s obvious that enormous regions are being polluted with clandestine actions. The government must provide explanations to the unsuspecting population.’ ”
If militaries around the world were spraying the atmosphere constantly you’d expect it to be detected, right?
Then it gives you more articles to show you what literally backs up all this stuff I’ve been talking about for years. We are really living in a never-never land, a FICTION put out by the media and entertainment but by God, we are enthralled by entertainment these days while all this is happening. After all, we’re domesticated and we couldn’t save our lives if we had to, at least for most folk. I’ll put all these links up tonight on my sites.
From Hamish and myself from a HEAVILY SPRAYED Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on April 14, 2010. For newcomers, look into website web site, scroll down and bookmark all the other sites I have up there. These are all the official sites. Sometimes, in the future, you will have to use them when the big site gets overloaded, too many folk going into it or I can’t upload to it. That has happened before on a few occasions. So if you’ve got them bookmarked you can always download the latest shows for free. There are hundreds and hundreds of audio talks I’ve given over the years available to free download. [Official sites listed above.] As always, I plug myself from the beginning, if you call this a plug. I’m not a salesman, never intended to be. You are the audience that brings me to you. This is a pretty unique situation. I don’t ask for money and believe you me, I’ve been offered it by advertisers to run the show and so on and to finance ME personally. That’s how most hosts make their money is through advertising. The ads you hear on this show are paid directly by advertisers to RBN for the air time and for their staff, board ops, equipment and their bills, maintenance and all that stuff. If you are in a big operation, it costs a lot of money. So it’s up to YOU to keep me going by purchasing the things I have for sale on my web sites. There is not a lot there. I never have the time to do it. This isn’t just an hour per night that I talk here. It takes a lot of working during the day to do other things associated with this. Therefore, you can keep me going if you purchase the books, CDs and DVDs I have for sale or you can donate to me. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] Wherever you are in the world, PayPal generally works today; well, most places. If you live in some countries like South Africa, you are best to use UPS or some other way of delivery because very little will actually get through with the regular post service; that has been found out by hard experience. For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, they don’t play them on computers, they play them on their CD players, you can get in touch with me at [address above].
It’s up to you to keep me going. That’s the only way I trickle over here. I’ve got bills here, satellite uploads, all that kind of stuff, from a rotten service because they’ve got a monopoly. Once in a while I get twice dial-up speed so I’m up until 2 or 3 in the morning sometimes on a bad night uploading the stuff to the site and that costs a lot of money just to do that. So try and keep me going. No one has succeeded this long before. They generally go under very quickly because people prefer the fantastic to the realistic. They want to be fascinated while they are afraid, you might say, like a horror movie. I try to give you the facts. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Last night I was talking about the geoengineering that’s been going on for years, as they pretend that they are only now discussing the possibilities of doing it, which is utter nonsense. They have been doing it for many, many years. They know the side effects and that’s really what they are discussing is how to mitigate them or keep them from the public. It’s quite easy to keep anything from the public because we’re not too bright.
The book I was using yesterday is Policy Implications of Greenhouse Warming: Mitigation, Adaptation, and the Science Base published in 1992, the bible you might say for the agenda. I put the link up last night where you can go into the site yourself, and government sites, and download this particular book. On page 433, it’s got this to say… remember, this is 1992.
Geoengineering
In this chapter, a number of geoengineering options are considered. (Alan: Then they go through the different options and the hoopla to do with how it might or might not work. But they say here…)
Other geoengineering possibilities include reforesting the United States (A: I guess if the people get off the land, you can reforest it. That’s why you have the habitat areas for Agenda 21.) to increase the storage of carbon and vegetation simulating and increase in oceanic biomass as a means of increasing the storage and natural sequestering of carbon in the ocean. (A: and so on, ya-da, ya-da, ya.) It’s important to recognize (A: Listen to this, listen to this part here… 1992. For those who are still in the religious phase, who use words like ‘do you believe this’ or ‘do you believe that, do you believe in global warming, do you believe in Y2K,’ that’s a religious thing. This is 1992…) It is important to recognize that we are at present (A: At present means in the now, for the hard of thinking.) involved in a large project of inadvertent geoengineering by altering atmospheric chemistry and it does not seem inappropriate to inquire if there are counter measures that might be implemented to address the adverse impacts. (A: Do you understand what that just said now? We’re back in junior school here. Let’s do it again children.) It is important to recognize that WE ARE AT PRESENT INVOLVED in a large project of inadvertent geoengineering by altering atmospheric chemistry and it does not seem inappropriate to inquire if there are counter measures that might be implemented to address the adverse impacts. (A: So they knew then that there already were adverse impacts, since they are talking about countermeasures that might be implemented to address them, to alter them.)
People who can still think clearly to an extent at least and plow through their gobbledygook and their different phrases they use to make it sound very scientific, will get a lot out of it. Most folk won’t. Most folk really want to go into conspiracy sites and where it’s kind of exciting. These aren’t exciting things to read. Nothing that really happens or is of import is very exciting. It’s very boring, dull and dry, but it’s the most important information you’ll ever find in your life, when you go through this kind of stuff. So they admit they were already engaged in this project, this geoengineering project, a LARGE project they said, and it’s been going on for an awful long time.
Britain, by the way, has just been warned it’s in for another week of freezing sleet and snow and blizzards… in April. But that doesn’t matter; we’ve apparently got to fry to death if they don’t save us and all that rubbish. Remember, there are different reasons behind all of this. What’s interesting too, in this Policy Implications of Greenhouse Warming: Mitigation, Adaptation, and the Science Base, it starts off with humans are the problem, right out of the Club of Rome because they are the guys that dreamt that one up and they are proud to admit it in their own book. So humans… it’s all to get us to depopulate. Mind you, this stuff too, it does mention in the writings in the book that the side effects, some of the side effects will be sterilization of the general public and increased death rate, which is “to their advantage” it says, to their ADVANTAGE. Yep. That’s what it’s about folks. No conspiracy site there. You can go into the government one and find it on their own web site.
I’ve mentioned many, many times that you cannot watch, YOU CANNOT, CANNOT WATCH TELEVISION and let your brain chill out and just get downloaded. You can’t do that. You never could do that actually because we’ve always been brainwashed by everything they put across there. Very clever people know your mind; they know how to entertain you and indoctrinate you at the same time. It’s really very old scams that they do, not just the ads themselves. Now the shows themselves ARE ads to get you to modify your lifestyle. Here’s the nicey-nicey story. This is the nicey-nicey one from the Wall Street Journal.
What Your TV Is Telling You to Do (A: very polite, you see.)
NBC Universal’s Shows Are Sending Viewers Signals to Recycle, Exercise and Eat Right.
By AMY CHOZICK / wsj.com / April 7, 2010
In just one week on NBC, the detectives on “Law and Order” investigated a cash-for-clunkers scam, (A: Remember that, they’ve been pushing that? This just happens to be the right thing getting pushed at the right time, so it’s in a story, you see.) a nurse on “Mercy” organized a group bike ride, (A: Because we’re all supposed to go bike riding now, as the czar of the transportation of the United States said that he’s not pro-car at all. This is the first government that’s not pro-car; they are not going to favor the motorist at all and you are going to start riding bikes.) Al Gore made a guest appearance on “30 Rock,” and “The Office” turned Dwight Schrute into a cape-wearing superhero obsessed with recycling. (A: So these are for actual programming, not ads as you see them.)
Coincidence? Hardly. NBC Universal planted these eco-friendly elements into scripted television shows to influence viewers and help sell ads.
The tactic—General Electric Co.’s NBC Universal calls it “behavior placement”—is designed to sway viewers to adopt actions they see modeled in their favorite shows. (A: Guess where they got it from folks? Guess about the way that you behave, act and even swear, including the clothes that you wear, the shoes that you wear, and even your personal behavior? You’ve got it ALL from the television anyway. That’s how they get it all to you. You are a COMPOSITE. You literally are a walking composite of what’s been brainwashed into you by Madison Avenue and the television stations. That’s what you are.) And it helps sell ads to marketers who want to associate their brands with a feel-good, socially aware show.
Unlike with product placement, which can seem jarring to savvy viewers (A: And there are not many of them.), the goal is that viewers won’t really notice that Tina Fey is tossing a plastic bottle into the recycle bin, or that a minor character on “Law and Order: SVU” has switched to energy-saving light bulbs. “People don’t want to be hit over the head with it,” says NBC Universal Chief Executive Jeff Zucker. “Putting it in programming is what makes it resonate with viewers.”
TV has always had the ability to get millions of people to mimic a beloved character. (A: And they have; that’s what you are, a composite and your friends are composites.) Ever since Carrie Bradshaw on “Sex and the City” stopped in at the Magnolia Bakery, fans of the show wait in long lines for the once-quiet shop’s $2.75 cupcakes. When Jennifer Aniston as Rachel on “Friends” cut her hair, salons across the country reported requests for the shaggy, highlighted, layered look known as “the Rachel.” (A: That’s how stupid folk are.)
This is the power of persuasion that NBCU hopes to tap. “Subtle messaging woven into shows mainstreams it, and mainstreaming is an effective way to get a message across,” says Lauren Zalaznick, president of NBCU Women & Lifestyle Entertainment Networks, which oversees the effort.
Since fall 2007, network executives have been asking producers of almost every prime-time and daytime show to incorporate a green storyline (A: A green story…) at least once a year. (A: It’s way more than that now. It’s about every day.) The effort now takes place for a week in April and November. Starting April 19 this year, 40 NBC Universal outlets will feature some 100 hours of green-themed programming, including an episode of the Bravo reality series “Millionaire Matchmaker” in which a 39-year-old tycoon with an eco-friendly clothing line goes into a rage after his blind date orders red meat. (A: ah, ha, ha, ah…)
In June, NBCU plans a week in which programming will emphasize healthy eating and exercise: The idea is that viewers will watch the shows and then spring into action. “It’s about incorporating a marketer’s message into a thematic environment,” says Mike Pilot, president of sales and marketing at NBC Universal.
While the network says it tries to incorporate green programming throughout the year, the special emphasis twice a year creates an “event” that provides opportunities to advertisers, an NBC spokeswoman says. For instance, a Wal-Mart ad focusing on locally grown produce ran this past November after an episode of the medical drama “Trauma” in which emergency medic Rabbit rescues a window washer dangling precariously from a building; medics are alerted to the situation by a man sitting in his hybrid vehicle. (A: Oh, no. [Alan laughing.] Where’s the bag…)
Behavior placement gives marketers extra incentive to advertise at a time when digital video recorders equip viewers with an unprecedented ability to skip commercials, says Jason Kanefsky, a media buyer at Havas’s MPG. “You’re not forcing your way into a program in any shape or form,” he says. “You’re just (A: You as the customer, you, the dumb watcher with the mouth open, you are just…) nodding your head at a program.” (A: Ah, hum… ah, um-hum.) ABC, CBS and FOX have plenty of product placement but haven’t taken the step into behavior placement, network spokesmen say. (A: I’ll read the rest of this when I come back from this break. It’s really important and what can you say, eh?)
I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an article about how they indoctrinate you and it’s quite open about it. It’s all green, environment and so on. Plus they have little quips there too about how we are destroying the planet and man is the enemy and stuff like that and you’ll all lap it up as you munch your chips there and swig your pop and all the rest of it. It goes on to say here…
Angela Bromstad, president of primetime entertainment at NBC, says her only specific request is that writers incorporate something related to the environment into a storyline and not make it a throwaway line of dialogue. “We haven’t had any pushback,” she says. (A: Pushback… hmm.)
Now there is another site here with a different spin on it and it’s more precise perhaps. It’s from The Gawker. I’ll put the link up on my web site at the end of the show. This says…
Television’s Benevolent Mind Control Program (A: That’s more accurate.)
gawker.com / Apr 7, 2010
(A: It goes on to say something, which is true… we don’t like the truth at times.)
America is a nation of mostly poor, unattractive people who take their cues on life from the fictional actions of rich, attractive characters on television. The NBC network, your father figure, has decided to educate our slackjawed populace. With television!
It used to be that NBC used its teevee shows’ potent mind control powers only to sell us Subway sandwiches, and feebly remind us to recycle. But knowing that you, the insecure American viewer, will take the advice of fictional 30 Rock characters when it comes to selecting a carbonated beverage, NBC figured, hey, why not instruct our viewers on how to accomplish the most basic tasks that will allow them to live a moderately healthy life, without drowning to death in their couch under a tidal wave of Cheez-Its? A healthy consumer is a consumer that can purchase advertised products, as they say in our nation’s scientific broadcasting academies. Therefore, the WSJ reports today, NBC has instituted “behavior placement” along with product placement in its shows—to teach you, the American Idiot, how to Be Good. (A: How to be good… that’s what it is, you see. You’ll be good recycling.)
First there was Green Week. In June, NBC “will emphasize healthy eating and exercise,” subtly, via the actions of characters there on the screen of your unmoving teevee.
Behavior placement gives marketers extra incentive to advertise at a time when digital video recorders equip viewers with an unprecedented ability to skip commercials, says Jason Kanefsky, a media buyer at Havas’s MPG. “You’re not forcing your way into a program in any shape or form,” he says. “You’re just nodding your head at a program.” (A: ah-ha, oh, ah-ha… that’s what you do.)
You’re just nodding your head to the program. What the program says is what you will do. Fortunately, our NBC overlords are using this power for benevolent purposes. One can only imagine what could happen if it were, say, unleashed only in service of convincing us to purchase certain brands of automobiles and beauty products and 100-Calorie Snak Paxxx.
Looks like the Hypodermic Needle Theory of communications was right after all. (A: Then there’s an expletive there…) —- you, Cognitive Revolution.
That’s what they’re calling it, the Cognitive Revolution, as they con you further with rather blatant ways to indoctrinate you, but of course, most will never figure that out. They will go, Oh, there’s Al Gore in this comedy, ah-ha, ha… you know. That’s how they are, and nod their heads. Yeah, they will indeed nod their heads. That’s how it works.
When you really get into things, that’s what all television is all about and it always has been. Right after 9/11 when they talked about the joint integration of Canada and the US forces for the border and everything, out came a series called – and Canada is very good at very exciting titles – The Border. I think they were stopping terrorists on one of the main crossover bridges, Niagara Falls I think, in the first episode; something that’s never happened. But there ya go; there’s terrorism everywhere and that’s how you get brainwashed, through fiction. Promiscuity was done full through fiction, masses of fiction. Aren’t you doing the same; don’t you just hop around? No. well, everybody is doing it; look at that. Then lives of the rich and famous, well, they’re all doing it; I’d better do the same, hey, oh… Composite people… Composite people. That’s what it is.
This article here I read before and it’s worth reading again. It ties in with the chemical spraying they are doing in the skies. The article I read yesterday, the book, their bible of weather warfare basically, starting off with too many people and really what they are saying is too many of the wrong sort of people, the obsolete types now that we’ve no longer got any industry and there is hardly any economy. This article is from the Washington Examiner.
Obama’s Science Czar:
Traditional family is obsolete, punish large families
By: David Freddoso – Online Opinion Editor / washingtonexaminer.com / 07/15/09
President Obama’s Science Czar, John Holdren, took a controversial and amoral approach to the science of population by recommending mass compulsory sterilization and even forced abortion (and/or forced marriages) (A: That’s for the better types, the ones that wouldn’t marry but they had the better genes.) under certain circumstances. (A: He’s in there now. He’s in there with this gang of collectivists at the top who want to help their masters dominate the planet. John Holdren.) His 1977 tome, Ecoscience, which he co-authored with Paul and Anne Ehrlich, also displays a revealing disregard for the institution of the traditional human family. (A: It says in that other book I read too, from the government there, their bible, that they family had to be destroyed for this purpose. It starts to make sense eventually doesn’t it? I’ll be back with more after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an article, Obama’s Science Czar, John Holdren, says traditional families are obsolete. He says punish large families and he goes on to say here…
Holdren and the Ehrlichs write:
Radical changes in family structure and relationships are inevitable, (A: They knew that because we are already under attack, again, through the media and entertainment, which never showed you a healthy marriage. Everybody was always arguing all the time and it was just chaotic and so on.) whether population control is instituted or not. Inaction, attended by a steady deterioration in living conditions for the poor majority, will bring changes everywhere that no one could consider beneficial. Thus, it is beside the point to object to population-control measures simply on the grounds that they might change the social structure or family relationships. (A: What he is saying is they are kaput anyway because they were making sure they were kaput and that’s happened. So they are going ahead.)
Holdren, with a blithe “of course,” encourages government to wage an effective war on the family in America. It begins with the abolition of “pronatalist” policies and continues with their complete reversal: (A: This is what he advocated. He’s in there now folks. You’d better… if you can understand what they put in at the right time. This is the right time to put them in. Their masters know what they are doing. It wasn’t the voters who put these guys in. I hope the people out there realize that.)
As United States taxpayers know, income tax laws have long implicitly encouraged marriage and childbearing…Such a pronatalist bias of course is no longer appropriate. In countries that are affluent enough for the majority of citizens to pay taxes, tax laws could be adjusted to favor (instead of penalize) single people, working wives, and small families. Other tax measures might also include high marriage fees, taxes on luxury baby goods and toys, and removal of family allowances where they exist. Other possibilities include the limitation of maternal or educational benefits to two children per family.
Holdren notes that some of these proposals “have the potential disadvantage of heavily penalizing children (and in the long run society as well).” This is not a disqualifier, though, as long as the proposals are “carefully adjusted to avoid denying at least minimum care for poor families, regardless of the number of children they may have.” Even here, the objection is practical, not ethical. It’s fine to level stiff penalties against those who choose families and children, but not to the point that this policy exacerbates the original problem (unwanted children, living in squalor) that population control purports to combat.
Some Americans might cite the Founding Fathers and argue that a government whose policy is to make war on the family in the name of science has clearly overstepped its mandate. That was not the opinion expressed by John Holdren, the man President Obama has put in charge in the nation’s science policy.
Put in charge at the RIGHT time and so are the other creeps behind him. Believe you me, they are no different from the creeps that were there before with the previous guy. See, they use them for different purposes and it was time to put this guy in to do this, martial law, blah, blah, blah and it’s time to put this guy in to bring in the collectivist agenda. It’s much easier for fascists to run you when you’re all run under a collectivist/communist style system under a massive bureaucracy. Far easier. Everything is working like clockwork and now it’s time for this and time for that. That’s how it works.
From Fox News, this is an article to do with… actually it starts off with sexual health. Of course, they always put these quack things in for the doctors and stuff. There is an article called…
Is Soda Bad for Sperm?
(A: The pop that you drink. I told you for years that whatever you are made to like and becomes popular is designed for other purposes. I’ve gone through the bisphenol-A in the pop bottles and the water bottles and all that kind of stuff and the phthalates they have too, that sterilize males. A lot of this stuff if also in cosmetics used by women; it’s vastly over laden with the stuff. It goes through the skin – insufflation it’s called – into the blood stream and it will literally alter the sexuality or the behavior of a boy, if she is doing this stuff between the age of 8 and 12 weeks in gestation. They knew this back in the 1800s, what these particular chemicals did, these synthetic hormones. But it’s in EVERYTHING. Well, here is soda, another thing that they made popular. Water was never good enough and orange juice wasn’t good enough so you get soda. This stuff is in all your favorite soft drinks.)
Tuesday , March 30, 2010 / foxnews.com
Men who drink about a quart or more of soda every day could be causing harm to their sperm, results of a Danish study hint.
On average, these men’s sperm counts were almost 30 percent lower than in men who didn’t drink soda. While most of the sperm counts would still be considered normal by the World Health Organization, (A: See, sterility is normal by the World Health Organization. That’s why, when they quote the figures that you are down BY 85% of sperm compared to men of 1952 or so, there is no crisis mentioned by the World Health Organization. They just give you the quotes like we are quite happy with that.) men with fewer sperm generally have a higher risk of being infertile. (A: I love these guys; they are so bright; they are so clever. Imagine putting that together.)
The link is unlikely to be due to caffeine, the researchers say, because coffee did not have the same effect, even though its caffeine content is higher. Instead, other ingredients in the beverage or an unhealthy lifestyle could be involved.
“It’s important to note that the men who drank a lot of cola were also different in many other ways,” (A: I bet they were.) Dr. Tina Kold Jensen of Rigshospitalet in Copenhagen, Denmark, told Reuters Health.
Kold Jensen, who led the new research, said only a few studies have looked at caffeine’s impact on reproductive health in men. The participants have generally been a very select group, such as infertile men, and the results have been conflicting. (A: So that’s basically soft drinks, caffeine and obviously phthalates are there but they don’t mention it here because it’s in plastic bottles, all these soft drinks that they come into.)
There is also one I’ll put up too that is entitled… Is drinking water safe for you? If you skip the first ¾, it’s one of these TV doc type guys, these TV quacks they bring on and ¾ of it is pabulum, but then he gets into the heart of the matter. He’s actually saying that water itself now is so laden with artificial estrogens that it’s definitely having an effect on the males in society. I’ll put that link up as well.
Of course, this is all just pure chance and coincidence and all that kind of stuff. It could never fall in with a depopulation program that’s been going on since and written about since the 1900s. That’s just paranoid thinking. That’s conspiracy stuff… oh, ho, oh. Isn’t it? Even though Canada has recognized the dangers of the phthalates and so on and claimed that they were taking it out of the supply; studies were done afterwards, mind you, and I read them on the air, and they said no, they are still there. I guess they are vital to have, eh? Yeah, the one, how water CAN make you fat. That’s how it comes on actually.
Water CAN make you fat:
How chemicals in drink can trigger weight gain and fertility problems
By Professor Adam Carey / 28th March 2010 / dailymail.co.uk
(A: Water, eh, it can make you fat. Then it goes on about his long, long quacky spiel here and then he tries to say that…)
Our tap water is, by and large, safe and mostly free of the bugs that cause the gastric infections and waterborne diseases in other parts of the world. (A: And pabulum, pabulum… But then he goes down to the real part of it, near the bottom.)
Among these are the so-called gender-bending chemicals such as Bisphenol A (BPA) – used in the manufacture of plastics such as babies’ bottles – which various studies have linked to reproductive difficulties, as well as cardiovascular disease and diabetes.
A recent study by Harvard School of Public Health found that those who drank from bottles made with BPA showed a two-thirds increase of the chemical in their urine.
Other chemical derivatives to get into our water include oestrogen compounds.
These can come from pesticides and herbicides that wash off from soil into our rivers. (A: and of course it’s dosed on your veggies as well by the big GMO boys.)
Oestrogen is the hormone that stimulates female characteristics in women at puberty.
Synthetically it is used in the oestrogenbased oral contraceptive pill. Again this is excreted in urine and gets into our water supply.
An excessive amount of oestrogen in the body not only drives certain cancers such as specific types of breast cancer, but also affects the way we accumulate fat. (A: Well I guarantee you, after looking around at some of the people in towns, it affects them in other ways as well and in a lot of the guys too. )
So the more we are exposed to oestrogen, or chemicals that act like it, the harder it is to lose body fat. And an increase in body fat has been linked to many illnesses including heart disease and cancer.
Meanwhile, we have to consider the population-wide drop in sperm concentration which has plummeted, according to the British Fertility Society, by about 30 per cent, as well as the fact that Britain seems to be gripped by a fertility crisis.
So is America, the US, and Canada. I read the reports last year on that. 85% DOWN it is actually. We’ve actually got about 25%, actually if you’re lucky, 25% VIRILE sperm and half of those sperm tested – in the articles I put up on the internet from major mainstream media and scientific studies – only half of that is mobile and has the ability to find its target. But there is no crisis, mind you. No crisis at all. It’s just like the new allergies that pop out, you know. We have sudden new allergies. It’s a new normal and scientists are baffled, of course. They won’t put any money into finding out why everyone is allergic now and children are allergic to everything. It started off with peanuts for some children and now, goodness sake, we are becoming allergic to our VEGETABLES AND FRUIT. I’ll put that article up as well.
Fruit and vegies new allergy fear
STEPHEN CAUCHI / farmonline.com.au / 19 Apr, 2009
When humans become allergic to their FOOD, you are going down a very fast slippery dark tunnel folks. Because, you see, all you got left is food and water… and you are kaput. But, ah, it’s no crisis mind you. If you go back to John Holdren’s stuff, he’s in for depopulation and bringing the population down by ANY and ALL means possible. Are you beginning to get what’s happening? And Holdren is only ONE of MANY of these mass psychopathic murders who are in top positions… on behalf of their masters.
But those who are John Doe and Jane Doe, who sit and watch the TV and laugh and giggle and chomp on their chips will never get it and you’ve got to really get to understand that you cannot help these people. They are BEYOND it. They are GONE. They are in the land of moroni. They are morons. Seriously folks, they are morons. Some of the people out there, some of us have been morons but we came out of moron land into enlightenment land because we CHOSE to. But a lot of people prefer to stay in moron land because there are more… People are generally, instincts of… they are SOCIAL CREATURES. They like to be in big crowds and safety in numbers. So the more morons who agree with the propaganda and indoctrination, the safer they feel. You have to really accept that. Honestly.
Don’t kill yourself trying to get through to your nearest and dearest, or whoever it happens to be, year after year and cause all that dissention. There is no point. Use your skills and your time, save yourself an ulcer and try to help those who are ASKING THE QUESTIONS regardless of the age they are at… regardless of the age. I had a nephew once; he was about 11 or 12 years of age. He said to me, you know that’s just disgusting. I says, what’s disgusting? He says, that Tina Turner. I says, why is that? He watched her on television and she was dancing around there in a mini skirt and a whole thing and it’s all about raunchy sex and these girls behind her are all raunchy sex and stuff. He says, because she’s a grandmother. This is a 12 year old… She is a grandmother acting like a whore. I thought, well, that youngster has got promise. He’s got the ability to come out of moron land, moroni land. Some people have it very early, other ones it takes years of knocking their heads against the brick walls and following politics and stuff, believing in it all, before they decide to leave moron land behind them and come into the light. But don’t kill yourself. Please don’t kill yourself. I get so many letters from folk. I’m trying to wake up my wife, my husband, my whoever, my brother and sister, and it’s like an ongoing EGO battle for years. That’s really what it ends up boiling down to is just battles. I should be able with all I know to persuade this person and they will understand. No. They CHOOSE not to understand. They do choose… not to understand.
Nothing out there in today’s society is out by chance. We are living in a scientific dictatorship. We were BORN into a scientific run dictatorship. Governance is an ART of governing people through various means, of which they are completely oblivious, to get desired results, to get them to GO ALONG like a blind herd. That’s what governance means. I’ve read the articles. It’s a system where they people who are governed have NO say whatsoever in the direction of the laws and the forces that are acting upon them. There are no complaints departments. There is no involvement. There is no democratic ‘we can speak to them and have our say.’ It’s not there, outside of the humoring aspect of it.
When they give us all your social networking system – and they gave you the internet in the first place – it was ALWAYS to bring you to a stage where they would monitor every single individual. That was the purpose of it. You can’t stop, again, the herd from jumping at things. They like toys. The like their friends. Don’t you want to be in touch with your friends? Do you know how many friends you really have in your life when you go through it? Do you really, really know? You are lucky if you’ve got a couple. Most folk are lucky if they’ve got one. You are getting rather confused concerning ACQUAINTANCES and very vague at that because you don’t know who they are on these different sites that you go into and who you Twitter with. A lot of them are set-ups as well. It could even be a computer that is pulling your leg.
Study Says Almost Half Of Americans Use Social Networks
Friday, April 09, 2010 – by Jennifer Johnson / hothardware.com
According to a recent survey from Arbitron and Edison Research, nearly half of Americans age 12 and older have a profile on one or more social networking Web sites. The study also revealed that the use of social networking sites is not limited to youth: Approximately 78% of teens and 77% of 18 to 24-year-olds have personal profile pages. Nearly two-thirds of Americans between the ages of 25 and 34 have personal profile pages.
Not only are more people using social networking sites in general, but they’re also using them more frequently. The study suggests that 30% of Americans with a social networking profile access the social networking Web site several times a day. One year ago, only 18% of the same group said they used the site multiple times a day. (A: And what does that lead to? Well, it leads to this particular site too…)
Big Brother is Indeed Watching You: The Spy Side of Social Networking
Posted by Brian Sommer / zdnet.com / April 6th, 2010
(A: Just to fit in on the happy PR one, of the one I read before. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Just a quick article on this company called Teneros, one of many companies actually, outside of the CIA collecting all your data which they do. It’s actually getting stored apparently in the Congressional Records somewhere.
The CIA will soon have nothing on the social networking watchdogs. Teneros has launched a product that is designed to let a company monitor its employees’ social networking activities. (A: Then it goes into the reason they’d want to basically check up on its employees. Whistleblowers are one reason it says here too, but it’s now automated. This system is automated now.) Now its automated – employers can discover and monitor their employees’ Facebook and Twitter posts and tweets – with more sites promised (YouTube, MySpace, and LinkedIn, for example).
So, you know. But you can’t stop the lemmings can you? You can’t stop the lemmings from wanting to be a star. I guess that’s what it is. They want to be a star. I want to be up there. I want people to know ME… you know. And all you have are these little text messages from your FRIENDS. [Alan laughing.]
There is a caller from California, Peter. Are you there Peter?
Peter: Yes, I am Alan. Hi. How are you?
Alan: Not so bad.
Peter: Okay. Well, aside from you hitting all the fun points that are on my mind right now, there are some pretty crazy things going on here as well. Just to touch up on what you were saying about the Facebook and the social networking program, they were never meant to be about, you know, you and I, for example. All it was, was a basic structure set up for in the future, in order to determine the patterns in life that we go through. Everyone is always posting on these Facebooks and Twitters what they are doing. In order to find that pattern, right, and then once they are able to find out, okay these people do this, these people do that, they can make plans for us later in the future because they want to predict – you always talk about predictive programming and I believe that’s obviously one of their tactics. But my question to you is and I’m always talking about the New World Order to a lot of people that I know and they are always saying, when is it going to be here, when is it going to be here. I’m always saying, it’s already here. But nobody… you know, everyone is already caught up in their day-to-day lives. I just kind of wanted to see what you thought about that.
Alan: We are living right through it. When Bush Sr first said it in I think it was 1990, September the 11th, of course, of 1990 AND again on September 11th 1991. He said he saw the New World Order coming into view, a New World Order, and the thousand points of light that are the big foundations and NGO that are spearheading it and private corporations. We were already going into it then and it was really kicked off with the Century of Change in 2001. That’s when the century began was 2001, not 2000. That was to kick it right off there. They were right on cue like the big business plan that they have. You are quite correct with that. I read the article from the Pentagon’s own release saying they have an artificial system where every one of us is IN that system, a composite of us in their virtual reality, and it updates itself DAILY by ALL our messages, email, and so on. It updates us all. It knows the clusters of friends that we have, what we all have in common, what your behaviors are Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday through to Friday, Saturday to Sunday and if you change your behavior in the future you will get a knock on the door and they will want to know why because now you’ve become unpredictable. For totalitarians, they have always said, everyone MUST be predictable in this kind of society which they are bringing in. So that’s what it’s for. You are quite right. This is all designed before they gave us the first little taste of the internet. Step by step they had it worked out in advance. Give them this little bit, then give them that little bit of cheese, and we’ve had lots of cheese, until we end up at the end in the trap. Thanks for calling.
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on April 15, 2010. For the newcomers out there, you should look into website web site. You’ll find hundreds of talks I’ve given in the past which you can download for free. While you’re at it, on the front page, go into the alternate sites I have up there. These are the official sites and bookmark them for future use. It’s a good idea because sometimes the .com site gets jammed. Too many folk go into it at one time to download or else I can’t upload because they don’t increase my unlimited disk space as they’re supposed to. This way you can always get the latest shows for free if you have these sites listed. [Official sites listed above.] Remember too, that you are the audience that brings me to you. I don’t accept the cash from foundations, organization, advertisers or whatever else out there to sell products. That’s why I don’t bring guests on too; most guests are there to give you their view of the world, it scares you and then they sell their product at the end, and you feel kind of compromised. However, that’s what business is all about and the Patriot business is a business too. It needs money to keep going. The ads you hear on this show are paid directly by the advertisers to RBN for the air time and for their staff, equipment, board ops and their bills, maintenance and the transmission of the show. It’s a very expensive business. So it’s up to you to keep ME going and you can do so by going into my web sites, seeing the books, CDs and DVDs I have for sale and purchase them or you can donate to me. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] For those that get the disks burned and passed to them to play on their CD players, you can get in touch with me at [address above].
I generally talk about the big cons that go on to try to show you that the world is run by cons. It always has been. There were less cons in the ancient times because they simply set armies upon the people, with big swords, and they would slaughter a bunch of you to keep the rest of you in line and whatever message the King wanted to get across was generally gotten across without too much problem. That kept the public paying whatever they had to pay to the upward mobility brackets through their Lords and bigger Lords and overlords to the King. That’s how things worked and nothing has really changed today except they call it democracy and we go along with it because we believe in it. It’s important that the people believe it in, not so much the ones who rule it. It’s like money, we’ve got to believe in money, that it works, and you can buy that bar of chocolate for your dollar – I don’t know how much it costs these days but it used to be less than a dollar – and as long as you believe in it, you can always get what you want. The big boys want you to believe in things like that. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about the system that runs the world. It’s conology, as I like to say. Conology, it’s important to make everyone believe in it and that way it works. We all think and discuss and even argue about the different parts of it, like left and right parties and so on like that. We tend to believe in it; most folk do. It’s only important that we DO that to make it work and function. At the top they are all one big bunch; they are all one big party really. They all join the one party. They keep the game going on behalf of the masters, the ones who put them in, the ones with more bucks than they have themselves.
They set the world stage as to eras, what kind of ERA we are going to go into now. We are post the Cold War era. During the Cold War era, in the US and Canada and Britain and elsewhere, those who were in the upper houses of government – that’s generally called a senate or a House of Lords – were the first ones to get whiffs of upcoming contracts, possibly, that they could push through and Parliaments would have to approve them for missiles and anti-defense missiles and anti-missile missiles and etc, an endless variety of missiles. It was big, big dollars and they all had shares in them. Some of them were even on the boards of directors with these big corporations, the Military-Industrial Complex. They knew that in a post-war world they would have to change their tactics, because they still wanted to ride high on the public expense for stuff that was basically useless and would never be used.
They came up with other ideas and they tossed about security. Well, terrorism could be made to be the big ploy of the future especially because we’ve got to invade a few countries in the Middle East down the road in a few years time. This was discussed back in the early 90s with Maggie Thatcher; she talked about the next war being on fundamentalist countries and fundamental religions starting with the Middle East. So it was all planned and they knew where they were going, but even that wasn’t enough. They thought, well, what about security cameras and equipment what a massive boom there would be in security. So they went into organizing that and setting up companies and getting shares in other companies to make sure they still had a massive income coming in and the public always buy them. That’s the beauty of it. You can have the company and you are in the government and you get the government to buy your product. It’s not bad.
If you could make something like, say, rubber boots for the weather and guarantee that the government would mandate that everybody must buy your rubber boots, what a great business it would be. Well, that’s basically how it is, in reality. They thought, too, well, maybe that’s not enough, there is a lot of money in security but eventually we’ll all have cameras everywhere. Well, we can have Mark 2, 3, 4, 5 and 6 cameras; new gadgets, new gizmos. We could put them all in at once but that would be one sale only so we’ll give them a zoom lens first of all, then we’ll add audio to the cameras, then we’ll add infrared to the cameras, then etc, etc. You see. So they have all these different models to dish out in piecemeal, like they dish out computers to us, Mark so-and-so and Windows number so-and-so; where they could have given you the end product at the beginning if they really wanted to.
They also said, well, this global warming thing could really work wonders. At first they were going to put all their money into global cooling because in the 1920s, if you look at the old National Geographic at the time, they said at the time… they started off actually with global warming and there was a big crisis because the arctic was just disappearing; that was happening, the land was being seen for the first time. Really it was the first time because not many people hung around up there to see what was going on; that’s really what it was. They were sending in all these exploring ships around for different passages and routes through. So they noticed it was disappearing and it was suddenly, SUDDENLY, well, this must be the first time this has ever happened. Then around the 30s, lo and behold, it was covered in ice, again, and there was a coming ice age. So they pushed the coming ice age deal for a while thinking how that would affect the climate. They went into all the possibilities of owning the food supply and so on and all that kind of stuff, always to keep power and control over the public.
They wrote books about the coming ice age. I read the articles from mainstream newspapers of their day on the air. Paul Ehrlich and all these guys were all involved in it because they are really the prostitutes for the agenda. They are really eugenicists; they don’t like the general population terribly much at all. Then they chose, of course, global warming because the cooling phase was time to be over. We go through these phases every 30-40 years or whatever and with the sun cycles and all that. Now they thought, well, now that the missiles are gone, yeah, we’ve got security up, we’ve got anti-terrorism going, what can we use next to get lots of money coming in? We’ll go for the global warming.
They’ll all have shares, I guarantee you, in the big companies that are into mining, and believe you me, when you go into the mining business it’s quite something to see who owns what, and the directors. It’s fascinating. Especially aluminum oxide and the bariums and all the very, very metals, the exact same metals that all the patents that are up there since the 1950s to do with this kind of thing, if they ever wanted to spray in the future. You’ll find all the big names there. So now it’s in the House of Lords or Senates, etc. They’ve all got shares and chairs on the boards of the big companies. They are already making a fortune out of carbon credits and ADVISING other companies on investing in carbon.
Well, here is one that was exposed recently and it’s from The Observer. It says…
Carbon credit documentary should not have been shown, BBC admits
(Alan: It showed a particular documentary.)
Corporation acts on Observer investigation into secretive trust linked to socialite Robin Birley (A: He’s a big socialite, a big rich guy.) that funded film on his carbon credits firm, Envirotrade
Mark Olden and Michael Gillard / guardian.co.uk – The Observer, Sunday 11 April 2010
The BBC has ruled that a sympathetic documentary about the ‘philanthropy capitalism’ (A: You know, they’re all philanthropists at the top.) of socialite Robin Birley should not have been shown.
A BBC documentary about socialite Robin Birley and his carbon credits business venture in Africa should never have been broadcast, an internal inquiry by the corporation has found. Millions of viewers were misled because the sympathetic documentary shown on BBC World News failed to declare that it was financed by a secretive trust (A: A secretive trust.) that was linked to Birley. (A: He owned it, you see.)
The BBC acted in response to an Observer investigation into Birley’s “philanthropy capitalism” venture in Mozambique. Taxpayers’ money was used (A: See, they always use the taxpayers’ money for their own business. It’s a beautiful deal, this, isn’t it, this new freedom, this new post-democratic system?) to subsidise poor farmers there to protect forests and plant trees that absorb carbon dioxide. Envirotrade, Birley’s company, then sells “carbon credits” to celebrities and businesses wanting to offset their emissions. Customers who used Birley’s venture to offset emissions included the agency that handles Brad Pitt and George Clooney.
Rockhopper TV, the production company that made the documentary, knew but did not disclose to BBC executives, of links between Envirotrade and the Africa Carbon Livelihood Trust, which funded the making of the documentary. Had it done so, Taking The Credit, the documentary, would never have been shown, the BBC ruled, although it also claimed the programme was balanced. (A: Yeah, right.)
Birley set up and funded the Mauritius-based trust but would not say who its other donors are or how much Rockhopper was paid to make the programme. Envirotrade saw it as a “marketing” opportunity. (A: Well, oh, it was probably just a mistake; he just forgot to tell them. These wealthy elite socialites, you see, who are philanthropists are SO altruistic. They’ve all have got our best interests at heart as they rake in your cash.)
Then we have the investigation into all the leaked emails and all the faked documents put out by the group that was sending all their data to the IPCC, the must-be hardened group that didn’t believe in what they were doing; they were dedicated fanatics actually. It was a must-be to get all this stuff believed by the general public and it still is. If God himself came back in all his glory, they’d have to nuke him. They’d send up missiles to nuke him. Nothing is going to stand in the ways of this agenda. It’s to control the entire planet and everybody on it folks. This is from the New York Times…
More ClimateGate Complications
freakonomics.blogs.nytimes.com / March 26, 2010
The ClimateGate plot thickens. Lord Oxburgh, a member of the House of Lords (A: That’s like the British senate only he’s a hereditary peer.) who was appointed “to chair a scientific assessment panel that will (A: They’ve done it already.) examine the published science of the Climatic Research Unit at the University of East Anglia,” (A: The one that is at the center. But they found, the other ones in the States and the ones in Australia were ALL in on the scams; they were lying through their teeth as well. Anyway, they are concentrating on this one. So they found that the guy who is investigating them…) has links to businesses that would benefit financially from low-carbon technology: (A: Who is this guy anyway? He was the chairman of the Royal Society, number one. The Royal Society, they VOTE to get people on board with consensus, like all these groups do. In other words, they are told to put their personal belief aside, this is a mandate, all in favor, aye, and they drunkenly put their hands up and that’s going to be the mandate. So they sent this guy, who came from a society that’s already put all their backing behind the belief in global warming, this independent inquirer, number one. But it says here that he has “links to businesses that would benefit financially from low-carbon technology”. They’ve got links here to the businesses and you can check them up for yourself. There is the music coming in and I’ll continue with this to show you how corrupt all these guys are. It’s always been this way folks. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. On to Lord Oxburgh who is the INDEPENDENT inquirer, heading the commission into the leaked emails and the shenanigans at the University of East Anglia and others of course; he vindicated them. Oh, they did all their jobs perfectly well, he said. Well, what do you expect from a guy who’s on the take because that’s what it is folks. They are all in it together. They’ve got too much to make out of this; whole careers for some of the scientists. Oxburgh himself has made money, I’m sure, on previous shenanigans before. As I say, the House of Lords are the first ones to get a sniff of what’s coming up. He was also the head of the Royal Society as well, at one point. He was also a head, I think, of Shell Oil or something as well; different things like that, little things like that. It says here that…
he is chairman of the Carbon Capture and Storage Association (A: BIG company.) and the wind energy company Falck Renewables. (A: Interesting, that Falck Renewables. They are into different things including making these awful windmills that cost the taxpayers more than they will ever produce. I think Mr Cameron who is running for the conservatives, his father I think it was, just happened to get a sniff too somehow. They always get sniffs from some sources within government or am I being crazy? Anyway, he eventually got a bunch of them put on ONE of his estates; he’s got a few estates, for grouse shooting, you know, they pop along there in their Plus Fours and they shoot the occasional grouse which grouse-beaters beat up to make them fly for them, and stuff like that. So he’s bringing in a couple of million on one of his estates and they are just going to put 2 or 3 up on another estate, so he will have a few million pounds of the British tax money to tide him over. That’s per year, I think, for the privilege of having these on his land, for Mr Cameron. That’s just how it really is at the top.) Trevor Davies, the University of East Anglia’s pro-vice-chancellor for research, said the university was aware of Lord Oxburgh’s connections but believed he would act “in an utterly objective way.” (A: [Alan speaking with an upper class British accent.] Of course he would because he’s above, above reproach, you know. That’s how it is out there. It’s unthinkable. That’s the kind of stuff they try to silence you with. That’s unthinkable, that a man of that reputation would… That’s how it really works folks and it’s always worked that way.)
From the Royal Society’s web site…
Royal Society panel announced
Mar 22, 2010 / squarespace.com
Climate
The Royal Society panel that is going (A: It has done it already.) to examine the scientific aspects of the Climategate affair has been announced. This is the press release from UEA (via a reader – it doesn’t appear on the UEA website at the moment).
Lord Oxburgh FRS, a former chair of the Lords Select Committee on Science and Technology, is to chair an independent Scientific Assessment Panel to examine important elements of the published science of the Climatic Research Unit (CRU) at the University of East Anglia.
His appointment has been made on the recommendation of the Royal Society, (A: They guys who have said, we’re all behind this idea of global warming, this very independent inquiry.)
Here is what he decided, this impartial character. It says,
‘No malpractice’ by climate unit
(A: Well, my, my, I guess he really thought long and hard about it.)
There was no scientific malpractice at the University of East Anglia’s Climatic Research Unit, which was at the centre of the “Climategate” affair.
bbc.co.uk / 14 April 2010
This is according to an independent panel chaired by Lord Oxburgh, which was convened to examine the research published by the unit. (A: And ya-da, ya-da, ya-da, ya… so it’s exonerated by a man who is above, above suspicion. He’s above suspicion, the man who’s got his fingers in every pie to do with the profits from the carbon stuff and all that.)
To me this is old stuff. I grew up in Britain watching this kind of stuff when they were doing the same things with the Cold War and Lockheed and all the rest of it and missiles and oh, that’s obsolete, it’s a month old, we need a new one. Oh, the Russians have got a new one, it’s faster; we’ve got to, we need another $10 billion for this one and on it went. These guys were all raking in the cash, all these Lords. That’s reality. That’s the reality of it all. Another one is…
Climate Change Capital
From SourceWatch / sourcewatch.org
Climate Change Capital “is a leading investment banking group specialising in the commercial opportunities created by the low carbon economy. (A: This is their own web site.) It advises and invests in companies who recognise that combating global warming is both a necessity and an economic opportunity. (A: Then it goes on about investing and advising people across the planet.) Its activities, which also include investment management and financing emission reductions, aim to make the world’s environment cleaner while delivering attractive financial returns.
(A: They also call themselves…) “CCC has advised and raised capital for numerous low carbon projects.
(A: But then you go down there and you see who the directors are, very interesting names, Mr Cameron is in there. Anyway, it’s got an advisory board as well and you pop down through there and who is on it? Well, Lord Ronald Oxburgh again. My, the man pops up everywhere but that’s just coincidence: He’s there, I’m sure, like a priest would be at a meeting, you know, as an IMPARTIAL observer. Ha, ah, ha. [Alan laughing.] But there you go.)
Advisory Board – Accessed December 2007:
James Cameron, Vice Chairman.
John Ashton
Nick Baldwin
Brad Gentry
Matthew Kiernan
Ramon de Miguel
Margaret Mogford
Michael Northrop
Lord Ronald Oxburgh
Walt Patterson
John Roberts
Joseph A. Stanislaw
Lord Adair Turner
Mind you, Al Gore used the same excuse. He’s rolling in the billions now in carbon credits since he was the guy that went ahead and started the first company. He said, I believe in investing in things which I believe in. That was his answer to it, but that’s how it goes.
Then in The Register too,
Oops: Chief Climategate investigator failed to declare eco directorship
By Andrew Orlowski / theregister.co.uk / Posted in Environment, 24th March 2010
Here is the music coming in so I’ll be back with more after this break.
I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I’ve talked before about how we are managed so easily by those who understand the sciences. We’ve been trained already, mind you; it’s almost like pre-training, conditioned to be upgraded all the time via the media and via ads and entertainment that put out the ideas IN to your mind and everything becomes normal. Absurd things eventually become normal because you’ve heard or seen it in fiction or even comedy which is a great way of getting things across. It’s familiar to you, so if it’s familiar to you, you go along with it. You watch the progression, or what we are told is a progression, of microchipping technology and how wonderful it’s becoming and all that kind of stuff. In actuality, they had this about 20, 30, 40, 50 years ago.
As I say, same with the computers; they could have dished out the last version before The Cloud – as they are going to do shortly – a long time ago but they give you it in bits and pieces and make you buy, buy, buy. Like the internet, they give you much more options; more personal freedom but they are really monitoring you from the beginning without your permission, but they didn’t tell you that. They make you feel you were in charge of your own security. They called it a PERSONAL computer. Personal, you see; it’s yours, it’s mine. If they made you buy one so they could monitor you, you’d be a bit suspicious. But if you buy the one yourself, then it’s mine, it’s my PERSONAL computer; all that data is mine. Simple psychology.
What you do with animals, or people, is you familiarize them LITTLE BY LITTLE until they adapt. Remember what Skinner said, if you want to alter the behavior of people, you simply introduce things into their environment that were not there before and the people ADAPT to them, as they’ve adapted to all the cameras, as they’ve adapted to the cops in the subways and getting patted down, as they adapt to all the things in the airports. It’s the same thing with their technology. We will sell our souls for what we THINK is convenience. Whether it’s not getting up to turn a light switch down or off or whatever, and clapping your hands, to having a chip in you like Mr Warwick that advocates we all get chipped so’s we can turn the lights off – wow, eh – or open doors before we arrive at them and all that kind of stuff. He doesn’t talk about the servos that they’d need and all the money to make these things happen.
Here is an article from Popular Science of course, a great mouthpiece of the big boys.
Intel Wants Brain Implants in Its Customers’ Heads by 2020 (A: Believe you me, it’s already here in certain areas; they’ve used it with paraplegics a few years ago. DARPA, those wonderful guys that want to help… their real main job is actually to help quadriplegics. They really feel sorry for them. Well, that’s who they were using as experiments, of course. They found they could have these subjects send emails all by thinking about them with the chips implanted in their brains. So this stuff is getting you ready for it but it’s actually going to be a lot quicker than it’s telling you. They don’t want to scare you too much.)
Researchers expect brain waves to operate computers, TVs and cell phones
By Jeremy Hsu / popsci.com / Posted 11.20.2009
If the idea of turning consumers into true cyborgs sounds creepy, don’t tell Intel researchers. Intel’s Pittsburgh lab aims to develop brain implants that can control all sorts of gadgets directly via brain waves by 2020.
The scientists anticipate that consumers will adapt quickly to the idea, (A: They will too. They have adapted to everything else they’ve been given.) and indeed crave the freedom of not requiring a keyboard, mouse, or remote control for surfing the Web or changing channels. They also predict that people will tire of multi-touch devices such as our precious iPhones, Android smart phones and even Microsoft’s wacky Surface Table.
Turning brain waves into real-world tech action still requires some heavy decoding of brain activity. The Intel team has already made use of fMRI brain scans to match brain patterns with similar thoughts across many test subjects.
Plenty of other researchers have also tinkered in this area. Toyota recently demoed a wheelchair controlled with brainwaves, and University of Utah researchers have created a wireless brain transmitter that allows monkeys to control robotic arms. (A: They were doing that for the military even long before that, using monkeys as well as test subjects.)
There are still more implications to creating a seamless brain interface, besides having more cyborgs running around. If scientists can translate brain waves into specific actions, there’s no reason they could not create a virtual world with a full spectrum of activity tied to those brain waves. That’s right — we’re seeing Matrix creep.
As I said years ago, they could put you on a farm shoveling dung out of the barn and meanwhile in your head you are living a lovely dream that you are moonraker, you are James Bond, you are out somewhere else doing amazing things and you’ll be quite happy with that. Quite happy indeed. And people will rush for it. Remember what Rockefeller said, the people will come to them with perfect docility. Why do think they make these statements at their big world meetings? They understand the average person absolutely, 100%. And the peer pressure that goes along with it too. And the fact that people are getting trained… See, the more they yap on their cell phones and they are texting each other and they can’t walk around and think for themselves, they cannot live with themselves in silence. It becomes creepy for them to have a thought running through their head that was actually theirs. They are used to noise and having music banging away there or someone else’s voice in there. Wherever they are, with those things stuck in their ear, they just can’t do without it and now it terrifies them to be literally on their own for 5 minutes. So yeah, they will go for the brain chip.
This article is from Wired.
Homeland Security Wants Cellphones to Sniff for Bio Agents
By Katie Drummond April 12, 2010 / wired.com
(A: This is for you, actually, you see.)
Your cellphone can already tell you where to find the nearest Starbucks or the most convenient subway station. (A: That means you don’t need you’re brain at all; you may as well get the chip.) But it might soon be smart enough to alert you to a toxic threat during your morning commute or coffee break, thanks to a new plan from the Department of Homeland Security. (A: I love the way they present these little things to the public.)
The last time we heard about cellphones and terrorism, it was an appeal from the NYPD to shut off cell communication during an attack. Now, Homeland Security’s Science and Technology Directorate want to use cellphones to detect the very threats that might be coordinated using wireless chit-chat. Their new program, called Cell-All, would embed inexpensive, chemical-sniffing microchips into cellular telephones. If a dangerous level of air-based toxin is detected, the phone would issue a warning ring (or vibration) to alert the owner (A: and listen to this… listen to this folks. This is for your phones coming up…) and send a message to a centralized military monitoring station. (A: Can you imagine coming out of the dry cleaner and you drape the thing over your arm and then you go and phone someone, and this thing is alerting the military and the next thing you’re carried off or shot by a SWAT team… because they picked up the chemicals off the clothing. A whole bunch of things are going to happen here, you can just tell it. But it won’t stop the schmucks from buying it. Can’t do without it, eh?)
And, since the vast majority of Americans carry cellphones wherever they go, the program would use aggregated reports of toxin detection within a small area. If hundreds of cellphones in one location start flooding the alert system, the military knows they’ve got a serious threat to contend with. (A: That’s a bunch of guys in a little place using matches to light cigarettes… you know, the sulfur off the matches, and ptshhh. Raided. They’ll get machine guns; they’ll be riddled to death before they know it. Did you think that smoking was such a threat to anybody? You soon will.) Detection, transmission and analysis would take around 60 seconds, according to a press release from the Directorate. (A: I love how they… that’s what we’ve got now, we’ve got DIRECTORATES. THE Directorate… OBEY.)
Given that terrorist attacks are usually launched in highly populated areas — subways, malls, office buildings — the idea of crowdsourcing the detection of toxic terror threats makes a lot of sense, and using a built-in cellphone app would give the military the ability to detect threats in every corner of the country. (A: See, they are watching you. They are watching you, they are listening to you, because they can activate them and listen, even when it’s off, and now they can sniff you. [Alan laughing.] Dear, dear, dear. That was in the movie Brazil, by the way. Everything that happens was in that comedy… because those guys knew what was coming up. They knew. They all went to Oxford University and talked to the best brains. They knew what was all planned for the future. They go into the Department of Information Retrieval and this robot comes up with these sniffers. They photograph you from all angles and sniff you.)
“Privacy is as important as technology,” Stephen Dennis said. “After all, for Cell-All to succeed, people must be comfortable enough to turn it on in the first place.” (A: Don’t worry about it son, they’ll do it; they will do it, son.)
That’s good news for privacy zealots and conspiracy theorists, (A: You know, those crazy, wacky people.) but bad news for the program’s potential effectiveness, given that crowdsourced intelligence depends on knowing that there’s a crowd to be sourced in the first place.
The Directorate is already in research-and-development talks with Apple, IG, Qualcomm and Samsung, and anticipate having 40 different cellphone prototypes within a year. (A: And that will be the norm.)
Yep. And you’ll buy your chains. Buy them. I think what it will do, we’ll get used to the cops raiding us all the time – maybe that’s part of the whole idea – and you’ve been using some paint cleaner or something like that, you are using some ammonia to get some gum or goo off something, whatever it happens to be, and IN they come and it becomes a common occurrence. They’ll have a nickname term for it, when you see your neighbors getting raided and they’ll say it was a mal-raid or something like that… and we’ll get used to it.
You’ll never understand the genetically modified crops unless you look at population control and you read the articles put out by the big bioethics committees. I’ve got some here and I’m going to put this up on my site tonight, from their own site in fact, from the bioethics committee.
Eugenics
all.org
They start off with the history of Eugenics, which they ALL completely believe in and the need to cull off different kinds of people. They’ve got different quotes up there from some of their best eugenicists on the need to do so. It’s well worth reading. You’ve got to understand that this is all part of the theory of evolution, as taught through ALL branches of science today as a religion. Therefore, people like Julian Huxley and others are hailed as heroes and they were part of depopulation agendas and abortion organizations and so on, until it becomes common and it’s become common already. Huxley and others talked about the need to really kill down all the useless type eaters, the ones who did not come up to par, their par, their standards. They also talked about the obsolete man who had not evolved up to that level. Apparently the only ones who have evolved are the ones with lots of letters behind their names who sit in committees lording over us. So eventually when they get rid of all of us, I guess they will have no one to lord over. They will have to create clones and boss them around or something. I don’t know. I’m sure something is in the works. But that’s really how they judge superior and inferior types.
Remember, Julian Huxley said we’ve got to stop people thinking just about stopping life – that was abortion and sterilization which he was all for, like Paul Ehrlich and Mr John Holdren, who is the science czar for the United States. They also talked about the need to start thinking about increasing the death rate… of living people. Increasing the death rate. Well, we are seeing it NOW. Everybody is dying with cancer; it’s now called normal in medical schools, as they churn them out with the new normal. That’s all because of your inoculations and your food, both of which were mentioned by Julian Huxley and Bertrand Russell and many others actually, and again, Paul Ehrlich and Holdren.
This is from the Mail Online.
Fears grow as study shows genetically modified crops
‘can cause liver and kidney damage’
By David Derbyshire / dailymail.co.uk / 21st January 2010
(A: This is another one that’s out. From the very beginning they were killing people. They even killed all the test animals too. What can you do? It was a MANDATED thing BY the governments, held in secret agreements by governments and Monsanto and others. Canada was the test guinea pig for the human variety for 10 years before somebody in Britain blew the whistle that that was so. Then the government came out for damage control.)
Fresh fears were raised over GM crops yesterday after a study showed they can cause liver and kidney damage.
According to the research, animals fed on three strains of genetically modified maize created by the U.S. biotech firm Monsanto suffered signs of organ damage after just three months. (A: 3 months….)
The findings only came to light after Monsanto was forced to publish its raw data on safety tests by anti-GM campaigners.
They add to the evidence that GM crops may damage health as well as be harmful to the environment.
The figures released by Monsanto were examined by French researcher Dr Gilles-Eric Seralini, from the University of Caen.
Yesterday he called for more studies to check for long-term organ damage.
‘What we’ve shown is clearly not proof of toxicity, (A: I’d say it’s a good bit of proof.) but signs of toxicity,’ he told New Scientist magazine. ‘I’m sure there’s no acute toxicity but who’s to say there are no chronic effects?’ (A: … long term effects.)
The experiments were carried out by Monsanto researchers on three strains of GM maize. Two of the varieties contained genes for the Bt protein which protects the plant against the corn borer pest, while a third was genetically modified to be resistant to the weedkiller glyphosate. All three strains are widely grown in America, while one is the only GM crop grown in Europe, mostly in Spain.
Monsanto only released the raw data after a legal challenge from Greenpeace, the Swedish Board of Agriculture and French anti- GM campaigners.
Dr Seralini concluded that rats which ate the GM maize had ‘ statistically significant’ signs of liver and kidney damage. Each strain was linked to unusual concentrations of hormones in the blood and urine of rats fed the maize for three months, compared to rats given a non-GM diet.
The higher hormone levels suggest that animals’ livers and kidneys are not working properly.
Female rats fed one of the strains also had higher blood sugar levels and raised levels of fatty substances caused triglycerides, Dr Seralini reported in the International Journal of Microbiology.
The analysis concluded: ‘These substances have never before been an integral part of the human or animal diet (A: Never been there before…) and therefore their health consequences for those who consume them, especially over long time periods are currently unknown.’
Monsanto claimed the analysis of its data was ‘based on faulty analytical methods and reasoning, and does not call into question the safety findings for these products’.
Mandated by our governments though. Doesn’t that make you wonder? I’ve read the articles here before where one of the main bases for Monsanto in the States, they got in a catering company for all their staff and they were mandated NOT to bring in any GM food and feed it to the staff; it was NON-GM only. They won’t eat the stuff themselves because they KNOW what it does. I read that on the air too. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I’ll also put up the American Bioethics Advisory Commission link for their web site at the end of the show. Go into the audio section and you’ll find these different links from the particular shows. It goes through a good part of the history of eugenics and up to its present force. It also is quite good; it goes into the fact that it was the eugenicists who failed so miserably after Adolf Hitler gave them a bad name, that they eventually went in to creating the environmental movement as a big push for depopulation and that’s what drives the global warming nonsense and that man is the destroyer of the planet, as the Club of Rome keeps prattling on about.
We’ll go to Joe in California. Are you there Joe?
Joe: Hi Alan. It’s great to talk to you. I want to refer to that typed letter to Mazzini of August the 15th 1871. In it he says at the end there that “the people will receive the true light through the universal manifestation of the pure doctrine of Lucifer.” Can you give me a hint of what exactly does that mean, the pure doctrine of Lucifer?
Alan: The pure doctrine of Lucifer is an ordered society basically, where everyone does exactly as they are told, or you have hell to pay, so to speak. [Alan laughing.]
Joe: Is he referring to some supernatural force or…
Alan: Some of them in the higher Masonic lodges do claim that in a particular degree they bring in this power and what they used to refer to, is you bring in, just like Christians bring in the Holy Ghost, they bring in the power or the spirit of Lucifer. That was common in the 1800s, with it and it still is in some of them, of the higher Masonic sects today; it depends which one you go into.
Joe: I think one time you mentioned on an interview with a Dr Stan Monteith that you actually witness, or believed you witnessed, I don’t know exactly how you put it.
Alan: I knew Masons, different Masons who didn’t know each other, from different parts of the country, who had both told me, or three of them told me the same story of a particular degree of a higher lodge which each one had attended in their own area, where they saw this happen to a higher candidate that they brought up onto a little platform stage, with two ushers of course – they’ve always got 2 – and this light appeared – it could be gimmickry, who knows. But they did swear that their eyes did turn red when this, triangular light, like a pyramid surrounding them, shone through. They couldn’t see the bodies anymore, just the red eyes. It’s a very good show, mind you, and it could be showmanship but who knows. That might also be to convince all the other members that it’s real, because they have used a lot of skullduggery in the past and magic tricks and all the rest of it. However, if you are a candidate and you believe that’s happened, you certainly will behave differently after it’s over. You will believe that you have this seething power, as they call it, of Lucifer.
Joe: Okay. That’s interesting. Sometimes you refer to people who are fools, or whatever, you usually use the Yiddish word schmucks. Actually, the word should be putzes, Alan.
Alan: I like schmuck, actually. A putz is a bit of a kind of silly person.
Joe: A putz is a fool.
Alan: But a schmuck is more widely known because of the movies, the schmuck, you know. A schmuck is a bit different too. A schmuck is someone who’s actually… it’s like a person waiting for an accident to happen; you can’t mistake these kind of people; where a putz, in a sense, is just a bit simple.
Joe: One last thing. Are you familiar with Viktor Frankl’s, Man’s Search for Meaning?
Alan: I’ve read some parts of it, but I’ll have to go onto the next caller. There is Bob from California as well. Are you there Bob?
Bob: Hi. Honor to talk to you sir. I just want to give you a heads up on the geoengineering you were talking about the other day. Tonight on NPR at 7 pm they have a big geoengineering talk and I’m sure they are going to use a lot of big words and soothing voices to get their point across but I didn’t know if you wanted to check that out or not. You were talking about, you gave a couple of links the other day to the underwriters of those studies. I think you posted them 2 days ago. Those are the very underwriters that underwrite The News Hour with Jim Lehrer. I thought it was an interesting coincidence that…
Alan: That’s right. All coincidences, yeah.
Bob: Yeah. I know.
Alan: What I love too, was at that recent meeting that was in LA where all the geoengineers were in there talking about the possibility of doing this and all the negative connotations and when you went through the list of the scientists, they all worked for the Pentagon and war departments on this VERY topic for the last 30-40 years. I mean, they made their living on working on this stuff. So they are DOING it. They know darn well, and we know they are doing it. They’ve got all the data there, on how it affects us too.
Bob: And they will deny that it’s still going on even after they talked about it tonight. You won’t get anyone to be able to admit to it. The other thing, you were talking about the police state and the cameras everywhere, and they have cameras going up all over the city here, on EVERY intersection, and they’re not those ticket cameras, they’re just observe and report cameras. I wanted to let you know about that too. They seem to be going everywhere, just keeping an eye on everyone.
Alan: Do you know they even have them INSIDE the public washrooms all throughout Britain now? In southern England?
Bob: Really?
Alan: Yeah. You can’t even…
Bob: Sure, why not? Whatever works… [laughing]
Alan: I guess folk are used to it. There is no privacy; who needs it, you know, and that’s it. They are training them and they accept it.
Bob: It’s an honor Alan and keep doing what you are doing sir.
Alan: I will do. That’s the music coming in and I might get Jeff from Massachusetts the next time. So from Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
April 16th, 2010
Alan Watt in Interview
with Helen Skopis on Athens International Radio 104.4 FM
discussing Greek financial crisis and IMF
Helen: People in Greece and in other countries of the world are feeling uneasy about what’s going on, especially with this global financial crisis. What do you read into it?
Alan: I personally think it’s simply the next stage that was planned by those that set up and planned the Economic Union in the first place, because, if you go into the writings of John Maynard Keynes, who set up the structure for this kind of economy that we’re in today, where it’s basically debt, a debt-based economy, with nothing to back up money in itself, except more and more loans and selling off the loans for interest etc, he said that the next phase would be a structured world system, a global system, and that’s where the IMF came into it. The IMF was eventually to come into its second phase, where it became the distributor of debt for initially the regions, which is now the European Union, the first part of it, and then through the whole world itself. This last financial crash we’ve had altogether, seems to be tied right into this whole elevation of the IMF into what it was originally set up to be in the first place, and unfortunately they’ve picked Greece as to be the example to the rest of the world. They’re saying we can’t go on like this, we need a global structure to distribute debt through the World Bank, and that countries are simply inept at handling their own finances anymore. This is the start of this, and they’ve picked Greece as the example.
Helen: What are they trying to accomplish, ultimately?
Alan: To take away a form of sovereignty over your own distribution of money, your own governmental management of money, and the IMF and World Bank will permanently, eventually permanently be in charge of distributing the wealth of the world to different regions as they call the nations. Now you’re part of a region. And to them, it’s more efficient. It’s more power for their world system. It’s a global system. And they’re telling us already, we can’t go on in this way, where countries are borrowing money, and spending money, and not taking care of the bookkeeping properly. The world bankers, remember, there’s only a few world bankers, banking families that comprise the World Bank. These are the same banking families that lend to each nation at present, individually. If they can do it through a world banking system, that takes care of their problem. Less work for them. And every country will be forced eventually to sign on to this new system. They’re also talking about bringing in of course, a new global currency, altogether, and that’s also part of the structured system they’re talking about. But as I say, you have to go into the writings in the 1940s and 1950s of the big players who set up the International Monetary Fund, and personally, this whole crash was planned, as far as I’m concerned. They keep saying that Greece cooked the books to get into the Economic Union. Now there’s not a country in Europe that didn’t cook the books. In fact, the general public don’t even know what the books contain. So that’s nonsense in itself. This is a move as I say, to push forward by using an example, or creating an example, that we can’t go on this way anymore, and nations cannot be responsible for the kinds of money that they’re borrowing and spending on their own people.
Helen: What period of past history does today’s situation remind you of?
Alan: Oh, they’ve done this before. We’ve had crashes, many crashes before from the 1800s right through into the 1920s and 1930s. We were pulled out of it the last time simply by WWII. And a brief period of production, because of the factories produced during WWII, now they’ve been taken away, because they’ve decided to put most of them in China; we’re on a service based economy. What’s interesting about Greece too, is Greece is one of the biggest service-based economies, where nothing, very little is really produced internally. It’s mainly imported and then distributed through different middlemen around the people, it’s a service-based economy. However, we also know that at world meetings, with the World Bank, and the IMF, the big players have written themselves, about the need to bring in a Global System, and that countries really are obsolete. Countries are obsolete. Nations are obsolete. The old-fashioned way of dealing with your own country locally, is obsolete, and they want a centralized power to deal with all resources. That includes all the resources you have for instance in your country, and all the spin-offs from those particular resources. And we also have infighting going on. I don’t know if it’s really infighting, it’s really clubs. The European Union is formed by internal clubs above those which most people see in the Union itself. And very wealthy clubs. There’s a big play on, at the moment, for Dutch and German companies to take over even the tanker industry, the world tanker industry for carrying goods across the oceans. Greece is a big, still a big player in that, that has sort of sovereignty over its own affairs there. I think they’re going for this kind of thing. This might even be part of the deal that they’ll come to with Greece, to give up the rights to your natural resources to a great extent. Maybe completely even, and also to your abilities to keep the big tanker industries going. I know Maersk really wants to rule the seas, and the big banks in Germany are backing them to take over.
Helen: Are you optimistic about the future of humanity? Do you think that people will resist this?
Alan: I think that oh, definitely there will be, as we see already, they’ve expected trouble. NATO and the defence industries and the Department of Defence for Britain and NATO, and the US Defense Department, all these countries have issued, not just statements but 90-page reports on the coming riots, which they expect to happen. They published them before the crash, by the way, so they knew it was coming. And they simply say it’s something we must go through to restructure this world into a more manageable expertly-run system, where people have no longer the privacy of doing their own bookkeeping in their own sovereign countries. That’s obsolete now apparently. And during this period of austerity, as they’re calling it, what it’s really about is teaching we’re a non-consumer society anymore, and at the same time, they’re teaching us that the services that we provide through our own taxations, no longer go back on the people. Not much really did in most countries go back to the people. What they’re really doing is taking away even the right to that. And most of the money will go for debt collection, and share, and what they call sharing the wealth of the world, which is a misnomer in itself.
Helen: Now your view is, they’re teaching us, and they’re teaching us quite a few times. What should we be teaching ourselves or our children?
Alan: What we should be teaching them is even the more recent histories of the set up of the World Bank. There’s lots of writings put out there by those involved, as I say, John Maynard Keynes said that Bretton Woods Agreement, we went off gold standards, nothing to back the money, just borrow and sell off the debt, he said, this is Part I. He said, we in our lifetime will not see the Part II come in, he says, but that’s our goal, this sort of Golden Age, where the elite would get the right to rule the world through experts, rather than leave it to countries in sovereign nations themselves. And it would also as I say, be a redistribution of wealth. Austerity, they’re going to take us off the consumer type systems. And also take us down as far, as I say, getting something back from all the taxes that you pay into the system. It’s to be a brand-new scientifically-designed society and post-democratic by the way, that’s the term they used. Post-democratic, that term has been floated again, over and over by the Club of Rome, that is the premier advisor, as a think-tank for the United Nations, and the World Bank, and the IMF. They said, we’re now in a post-democratic system. So really, you’re in a system which is run by experts, as they call themselves, and we can’t go on living the way we used to live. They want regional and global structures set up. The European Union itself is only one part of the global structure. The NAFTA agreement and the integration of the Americas is a second one, and they also have been working since 1920 on the setting up of the Pacific Rim, the APAC countries. And that’s what they’ve done already. China is to be the main country ruling over Australia, New Zealand, etc, etc. But everyone ultimately is to be under the authority of the United Nations. And through a period of chaos and restructuring, that’s what they hope to eventually bring out of it. Their main problem right now is to manage the public perceptions, as we go through the vast changes which are planned.
Helen: Do you mind if I ask you a personal question?
Alan: Yeah. Yes.
Helen: You have come across as a person who finds what is considered as normal or acceptable by most as limiting. What have you been seeking?
Alan: What happens really, is when you break out of the simple stories we’re given in the media, and what I could never figure out, even as a youngster. I could never figure out why the media would give you what was almost side-effects of events that were happening, rather than tell you the reasons behind them. They have brains. They have intellect. They have training. And yet, I could go into libraries as a youngster, and pick up books, from the United Nations, world meetings, global meetings, the Club of Rome and read their own writings, and then, suddenly everything makes sense as to why things are actually happening. At world meetings, they don’t sit down and make wish lists, they literally plan the future, they sign agreements. They then present those agreements as laws to be signed by national countries. Your National countries sign them. We’ve been doing this since 1946, since they signed the treaty at San Francisco for the United Nations, and there’s no debate in any Parliament. This is an astonishing system. We’ve really been post-democratic for a long time, and they’ve kept the illusion of democracy going in order to keep the people calm and working along quietly. And as I say, we experience the side effects of things and say, oh my, I guess we’ve got to accept this, and we’ve got to accept that. What can we do? But we’re not told the real, long-term agenda, as we actually live through it.
Helen: I think people are feeling helpless.
Alan: That’s the intention of it, it’s to create an apathy. And they actually wrote about this, certain people that advocated this scientific system, and attended the world meetings, like Lord Bertrand Russell, and Julian Huxley, who worked at UNESCO, to bring in a world standardized educational system. And a common reality in other words. Julian Huxley said that we’ve got to create a form of apathy amongst the public. When the public are apathetic and feel helpless, they turn to those who have already the trained answers, basically they’re trained to put the answers across to the public. And guide us along this path. They’re actually guiding us, along a path to global governance, post-democratic as they say.
Helen: Do you think that the internet is helping in spreading the word, spreading this information that you’re sharing with us now?
Alan: It is, and it isn’t. Because, remember, the internet came out of the military-industrial complex. They were using this during the Cold War, and writers like Zbigniew Brzezinski foretold that it would come. He didn’t mention the internet per se. He mentioned a system of communication which would have many purposes, but one of them was to collect data on every individual, because in a complete society where those who rule are in safety, everyone must be very predictable. And they also talked about the coming information wars, before we were given access to the internet. So, they set up their cyber teams in advance, with fantastic funding, thousands of them, to attract people in, especially the youngsters that was their target group. They were the ones who would grow up in this new changing or changed system, and accept it. And you can’t compete with these big sites that mix a lot of different formulas together and aspects of life together, and guide them into a greening agenda, austerity again, mankind is simply not responsible, we’re destroyers, we’ve got to leave it to experts. There’s thousands of sites out there funded, again, through the big agencies that work for the government, and they do it full-time. So it’s very difficult to find out what’s truth and what is not. What I rely upon myself, are the big official, what are called foundational, non-governmental organizations. They’re registered as charities. Some of them, like the Rockefeller, has divisions within this charity of thirty-odd trillion dollars to dispense, forming and guiding their own armies of NGOs, along this path we’re on now. And they’re all shouting austerity, austerity, cut-backs, non-consumer society, and expert guidance. That’s their goal. And there’s a thousand main ones of them, running our lives right now.
Helen: I’d like to thank you so much for joining us.
Alan: Thanks for having me on, and I wish us all good luck, because we’re all going to need it.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on April 16th 2010. For the newcomers out there, I always suggest at the beginning of the show that you should go into website web site. You’ll find hundreds of audio talks I’ve given over the years which you can download for free. While you are there, you can also look into the articles that I have for sale, the books, CDs and DVDs. Buy those and that might just help me take over a little bit longer, or you can donate to me. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] Some people do send cash and that gets through without a problem too. For those that get the disks burned and passed to them, you can always write to me at [address above].
You have to really help me out because you are the listeners who bring me to you. I’m not pushed forward by companies, corporations, or guys selling anything. That’s how hosts make their money. This way I’ve got a free hand in what I can talk about, I don’t feel kind of compromised or kind of shy off of certain topics. So it’s up to you to keep me going and that’s the only way that I trickle through. This is not a one hour per night talk I give here. I do an awful lot more during the day. It’s not just preparation for this; I don’t prepare for this at all. I’ve got too many other things to do with keeping the satellites going and the whole thing and keeping the computers working, getting back to emails and all that kind of stuff, and running up and down to the post office. So that takes my day away and I don’t finish until about 2 in the morning sometimes and sometimes longer depending on the XplorNet speed that I get for satellite upload, which is sometimes down to twice dial-up basically even though I’m paying for high speed. The ads you hear on this show are paid by the advertisers straight to RBN. I have nothing to do with it. That pays for the air time and the broadcast. It pays for their equipment, staff, and their bills so YOU have to keep ME going IF you like this kind of format and you feel you are getting something out of it.
I try not to go into the stories where we are meant to just simply react, like look at what they are doing to us now. That’s that common stuff. That’s what the mainstream media does. That’s what they do; they never give you suggestions and show you what’s behind it and what’s coming down the pike next. They just give you what’s happening now and how indignant you should be… oh, my goodness, look at what they have done to us and that gets us nowhere. This is just paddling in the water, paddling in the water and you are going against the stream, you are getting no further forward. I try to show you what’s behind all of this and to show you the real system in which you live. That’s really what it’s about. Showing you the true system under which you live and, believe you me, it’s not democracy; it’s not republicanism as you know it. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, explaining that the world works completely differently from the way you’ve been indoctrinated to think it works. In fact most folk are very vague on how they think it works. The closest they can get to it is that politicians somehow steer this unwieldy ship on some zigzag course to some vague destination and that’s about all they really know about it. That’s the majority of the general public. They’ve been TRAINED to leave everything to experts. It’s odd too, that they actually see politicians as being experts because when you look at the backgrounds of politicians and what they were involved in, you are as well as getting your local plumber or electrician and putting them as head of this or head of that in the government because they’d know as much about it as the rest of the politicians. That’s no kidding. That is no kidding.
It’s the BUREAUCRATS who know what’s going on. They are there for life. They have their special departments. They know the mandates under the United Nations programs. They have their bosses who are often members of the Council on Foreign Relations. Top bosses for bureaucracies are often Rhodes Scholars themselves. They know it’s a world agenda and they know its called conology… and they are quite happy to hand little scripts to the members of Parliament or the Congress to read to the press because these politicians haven’t got a clue. If you get someone who really, as I’ve seen here in Canada and in Britain, a politician who is one week they are Minister of the Environment, the next month or so they are the Minister of Corrections and Prisons and stuff like that, they are obviously are no different than the average person. They are not running the country, in other words. They are there to take the heat and to make the acquaintances, because afterwards they become lobbyists. They all know each other and they get direct access into getting the government grants for big corporations.
Big corporations live on corporate welfare, funded by the taxpayer. They get the governments to buy on to big pharma and to make sure that the governments will guarantee 5 or 10 years of purchasing of a particular vaccine; stuff like that. Big bucks. That’s where the big money is. Politicians really are more of a low-level psychopath, not the brightest generally and that’s why even the ones who become Presidents and Prime Ministers need all these people around them, handlers – they call them advisors but they are actually handlers – to make sure that they don’t go and get too psychopathic and blurt things out that don’t go down too well with the public, although they have to be pretty bad for the public to catch on. That’s no kidding, but that’s how the world really works.
Democracy as we know it is a sham. Remember that government is an IDEA… something that you take for granted, mainly through the conditioning of FEAR. That’s how it really works. You think government is some kind of natural being and yet it’s an abstract idea. Technically, the public have to agree to it for it even to exist. I mean, if everyone said NO to everything, what are they going to do? …lock the whole nation up in prison? You see, it’s an impossibility. Even if they turned out all their troops on the general public for some reason or other, and all their police, what are they going to do? …just kill the whole population off around them? It’s impossible.
Really what you have is a symbiosis of psychopaths at the top and what’s called the MASSES down below them. Lots of people amongst the masses kind of like socialism. Socialism is where your world is planned for you. Your LIFE is planned for you. You pay most of what you earn into taxes and you get something back if you ever get sick or whatever happens down the road; that’s a kind of insurance policy. A lot of people like that; they like the feeling that there are superior people that are going to look after them if they ever need it, you see. Lots of people don’t like making decisions in their own lives in fact. They don’t like taking chances or risks. Unfortunately, since the industrial West went through the industrial period, they become more SOCIALIZED. When I was young, people of the previous generation had often worked in the same factories or mines for their whole lives. They really thought they were onto a good thing, no matter what kind of awful work they were doing, because it was guaranteed work. They’d work through 20, 30 years towards a pension. That’s all they talked about were their pensions: When I get old enough I’ll get the pension. Most of them actually croaked around the time they were eligible for their pensions but it didn’t matter. That conditions you towards being managed, that lifetime of work like that.
That’s all gone now and of course in the 70s, even before that, they started to put out conditioning to the public, oh down the road shortly you’ll need 2 or 3 jobs to keep going, because they had it planned that they were going to amalgamate Europe. They were training thousands and thousands of Chinese, in the Western countries and universities, for the factories – that they never had at the time – because they planned to give them factories through the GATT Treaty. All your politicians signed your work away from you, over to China. There are no referendums about that. None of the public were asked what they thought about it. In fact they weren’t even told about it. They were just told there was something called GATT and it was something to do with economics. So what they were left with is a service economy. Most people will truly accept anything.
Getting back to the symbiosis… You’ve got the psychopaths at the top who love to live very high on the hog, as they say, off of the taxpayer. They like to be cow-towed to, and bowed to, and dine very well, and have nice titles given to them. Some countries call them ‘honorables’ and ‘your lordship’ and stuff like that, you know, something… a relic from ancient times. But they love that kind of stuff. They like to get knighted by the Queen. Even the American ones like to go over and get knighted by the Queen. I think Bush Sr did, and Kissinger, and even one of the Mayors of New York went over too and got his little knighthood. They like that kind of stuff… because they are servile psychopaths. They really do worship power. Psychopaths CRAVE power. They literally treat like Gods those that have power above them and they HATE those as inferiors, those who have lesser power, beneath them. That’s the history of psychopathy basically.
However, those who think, and those who can think for themselves and figure things out, and who don’t want power over other people, and at the same time they don’t like what’s happening in the world, they don’t like being forced to go along with the crowd you might say, you’ve got to understand that the masses are just as much of a problem as the elite. The masses are used for something which they call democracy. Democracy is not majority rule. Don’t believe that con. The masses are guaranteed to vote the way they are TOLD to by those in charge, the elite. Then you are forced to go along with them. What’s your problem, sir, everyone else goes along with this, what’s your problem? That’s what you are told if you are a thinker and you can actually verbalize what’s actually, really happening, and you have the data that can come out of your mouth. So you don’t really fit in to either system of the elite. You don’t want to be a psychopath, you don’t want to join their clubs, you don’t want to rule over people, and you are not sadistic enough to enjoy pain from others. You don’t want to be one of the general public either, who walk around munching their chips – getting awful fat from eating this GMO stuff – and just staring at TV and talking about the trivia that’s fed into them. They are GONE.
That was also shown in the Matrix movie, where they go into the practice matrix where Morpheus takes Neo in. He says to him, you know, all these people that are around you are ordinary people but they are your enemy as much as the bad guys, Smith and those guys, because until they wake up they are a danger to you. In other words, the elite COUNT ON those people who are PERFECTLY conditioned to snipe on other people, to tell tales on their neighbors and stuff. There is a lot of that going on now and it’s being encouraged by those at the top, because they can always count on the masses.
You also find too, when you go into totalitarian systems as we are now, we are well into it in fact, and across the world. It’s more blatant in other countries like the UK than it is SO FAR in the US, although they are catching up in the US. You’ll find that petty jealousies even, with neighbors and stuff, are enough to get you turned in. They will make something up and in come the storm troopers. That’s OLD stuff because it’s happened in every totalitarian system down through history. Once again, the masses are counted on by those who are in charge. I’m not talking about the politicians. I’m talking about those, like the social scientists, the banks and banks and banks of them that are employed by governments to ensure the indoctrination process via education, via marketing, via everything you see on television, gets through to them. They are perfectly conditioned, the masses, and you really cannot trust them for anything. For those who have truly studied what’s been going on, their whole lives, you know you don’t fit in. You can’t talk to ordinary people. It’s almost like listening to rap music; you get the same headache when you are listening to a bunch of people talking about the trivia that’s fed into them or saying what a wonderful day it is when if you just look up, there is about 50 chemtrails above their heads. They are completely OBLIVIOUS of any kind of reality, outside of their TOTAL CONDITIONING, their perfect conditioning. So therefore, they are gone. They are gone.
I still get people who email me and ask me when the big one is coming down. I’ve been saying for years, what are you talking about, you’re living through IT; you are always living through it. Each part is introduced of the big world system, the totalitarian system; it’s all part of the big whole. But they are still expecting some kind of Armageddon to come. They haven’t really noticed what’s been going on, not really. What you have to do is use simple math. Add up everything, every major thing that’s happened in your lifetime and especially since 2001, where it really became evident to most people, and it equals what? What does it come out with? Do you have to guess about it? I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. People also get confused with socialism, communism, Nazism, and in reality they all have the same characteristics. In fact, the Western countries which at that time in the 30s were called Fascist technically; it was a combination then of big corporations and government combined. They helped to fund, long before that, the set-up of communism. Literally, the banks funded the rise of communism, well documented. Anthony Sutton and others have written about this. It has never been denied either.
The system they want to bring in, and the bankers especially want to bring in, is a system where there can never be any questions about what they are doing; never an inquiry or anything like that. They like a system where they rule at the top. Every country, the Prime Minster or every President goes to their federal bank or the international banker, cap in hand, and borrows cash. It’s supposed to be all this big complicated thing and there is nothing so simple as money. There is nothing so simple, but it’s wrapped up in a pseudo-science and whenever you have a pseudo-science you know you are being conned. If the average person can’t understand a simple mathematical equation, then there is a con going on.
What they do is like any other science, they create a lot of terminology that only they themselves really understand – that’s a prerequisite for any kind of science because you don’t want the layperson understanding what you are saying. It’s the same in medicine or any other field too. They try to do the same thing with economics and banking and all the rest of it. But a rip-off is a rip-off and gangsters are gangsters. It’s a simple as that. Then when countries literally are at the mercy of these characters and they have us all apparently and our pension money and all the other moneys that we put into government, running in a big giant world casino… We are actually told this and we believe it – with a straight face, we believe this – that all that cash is going in some never-never land, some virtual reality, on a big roulette wheel, because all these guys have sold off the debt of the country to certain people and it’s all just whirling around there, getting bought and sold, bought and sold, and sometimes is just goes down and crashes. That was it. It was game over and then we are all kicked out of the casino and they take your drinks off you and all that stuff and kick you out the door. That’s literally the rubbish we are told as far as economics goes and how the world system is this RESPECTABLE system we live in of bankers.
Bankers have been crooks since the beginning of time. Money is a con game to begin with. At one time there was no money, we keep forgetting that. There was no money and people lived in small tribes. Most folk were nomadic at one time. They were always on the move. Sometimes they had semi-permanent settlements, little villages where women or pregnant women would stay and the elderly would stay. They would take their animals off in some tour, winter and summer, the different pastures, and back again. They traded for what they wanted to through barter. Anyone who tried to conquer them, they just fought back. They didn’t have to go to a law court to see if they should go and kill them; they just did it. If someone were to steal your land or your cattle, you killed them. That was the law of nature. They often elected chiefs for temporary periods and if a chief got too high and mighty and decided he wanted the job for a lot longer and he wanted to have extra service and live better than the rest of them, he couldn’t call an army out because he didn’t have an army. Therefore, the tribal people would just gang up and kill him. They got rid of him. So psychopaths were spotted pretty early on and bumped off and that was the end of the gene pool. That’s how it really, really worked in the ancient world.
However, once they got into money a different thing happened because THEN the head honcho, especially when they trained everyone that you really need this stuff… That was the biggest trick of all, was getting the people to ACCEPT and USE money. Some countries fought for centuries before they would use money. The ones that fought them were the ones who were already forced into using it. Armies were recruited; you need money to recruit armies and guys will go off and kill and get paid for it. Before that you couldn’t get that done; therefore, they would use those armies, of conquered countries, to go off and conquer the next country and force money upon them. It’s a TRICK to get back your labor from you through taxation. Eventually, people thought they couldn’t do without money. In Scotland in the 1500s and 1600s in the highlands, they still often traded nails in lieu of money because nails were practical things, you could use them.
Money itself is the con. Plato talked about this because Plato knew that the elite lived on this big con trick. The international banking societies were already on the go back in Plato’s day. Aristotle in fact, was married to an international banker’s daughter; a guy who lived in the Middle East and funded wars and things. Plato said, it’s far better for us elite – WE elite, you see – to have the public think we are servants and eventually we won’t have to buy our own homes and castles and live very, very well, and at the moment we do, he says, we have to pay for the things that are broken and LOST; we have upkeep, all that kind of stuff, we have to pay for everything. It’s far better to get the public to pay for it all; we will be the ones who guide them. they will be taught that they need us and therefore they will pay to buy the castles and maintain them and replace broken stuff or worn-out stuff and look after the horses and it will all come from a public purse. That’s what the New World Order is actually based on, this particular concept where everyone will SERVE the world state; but those who live in the big castles will be served awfully better than anyone else. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking briefly about money. It’s such a deep, deep, very ancient history it’s got. You can’t go over this in a few minutes basically. Money is the greatest con trick ever devised. That’s why Rothschild said, give me charge of the nation’s money and I care not who rules the nation. He knew from long experience and the history from his fathers, and fathers before them, that who ever runs the money of the system, runs the system, runs the entire system and everything underneath it. Every Prime Minister goes cap in hand every year to the borrowing house to borrow cash and he puts down the public, the general population, as the collateral. They guarantee that YOU will work off that through taxation. That’s how it all works. It’s very, very simple.
It’s really a form of slavery and it’s accepted as normal now because we’ve all been trained into it. People will actually turn in another people if it comes down to starvation and stuff like that through the lack of cash. They will feud between each other for money, money, money. What you also find too, is when they are altering their system into another new part of the New World Order, New World Order part 10 or 11 or whatever we are into today, they become totalitarian and they hire more of the general public and dress them up in nasty-looking outfits and make them very aggressive to control the rest of the populace, to keep them in check as they go into the NEW part of a more perfected con system. It’s interesting when they had the riots in New York back in the 1800s, during the Civil War. The mayor at Tammany Hall said, we can always hire half of the poor to kill off the other half because they had always done that. That’s how it’s always been.
It’s ALWAYS been this way… because the people believe that money is true wealth. They’ve lost their connection to any other way of existing; can’t imagine any other way of existing. It terrifies folk to be poor. We are taught to be terrified of poverty, financial poverty. No one will want to know you. If you get sick you can’t pay for anything; you are doomed and you know darn well that you are at the bottom of the heap. Even if you have a health care system, you are on the D list, the do not resuscitate. You have no value to their social system.
In the Middle Ages too, it was very, very common for intellectual mercenaries to hire themselves to Kings, who were often not terribly bright – they were psychopathic but not terribly bright – and these intellectual psychopaths who hired themselves out, like the Machiavelli’s, had been trained in arcane schools on how to manage populations, really how to manage their PERCEPTIONS of things. They knew every cunning way to manage the general public. Today they are called advisors and public relations; prior to that they were called propagandists.
The whole trick of money is nothing but a trick and anyone who thinks you can plead with these guys to change into being GOOD, be good, could you not just be good and bring us in a good system, an honest system of money, I don’t know where you are. You are on a different planet because these guys have been RUTHLESS all down through history. Power has never voluntarily given itself up, EVER. It doesn’t happen folks… especially among psychopaths. They aren’t going to lower THEIR way of living… to share it with anyone. It’s YOU who is supposed to share what they call YOUR wealth with the rest of the world with the New World Order, this kind of pseudo-Marxist scheme they’ve got. But THEY are not going to share THEIR wealth or bring down THEIR standard of living. No. They are not going to go out on bicycles because you are not allowed to drive. No. They’ll be going around in their little leer jets all over the planet, to their little parties where they chit chat amongst each other and talk about the incredible rip-offs they’ve pulled over the public, little polite tee-hee-hee’s and stuff like that. The British ones go guffaw, guffaw. That’s what they do.
Basically you are looking at conology via psychopaths who understand perfectly well the public stand and scratch their head when they think about money. And if you ask them about any other way of doing it, well, we don’t know. And they are PETRIFIED of any kind of change in it, in case there’s a temporary lapse and they have to literally survive in other ways, or actually really get along with each other during the temporary crisis while you bring out a new structure. That’s why they will keep the evil structure in place. You can count on the masses.
Here is a typical article. This is from Bloomberg.com.
Fed (Alan: The Federal Reserve.) Shouldn’t Reveal Crisis Loans,
Banks Vow to Tell High Court
By Bob Ivry / bloomberg.com
So here are the bankers telling the high court that they shouldn’t reveal their crisis loans or where it went and how it was spent and all the rest of it. There is THEIR democracy, different strokes for different folks, eh, different laws. Nothing will happen out of it; nothing really worth talking about; certainly never any truth. They put a bunch of commissioners up there who will sit and nod their head and come to some kind of conclusion and find, well, there is no real wrongdoing, it was just some mismanagement and chat, chat, chat. Because they are all on the payroll of the same system, being handsomely rewarded.
Here’s an article from Raw Story, on the same thing. This is boring to me because I’ve read stacks and stacks of books going back over a few hundred years on the SAME cons, knowing they will never change because they rule. The US Charges Goldman Sachs with Fraud… [Title changed] that’s meant to get us all upset. I don’t get upset when I read these things and say my God, look at what they’ve done to us. I don’t bother with that. It’s common to me. It’s just the never-ending story.
Update: SEC says Goldman defrauded investors of $1 billion
By John Byrne / rawstory.com / Friday, April 16th, 2010
Securities and Exchange Commission has charged investment banking titan Goldman Sachs with civil fraud over a pre-packaged mortgage instrument they say was designed to fail. (A: Now, here is a great con they are explaining here. It’s in the different papers, the New York Times, the Washington Post and all that but they go into more detail here. This was a con that these guys, these psychopaths, the intellectual ones, had figured out how to make money… You’d never dream this up. You cannot get into their mindset, how they dream up these stings, or these falls, and profit from them. They PROFIT when they sink countries.)
Goldman Sachs created the derivative — called Abacus 2007-AC1 — in response to a request from a hedge fund manager who predicted that the housing market would collapse and wanted to bet against it. (A: They make money on bets against misfortunes, you see.) The trader, John Paulson, later earned $3.7 billion for his wager. (A: Not bad, eh, for a bet… especially when you know you rigged it to happen.) Goldman’s practices cost investors $1 billion, according to the filing.
According to the New York Times, which first revealed details of the Abacus case, the instrument was among 25 Goldman created so that clients could bet against the housing market:
As the Abacus deals plunged in value, Goldman and certain hedge funds made money on their negative bets, (A: So they set them up knowing they would fail… put bets on them knowing they’d fail because they’d make them fail, and they came out the winners. All the investors lost. This is STANDARD procedure with these creeps.) while the Goldman clients who bought the $10.9 billion in investments lost billions of dollars. (A: These guys set you up and then pull the rug and then they laugh up their sleeves.)
Goldman let Mr. Paulson select mortgage bonds that he wanted to bet against — the ones he believed were most likely to lose value — and packaged those bonds into Abacus 2007-AC1, according to the S.E.C. complaint. Goldman then sold the Abacus deal to investors like foreign banks, pension funds, insurance companies and other hedge funds.
But the deck was stacked against the Abacus investors, the complaint contends, because the investment was filled with bonds chosen by Mr. Paulson as likely to default. (A: They set it up with companies they knew were going to lose, sold the darn thing off, and watched it go down but they made money off the bet that they actually would go down, including pensions and the whole thing. It’s alright; why should they worry about that?) Goldman told investors in Abacus marketing materials reviewed by The Times that the bonds would be chosen by an independent manager.
Apparently, they weren’t.
Fabrice Tourre, a vice president at Goldman who helped design and market Abacus, was also named in the SEC suit.
84 percent of Abacus’ mortgage bonds would be downgraded within five months of their sale. By the end of 2007, Paulson’s credit hedge fund soared 590 percent, and Goldman’s clients lost billions.
Goldman reportedly targeted specific mortgage bonds at Paulson’s request that Paulson felt were most likely to lose their golden credit ratings, which would trigger a payout for his firm. (A: You can’t understand this con. You have to sit down and figure this out. It’s so easy, actually, but for most folk it will go over their heads. They can’t sit and figure out this con, this con trick.)
Goldman did not immediately comment on the suit. The company’s shares fell more than 10 percent on the news. (A: That won’t matter to them. They are one of the biggest companies on the planet. They can’t lose, these guys; they’ve got every government in their pockets.)
That’s just one common story in the long histories of stories of these CREEPS who have minds which are not linear, like yours. They are brought up, actually, NOT to be linear. They can think around 3 different corners at the same time, as we all should be able to do but it’s been trained out of us through education. But not these guys; they have it. That’s why they can see the opportunity in everything, how to do the deal, almost instinctively. And you have to really sit and try and figure it out. Never mind the moral implications, but remember too, inbred psychopaths at the top, who run this whole industry, and all the helpers they have with the psychopathic politicians down through the years, they have no moral qualms about anything. That’s absent IN the psychopathic personality. Absent.
I watched a documentary recently where a stock trader, a guy who worked on the stock floor, was interviewed and he was asked about what happened, what were his feelings when 9/11 happened. He was on the stock floor on that day and he says the first thing that jumped into his mind when the towers were hit, he says, I’m terribly sorry but it wasn’t the horror, no, it was, he says, that GOLD is going to skyrocket in value. That’s how they see things. Rothschild said the same thing back in the 1800s. They said, when is the best time to make money? When is the best time to make opportunities? He says, when the blood is flowing in the streets. They have NO EMOTIONAL QUALMS. The psychopath doesn’t have emotion, as you know it. They have emotion for what they want in life for themselves to do with their ego but they can’t relate to YOU and your emotion.
It’s like they are the top predators in the world. This system is their system you are living in. You live in a system designed by them, with money which they run. And every other psychopath that doesn’t have the money works their way up and into power because they crave power and they want into the big kitty, where the big cash is, the taxpayers’ cash. So it’s natural in every generation, they always get to the top. Ordinary folk will never get up there… because it’s RUTHLESS on the way up. If you can’t be utterly ruthless you will be destroyed. If you don’t join the gang at the top and say, oh, I see what you are doing with these little cons, it’s kind of unethical but I’ll go along with it. If you can’t compromise with them, they will set you up and get you out. It’s one big club like that. That’s how the world is really run. Really run.
That’s why generation after generation will vote party after party, left-right, left-right. It’s like a tennis match isn’t it, until your head is falling off and nothing changes. And the same world agendas, set up by the Council on Foreign Relations and the United Nations carry forward. It never changes, never falters. And once they’re in power, they always go off in a different direction than the ones they promise you because ordinary folk just need that… promises. Paul Ehrlich said that; one of these guys said that years ago. It’s such a sham now, politics, the creation by PR companies of an IMAGE of a politician, a completely fake image that is projected on to the public and they swallow it. All he has to do is give the public promises and that’s good enough. In other words, I feel your pain. As long as he acknowledges the problems in society, you vote him in. Where he goes with it, doesn’t… He will go with it, the way he’s told to go with it because he’s not the boss. He must go along with the predesigned format and the direction… world totalitarian government run by the fascist elite at the top, using a communistic collectivism, with a massive bureaucracy to create the planned society at the bottom. That’s what it really is. That was the dream of Hitler. That was the dream of Lenin. It was the dream of every tyrant down through the ages. And the public go along with it because they are terrified of taking chances.
They are terrified of actually helping each other out in a major crisis, in a transition period, if you could even GET to a new honest system. They are too terrified even to chance what might happen to THEM personally in the process. That’s what the big boys know. They count on that. Guaranteed.
It’s like strikes. It’s what happens with strikes. Most of them will go on strike because they are in a big union now and they’ve got power. But there are always those who will turn and say, well, I don’t know; the wife will kill me and you know. Then the bosses used to appeal to the wives. Presidents and Prime Ministers were appealing to them right through the 20s and the 30s: You know, don’t sleep with your husbands; give them hell when he gets home and get him out to work. They did that in ancient Rome too, where the Caesars would tell them, don’t sleep with your husband. ANCIENT STUFF. They used it on the black slaves in America as well, when they were getting a bit uppity or slow, go slow they would… They couldn’t go on strike so they went slow. OLD STUFF. We are so well understood and so well managed it’s unbelievable. Then they bring in scab laborers, as they say, other guys brought in from other places who were even more hungry than the guys who went on strike. And they turned people against people all the time. And they can do it any time they want, in any society. Outside of strikes even… just turning parts of society against other parts of society. They always got to have chaos going on because they can justify their existence at the top by saying, see, you just can’t get on, you need us in authority, we are the guys who tell you what to do and make you safe. Make you safe… That’s the real world you live in.
You’ve got an elastic money. One day you can buy this with the same dollar, the next day it is this. Elastic. Stretch and shrink, according to some dictates of some guy that’s at the top. Utter conology. The whole world is living in debt. What is debt? Even every holy book tells you it’s called SLAVERY folks. It hasn’t changed in the law books. It is still slavery. When you see intergenerational slavery, that IS slavery according to even the Old Testament. They want your offspring and their offspring and their offspring until that debt is paid. Jefferson himself said that same thing, any generation born into a pre-existing debt, from a previous generation, is therefore defacto a slave generation. I’ll be back with more after this break.
I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, again, injecting some reality into lives that we take for granted, at least in the system that we live in. People keep thinking they can FIX the system through pleading and using law and all that kind of stuff. It’s been tried for so long it’s a joke actually because you are living in a corrupt system that goes under the pretense of being a legal and just system. Remember, anything can be made legal. Chopping folks’ heads off with a guillotine could be made to be legal as well. It depends on who is making the laws. That’s really what it is.
We are taught that there are ultra-respectable people at the top but they are the biggest con men of all. That’s why they are at the top. When you are wealthy and you can use money, you can hire armies, you can hire cops, you can hire thugs, you can train them to be thugs even; there is nothing new in that. It is a science in itself. It’s obedience to authority. They will, for the paycheck again, for the money, this thing called money, they will beat everybody else’s head in. As I say, you can always hire half the poor to kill the other half, an old dictum used down through the ages. People can’t even figure out what money is, except, we’d better go along with everybody that’s telling us, giving us the new orders or we might lose what jobs we have, or we might lose our way of living and we’ll be utterly poor. That’s the big black blackmail that we have hanging over our heads. Everyone has got it. We all live under it. We all live under it, you see.
In ancient times, as I say, when the first money came in, and it took over a century and half, almost 200 years to convince the public to use it even in the ancient world. Once it was in, then they had to create cities, you see, because in a city you make nothing. You don’t grow anything in a city. All you do is you trade stuff and of course, it’s much easier to get them to use money to trade stuff between themselves. They were technically useless. The first ancient cities were set up by those who managed the agricultural slaves around them. Agriculture, in fact, started with slaves, using slaves, when some of the nomadic people decided to settle down. Then to manage them you need administrators and you build towns or little walled cities of administrators and they must use the money system amongst themselves. Then they spread it outwards, outwards and outwards until everyone uses it. It doesn’t matter if it’s porcupine quills, gold, silver, or shrunken heads. It makes no difference what it is, they will tell you this is legal tender – or blips on a computer screen – and it’s always a big con going on at the top.
Remember, a price is an idea as well. Government is an idea. A price is someone’s idea. A profit, how much profit, is someone’s idea. And yet it’s almost in our heads, it seems to be fixed in stone as some kind of natural law, like gravity. We are trained into a fake existence to serve a pre-existing system of conology. And very, very few people ever figure that out. Rothschild himself said the only ones who will figure this out are the ones working in the financial system. They will figure it out that it’s all a scam, living off the backs of everyone else below. But he says they will never give the game away because those people, the economists and accountants, will be making such a good living off of it too. Hence your politicians, your multi-millionaire and billionaire left-wing and your multi-billionaire right-wing, it’s all the same. It’s a show for the public to mask the true rulers of the world.
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on April 19, 2010. Newcomers, as always, I suggest you go into website web site, bookmark all the other sites I have up there for future use in case there are problems with the .com site. You’ll find there hundreds of talks I’ve given over the years where I try to fill in the big picture for those who are really interested to know what’s going on in the world, what’s really going on in the world, and I try to give you the stepping stones to put it together to realize that you are really in a controlled society that’s outside of the fallacy of democracy or the government as it’s presented to you. You are living a script. So go into the site, have a good peruse of the different shows, try to listen to them IN ORDER if you can because you will learn an awful lot. There are not lizard people in here, no aliens; it’s just the facts… from the big boys themselves, from their own publications; the stuff the media knows is out there but they don’t tell you. Their job, in the media, is to keep you looking at the EFFECTS of plans, the EFFECTS of things, the oh dears and oh my, what are they doing now; look at this; outrage over blah, blah, blah. That’s what they give to you, however they know darn well what’s going on but their job is not to inform you. We have to do it here on shows like this.
Remember too that you are the audience that brings me to you. I don’t get paid by advertisers like most hosts do. I could certainly do it and bring lots of guests on that would really be paid ads and I would be rolling in the old cash… but that kind of compromises you as to what you can say and where you can go with certain topics as well. So this way it gives me a free hand. The ads you hear on this show are paid by the advertisers directly to RBN to produce this show, to put it out there, to get it out to YOU. It pays for the staff, their time, the board operators and their bills and updates of their equipment which everyone has to go through all the time especially when you are broadcasting on the waves. So you have to support me and you can do so by going into my web site and see what I have for sale. There are good books there that I’ve written, NONLINEAR thinking books to show you how the mind control works and to get you into thinking in a NONLINEAR way, like the ones who rule the world, the ones who know how to go around all these different courses and stuff, with the simplest problem and then come up with the ways of scamming you. That’s how they do it. I show you how they do it in the books. I’ll be back with more after this break.
I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I’ve spent years showing you how the cons work and showing you how government uses many, many techniques and specialists of course, to get all the cons pulled over on us until we believe that it’s all quite normal and natural and things are just developing, and different agencies pop up and get power, and we simply adapt and obey. Adaptation is very, very important when you want to bring in this new… this DREAM, a very old dream actually, but this new system for us which is really BASED on totalitarian dictatorship type systems.
You’ve got to remember too that the Royal family of Britain and other countries were very impressed with the Nazi regime and even the Soviet regime. They were incredibly interested in the progress of these great experiments, as they like to call them. What was so important to them was the Soviet system which was technically called SOCIALIST. It’s a good con that the people ran the country themselves, one of the biggest deceptions ever created. But it was to get the people to work IDEALISTICALLY… idealistically towards something. They write in their writings they are always looking for men with VISION and along comes a man with vision. What they mean by that is directing another century or so of the world’s direction. Vision is very important to them. Therefore, the communist vision, with its idealistic promise of this wonderful utopia where everyone would be well behaved, they’d all believe in the system, and they were working TOWARDS a goal collectively, and sacrificing on the way. It was very, very important as an experiment.
Remember too, the British banks and a lot of these people had financed the setting up of the Bolsheviks and their continuation down through the Soviet era. It’s the same thing with Adolf Hitler. Professor Anthony Sutton wrote books on them, who financed Hitler and the rise and fall of, I think it was, the Soviet Union. He shows you who bankrolled them all, the same banks and the same big people with their cash in those banks from the West, from London and New York primarily. And the big corporations too that were ALL behind it, the SAME ones – the IBMs, the Ford, Carnegie, Rockefeller Foundations, with their businesses as well, with Standard Oil and all those guys. They set up Nazi Germany as well. They were both socialist based with this totalitarian system; we are all working together, we are ALL in it together working and sacrificing towards a glorious future, this wonderful utopia… VERY important to Fabianists, to all the people who were behind it. They had to see how it worked and they learned by their mistakes.
We forget that Hitler and Stalin had a pact in the beginning because they were both socialists. They had meetings where Hitler and Stalin agreed that there was very little difference between them. In some of the early posters for Adolf Hitler, they actually had the picture of Lenin next to him. Hitler was actually appraised to be another Lenin. This is also called POSITIVE FREEDOM in psychological terms by those who plan the futures for whole societies, like Isaiah Berlin for instance. He taught at Oxford University. He was a mentor to people who were in the Fabian Society and he taught Tony Blair. Tony Blair was still writing to him right up until the end of his Prime Ministership asking if it was possible to put a blend of NEGATIVE freedoms and POSITIVE freedoms together.
Negative freedom was to find a society of people who are kept kind of happy, kind of fairly happy. You leave them enough money to play and you give them enough booze to play with and parties and stuff like that. Negative, but you keep them ignorant as to what’s REALLY going on. Positive freedom is where you create emergency situations, like war scenarios or anti-terror scenarios and you get the whole country, just like World War II, all working together, sacrificing, rationing, to achieve a common goal with a VAGUE ending of a sunset or something, a new sunrise. That’s the idea of positive freedom.
Tony Blair, knowing that Britain had been under a type of negative freedom – keep them ignorant and stupid but fairly happy, just enough money to tick by and party – and could he blend that with positive freedom?… because he wanted to bring in the next step for a united Europe. That was his goal because he was a Fabian. That was their goal, to create the completely integrated united Europe. Along comes the anti-terror stuff and BINGO, oh, war, here we go. We have to go into positive freedom. We all work together. We all sacrifice. We all have to put up with unhappy things like body searches and seizures. We got to get the Military-Industrial Complex in, now that the Cold War is over too, and they’ve all been going into cameras and security devises to monitor BILLIONS of people across the world. So that’s what we’re in now. It’s now called positive freedom.
On the United States side, with their side of it too, when Bush was in – Bush with his handlers behind him, the whole staff behind him, the Cheney’s, Wolfowitz’s and all the rest of them – had it planned to go into what they called REVOLUTIONARY DEMOCRACY. What it meant was FORCING their system across the world; doing it by FORCE. No time to bicker, no time to persuade, no time to put missionaries in there to spread the idea, it was time to just simply go in there and FORCE them into it through war scenarios and standardize the world. So you have positive freedom where we all sacrifice, globally now, towards a common goal, some vague utopia of peace and happiness in some vague future. In the meantime, we’ve got to be thumb printed, iris scanned, bent over, all kinds of things poked into us, and x-rayed, and we have no privacy whatsoever because WE’RE ALL IN IT TOGETHER. The greatest slogan every war has ever had… and banners and propaganda pictures… WE’RE ALL IN IT TOGETHER, we have to sacrifice and we all have to do it together.
When you do that you are training the public that when someone complains and says, I don’t want to do that, I don’t want to get poked and prodded, the public themselves are conditioned to TURN ON YOU… Oh, we all do it. We all have to do it, you know. We’re all in it together. It’s for the common good. Quite something. It’s quite something.
When you go into the science fiction movies that have been put out for the last 30 years, with the big G-men, the black outfits, dressed in body armor, faceless characters with machine guns, and always fighting terror, terror, terror. That was to get you used to what’s coming. They always have these scenarios where it’s a bleak future, with masses living in poverty, but there is still somehow terrorism out there and they have to keep on top of it for their bosses, those who run the whole system. You see. That was all preparation. It’s just like the Pentagon. You wouldn’t believe how many movies the Pentagon has directly funded… and they are all to do with anti-ARAB movies, and wars in the Middle East, starting from the 1970s onwards, getting everyone ready for this. You can’t trust the Arabs. The Arabs, they always show them in the desert. There is no such thing as a good, first class, modern world, Arab city anywhere; they are just these characters in the desert that you can’t trust and they are very excitable and very primitive and so on and so on. They’ve been doing this for 30-odd years, from Hollywood.
Hollywood was only too happy to portray the Arabs this way because they have an added interest, as we all know, in Israel. There is no doubt about that. There is no doubt about that whatsoever. Israel has to be saved by every and all means possible by America… tied at the hip. Completely tied at the hip and Prime Ministers of Israel have come out and said that openly. Some of them have actually said, don’t worry about the American opinion, we rule America. That’s been in major newspapers and I have the clips here. So you have the Pentagon working with Hollywood to lambast Arabs all in preparation for this big standardization process, as they flatten all resisters in the Middle East and bring them into the same system. Starting with the children who are already being brainwashed in Iraq by UNESCO so that a generation will have to pass and grow up in it and be the first administrators, like puppet administrators, for the new global system. It’s all quite understandable.
These movies are getting the public full of fear as well. You always create fear WAY in advance and we all pay for it through tax money via the Pentagon to Hollywood. Lots of movies; I have lists of them that were all funded completely by the Pentagon. This thing I’m going to read now is right out of a science fiction movie, for all of those who have watched all these disaster type scenarios and bleak futures. It’s from The Games Monitor.
London 2012: one big party or one big prison?
By Mike Wells / gamesmonotor.og.uk
(Alan: Listen to this. This is fact. This is actually fact… it’s right out of science fiction.)
Security precautions for London 2012 (A: That’s the Olympics.) include the construction of a 17.5 km, 5,000volt electric fence, topped with 900 daylight and night vision surveillance cameras spaced at 50 metre intervals. On first sight of the fence you could be forgiven for thinking you had slipped through a wormhole in the space-time continuum to find yourself on the perimeter of a Soviet era Gulag.
The Code of Practice for the operating CCTV at the London Olympics states that the threat of hostile individuals attempting to gain access through the perimeter is believed to justify the use of CCTV.
As part of the Command Perimeter Security System, CCTV will be deployed.
Security Fence: The 17.5 km fence has 900 day and night vision cameras and is topped with many strands of 5,000 volt electrified wire. (A: 5,000 volt electrified wire… to protect their big party. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an article that’s like something out of a sci-fi movie to do with electrified fences for the Olympic games and all these cameras all over the place. I’m sure they’ve got sound cameras there as well, night vision, all that kind of stuff. They admit to that. It’s on a 17.5 kilometer fence… 17.5 kilometers, with 5,000 volts going through it. It says here….
It gives the feeling of a prison rather than of a party venue.
The use of military terms like hostile individuals and Command Perimeter Security System highlight a contradiction between the Olympic promise and reality, between the a sporting party image and a security paranoia now made visible in the form of the Olympic perimeter fence. But there is a large and profitable industry supplying equipment (A: This is the important part too.) and research to feed the paranoia of a new security mindset identified by author Matt Carr who comments…
A new genre of military futurology has emerged which owes as much to apocalyptic Hollywood movies as it does to the cold war tradition of ‘scenario planning’. (A: That was the RAND Corporation scenario planning.) Often outlandish and bizarre in its prophecies, and always dystopian, this new military futurism sees threats to the western way of life emanating not only from rogue states, weapons of mass destruction and terrorism but also from resurgent nationalism, conflicts over dwindling resources, migration, disease, organised crime, abrupt climate change and the emergence of failed cities where social disorder is rife. (A: That all came out, remember, of the Department of Defence for Britain and NATO, from their think tank, and I’ve got the 90 pages of the report up on my archives section if you go into it. It’s fascinating. This is exactly true. All this stuff comes right out of all their scary predictions of all the possible ifs that could go wrong in the future. They literally use your tax money to throw billions at every possible if, believe you me.)
Joint Metropolitan Police and special forces anti-terror exercise: (A: They had that there too… in advance of it.) This exercise was so realistic that amputees were used as fake casualties, as can be seen from the bloodied leg. Loud explosions and gun fire was heard during this exercise. (A: This is the photographer.) I left the scene as soon as the commanding officer threatened to arrest me under the Official Secrets Act for taking photographs. (A: This is Britain… Joint Metropolitan Police and special forces anti-terror exercise… they had it there.)
Other security measures to be implemented for London 2012 will include facial and iris recognition, finger-print and hand recognition, guards with attack dogs and search dogs. New software is planned to integrate all of London’s CCTV cameras, (A: That’s very interesting. New software, they are always upgrading everything because there are big bucks for the manufacturers who now have to change from missiles after the Cold War, into all this stuff. See, WE are the new enemy, you understand.) and will have the capability to follow you through the city. (A: Every individual can be followed through the city, automatically… just like Enemy of the State, the movie.) A scheme to search people and vehicles will include machines capable of looking through your clothing. (A: They have the PORTABLE x-ray scanners folks. I mentioned that months ago. They have the portable ones; the cops have them in their cars. So they can go and laugh, and tee-hee and titter, as they are looking at all the young females going by.) The Air Force will deploy its Reaper pilot-less drone aircraft, (A: Reaper, that’s the GRIM REAPER, you understand; they love this military terminology. YOU are the enemy, you are the scum. The REAPER.) which will carry laser-guided bombs and missiles including the Hellfire air-to-ground weapon. While on the Thames, the Royal Navy will deploy its new £1 billion Daring class Type 45 destroyer. These are also to be fitted with laser-guided missile systems able to shoot down a target the size of a cricket ball.
It is rumoured the London’s Met Police are planning to use remotely controlled mini aeroplanes with surveillance cameras (spy drones) at the Olympics. A company likely to supply the equipment is AirRobot UK Ltd. Air Robot UK’s website tells us that…
AirRobot UK was chosen as the UAV [unmanned aerial vehicle] system to cover aerial surveillance at the London Olympics 2012 Handover Ceremony during the late summer of 2008. The system was deployed at The Mall and Buckingham Palace to provide real time images to emergency services at the event.
The Home Office (A: That’s the British complete… they are in charge of all laws. It’s like the Homeland Security in other words, all laws throughout Britain.) website alleges that…
Ensuring the safety and security of the 2012 Games will be one of the largest, most complex security challenges the UK has ever faced.
The Home Office’s suggestion appears an overstatement. Securing Britain form Nazi Germany during the second world war, and preventing global nuclear destruction during the Cold War would fit the their description, but as Matt Carr comments… In recent years, the military establishments of the US and the UK have produced a series of reports that attempt to ‘think the unthinkable in imagining future threats to the security of the West.
The Olympic Act, which sets out various laws relating to the Olympics, gives the right of forced entry into private property to remove unauthorised advertising or protest banners. (A: This is freedom for you.) Even more worrying is that the right of forced entry is extended outside the police force to staff contracted to the ODA. (A: That’s the low level thugs. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just going through one article to do with the totalitarian societies and the training of the MOB, you know, the people who are now all the enemy. That’s really what the training is all about. We are all the enemy, apparently, in this brave new world and when we are completely united, and they admit we are united, we already are in fact, then they expect problems here and there and they are training us all to be obedient and afraid. They are actually using SOCIAL APPROVAL and SOCIAL DISAPPROVAL so that the masses, who are totally brainwashed, will turn on YOU if you complain about something. Well, it’s okay for us, we have to bend down and get searched, what’s wrong with you… and that’s what they use. They used these techniques already in other countries like China. It says here…
According to The Times security measures for the London Olympics will include the nationwide use of Section 44 of the Terrorism Act, allowing police stop and search without suspicion. The London Olympics and its security does not exist in isolation but in a continuum of increasing state surveillance and security hysteria. Any extra powers gained by the state over the citizenry should ring alarm bells because of the danger they will become accepted and permanent.
A subcategory of Military Futurism known as Red Teaming is a way of assessing your own security from the point of view of those who would attack you, as though you are your own enemy. It is promoted as a way of thinking without preconceptions or boundaries. Red Team journal comments that …
[S]ome events also are so unlikely that their very randomness lowers all obstacles to them occurring. […] This poses a particular problem for red teaming and threat analysis. How can we plan for every conceivable scenario? Or, to take a different tack, should we? Being strong everywhere means being weak everywhere. One can easily drain organizational resources planning for “movie-plot” WMD terrorism only to be surprised by a group of men with machine guns. But protecting the national interest is a [sic] task that must be accomplished regardless of human weakness. (A: In other words, all or nothing. They’ve got to cover every imaginatory possibility. They sit with think tanks and say, well, what could, someone might put on a false nail and it could be explosive. The sky is the limit with your imagination, isn’t it? Totally the limit and that’s what these guys get paid for. Then they put money at it and start checking your fingernails and stuff like that. I’m not kidding. This is how MAD all of this is. That’s a very SCARED people you know, at the same time, at the top. They want NOTHING to go wrong that could throw off their big Fabian world society; their controlled world society where you will gradually be taught to take credits from the government in lieu of money and you will SERVE, you will be PROUD to serve the world system. Huxley said it perfectly well, the people will be trained to LOVE their slavery. That’s what you are going into; make no bones about it.)
The idea that we should “protect the national interest regardless of human weakness” sounds more like a line from a Hollywood B movie than something that should be taken seriously by government agencies, and yet looking at the development of the London Olympic Security one can imagine this is a way of thinking that has taken root. (A: It goes on and on and on, quite a long article but that gives you the idea of this incredible sci-fi nonsense we are going through with 5,000 volt fences and the black clad, totally armored warriors standing there with the faceless helmets and these masks on and all the rest of it, just like ALL the movies have conditioned you for 25-30 years. Absolutely amazing, but here we are.)
It’s amazing too, they can do all this when we are supposedly utterly, UTTERLY, incredibly broke. Never been broker, they keep telling us but they get all this money to throw at the big security companies who lobby governments and they know all the politicians. You know for every government contract that goes out there, there is a kickback to the guy who awarded it to them. You all know that. I hope you really understand that. That’s how it all works… for the very, very naïve out there.
There is an article I’ve read already but it’s about the FBI chief talking about home grown terrorism – I’ll put this one up too – where they give out their latest spiel about Al-Qaeda, Al-Qaeda, this strange, you know, fictional Al-Qaeda.
Home-grown, solo terrorists as bad as Al-Qaeda: FBI chief
Apr 15 – breitbart.com
Al-Qaeda still aims to strike inside the United States but home-grown or unaffiliated extremists now “pose an equally serious threat,” FBI chief Robert Mueller (A: The big Nazi.) warned US lawmakers Thursday. (A: And on and on it goes.)
It’s getting to the public trained that they are all out amongst you. Anybody that’s odd, you should report them. Anybody who comes out with a strange idea, like is there something going on and we are being taken over. I wonder. Any odd question that you have, just report them. Just report them right away. That’s what the training is all for. Again, they give you the movies to prepare your mind. That’s called PREDICTIVE PROGRAMMING. What you see in a movie, because it’s fictional, your guard is not up, the Censor part of your brain is not up, you are enjoying the movie, they give you a human interest story, there are the bad guys, here are the good guys, the good guys are trying to capture the bad guys, here is the chase, they get the guy in the end… but along the way you are getting programmed with all the other ideas that they want to sink into you. The movie story line is just the CARRIER FOR THE MESSAGES. That’s all it is; it’s a carrier. It says here, from this article…
Crime Prediction Software Is Here and It’s a Very Bad Idea
gizmodo.com / April 14, 2010
There are no naked pre-cogs inside glowing jacuzzis yet, but the Florida State Department of Juvenile Justice will use analysis software to predict crime by young delinquents, (A: Remember the movie Minority Report?) putting potential offenders under specific prevention and education programs. Goodbye, human rights!
They will use this software on juvenile delinquents, (A: It will start on them.) using a series of variables to determine the potential for these people to commit another crime. Depending on this probability, (A: Not possibility, but probability…) they will put them under specific re-education programs. (A: That’s STRAIGHT out of the Soviet Union. RE-EDUCATION programs. So now we have gulags with 5,000 volts going through them and RE-EDUCATION programs. They started off the re-education programs under the guise, and it was under the guise of ‘sensitivity training’. That’s how they started it. And they always knew where they were going with it.) Deepak Advani—vice president of predictive analytics at IBM (A: There’s IBM, the guys that brought out the Kardex system for us all to be chipped, of course. They worked with RAND Corporation. IBM, the beautiful IBM – or I BEAM as I like to call it, because that’s what it is – also came up with the way to number people in the concentration camps. The Jews and the Gypsies, there was a lot of Christians there too, Jehovah Witnesses and all the rest of it and lots of Slavs, got NUMBERED, tattooed, to keep the records tidy you understand. They’ve got have everybody numbered… and they are going to it electronically today and eventually when you are chipped, you’ve got your number boy. So depending on this probability, they put them into specific re-education programs.) Deepak Advani—vice president of predictive analytics at IBM—says the system gives “reliable projections” so governments can take “action in real time” (A: I love all the terminology, in REAL TIME, oh yeah…) to “prevent criminal activities?”
Really? “Reliable projections”? “Action in real time”? “Preventing criminal activities”? I don’t know about how reliable your system is, IBM, but have you ever heard of the 5th, the 6th, and the 14th Amendments to the United States Constitution? What about article 11 of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights? No? Let’s make this easy then: Didn’t you watch that scientology nutcase in Minority Report? (A: He’s talking about one of the actors who is in Scientology, that acted the part in Minority Report.)
Sure. Some will argue that these juvenile delinquents were already convicted for other crimes, so hey, there’s no harm. (A: And that’s how the people think isn’t it?) This software will help prevent further crimes. It will make all of us safer? (A: Aaahhh, safe.) But would it? Where’s the guarantee of that? Why does the state have to assume that criminal behavior is a given? And why should the government decide who goes to an specific prevention program or who doesn’t based on what a computer says? The fact is that, even if the software was 99.99% accurate, there will be always an innocent person who will be ——. (A: And he uses an expletive, which is very common in Hollywood in the movies.) And that is exactly why we have something called due process and the presumption of innocence. That’s why those things are not only in the United States Constitution, but in the Universal Declaration of Human Rights too.
So that’s to give you an idea. If you have one crime… remember, one strike and you’re out; that’s it for life folks. You have to go and get your MIND re-educated, just like Clockwork Orange. See the old movie Clockwork Orange. Satire in a strange, surrealistic way and a bit of comedy can really get through better often than just the bland spoken word of the bare facts alone. Quite something indeed.
We know that the climate deal is a done deal. It was done before the public ever heard about the climate change. They planned it back in the 70s and said THIS is going to be the mandate, a war that the world will face. It will have to be a war scenario so they PICKED climate change and global warming. Back in the 20s in the mainstream papers they had, first it was melting of the North Pole. In the late 1920s it was the freezing of the North Pole and my God, all the shipping routes were being frozen up so they thought that they would come up with the coming ICE AGE. Well, that didn’t pan out either so all the guys who worked at the United Nations, all the top Fabians and so on, and communists, had to change it. The same guys, and they started writing books about global warming thinking, okay, we’ll change the bet to global warming. And before that too, ACID RAIN was the big thing. Everybody has forgotten about acid rain. And the HOLE IN THE OZONE, that was going to kill us all off and that didn’t pan out either. So they came out with CLIMATE CHANGE, you know, changes in the weather. It rains one day, it’s sunny the next… that kind of idea. They’d get the whole world under control because they’d have to take over and give us a brand new system of governance… to bring this in and force it all down our throats. It’s really intended to bring in a brand new system of eugenics, killing off the weak, being austere… meaning no medicine for you sonny, you don’t really warrant it, you are not important enough on the social ladder for your community. That’s how they literally are working it out. There are hospitals even in Britain that literally classify you according to your social status in the community, are you necessary to the community. That depends on your treatment you are going to get IF ANY or even get resuscitated. I’m not joking about that. This is the big stick.
This here says…
COLLEGE GIVES FILES OF CLIMATE CHANGE SCEPTICS TO POLICE
The Climatic Research Unit at the University of East Anglia
Friday April 16,2010 / scottishdailyexpress.co.uk / By Donna Bowater
(A: This is the college that’s really furious now because East Anglia was the center, with all of its emails plus all its phony content showing the dirty tricks they got up to, stopping people, real good scientists too, prominent scientists, with any alternate views, actually barring them from getting anything published in the papers. Utterly dirty Mafia tricks… and they are getting away with it. They won’t change this. Too much work went into this. How do we get them to a totalitarian system and a New World Order to come into view? You’ve got to use this system and that’s the only one they’ve picked. They can’t go back.)
THE university embroiled in the scandal over leaked climate change emails has sparked outrage by handing the personal details of climate change sceptics to police. (A: So anyone who asks for information from East Anglia University, you’ve got a special police squad investigating you.)
The University of East Anglia claimed it had been deluged with requests from sceptics (A: You are called a skeptic if you question anything; you’re like a heretic.) under the Freedom of Information Act shortly before hacked emails were published which appeared to show scientists manipulating climate change data. (A: And this is only ONE of ALL them across the world combined doing the same stuff. It came out in Australia and it came out in other countries.)
But the university has angered privacy campaigners after passing on the details of those asking for information to Norfolk Police, which is investigating the alleged email theft with the National Domestic Extremism Unit. (A: If you ask a question about it folks, you’re an EXTREMIST. Shortly they’ll be burning you at the stake. Oh, you’re a climate change DENIER, ah, burn ’em at the stake. You know. I’m not kidding. This is the same mentality at work here. You’d better get that through your heads. When your private data, from a simple request, is handed over to the National Domestic EXTREMISM Unit, you are in trouble.)
Detectives are interviewing all those who legally used the FOI Act to request information from the Climatic Research Unit, questioning them about their scientific and political beliefs. (A: Not what you KNOW, but what do you BELIEVE… burn ’em, burn ’em at the stake…)
One of those targeted said: “It’s alarming – I thought it was a bit heavy-handed. My understanding is everyone who put in an FOI request to the university has been contacted.
“The police were looking for a conspiracy. They felt there had been an organised group of people bombarding the university with questions. I would have appreciated more of a briefing before launching into questions about my political beliefs.”
Another, businessman Sebastian Nokes, said he had been called by a detective who “wanted to know what computer I used, my internet service provider, and also to which political parties I have belonged, (A: Do you understand the DANGERS of all this stuff? Do you really get what’s REALLY happening here?) what I feel about climate change and what my qualifications in climate science are. He questioned me at length.” (A: Once you are on these databases folks, you are never scrubbed off it.)
Mr Nokes’s FOI request had asked for details about the training given to scientists to disclose information and for copies of any emails suggesting they had withheld information. (A: That was a reasonable request since it was broken out in the newspapers.)
Dylan Sharpe, director of privacy campaigners Big Brother Watch, said: “It’s disgraceful that people are being targeted without evidence. Sending an FOI request should not be a police matter.
“It is not a crime to want to know how public money is spent, any more than it is to question the science of climate change.” (A: Well it IS now a crime folks to ask that. Where is the money spent? …and you are dragged in by the National Domestic EXTREMISM Unit, your specially black clad guys, special padding they get and special little badges. They love to be SPECIAL in these forces, you see.)
A Parliamentary Select Committee report found the university had a “reprehensible” culture of withholding information and called for greater transparency in climate research. The row broke out over emails that suggested scientists used “tricks” when dealing with raw data to prove global warming was man-made.
Detective Superintendent Julian Gregory, who is leading the investigation, said: “As with any investigation we will interview anyone who may have information which is of relevance.” (A: That’s all those who ask questions.)
Do you know that the government and different departments asked questions as well and they were told by the University of East Anglia, oh, we lost it all. They had actually hidden it all… but they lost it all. So they lied to them too. I wonder if they will investigate the government …and go through all their members and ask them and get the Domestic Extremism Unit onto them as well? They might find some extremism there too. They will certainly find a lot of paybacks and bank accounts offshore. The utter system is corrupt and the GANGSTERS are the ones they hire, in all ages, to bring in complete totalitarian systems, on behalf of their masters. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. There are callers on the line and I’ll take them now. There is Miguel from New York. Are you there Miguel?
Miguel: Hey, how are you doing Alan?
Alan: Not bad.
Miguel: Pleasure to speak to you. I’ve been a lifelong fan. I’ve been listening to your podcasts every day, consistently for about 3 years at least, so thank you for your time. Alan, talking about what you were talking about, Hollywood, it’s amazing how people never realize how much we’ve actually been programmed, with everything that’s happening. The first time we actually saw a black President was in the movie Deep Impact and it was popularized on the TV show 24, which is also a first. It is also the TV show that actually showed the government actually setting off its own nuclear bomb on its own state, which is what happened in one show. Now, with the rise of the nuclear stuff happening, and at the same time on Friday I was watching Bill Maher’s show and they had the director of An Inconvenient Truth. He made a new movie by who knows what chance? It’s a movie about terrorists getting nuclear weapons. What do you think about this incoming action happening at the same time? And as I like to say, there is no such thing as a coincidence in life.
Alan: Oh, there is no such thing, absolutely. We are prepared mentally and psychologically by guys like Sunstein that work with Obama, a big professor in psychology, mass psychology, behavior motivation, and behavior alteration on a mass scale. They work with Hollywood, absolutely. I could write out a whole book on the movies that Hollywood has been paid for directly by the Pentagon. I’ve actually got one here in fact. It’s fascinating to see how they’ve been demonizing Arabs, for instance, for 30 years. Demonizing them with movie after movie before anything was ever happening, in preparation for today. So you are quite right. They definitely put Obama in at the right time and he is following his master’s orders. He is exactly the same as Bush; he is doing what he’s told. He hasn’t changed anything. We still serve the banks. We must all go into poverty to save the banks once again. That tells you who his bosses are. And the guys behind him are the same bunch, really, that were behind the Bush’s. It’s a continuation of it. You know, the guy in front is never important. It’s the NUMBER 2 that’s important in their system, ALWAYS.
Miguel: Correct, because if you think back, nobody paid attention when Rahm Emmanuel, who to me personally, is one of the guys running the show behind the scenes. There was a time when it made everyone laugh, like when he was cracking his knuckles and Obama told him to stop. He crept over to Obama and he cracked his knuckles in his ear and everyone laughed like it was a joke but you know, if you think heavy about it, you don’t do that to your boss. That was a show of power, telling Obama, look, I run the show; know your place.
Alan: Yes. Absolutely. Also, you cannot have people advising, and giving a reality… remember that article I read where one of them, from their last Presidency, an advisor said to the reporter. He says, we GIVE you your reality and we change your reality and when we change it, you talk about that, you reporters talk about that, that becomes your reality and then we change it again and that becomes another reality and that’s just the way it is. I mean, that is a fact. But one thing is too, you cannot have people with DUAL citizenships running the United States of America. You cannot have dual citizenship, people who are compromised between two different nations. It’s impossible. And that’s what you have today as well. And they are both involved in the Middle East.
Miguel: You are right about that. Are you going to write a new book any time soon, Alan?
Alan: I hope so. I really hope so, if I can just get the time to really rush one through.
Miguel: Thank you for everything. You have a good day.
Alan: You too. Thanks for calling.
It’s true and this farce of the people vote in these people, it’s nothing more than a FARCE. Again, you’ve got to read Carroll Quigley’s books, The Anglo-American Establishment and Tragedy and Hope to get the idea of the big global plan starting with free trade, then blocs of nations which become provinces under the United Nations. That’s their utopia; depopulation, the whole thing and in the process they will cause as much strife as possible.
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on April 20, 2010. I always suggest that the newcomers to the show should look through website web site. You’ll find hundreds and hundreds of talks I’ve given over the past years and you can download them for free. That’s what people think is awfully good these days, everything is supposedly free. Listed on the front page, you can also look into alanwattsentientsentinel.eu; that’s the European site. It has all the same audios as the rest that are listed there but it has the addition of transcripts and you can choose from the various languages of Europe. Print them up and pass them around to your friends. Those ones on the front page of the .com site are the official sites. [Listed above.]
I always tell you the audience, if you are newcomers, that you bring me to you. I don’t go to the sponsors. I don’t go to advertisers to back me up here. The ads on the show that you hear are paid directly to RBN by the advertisers themselves. That pays for the air time. It pays for the staff at RBN. It pays for the transmission and their bills and so on. So it’s up to you to keep me going and you can do so by going into the web sites, seeing the books that I have for sale and the CDs and DVDs or you can donate to me. That makes me just tick along because the bills even here are heavy. This isn’t a one hour per night show. Even uploading this after the show will take hours on satellite speed basically and during the day I’ve got so much more to do as well, with answering various quandaries the people send me with their emails and all the rest of it. So it’s not what you call a job. If it was a job I would be doing something a lot easier and something that would pay me. But I do depend on you to keep me going. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] For those who get the disks burned and passed to them and lots of people do get them passed to them. They don’t play them on the computer, they play them on CD players. You can get in touch with me at [address above].
Don’t just skip over this, as most folk do, for the first few minutes because they don’t want to hear this kind of stuff. They want the information and they want the show but they don’t want to help out. That’s the nature of society today pretty well the world over. It’s just the way it is and one day you’ll tune in and I simply won’t be here. I’ve heard lots in the past that that has happened to. I’ve listened to people for many, many years trying to go this particular route without taking on advertising and pushing sponsors and they generally go the way of the doo-doo bird. People, they will pay and pay to be excited. They will pay for fantasy mixed with truth. They will pay for out-of-body experiences and all the rest of it but when it comes to getting the stuff that might save their lives or change society for the better, for their own survival, it’s a different story. It doesn’t titillate them enough and it’s not so exciting. They want excitement because we live in a society that’s been constantly bombarded, we’ve grown up on, entertainment. Entertainment, so much so, they can’t tell fact from fiction.
We’ve all heard about the New World Order from Presidents and Prime Ministers, via the major media that have shown this on television and printed it in their own papers. It’s an interesting term, ‘the New World Order.’ It’s been used by many people right through the 20th century especially – even before then as well – by different societies. What does it really mean? We’ll go into a little bit of it when I come back from this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. The New World Order was mentioned by George Bush Sr back in 1990. Many people before have used it. Adolf Hitler used it. Lenin used it. Marx used it. Even Napoleon referred to it too when he tried to bring in his code across the whole of Europe. It’s really a planned society. That’s basically what it boils down to. It’s a planned society, a society planned by population, required population only; a society where EXPERTS will rule. Even in Napoleon’s day, scientists were taking up a lot of the slack left over from the destruction of the religions at that time. All of the media in the 1700s and the 1800s kept pushing the scientific discoveries and painting a wonderful view of the world, a high-tech sort of vision of the future back then even, and trying to really replace the old religion, which gave deities for creating everything, with science instead as they broke down biology and dissected everything that crawled, walked or flew. That was also why they brought Charles Darwin out.
Out of that came eugenics, of course. Eugenics was a great thing to bolster the confidence and the arrogance of those who already ruled countries because it talked about SURVIVAL OF THE FITTEST. Survival of the fittest… and those who already ruled in Darwin’s day decided, obviously since they were at the top of the tree, they were the fittest. They really started to categorize different kinds of humans. Out of that came horrible scenarios to do with eugenics and eventually it ended up falling into Nazism. Nazism really copied the Soviet system that was heavily into eugenics as well, which it all borrowed from the British/London idea. They started to take down populations. They didn’t want crippled people, for instance, being a burden on society, the hygienically unfit, as they called a whole class of people, actually different classes of people, including different ethnicities too. It falls into a planned society where those with the sciences, the education, academia, they should really rule in this brave new world that they’d come up with. Nothing has changed from there on; it’s been hailed as the only way to go and it’s tied completely, it’s bound up completely with modern economics.
Malthus, for instance, was one of the guys who promoted the idea of first killing off the unfit. Malthus worked for the big British economic corporations of his day and was an advisor to the Crown. People don’t realize that Britain really was a front, the NATION of Britain was a front, the government of Britain was a front for corporations. In fact, that’s really what Britain is, is a corporation. All countries really are corporations, signed into law as corporations. But it was a front that used the general public for recruitment for military and for navy to go across the world and conquer other peoples, get to their resources for the private corporations that followed quickly behind them, and also use the taxpayers’ money VIA the military – in the sappers they called them – the engineering unit of the military who built bridges, rail lines and all that to get all the stuff back home or wherever it was going.
So the taxpayer funded everything under the guise of nationalism and waving the flag and taming the wild people, you see, the heathens as they used to call it, and bringing in civilization, something that the Romans themselves had used as they went across the ancient world conquering peoples, ‘bringing civilization’. Civilization is the big key. What even ancient civilizations did too, was to get everybody on a monetary system. That’s the key to everything, a monetary system. Then they can tax it back from you; train a whole generation to believe it and then their offspring think it’s all natural. You don’t hunt for food anymore; you actually work for money and you pay so much of that back in taxation.
The ancients were famous for creating big building projects, as you know, wherever they went. The Romans built roads everywhere, straight roads, very straight; a lot of manpower went into it. They also borrowed money from international moneylenders of their day, well documented in ancient history books. Again, economics is bound up with enterprise, like conquest and profit and population size and all the rest of it. Sometimes they’d go into countries in ancient times and conquer them and there weren’t enough people. There weren’t enough people to work all the projects that they had planned so they’d have to import other ones from abroad. Slaves. Whole populations were often moved around… to satisfy this system. You’ll find that really since the introduction of money as we know it, and the first coins apparently were minted about 800 b.c. Before that they used silver and sometimes gold. Silver was the main currency but they weighed it out. It had to be weighed and often the person who had the cash literally wound it around his arm, like a bracelet, like a long serpent, very soft metals and they could just cut little bits off when they wanted to pay for something, have it weighed and so on.
It’s so interesting, really, that it’s a substitute for many, many things. It’s also a substitute for freedom as well, where you go into the world and take the risk and survive. It kind of negates that. Everyone is forced into the one system that’s been ordained by those mainly who owned the gold or the silver of their time. Today it’s just printing presses and central banks. That’s all it is. Even the Bank of Canada, it’s the same as the United States. The Bank of Canada is actually a floor in a building. It’s not in any of the book pages in the phone book where all the government offices are listed. It’s absent. It’s a floor where, really, representatives from the government meet with representatives from the international moneylenders and that’s where they hammer out their deals. This is from documentaries; the CBC has even had it on TV years ago. Isn’t it amazing that very few people know anything about money or its history or New World Orders or Old World Orders, etc, and yet we all have to work and use this money.
Money hires armies. It hires police. It hires all the characters who keep you in your place, in other words. What this gets into is a New World Order. What was the Old World Order? The Old World Order was really a system where PRIESTS and religions controlled millions of peoples in different countries. They gave you your whole, entire reality. Everything that you would base your opinions on, your thoughts on, was really founded on the particular religion you were given. Plato did an excellent analogy with the cave, talking about people born and brought up in a cave. They couldn’t turn around to see the light at the entrance of the cave. They made up a whole philosophy of what life was and what all these shadows were from people outside the cave passing, or the sun passing it, because they couldn’t turn around and see the sun passing the mouth of the cave. So they made up all these theories as to what it meant and it was all fake of course. It never dawned on them either that there was anything outside of their cave. Everything had to relate somehow to the cave. That’s how religion worked for many, many, many centuries.
Today it’s been taken over by academia but not any old academia, it’s academia that all works together. Again, everything becomes standardized eventually and all the sciences, that they call them, start to interact with each other. They hammer out common doctrines, just like theology basically. They all believe, all the sciences truly believe in the IDEA of Darwin. Darwin was put out there by the Royal Society to literally bring in this type of thinking and order. Part of it too, obviously, right away, right off the bat, what it did was DEVALUE a lot of human life. Many of its proponents ended up in high positions for governments across the world, even the United Nations eventually when it was created. You find Julian Huxley talking about the NEED to dethrone humanity from its pedestal of thinking that it was the most supreme creature on the planet. Dethrone it, dehumanize it too because they had to bring in mass depopulation and get us used to it… man is just another animal, get used to us being butchered you might say.
We have become completely used to seeing things on television. Little clips they will show us from newsreels to do with mass bombings and slaughters and oops, when they bomb wedding parties in Iraq and stuff like that and we think nothing of it. We’ve become completely desensitized to our empathy that we should have towards other people. Believe you me, what happens to others definitely can happen to you and that’s a message that the passive viewers never, ever realize… they never come to.
Your religion has given you your complete reality. Today, it’s the same thing, the scientifically created reality. We’ve all been born into it. We’ve all had a standardized education so you can go to anywhere across the world where they’ve had a UNESCO type education. You can all relate to each other and your ideas will all be much the same because you’ve had a standardized way of looking at everything. An education brings you to conclusions. You bring what you think are your reasoning to the fore to figure out problems. It never dawns on you, you work like a computer and those that program you can bring you to your conclusions. That’s what people think sanity IS today. I’ll be back with more after this break.
I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about really, sort of paradigm shifts between the ages, but really using the same techniques over and over again. Countries being corporations down through the many, many centuries, under various guises, kingdoms, governments, tyrannies even, and dictatorships. It’s all much the same really when you look at it because it’s completely combined, or intertwined, with economics and population size and really keeping a relatively small group at the top living very, very well off of all of those at the bottom. The trick lies in convincing the public down below that are going to staff their armies for them and go off and do their conquests for them. The trick lies in making them very patriotic.
There is actually a science to the creation of patriotism, a very well established science which they knew even in ancient times. Rome knew how to do it and how to even take countries over and then recruit people within those countries to be part of the Roman army, but under their own particular country’s garrison. For instance, those who occupied Britain for Rome often were from the Germanic tribes. Britain did the same thing when it controlled India. It had the Sepoy and different Calvary units made up of people from India themselves. They were just as furiously loyal to Britain as someone born in Britain because there is a technique to instilling this kind of patriotism and pride, the creation of a form of pride, and brotherhood of course, in the military anywhere you go. Old techniques.
The United Nations wants to eventually have its own army. Technically it has it, when the people in different countries, the different soldiers swap their black berets or whatever they are wearing for their blue ones, for a stint at wherever they are going to work for the United Nations and then they pop their black on back on afterwards when they are home. It’s like musical chairs in a sense. And they see no dilemma with that at all. You can literally do anything you want with human society when you know the techniques and there are techniques for everything… everything… how to present anything and convince the public of anything. The best control groups are those who are already controlled; they’ve had their minds conditioned in what they call fraternities or organizations, like the military or the police. They are already geared for it. So it’s no big deal to change something one way or another. They adapt very, very quickly, as long as they all adapt at the same time and of course; they are ordered to.
Again, getting back to what I’m saying, down through the ages the money elite traveled from place to place. As empires went down, they would move, before it happened. They would do the moves before it would happen. In fact, that’s part of the reason those empires used to collapse is when the monied elite moved out. It might take 20, 30, 40 years to set up bases elsewhere and that would become their new center for a while. We saw that happening down through the many centuries. They went down through into Europe and into Holland for a while. That became the capital for trade, then it landed up in Britain, or England. From there it went over to the United States.
Now the elite, of course, can go anywhere and they don’t even have to go physically; they can do it all off their banking, their investments, electronically from wherever they happen to be. But there is no doubt at all, they do set up safe places for themselves, always for the future. We see that happening in the Super Cities that are being built and have been built for quite some time, especially in China for Westerners only. Just for Westerners, ultra modern Super Cities like you’ve never seen before and other Super Cities for them. So they will always survive as long as they are in an economic system and as long as everyone in the world accepts that we live in an economic system based on something called money, in whatever form it happens to be. Money can be anything at all, I’ve said that so many times before.
We are also given our new realities for different periods and that’s when it comes to New World Orders. As I say, there have been many New World Orders, many proclamations from different sources on New World Orders. In the 20th century the big thing was really the culmination of Karl Marx’s ideas into Nazism – yeah, it came from Marxism actually. National Socialism came from Marxism initially and so did the communist Soviet system come from Marxism, completely intertwined with it. Really, what it wanted, too, was, again, a planned society where everyone worked together with a common goal, a common purpose, and they would have a unified technique of engineering all students at school into the same, the EXACT SAME mind set, so that there would be no dissention at all between them. Wherever they met their own people, they would all agree on all the same topics, all the time, scientifically controlled.
After all, they said, man is just an animal and therefore you can train any animal PERFECTLY and that’s what they’ve been doing our whole lives long. We’re trained. We’re trained as we go along. We don’t even realize that you don’t have to use the Pavlovian technique of simply shocking you physically – although they can do that as well, certainly, with their tazers – but they don’t have to shock the dogs, basically, to train them into a new position in the room. They take over from schooling and they use the media… the media, and crisis. Today we are in the age of crisis creation. Crisis is the fastest, greatest way to get us all panicked so that we all look at each other with our jaws open because we’ve never experienced this particular crisis before. Whether it’s real or imaginary, or a maybe, or a could-be, it doesn’t matter; we all respond the same way. We are threatened and we turn to governments who ALREADY HAVE THE SOLUTIONS READY TO PRESENT TO us and then we go back to entertainment. It’s been once crisis after another since 2001. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about the new system coming in and what they are doing now is changing from the OLD idea of patriotism. After all, you can only really be patriotic to the land you are sitting on. The Indians said the same thing when the white men tried to buy their land from them. They didn’t know what money was. They couldn’t understand the concept of BUYING land. It was foreign; it was alien. They said, you can’t sell your mother. That’s where your food comes from basically. You survive on the land and only YOU can kind of be in charge of the areas that you can travel about in. That was really it.
That was used, patriotism has always been used by those who know how to use it at the top for, again, other conquests and to get you into militaries and foreign wars and all the rest of it so they can garnish the goodies from other countries for their corporations. The big problem the United Nations has is creating this NEW order, this New World Order, a true world order, a global order, and getting everyone to be a new, kind of patriotic towards the earth that’s kind of vague to us all. Most will never travel the whole earth. You can see things on TV but you can’t relate to far-off places and so on. It’s just too vague to us, too remote; so it’s very hard to be patriotic about it. The reason they are trying to get us all patriotic about it is because we have to go into the new global, scientific, economic system with its depopulation program, birth only IF they need that particular baby to grow up to serve them in a particular capacity and all of that kind of stuff. That’s really on the cards folks.
So what they are going for, really, is the middle class bureaucratic type elite. They have found that they are the easiest to conform to anything that’s politically correct. Whatever comes down the pike, they are suddenly very politically correct in those areas. They don’t debate things amongst themselves. The want to CONFORM WITH THEIR OWN CLASS and therefore the class around the world that’s like that are all on board with their web sites trying to bring in their own form of class patriotism for the global society and of course, obviously, their own paychecks and their own personal survival, not to mention a few other things as well but that’s how it really goes.
Other people who talked about the New World Order were really the Royal Institute of International Affairs, the guys who really PLANNED the League of Nations and then the United Nations. They wrote about it in their own documents. Carroll Quigley who I’ve mentioned many, many times was the official historian for their American branch, the Council on Foreign Relations, a PRIVATE organization that dictates TO government. They have their members all through governments all across the world… all working towards this particular type of global governance. They have got their own web sites for their own members. They have their outer party and inner party; exactly the same as Orwell talked about in his book, 1984. And the public can get access to their external party’s web sites, the stuff that you are allowed to know about them. They are all for this global society; always have been.
They helped to set up Adolf Hitler. They helped to set up the Soviet system. They were the ones who really advocated the setting up of the United Nations, with gradually more power being given to the United Nations over the countries until the countries were no longer sovereign. They wanted a European bloc, the same as Karl Marx did, just to kick it off. They also had a division of the Royal Institute of International Affairs/Council on Foreign Relations working on the setting up of an Asian/Pacific Region, the APEC countries, to be amalgamated down the road too, PLUS the unification of the Americas. Three blocs which would each have a kind of parliament over all of them which would be a provincial parliament under the global governance system. Quigley wrote about all of this is his own books, The Anglo-American Establishment; it was a great book. It fills in all the blanks in history, very well documented. And also Tragedy and Hope.
The EU for instance, the Economic Union has been the biggest liar from the beginning. It lied to everybody in every country that it had nothing more to do with their affairs than just simple free trade. That was all it said it was going to be about, free trade. The politicians would sign agreements every year for ‘closer ties’ which really is a code word for integration. Just last week I was on a Greek station, Radio International Athens, and I was talking about the International Monetary Fund wanting to come in now and check all the books of the countries. The IMF was set up, again, through the United Nations and The World Bank, again, all part of the world banking system, to eventually oversee these blocs, these trading blocs’ books but they need crisis to do it, crisis to give themselves the right to come in and check the books of all countries and start running the economies of the countries and cutting back these countries so they can pay back the loans to the masters, the international bankers. Really, the IMF is just a front for them.
Here is an article for instance from a European newspaper to show you this is actually what they are trying to do with this planned crash. It says…
EU veto powers over national budget plans ruled out in Madrid
Posted on : 2010-04-17 | Author : dpa / european-union-news.newslib.com / Earthtimes.org
Madrid – Plans to strengthen mutual surveillance within the euro area should not mean that countries will be able to veto each other’s national budget plans, the Spanish minister of finance, Elena Salgado, said on Saturday.
Salgado spoke in Madrid as she met with her euro area and EU counterparts to discuss proposals by the European Commission to make sure that the budget crisis that has hit Greece is not repeated across the eurogroup.
This whole article here is actually designed to stop each country, supposedly, from handling their own national budgets… under the guise that they let everyone else know what their budgets are. That’s your borrowing, what your debt is and all the rest of it. But it’s really through the IMF. It doesn’t mention the IMF here but that’s really what’s behind it. The IMF is trying to use this crisis to get the right to go into every country and dictate their internal affairs by controlling their expenditures and their borrowing and their budget. That’s what the IMF was supposed to do when you are in crisis. Well, they’ve got the whole world in crisis and they are using Greece and other countries as an example to start off this process, to make it EASIER for them to dominate the whole planet, you see. That’s what it’s about. This crash did not come on its own. Do you really think you have all these intelligent people, that are the most cunning on the planet, working in economics, that couldn’t foresee what was coming down the pike? …with all these bubbles? Since the stock market is always run on bubbles, why would they not just keep it going for another 40 years? It’s all a con job. Always was a con job.
Now whatever happens today, it was meant to happen that way, in a crisis format. Same as 2001 happening, bang, the towers go down. It was to be the Century of Change. How do you kick off a Century of planned change? Bingo, it goes; it starts with a bang. That’s the hardest thing for people to accept… is that WHATEVER IT TAKES – the end justifies the means – whatever it takes to get an agenda through the big boys do it. The big boys do it. We’ve had horrendous wars in the past like Viet Nam. The tapes are up there now. They are available with McNamara and so on talking to the captain of the Tonkin Bay pretty well bullying him into trying to say there were torpedoes fired at them. And yet the Admiral was saying, well, you can’t really tell in this kind of weather, you get so many fake readings. Well, they wanted the war. Yeah, they really do kill thousands or millions of people if they need to, to get something done. That’s why it works so well with them. Ordinary people who are not psychopaths can’t think that way. It would be too abhorrent to you. And because there ARE people who do think that way, you will make excuses for them. YOU will actually make excuses for them if they are people in high places of power because you can’t relate to a human being doing these things. That’s why they always get away with it. That’s why they always will.
We are turning into a vast police state, with a planned economy, a planned population size for the future. This doesn’t all come at once; it’s gradual, gradual, gradual. But through laws, little laws, little laws, until you’ve got so many laws on the books it’s actually working. We adapt, as Darwin said. We adapt to everything very quickly. Adapt or die. If you’re all adapting at the same time, then it’s no big deal… no matter what you’re going through. It’s quite simple.
That link I’ll put up about the EU and you can read it through yourself, as they argue about the rights to open their books to all the other countries. Really, it’s to do with the International Monetary Fund that wants to take over the budgets of every nation. They want to really start with Greece as an example and then use all the other countries as well, who are all under the same threat, supposedly, as Greece is in of going under. So the IMF wants in, to take control of all the economies of the whole of Europe. And they won’t stop there, obviously.
You understand, a planned society means you must plan the events to bring in the society you want. If you left it to chance, there is a very slim chance that it would work out in your direction. You can’t leave anything to chance at the top for power, it doesn’t work that way.
Here is some depopulation quotes and it’s from the Sovereign Independent. I’ll put this link up too. It says…
DEPOPULATION QUOTES
Posted by Frank Black on Apr 8th, 2010 / sovereignindependent.com
“Society has no business to permit degenerates to reproduce their kind”
Theodore Roosevelt (A: The wonderful Theodore Roosevelt.)
“Malthus has been vindicated; reality is finally catching up with Malthus. The Third World is overpopulated, it’s an economic mess, and there’s no way they could get out of it with this fast-growing population. Our philosophy is: back to the village.”
Dr. Arne Schiotz, World Wildlife Fund Director of Conservation, stated such, ironically, in 1984
“A total world population of 250-300 million people, a 95% decline from present levels, would be ideal.”
Ted Turner, in an interview with Audubon magazine (A: Turner Enterprises, the big media mogul. This guy is the guy who tells you what your points of view should be.)
“There is a single theme behind all our work (A: Very important way of saying this, because it’s true. Regardless of the organizations you are listening to, it’s all the same mantra.) –we must reduce population levels. Either governments do it our way, through nice clean methods, or they will get the kinds of mess that we have in El Salvador, or in Iran or in Beirut. Population is a political problem. Once population is out of control, it requires authoritarian government, even fascism, to reduce it….”
“Our program in El Salvador didn’t work. The infrastructure was not there to support it. There were just too goddamned many people…. To really reduce population, quickly, you have to pull all the males into the fighting (A: You get wars going.) and you have to kill significant numbers of fertile age females….” (A: That’s what you do in war too, you do that mainly from the air and so on, or kill zones as they like to call them.) “The quickest way to reduce population is through famine, like in Africa, or through disease like the Black Death….”
Thomas Ferguson, State Department Office of Population Affairs
(A: Now, do you think these people have just woken up out of their sleep and they are talking in a dream to you? Do you really think that’s what it is? See, you will make excuses for what you hear. You should be very, very afraid when these people are in top positions in your government, as they are in the United States. As guys like Holdren and all the rest of them behind him are in charge in the United States government. In Britain, too, with the Optimum Population Trust and all these UNELECTED organizations sitting on government boards. You’d better start taking it really seriously because THEY are taking it seriously.)
(A: Then of course, the big con with global warming came from the Club of Rome. They call themselves the PREMIERE think tank for the United Nations. The guys there also belong to other organizations such as the Royal Institute of International Affairs…)
“In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like would fit the bill…. But in designating them as the enemy, we fall into the trap of mistaking symptoms for causes. All these dangers are caused by human intervention and it is only through changed attitudes and behavior that they can be overcome. The real enemy, then, is humanity itself.” (A: But you see, it’s not just any humanity, it’s the ones they don’t need for their new system.)
Alexander King, Bertrand Schneider – Founder and Secretary, respectively, The Club of Rome, The First Global Revolution, pgs 104-105, 1991 (A: However, they came up with the idea in the 1970s. That’s why they changed, by the way, at the United Nations from screaming about the coming ice age to the coming warming age.)
“A cancer is an uncontrolled multiplication of cells; the population explosion is an uncontrolled multiplication of people…. We must shift our efforts from the treatment of the symptoms to the cutting out of the cancer. The operation will demand many apparently brutal and heartless decisions.”
Stanford Professor Paul Ehrlich in The Population Bomb (A: That’s the guy who co-authored the book EcoScience with John Holdren who is now helping to run the United States government in scientific affairs.)
(A: Of course, Jacques Cousteau, the guy who loved fish, you know; he’s a fishy character. Interesting character too because Jacques Cousteau’s other brother was in the Vichy France Nazi Movement. He ran the Nazi newspaper during World War II because really they are all Nazis, these people, in a sense. It doesn’t matter what you call them, they are elitist supremacists, you might call them. That’s what they are, elitist intellectual supremacists that believe they have the right to rule the rest.)
“In order to stabilize world population, we must eliminate 350,000 people per day. It is a horrible thing to say, but it is just as bad not to say it.”
J. Cousteau, 1991 explorer and UNESCO courier
(A: It goes on and on and on.)
“I believe that human overpopulation is the fundamental problem on Earth Today” and, “We humans have become a disease, the Humanpox.”
Dave Foreman, Sierra Club and co founder of Earth First!
(A: We are not talking about little charities here that walk about with tin cans and rent a basement somewhere. It’s hard to get the impact of this out to the general public because they are caught up in so much hype and daily hysteria from the media, which is intended to keep you that way, off balance, but you don’t think straight and you can’t see the real enemy coming towards you. Instead you get distracted. If you were a general standing on a hill and you are overseeing a battle, you can’t be diverted by your casualties over here or over there or way over in the far corner. You’ve got to see the immediate threat so that you can win the war. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just going to run through a few articles, just the headlines basically and I’ll maybe take the caller. The cops now in Britain want to sedate suspects, I guess after they shock the blazes out of them with their tazers. They want the right now to use syringes and stuff and literally sedate you. They’ll come into your home and sedate you and that will be the latest thing.
WORLD NEWSPOLICE: LET US SEDATE SUSPECTS
Police claim the sedative would help them deal with people suffering from Excited Delirium Syndrome
Sunday April 15,2010 / express.co.uk / By Daily Express Reporter
The police also want more powerful weapons…
Police need more powerful weapons to combat ‘Mumbai-style terror attacks’ says police chief
By Daily Mail Reporter / dailymail.co.uk / 15th April 2010
They want heavy, heavy equipment, heavy weaponry, just like they see in the sci-fi movies. Why? Because, remember, we have to go into the age of riots as they start bringing rioting IN due to shortages of food and all the rest of it, which will be planned according to the military think tanks and I’ve read those articles before from the Department of Defence. They envisage literally about 30 years of rioting, slowing starting and gathering speed until the people are rioting all the time. That’s the kind of future they have planned for us apparently. That’s what they see. That’s what they foresee themselves at the Department of Defence. Well, you always got to make sure your military are on side to make sure this system, this same system, and that’s really what the flag is all about folks, to maintain that system… that’s in power now and always has been, to keep them in power regardless of the circumstances, or what they are doing to the public. That’s what your whole reality is really all about, serving the system, maintaining the system, with all of its fallacies and its clever conditioning, even when they become tyrannical. They want all this heavy weaponry to make sure they can continue and continue.
Another article too, interesting article. They said there is a lot of fluoride, fluoride spewing out of the volcano in Iceland. It says it’s a very dangerous toxin and that it destroys bones and teeth. DESTROYS bones and teeth.
Volcanic Ash Disrupting More Than Travel In Europe
Thousands Of Flights Canceled Over Many Days Due To Clouds Of Ash Drifting From Icelandic Glacier
cbs11tv.com / Apr 17, 2010
…The ash is toxic — the fluoride causes long-term bone damage that makes teeth fall out and bones break.
Then there is one from Mercola talking about the same kind of thing to do with fluoride and it was published in Time magazine, apparently listed as an envirotoxin and very toxic to human health. But it’s okay to brush your teeth with it. Isn’t that amazing, eh. Fluoride dumbs you down; it makes you more compliant and docile. Exactly what every government wants.
Warning: Never Swallow Regular Toothpaste
Posted by Dr. Mercola | April 07 2009 | mercola.com
Environmental Toxins
time.com
There is Robin from Virginia. I don’t know if she’s still there. Is Robin there?
Robin: Yes I am. Hi, Alan, how are you?
Alan: Not too bad.
Robin: I am new to this truth movement and the New World Order and all of that. I’ve just sort of switched and broken through the paradigm of the whole left-right fallacy. But as I put all this together there is so much information out there on the internet and I’m just trying to make sense of it all. I’ve read a lot of stuff about what people like you say and that it’s the global elitists. I’m even trying to read through Aldous Huxley’s book and get information. But there is a certain sect out there that’s saying that all of this is because of the Jesuits and then there are other…
Alan: Ah, no. No.
Robin: I shouldn’t give any credence to any of that?
Alan: You can go into Chatham House, the Royal Institute of International Affairs or go into the Council on Foreign Relations web site and go into their archives. You’ll find those guys are running the planet. They publish it. They’ve got think tanks and working teams working on every facet of human life across the whole planet. Honestly, that’s where you should go. There is no conspiracy; it’s out in the open. That’s what HG Wells said, the same thing. He called it the open conspiracy and he wrote it in a book called The Open Conspiracy. So you can find it from the official sources and every top member of government is a member of the Council on Foreign Relations in every country across the world.
Robin: Thank you.
Alan: So that’s what to do. That’s the best place to go, the Council on Foreign Relations and the Royal Institute of International Affairs web site.
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on April 21, 2010. I always go through this little mantra at the beginning and advise newcomers to go into website web site. You can see the hundreds of talks I’ve given over the years; download them for free and go through them at your leisure. Don’t rush stuff; you don’t really take it in if you rush stuff. It’s good to listen to the audios and rather than select them either, go through them one at a time because it gives you the picture of the history that we are going through. We’ve created history. We are creating history. At least someone is creating history and we certainly are going through it. I put it together the best I can to show you the big forces that guide the future. Believe you me, the future ain’t what it used to be. We are guided through everything and nothing is by chance… in any area of society, especially cultural changes, structure in society, all of those things are guided to us. So go into the web site and while you are there, bookmark all the other official sites I’ve got listed because sometimes the .com site goes down or you’ll find it’s slow to download with too many people going in at once. So you can always get downloads from these alternate sites. [Official sites listed above.]
Remember too, that you are the audience that brings me to you. I’m not advertising anything. I’m not bringing people on as guests under the guise of giving information while they sell stuff; that’s how it normally happens. Hosts get paid by advertisers. The ads you hear on this show are paid by the advertisers themselves directly to RBN to broadcast the show. It pays for their board ops and their equipment, their upgrades, bills and all the other stuff that we are all so used to. So you’ve got to keep me going, IF you want me to keep going that is, and help me out. Go into my web sites, see the books, CDs and DVDs that I have for sale. I do write in a different style all together. It’s non-linear. I show you how to think around corners rather than just try to blast through the wall, as we are trained to do, in straight lines. That’s how the elite think themselves. That’s how they con us, in the art of conology. They go around things. We always see what we think is the easy destination and we are always fooled. We always end up somewhere else… old tricks of managing massive populations, very ancient in fact. So you can buy these books and disks I have for sale or you can donate to me. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, lots of people get them passed to them who don’t use computers, they play them on their CD players, you can get in touch with me at [address above]. I really do need your help to keep going. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Most folk are punch drunk today. They are punch drunk with information and that is an effect of the information wars that we have. I can remember before the internet was given they talked about the possibility of people being unable to really absorb data and figure out the data. Remember, everything is just data. Lots of it is trivia and it’s a constant stream of trivia. Plus we get important things in between that – little bits and pieces, bits and bytes as they call it – which is generally all that people really ever remember, if that at all. We get overloaded with it. So getting overloaded itself is a technique to basically disable the person who is trying to figure out what’s going on.
Every day I look through many different articles to decide whether to read them on the air or not and to dissect them for you. That’s what I try to do. I try to take the ones that are worth dissecting and filling in the little bits that they don’t mention in the articles because very little is actually written in such a way as to give you all the information on anything. Most articles are written by organizations, sometimes big foundations themselves. Mainstream media is meant to give you a spin or to put the good side of something without mentioning the negative consequences. So I’m very, very careful generally on what I read on the air. But I have noticed that people do get definitely overwhelmed with data. I try not to go into the crisis, crisis, crisis stuff that we get all the time because that’s a technique of warfare on YOU. It’s a warfare on your mind. It disables the mind. You cannot think clearly if you truly feel that you are under attack from 100 different sources every single day. You’ll be a nervous wreck in no time and you will be disabled.
I’ve read I think a year ago about the cyber warfare teams that the Pentagon already had set up. They set them up years ago in fact. These teams went under various guises to infiltrate all kinds of groups and then lead all kinds of groups. They even started groups up and then you could join them always thinking you were fighting against something which you believed in, only to find out that big DARPA or somewhere with some other company was leading you on down the garden path. They could disable your minds by making you a nervous, utterly nervous wreck. So don’t fall into that trap. You have to be very, very discerning. As I say, I’ve read the articles from their own sites where they talked about the ability to DISABLE… disable people who could be potential problems down the road. Believe you me, that is the technique that really does work.
Over the years many people have become completely burned out, burned out because they could not discern what to spend their time thinking about and what to let go, what to bypass. As I say, when a general is standing on a hill – in the old-fashioned days when they used to stand on hills and look down on the battlefield – he could not be distracted by the casualties over to the left, or to the right, or in a particular area. He had to see where the main threat came from and how to overcome it so he could win. After all, that’s what it was all about; it was winning the battle. Therefore, when you are really concentrating on so many different areas and jumping from here to there, you cannot be forceful enough to get any one particular thing accomplished.
We ARE under warfare, constant warfare and the internet, believe you me, wasn’t given to us so that we could simply have the kind of country that a lot of people would want to have. We know that the biggest players on the internet are the biggest foundations and the biggest NGOs funded by the foundations along side the intelligence services. The intelligence services go under many, many guises to entrap people, to pull them along, to get them into what seems to be the real agenda and then they swerve you way off into other subjects and other directions until you are mind bombed… utterly mind bombed and useless. Psychological warfare basically, psy-ops operations.
I try to go over the history of this big agenda. Never lose sight of it. You cannot lose sight of the history of the agenda because it’s the only way you’ll really make sense of what’s happening today. It’s a Fabian style agenda, incremental, slow step, by slow step, by slow step, intergenerational. Carroll Quigley who worked for the big boys, for their Council on Foreign Relations for the USA, advisor to the State Department, to the military and to many different parts of the US government and to diplomats too, the diplomatic corp. He went through some of this too. He certainly understood his history and the psychology of the masses and techniques that were used on the masses. He was all for it. He was the man who wrote the book Tragedy and Hope and his other big book was called The Anglo-American Establishment where he literally filled in the REASONS for things happening from the late 1800s right up to the present time basically because he went into the future, a future that he wouldn’t live to. He understood the agenda because he was the historian for the CFR. He was all for it. He didn’t agree with some of their methods here and there but he was all for their agenda. He was an elitist himself.
That’s why you have to go into the writings from Chatham House which is the headquarters for the Royal Institute of International Affairs, a PRIVATE, unelected organization that literally has member all through British government and all through the British Commonwealth systems of government and their bureaucracies. They advise all governments on what directions to take. They are heavily into the banking because when they were started up, they combined into the Royal Institute of International Affairs from the Rhodes Foundation and the Milner Group. The Milner Group was comprised solely of international bankers. They set up what they though was a world society. They wanted a world parliament and that was what the League of Nations was set up to do. They were the ones who pushed it. They were the ones who worked on the setting up of it. They got Mandell House, one of their boys in the United States, to get President Wilson to be the figurehead for the start up of the United Nations. The American branch eventually became called the Council on Foreign Relations. It sounds better than ROYAL; it wouldn’t go down too well within the United States.
They had all these big players working with them and they had different branches, special branches and other foundations working on special areas like the Fabian Society to bring in what they saw was the socialist type society with an elite group ruling them, a scientific elite. That’s all through all their writings. Specialists would have the right to rule the people underneath them, the masses as they commonly refer to them, the unwashed masses. But there would be a structured society and at the top of their list was depopulation of the masses for a post-industrial society. They wanted extensive birth control. They wanted to legitimize abortion, mandatory abortion very early on in Britain. Again, by this new kind of government they would bring in.
They knew it would take many, many years of INCREMENTALISM to get the public ready to accept all of this. Well, it’s all here now. We accept it because we’ve been debauched generation by generation. As Quigley said, the average person has a hard time when they come up with an idea and start a process… We want to see things accomplished in our one lifetime whereas a foundation can last for 100-200 years with ONE mandate. Then you get 50 of these foundations, or 100 of them working with their separate parts of the SAME mandate for 100-200 years. Hiring people full time, retiring people, recruiting, retraining and they get things done. That’s how it really does work. There is nothing happening today that was not written about by the Council on Foreign Relations and the Royal Institute of International Affairs, right back about 1920 or so. There is nothing that’s happening today.
They talked about a unified monetary system that they would eventually bring in once they had the world under 3 trading blocs. Each trading bloc would have a kind of one parliament, a provincial type parliament, not an ultimate one because they would all be subservient to a world government. That’s what the United Nations is today. It’s the whole structure for world government. You don’t realize that nearly everything that happens, through your education system, through the different branches of UNESCO at the United Nations, runs your whole school system. It doesn’t matter what country you are in, every country signed on to it. Once you’ve signed on you must obey it; that’s how it’s set up. It doesn’t matter what the publics want. There is a variety of cultures all through the world and it does not matter what they want. It’s what UNESCO is giving them, that’s what they are going to get.
They know it’s now TIME, especially since the 50s, steamrolling through the 60s, 70s, and 80s and 90s, to do in various areas of sexuality, especially, they would get the public quite ready to accept anything that they push. And by the way, part of it was to ultimately to have not just mandatory sterilization, compulsory abortion of the unfit and all the rest of it, the feeble or those who simply were not needed by society, for the new communitarian societies that they were going to create about this time that we are going through now. They also wanted to step up the death rate so that the people down below would not live too long either. We see both things happening now. The cry is back in again. It’s not just abortion; they want more rights for abortion of those they don’t simply need. More and more articles are coming out from, again, the henchmen that all work for the Royal Institute of International Affairs, the planned society, for the new communitarianism where you will be born ONLY IF they need you in that community and you won’t live too long either. That’s a part of the agenda. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about the big system that really is the big octopus that stretches across the whole world, so many different tentacles into every aspect of life, every area of life. They talked back in the early 1900s of central banks which they accomplished. They also talked about eventually another overseeing bank which became the International Monetary Fund in fact, through the United Nations, and a World Bank. The goal eventually was to have the Bretton Woods Agreement Part 1, and Part 2 was supposed to come in now. There are articles within the Royal Institute of International Affairs own web sites where they are talking about having to stall it a little bit; the public haven’t quite swallowed that. But then they go through in the same article and talk about going ahead anyway and bringing in an oversight with the IMF over every country’s national expenses; in other words, their budgets. They want control of every country’s budget and your spending… which was the intention when they first set up the Bretton Woods Agreement.
They also talked about going into, again, the destruction of the family unit; something utterly necessary to bring in a planned society. George Orwell talked about it too. He was at world meetings. He was groomed actually to take part as an elite member of the crew from the private school he was recruited from at the university in Cambridge, as many were in fact. He turned against them eventually and let the cat out of the bag. You’ll find that he corresponded constantly with Aldous Huxley in the 1930s talking about what kind of system the elite were going to bring in. They knew all this stuff. They knew all the big players involved. They knew all the richest people on the planet who ran the foundations that really ran the government of the world and the banks. They talked about, would it really be totalitarian as George Orwell predicted or would it be a gradual implementation through basically conditioning children generation by generation to have sex at a very early age?
That wasn’t Huxley’s idea. He didn’t make it up himself. He got the idea from Lord Bertrand Russell who also worked on these big think tanks, global think tanks. Lord Bertrand Russell had experimental schools where he was allowed to do things that were not allowed to be done anywhere else. He would have been hung outside of these protected schools that were given Royal charters to experiment on children. They encouraged PRE-PUBERTAL sex, the idea being if you could really overdose children with sexual images and thinking, if you could get them really interested in getting them interested in pre-pubertal sex then they would be going from partner to partner very, very quickly and they would never bond with anyone. The idea being they want to bring in a brave new world, the Huxley type scenario where no one would have to bond with anyone, sex was easily available, any kind of sex would do.
That was also taken up by Huxley’s brother Julian Huxley who was the first CEO of UNESCO that brings in this agenda and the curriculums for education across the world, especially sexual education. Scientifically designed in other words, scientifically designed systems. They knew that it would take from about maybe the 1920s. They tried in the roaring 20s; we always tend to forget the roaring 20s. The mini skirt came in then and the Charleston, the dance. The booze cans were made very, very popular because they were naughty. The youngsters went in there and the sex was really promoted through the jazz and all the rest of it. These are the techniques they use because Plato says you always use the culture industry. That’s music, drama, all the rest of it, and fashion too. Always… same techniques.
The fallout back then was overwhelming. Venereal disease was rampant because there were no antibiotics. The children out of wedlock were getting thrown into boys’ homes and girls’ homes, or the back street abortionists were just having a flourishing trade. So it fell into disrepute. It didn’t work. So they went back to the drawing board and they used the peoples’ tax money, masses of tax money to go into scientific research to find ways to stop people from conceiving children, to stop the women from conceiving. That’s why they came up with the pill. It was a MUST BE. Millions and millions of dollars were spent on this. Regardless of what else was needed in society, that was a must be. Then when they got the pill, they reintroduced the music again, the mini skirt, the aren’t we naughty scenarios and started off the hippy generation, as they called it.
At the same time they were pushing the social changes, social changes. Socialism was really what they were talking about, getting government that cared. Now, government that cares has so many different branches that end up dominating your life. That’s the real intention. That’s how you bring in socialism. It starts off by something that seems kind of reasonable. Well, if we are paying all these taxes we should be getting the services back shouldn’t we. That makes sense but of course, what it ends up being is you have all these government agencies that end up dominating and domineering and guiding your lives. That’s what socialism is. They wanted that kind of system at the top. They said they wanted that. They decided they’d have that back in the 1920s to control the masses. That’s what they called them, the masses. We came out of an industrial era and that’s when ‘the masses’ first was used. All THOSE people, you know, all THOSE folk, the majority of THEM.
So we went through the whole process of sexual promiscuity and the promotion from the top down. Just go and do it. Just have fun. All the movies got in on the act and they were telling you, don’t worry about things, the hospitals will take care of unwanted pregnancies, stuff like that. Then a few generations later, the NEXT move goes on and it truly is still the same move, aimed at very young children because they don’t want the next generation to have families at all. I’ll be back with more after this break.
I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking about the step by step process where men start off projects knowing they will never live to see the end of it but also knowing that those in the same foundations will carry it on until they come to be, something that the rest of us don’t have the LUXURY to do. We can’t plan things that we can’t finish in our lifetime but those that set up these big foundations are INTERGENERATIONAL. Maybe 100 years, 200 years to bring off the big plan and they have all the funding in the world to do it. They all work with the other foundations. They all have their special part to control societies.
I was just talking about the sexual aspect of things because you control the sexual aspect of things to break up the family unit. Julian Huxley said it himself; he said, if we can make the children very promiscuous, they won’t bond with a partner for life. Part of the idea being that men will never fight for anything if they don’t have a family. All they will fight for is for the big boss, the government boss that gives them some respect by giving them clean clothes for the first time in their lives often and putting them off into some battlefield with a gun. That’s how they get some respect. Outside of that, there is nothing… they are nobodies back home, you see, nobodies. They are in the rat race competing for everything.
We are all well understood. It’s all psychology. They also knew that children who would start off with pre-pubertal sex and would be very unlikely to ever mate and bond with one person for life. There was no need to. That’s why in the 70s, even in the 60s in Britain, the governments that were really promoting that started to push for single-family units. That was mother and daughter/son basically. That’s what they were pushing for. Lots of countries followed suit and that, again, came through UNESCO and the United Nations.
Here is an article that just verifies what I’m talking about here, without going into the reality behind it. We get handouts to newspapers in countries like Canada. This one is about Toronto.
Ontario premier (Alan: That’s basically the governor of a Province in Canada, or a state.) defends sex-ed curriculum
Linda Nguyen, Canwest News Service: Wednesday, April 21, 2010 / globaltoronto.com
TORONTO – Ontario Premier Dalton McGuinty (A: That some call an old goat.) defended the province’s new sex education curriculum Tuesday, saying children as young as eight years old should be learning about a variety of issues, including gender identity and sexual orientation. (A: So they start off at one thing, they push the envelope and push the envelope. They can do that because the parents have grown up in a more debauched society than their parents. It’s intergenerational and we all get kind of debauched and degraded and down we go until well, what’s really bad about that; we did this… and so on. That’s how we accept things. So now they want to start getting really into picking gender roles and sexual orientation at a very early age. Of course they also have advisors in schools and they will probably say to them, well, you know, how do you know you are not this way if you haven’t tried it? Maybe you are inhibited. You know. If you want to talk to specialists we can get specialists; maybe you are inhibited; maybe that’s why you haven’t tried this. I’m not kidding. This stuff goes on. They want a completely dysfunctional society regarding mating for life and anything outside of that really is dysfunctional. It ends up being dysfunctional; a society cannot stand like that. They don’t want it to stand. They are bringing in, remember, a brave new world. This is what his handout here, McGunity’s handout says…)
“I think I speak with an understanding of the information available to children today. They are going to get this information. We (can) provide it in a format and in a venue in which we have some control, or they can just get it entirely on their own and be informed by potentially uninformed sources like their friends at school.”
The revised curriculum, which will be implemented in Ontario schools beginning in the fall, will see Grade 3 students being taught about gender identity and sexual orientation. (A: I thought sexual orientation was where will you stand when you are in the washroom, you know, for the guys. It was very important to know where to you know what. That’s obviously changed.) This is the first time this topic has been specified in the sex education curriculum. (A: It’s a big lie too because they have discussed worse things than this before.)
Students in Grade 6 will learn about masturbation and wet dreams while those in Grade 7 will be taught about oral and anal sex. (A: You see, there is no parental input and the parents won’t go into it because they’ve been glued to the television for the last 20 years themselves watching what basically is soft porn, through all the different things that are just standard fare on television. They’ve already been degraded themselves. So their children are going to get taught about this. You know when they teach them, it’s really to PUSH it and promote it. It’s all over Much Music. Every innuendo that you get there and every, the so-called dancing there, is just something else completely. It’s all sex, sex, sex. It’s through their teen magazines. It’s through everything they look at.)
The curriculum was developed after more than a year of consultations between academics, students, educators and ministries from other provinces. For example, children learn about puberty, including menstruation, in Grade 4 in schools in B.C. and Alberta.
Then it goes on about other people complaining and so on… but they don’t go into the reality behind it either. They never do. They just give us nonsense and lies. Well, if you go into this other site here, it’s from The Toronto Star and it’s also in the Canadian Press. I’ll put these links up on my site at the end of the show.
Catholic schools must teach new sex ed: McGuinty
April 21, 2010 / thestar.com
Ontario’s Catholic schools can’t opt out of a revamped sex ed curriculum even if it goes against their religious beliefs to teach kids about masturbation and homosexuality, Premier Dalton McGuinty said Wednesday.
Several conservative and religious groups claim the changes coming this fall will corrupt young minds with “explicit” topics like anal sex. But Ontario’s Catholic premier made it clear that all public schools must teach the lessons that will start as early as age six. (A: By the way, I hope you realize too, that part of the big curriculum according to the Huxley’s and others, was to get INTERGENERATIONAL SEX on the go and eradicate even the term pedophilia. It’s to NORMALIZE it. I hope you realize this is all part of that too. I don’t know if you know the International Census Bureau, as all your countries have Census Bureaus that you think are protecting you from too much, people from going overboard pushing the envelope too far. No. The opposite is true. They are there to take the pulse of the public and see if they are READY FOR THE ENVELOPE BEING PUSHED A LITTLE BIT MORE. They said at the international meeting in 2000 that now that they had won the rights to put homosexuality on television and different things, they would now push for the rights of intergenerational sex AND bestiality. I’m not kidding folks. Professors attended this international meeting.)
“If parents are uncomfortable with certain aspects of this new curriculum, they can and they are free to withdraw their children from the classroom.”
The first changes to Ontario’s curriculum in a dozen years will see students learning about masturbation in Grade 6 and oral and anal sex at age 12. (A: So they keep giving you different numbers and dates here.)
Opponents who are mounting a campaign to get rid of the program have described the curriculum as “evil” and “bordering on criminal.” They say teaching eight year olds about gender identity and same-sex marriage is inappropriate and should be left up to parents. (A: That’s a fact too. If you got a social agenda on the go here and really a political agenda, what’s it doing in the school room? And pressure groups are under a political agenda and a social agenda. That should not be in the class room at all.)
Then, if we go into another article here – I’ll put this link up as well – from Toronto.
Condoms, masturbation, abortion content provoke controversy in UNESCO sex education draft guidelines
September 3 · Sarah Estrella – Sex Education Examiner / examiner.com
(A: That’s the United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization, UNESCO. So here is the only one that’s telling you where it comes from, that all the countries sign on board with. It says here…)
On Monday the United Nations Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) (A: Remember, we do not elect… You understand, the United Nations is an UNELECTED body. It’s a NON-democratic body… but it works for the Royal Institute of International Affairs that set it up with the same mandate.) is due to release a new draft proposal of its controversial international Sexuality Education guidelines.
UNESCO pulled an earlier draft of the guidelines from its website in June after they sparked international controversy and criticism from conservative and religious groups: Conservative commentators in America have been particularly vocal about that draft’s suggestion of discussion about masturbation for children as young as 5 years old. (A: That’s what UNESCO actually wanted… 5 years of age.)
The guidelines are the result of a two-year effort in support of UNESCO’s HIV and AIDS prevention strategy (A: They are utter liars these people. Utter liars but we’ll listen to them lie a bit…) and its attempts to promote sex education as a “demonstrably effective programme for young people” and to “promote cooperation and sharing of experiences among key stakeholders. (A: I wonder if that’s all the pervs that watch all the pedophile sites on the internet. I’m not kidding about that folks either.)
It’s hard enough to get a small American community to agree on any kind of sex education standards, (A: Then they go on about and so on and so on. Then they go on to say from UNESCO that they have shown that it actually reduces the sexual interaction with children, which is just UTTER LIES. The opposite is true and they well know it but they are born liars that work there. You don’t tell people… See, the herd are children. WE are all children according to the United Nations. You can’t tell the truth to the children, you’ve got to lie to them, you know; they would never go along with it.) much less to build consensus and cooperation around international guidelines, but this is serious business, and UNESCO’s guidelines argue that sex education helps to postpone the onset of sexual activity among young people, reduce the number of sexual partners and unprotected sex they are having, and decrease the rate of sexually transmitted infection and unplanned pregnancy.
Conservatives in America and around the world – presumably still convinced that abstinence-only education programs are the only way to go on these fronts – are irked by the guidelines’ emphasis on condom use and upset over frank discussion of masturbation, homosexuality, and abortion proposed in the guidelines. UNESCO’s Sexuality Education guidelines, coordinated with other U.N. agencies including UNICEF and the World Health Organization, (A: Oh, those winners; the guys that want to kill us all off through inoculations.) are intended to help U.N. member countries improve sex education and sexual health, particularly among young people and in the developing world, to reduce illegal abortions, and to reduce the spread of sexually transmitted infection, including HIV and AIDS. (A: Which of course it does nothing of the sort.)
As I say, Bertrand Russell had the school back in the 20s and they found out that it certainly DID obsess the children with sexual thought and thinking, leading to sexual action. So they are just lying away there because that is the agenda. You’ve got to see the movie Brave New World; you’ve got to see it. Remember it was written in 1933. Huxley said that they could bring in any kind of society that the masters wanted using scientific techniques and THEY HAVE BEEN DOING IT folks. They have been doing it. We are run by these very clever psychopaths who see us as a bunch of people in a doll’s house and they are looking down from above you and they are just playing with the doll house. Unfortunately, the systems that they use on the people, or the dolls inside the house, they do work. They do work. Absolutely they do work.
We are dealing with liars and psychopaths near the top, you see. Destroying cultures was SO important to them; the absolute destruction of all cultures to bring in a NEW culture run by GOVERNMENT. That’s the whole idea of it. Communitarianism is all PART of that. You’ve got to understand what communitarianism IS. It’s the PLANNED societies where everyone will be born ONLY if they need YOU to work in their system. If they don’t need you in their system, you will simply be terminated before you are born, maybe even after it because they have even discussed killing off children up to the age of 2 and I’m not kidding about that either. That’s been out in the mainstream media.
That’s the world we are going into. We are actually IN it. When we accept mass killings and we accept bodies being plasticized and hung on wires in art shows. We are desensitized by these terrible shows like CSI or whatever they’ve got on television where everybody is just a hunk of meat anyway. Now they are going for not just for preventing the youth from being born; now they are going to shorten the life span. They call it, we’ve got to up the DEATH RATES. Why do you think you are dropping dead with all these new cancers? …all over the place? And they are always stumped when the find some new cancer disease in our inoculations. But the big boys, the experts are always stumped, my God, we had it there for 20 years and we never knew… they’ve just found it out. Well, they didn’t find it; other companies will find it out for them. And you scratch your head thinking it’s ALL BY COINCIDENCE. It’s all chance. Who would do that? That’s what you say; it’s the first thing out of your mouth. Oh, who would do that? Because YOU wouldn’t do that, you see. Well, probably you wouldn’t send your own families off to fight in Afghanistan either or anywhere else. But they do. They plan wars in advance. When they plan a war on society THEY MEAN IT and they PUT IT INTO BEING… through various means… as we become more and more dehumanized. But mind you, the more dehumanized we become, the less we complain about anything. We are just too busy having a good time, playing ourselves, ADULT CHILDREN, children who never grew up at all and government will advise us in every aspect of whatever we must do.
Someone wrote to me and his daughter had been basically involved with social workers her whole life because, I guess the mother had the child and it was a dysfunctional family, or whatever, or the daughter had problems. She actually, as she was growing up, right into adulthood, would call on social work departments as though they were her friends. When any decision came up she’d ask them what she should do. THAT’S what government wants, folks. That’s what it’s all set up to eventually be. You’ll be an eternal child just playing along and playing along, watching all your stuff on television and going out to the booze cans and dancing away and sleeping around. But when it comes to anything important, you have to go to your friends at the social work departments to advise you what to do. Big Brother will tell you what to do. That’s the system they’ve pretty well brought in.
The corrupt, evil characters that run us like Al Gore, they are in the papers all the time. People believe their IMAGE because they’ve got SUCH incredible publicity behind them, massive publicity campaigns to show them as so squeaky-clean. The guy was brought up, remember, by one of the top communists in the world. The top communists are multi-billionaires and multi trillionaires. See, they created communism FOR this kind of system. It’s the easiest way to own the world in a socialist system and you boys at the top are the Fascists; there is a different set of rules for you, you see. I’ll be back with more and I’ll mention Al Gore after this break.
I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix, just following on with Al Gore, the allegory I call him, the protégé of Armand Hammer. Do your homework on Armand Hammer and you’ll get quite the eye opener. He’s another globalist who had homes both in the US and in the Kremlin. There was no real Cold War as you think. It was all part of it to bring it together to the present system today where you have a Fascist elite running the world and the communitarian communist style bureaucracy running us all below and we do what we are told. That’s what they are bringing in folks.
So Al Gore, the guy that’s part of the big global warming scam. If it was a freezing scam, he wouldn’t care what kind of scam it was, he’d get in on it anyway; that’s his job. It says here from this article…
Gore takes cash for water campaign from chemical firm
By Nina Lakhani / theindependent.co.uk / April 18, 2010
Al Gore, the self-styled squeakiest-clean and deepest-green politician in American history, has some explaining to do this weekend. His environmental organisation has taken money to raise awareness about the need for clean water from a controversial chemicals company. (A: That’s nothing really. He would take it from the local sewage supply, whatever.)
Dow Chemical, the US firm, is sponsoring Life Earth events in 150 cities today. The event aims to raise money for clean water programmes. Research by environmental organisations has found dangerous levels of highly toxic chemicals in rivers, lakes and other water supplies close to several other factories owned by Dow and its subsidiaries in countries including the United States, Brazil and South Africa.
Dow’s factories at its global headquarters in Midland, Michigan, have been accused of contaminating the region, including the Tittabawassee River floodplains, with high levels of dioxin – one of the “dirty dozen” most dangerous chemicals. In 2007, the highest level of dioxin contamination ever measured by the US Environmental Protection Agency was found in the Michigan Saginaw River. Residents are advised to avoid contact with river sediments and not to eat locally caught fish. (A: So Al Gore doesn’t mind taking cash from… See, they are all in it together, these characters, eh.)
I’ve got a list here of all the big boys that attended the Copenhagen meeting and every one of these top companies had representatives there. They are leading the environmental movement and that’s what the yo-yos below them understand. There are lots of yo-yos, you know, lots and lots of them. They use the fringe groups as well, the ones who would stand up for whatever fringe thing that appeals to them to get an army together, to make big numbers seem to count. But they are run by these characters at the top, the clever psychopaths at the top, and they will never figure that out… never, ever figure it out.
Al Gore, as I say, interesting; groomed by Armand Hammer. He’s sailed through life, this guy, sailed through life. He claims he’s the inventor of the internet, a big lie of course but that’s nothing new. He has a big mouth. He’s claimed so many amazing things for himself that it’s astonishing. He should really be laughed off, but no. As long as the press keeps giving him all these different awards and standing him up on stages and he get accolades from all the Hollywood people and all the rest of it, he will continue doing his clown act as we all end up suffering and having no rights whatsoever. You see, we are the enemy of the environment, of dear old mother earth, according to guys like Gore. If you see where his money was sunk you’d get another shock. Maybe.
I don’t really know if anybody really gets shocked these days, when you really hear about anything. I think we are so jaded personally and bombarded with useless data, trivia data, in amongst important data, most folk cannot discern what data to take and run with. That’s how I see it. That’s what they said at DARPA too, they’d overload us so much we couldn’t tell the difference or we couldn’t process the data. Don’t give up though. It’s not up to mass movements. It’s up to the individual thinkers out there who can communicate with others.
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on April 22, 2010. I always suggest that newcomers look into website web site where you can download hundreds of hours of talks I’ve given in the past few years and listen to them at your own time and pace and analyze them for yourself. Check them up and check them against the evidence; check them against the articles I give you and the references I give you to see if you agree or disagree because you the individual must come to your own conclusion. Don’t go with the herd. The herd always goes in one direction and that’s the one they are pointed to by those that rule them. You can also help to keep me going on this particular show by looking into my web site and buying the books, CDs and DVDs that I have for sale or you can donate to me. That keeps this hour per night ticking over, just about, almost. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] Most of my customers are from the States; everybody else is a bit stingy. It’s always a good idea to bookmark the other sites I have listed on the front page because some times so many people go into the .com site at the same time to download it can be kind of hesitant or sticky downloads and you can always get a faster download by using another site. These are all the authorized sites and anything else out there isn’t authorized by me. It might be my stuff that’s on it but it’s not authorized. I can only be responsible for my own doings; put it that way. [Official sites listed above.] For those that get the disks burned and passed to them, you can get in touch with me at [address above]. It’s very important… someone who sent me a parcel back in January and they held it for 3 months. She just got it back in the States because one letter was wrong on the postal code. So they are awfully sticky about that. Be sure to use the correct postal code and that should ensure that anything will get to me. I don’t have too much trouble with the post office though. So far it’s not bad at all, although they are cutting back drastically in the United States apparently; they are closing a lot of post offices down.
Generally I try not to go into the main topics of the day because to be honest with you, they are called news holes and they set trends. That’s what they call them in the media business, news holes. Everything that you read in the media is part of a trend. You’ll see the same stories. If you do a search on the story, it’s from one newspaper to the next paper because it’s a trend that’s being set to fill a news hole. A news hole is a space left between advertising. It’s whatever that’s made popular is because they all copy each other and mainly because they are all getting the news from their main TWO sources, Reuters and the AP, or API news that they call it. So they set the trends of what we yap about on the street level; that way you can control public opinion. You can guide public opinion; ensure everyone is talking about the same things at the same time. Excuse the voice, by the way, there is a lot of spraying here and it really, really dries you up. This aluminum oxide from the air dries you up badly. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking about how the voice comes and goes because your nose gets plugged up in the mornings and again sometimes around your eyes gets dry. That’s the spraying in the skies and they haven’t let up in Canada and the States and even in parts of Ireland too. But you will find in Europe, because so many of the aircraft now are grounded because of all the supposed volcanic ash in the air, that gets into the get engines of the aircraft, that they are having great weather. It’s just amazing. I’ve had letters from Sweden and parts of England saying how BLUE the sky is and really, when you haven’t seen a blue sky for about 12 years, a REALLY BLUE sky, and some people for the first time. They are growing up now and they have never really seen deep blue skies. It’s just an incredible phenomenon. They’ve put this spin in the media already to tell you why the skies are so blue. They are not going to tell you that they have been spraying the skies since 1998 steadily. This is from Yahoo News.
Ash cloud’s silver lining: bluer skies
Writers Joji Sakurai And Karl Ritter, Associated Press Writers / news.yahoo.com / Wed Apr 21
LONDON – As volcanic ash cast a shadow over millions of lives, Londoners and other city dwellers across Europe were treated to a rare spectacle of nature: Pristine, blue skies brighter than any in recent memory.
The remarkable sight happened in part because mass flight groundings prevented busy airspace from being crisscrossed with plumes of jet exhaust that create a semi-permanent haze — and other effects beyond the white contrails themselves.
Just as city lights make it necessary for us to go to the desert to appreciate the true glitter of stars, so has modern aviation dulled us to what the noontime sky can really look like — until the erupting volcano in Iceland offered a reminder. (Alan: So, that’s the spin they’ve put on already as though there were no aircraft in the skies before 1998. The skies were blue then, actually blue, a real deep blue as well.)
Since the year 2000 and even before that there have been less and less airlines in the air at the same time because of the cost of aviation fuel. Different companies have merged together or closed down all together. The flights themselves are crammed to capacity, full capacity now, so there are actually a lot fewer flights than there used to be. So that is their spin on it anyway; they are telling you that you are seeing blue skies because the traffic is grounded. However, there are other articles too that tells you that the Air Force is also grounded and I think that’s closer to the truth. However, the further west they go, parts of Ireland, they are already getting the spray there and they’ve kept it up in Canada.
It’s astonishing to watch it. I’ve watched it for years. I can remember the first day it started in earnest in Ontario where it was literally, they were about HALF the height they normally are at now. They had the sky literally checker boarded from north, south, east and west. It was a checker board, very precisely too. It was like walking into a sci-fi movie when you walked out your door. These trails they were using then were just the white type and they left plumes from horizon to horizon. It stayed there for the whole day… the whole day… suddenly. It was astonishing to me too, that when you ask people for their impression on these trails, how stunned they look and yet at the same time you could see them go into that well, where… the media hasn’t told me anything about this so I don’t have an opinion on it. That’s kind of what they tried to tell you. If they could possibly think… that’s what they would come out with. That’s probably the truth as well. Most folk really can’t think unless the media tells them WHAT to think about something.
I’ve mentioned before about how major marketing studies proved many years ago that about 87%, I think, of the general public, when they are asked to pass an opinion on events in their daily lives, or in the media, and come to some conclusion, they could only pass on a superficial conclusion that generally they had actually heard from the same media. They have no real opinions of their own. That’s probably pretty consistent down through time. That’s the majority of the general public. But there you go. There is your spin on it right away. It’s because the passenger aircraft are not flying that this is happening.
Prior to 1998, there were far more jets on the go; fuel was cheaper. I lived in Europe too and I saw them travel through the sky and trails always dissipated about a hand’s span – if you put your hand up to the tail of the craft as it was flying overhead – that’s where the end of the trail would start to disappear. They did NOT last for hours and all day like they do today. However, that’s neither here nor there. That’s just how it really, really is. We are living in magic land because believe you me, they cannot tell the public what they are doing. They already know the effects of geo-engineering. They don’t have to have meetings to decide them. They’ve had years of studying us and they KNOW the effects of geo-engineering. They know all the lung problems, nasal problems, congestion, constant infection, chronic infections, and they also know, I’m sure, what the death rate is with the very young and the elderly. Never mind this incredible new phenomenon that SUDDENLY everyone has got allergies and suddenly, again, you have older people, middle aged people getting asthma for the first time. That never happened in previous decades. It didn’t happen. Unknown. So it’s a new normal. We are supposed to adapt into new normals all the time without questioning it and most folk, mind you, don’t bother to question it at all.
I’ve read so many times different articles on politicians and how they are trained. They DO get trained by professionals because we are sold a fake persona with politicians. WE DON’T KNOW THE REAL PEOPLE. We will never know the real people, never, ever know them unless you have known them prior to that personally. But you will never know them otherwise. What you get is blurbs in the newspapers, media ops, which are all completely staged and rehearsed, with words written by scriptwriters. They’ve got their dress-up people there and the makeup people and all that kind of stuff just like anybody going into the movies or on the news. You’ll never really know what they are like. Then you get the magazines that come out too and they tell you how wonderful this person is. This person is a FAMILY man, a family man, so there is a picture of him in a family and all that kind of stuff. It’s just nauseating really because we never really know the real people. In fact, it’s not until long after they leave politics that you begin to find out their background and their connections, their family histories, involvements in politics and all of that kind of stuff. While they are running and once they are in, no, you will never really know who they are except what the media projects to you.
Here is an article that shows you really, and I don’t disagree with them. I know why they do this. But it shows you what they are taught and how they are taught to talk to the public. Just a little bit on it and it’s from The Mail Online.
‘Talk to public like they are ten-year-olds’:
Advice TV presenter gave Nick Clegg
By Gerri Peev / 22nd April 2010 / dailymail.co.uk
(A: Advice a professional TV presenter gave.)
Nick Clegg has been secretly groomed for months for his TV debates by a presenter who tells clients to talk to viewers as it they are ten-year-olds.
The Lib Dem leader has been rehearsing for the leaders’ debates since November and deployed the services of Scott Chisholm, a former Sky anchorman.
Mr Chisholm – who initially denied his involvement with Mr Clegg – has a top tip for clients ahead of TV appearances: ‘Pitch it (A: Pitch your spiel…) at a ten year old. (A: That’s what they are told to do. Listen to this now… It’s true. This is true; this is how far we have sunk with the TV generation.)
‘If you use words that viewers have to process in order to understand, then they will miss the next three to six words you say’. (A: Okay. So in other words, if you use a kind of semi big word, that stops them and they are trying to think what does that mean and they are not listening to the next words that follow. So don’t use big words. Keep it simple, for a 10 year old.)
He also advises clients: ‘If you are asked a question you know nothing about, do not feel as if you must answer it.’
Another thing they are taught too, it doesn’t mention it in this article, but when they get asked a question that’s a kind of cutting edge question that could put them on the spot for a personal opinion, or it puts them or their party in a bad light, they are told to not answer the question as it was asked, but as YOU WOULD HAVE LIKED IT TO HAVE BEEN ASKED. In other words, you reframe the question in your head. That’s why they never give a direct answer to any question that’s kind of sticky. We’ve all experienced that listening to politicians over the years. But there you go. There is what you get now. You get them talking down to us as though we are 10 year olds and no one really notices. No one minds. We are used to it. We are actually used to it. When you get a President like the last one too, saying they went after Saddam Hussein and got rid of him, not because he was involved in 9/11. He says, no, I never said he was; we just went after him because he was a bad man and the world was better off without him. So people are broken down into bad men, bad, you know, bad guys. That’s how they talk to us… to explain wars. Yeah, he was a bad guy. We are the good guys, here are the bad guys. That’s how simplistic it is isn’t it? That’s how simplistic it is to run the people when they are dumbed down to TV lingo, or language. Quite something. White hats and black hats and that’s all it is, bad guys. It’s good enough, what they tell us. It’s good enough for the public. There is no howl about what on earth is he saying, why is he saying this like a cartoon? That’s what the people are actually used to.
Again, you get this trivia. They call it news holes, as they put stuff in. A lot of it is creating the trends. The trends, the ripples of conversation that will go through all media and the internet. People prattle on about it as expected, that they are EXPECTED to do so. Those that control the media control the trends and what you are going to be prattling on about. People have no memory. They have no memory so you can actually reintroduce the same topic a year later and they will prattle on about it just as they did when they first heard it and they can’t remember when they first heard it. I’ll give you an example when I come back from this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking about how news is recycled to us through news holes where they set trends for gossip where we just prattle about things and say oh my God, look what they are doing to us now. Everyone you meet, when you bring up the topic, will say the same thing, yeah, oh my God, how could they… and we all say the same things. We don’t realize often a trend is being set. It’s getting you READY for something. Because when we moan about things, it’s like getting something off your chest and eventually you come to the inevitability we are all going to get this anyway. But at least you moaned about it and you feel better because you did some moaning to other people. That’s really how it works. So they are called trial balloons when they first give it out to the public because the public have no memory. They don’t realize the particular thing they are moaning about, that they now believe is inevitable, was programmed into them through previous articles over maybe one, two, or even three years or more through trial balloons.
The first trial balloon that goes up mentions that some people have been thinking about doing this or a new tax or something and it’s always somebody MINOR so there is no danger of it becoming law or anything so you dismiss it BUT you’ve taken it into your head by osmosis. That’s how we learn as humans when we are being indoctrinated gradually as test rats. It’s through osmosis, through these trial balloons and you are being programmed but you don’t remember the trial balloon. Then you hear it again and it’s kind of more familiar to you and then once they are actually ready to push it through they mention it, mention it, it’s going to be mentioned by the big boys themselves and brought up in the senate or the parliament or whatever. That’s how the technique always works. Everything is a technique that’s used on the public and it’s scientific rulership really that you are under. The politicians don’t dream it up. They have their experts guiding them on how to do it.
Everybody is going on about the value added tax as though it’s a new idea. Now, they don’t remember that it’s the same thing that was pushed a year ago, just almost exactly a year ago. This article is from the Washington Post.
Once Considered Unthinkable, U.S. Sales Tax Gets Fresh Look
Levy Viewed as Way to Reduce Deficits, Fund Health Reform
By Lori Montgomery / Washington Post Staff Writer / Wednesday, May 27, 2009
With budget deficits soaring and President Obama pushing a trillion-dollar-plus expansion of health coverage, some Washington policymakers are taking a fresh look at a money-making idea long considered politically taboo: a national sales tax. (A: That was in 2009. Then you get the papers today, today’s papers and here it is again.)
Obama aides neither back nor bury value-added tax
By CHARLES BABINGTON (AP) – 4/21/2010 / news.google.com
WASHINGTON — Obama administration officials on Thursday further clouded the question of whether the president would consider a new value-added tax similar to those levied by some European countries.
President Barack Obama sounded somewhat open to the idea when it came up in an interview.
“I know that there’s been a lot of talk around town lately about the value-added tax,” he told CNBC on Wednesday. “That is something that has worked for some countries.”
“Before, you know, I start saying ‘this makes sense or that makes sense,’ I want to get a better picture of what our options are,” Obama said. (A: So that’s how they ready you, bit by bit, sometimes month after month, but definitely year after year… for the value added tax.)
If you go into the Council on Foreign Relations, the guys that really run the country, you’ll find in their own web site that they have been talking about bringing in the value added tax for the Americas, not just for the United States but for the Americas. They have been talking about this and have think tanks working on the project for years. It’s in their own web sites. This is not an idea of the government. The government really is run by the CFR and so is Canada. Remember what Carroll Quigley said, every President has been a member of the CFR for the last 60 years and he wrote his book in the 1960s. He said, it doesn’t matter what party gets in, the top person is always a member… ALWAYS a member. It’s the same in Canada too. As I say, it’s just old stuff as far as I’m concerned.
It’s the same thing, again, the parent one in Britain of the CFR; it’s called the Royal Institute of International Affairs. From their own web site at Chatham House, it’s called Chatham House Publications. Again, they have think tanks working on every aspect of society including the coming food shortages. They hand out all their diagnosis to every single country as to what to do about every possible problem, this PRIVATE organization, UNELECTED organization that has millions or billions to play with, of dollars. They talk about the end of the dollar. This is an article; I think I was from last year.
International Monetary System: Beyond the Dollar
The World Today, Volume 66, Number 4
Paola Subacchi, April 2010 / chathamhouse.org.uk
CHANGE AHEAD
The end of the dollar as the key reserve currency is still far away, but the steps some countries are taking signal changes ahead. The trend is towards a multi-currency reserve system with the backstop of a supranational reserve currency. But we are not there yet and any change to the current arrangements is likely to take a long time.
In the meantime, it is critical to ensure the sustainability of the present system. The transition needs to be managed through dialogue and policy cooperation. Policy cooperation, in particular, should help prepare the ground for a smooth transition by encouraging countries to exchange information about current and future policy decisions. (A: Well, that’s what I read about earlier on this week when I mentioned that the IMF wants the power to come into every country and control, literally control your national budgets… and it’s all in here too, written a year ago… and it’s happening now. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just showing you how really we are so predictable. We are so incredibly predictable. It isn’t until you get into marketing and the writings of marketers that you understand how predictable we are. They’ve done SO many studies and polls and tests on the public through control groups and so on that they know exactly what makes us tick. If you call this thinking, I don’t whether we think or not anymore. I think we are more programmed than thinkers and most people go through their entire lives never realizing that what they are wearing is what they’ve been told they should wear, what the fashion is for that time. Even when you pick a group as a teenage to belong to, you get the baggy pants or you get some other outfit or you get spiky hair. You don’t realize that no, you’ve got 5 things to choose from; they are all authorized from the top. That’s really how it is. Even with those 5 kinds of rebellious thing to wear as a teenager, they will give you maybe 3 or 4 types of music to pick from, or variations of music. IT’S ALL LAID OUT FOR YOU, FOR YOUR PERSONALITY TO FIT INTO. Once you fall into the trap you really stunt your personality growth. You truly will. You cannot grow when you belong to a predesigned group that gets fed their own information via the internet or magazines FOR that group. All you do is chatter, you chatter amongst each other and you chatter from the sources that are put out TO you FOR you to chatter about. That’s how you do it.
It’s no different for the adults. The adults go through their different phases and then they become rigidly political… I’m left-wing, I’m right-wing, whatever happens to be the name of their party. They read the articles in the newspapers that appeal to them about that kind of party that they’ve already decided they want to belong to. We are all very, very predictable.
I’ve gone into as well, the scientific acquisition of all your data, under the guise of terrorism. It’s such farce especially when people like Brzezinski were talking about this back in the 70s, the creation of the predictable society. You can’t be predictable and control a society unless you have all the data on every single person. Not just data of what they did 10 years ago, but you want up-to-date data, constant daily data about what they are doing. One day truly, and I kid you not, you will have a SWAT team coming into your home if you break your routine. I’m not kidding about that. I really am not kidding about that because they are so anxious and terrified at the top of someone, again, the solitary individual that breaks out of the loop and says, ah-ha, eureka; I think. That terrifies them. They don’t want thinkers. They want people being subdued, belonging to different groups, very predictable, chatting to this group on a Monday, this group on a Tuesday, spreading all their data across the internet daily on Facebook and stuff. But one day if you break that pattern they’ll either want to know if you are in the hospital or what on earth you are doing. Are you being subversive? Why aren’t you putting up the data? We noticed you haven’t put any data up on Facebook in the last 2 or 3 days. What’s going on? You think I’m kidding. I’m not kidding about it at all.
You know, the movie Brazil, it’s a comedy but it’s a reality, a prediction of the future which is now here… done in comedy. It was kind of laughed at the time of people who chew their popcorn and blow the bubble gum and pass on to the next part of entertainment. But everything that it had in that movie is happening now. Everything that was laughed at, at that time, is now happening today, in reality. People are being mistakenly killed by authorities because of screw-ups. SWAT teams DO go into the wrong homes and kill the wrong people. Never mind what are they doing going out to kill people in the first place for, but the fact is they do it. One day, as I say, if you are not predictable you will be called in. I’m sure they are already using the data in schools now that they are going into all the students’ laptops and have been for years and watching them all at home and listening to their conversations and all the rest of it. I’m sure they will be getting pulled aside to get advice from their various counselors of what they are doing in their spare time. We’ve noticed this, you know, you aren’t sociable enough. You don’t agree with the rest. See, in this system you’ve got agree with everyone else; THE GROUPTHINK MENTALITY THAT’S APPROVED.
But the people will never learn because, again, the vast majority, well over 80% OF THE PUBLIC GOES ALONG WITH WHATEVER IS GIVEN TO THEM because they can’t really make a personal decision for themselves anyway. I’ve often said this, it’s not the elite that is just the problem; it’s the masses as well. If you want to belong to the masses, then you are in trouble. The masses have a symbiosis with the elite, the rulers and the ruled. They have this strange relationship. The masses like the kind of socialist society where they don’t have to think much. They are told what to do. Arnold Schwarzenegger said that himself. He said, I believe people need to be told what to do… and I’ll tell them. That’s what he said. He’s a good Nazi, you see.
It is true too, a lot of people, a LOT of people really want this system that is becoming more and more pervasive into their private lives. They want it. They are willing to give up and sacrifice all their personal freedoms to have health care. Even when they don’t need it, as long as they know it’s there. It’s like Woody Allen. He says, why do I live in New York? Well, if I want a pizza at 3 in the morning I can get it, if I want it. That’s what people are willing to do; give all their freedoms because of the social security nets that they think might be there if they need them. In other words, FEAR keeps them there. FEAR. That’s why you’ll never, ever get a movement that is willing to chance some completely different way of living because your biggest opposition would be the public themselves.
Not just the public… since most of the public today live in cities which are completely artificial constructs where you must live in an artificial system to survive, using nothing but money. Even to get entertained you’ve got to have money. Everything is money. As opposed to the country, you can go for a walk somewhere. THEY ARE TERRIFIED OF ANY OTHER WAY OF LIVING. They want all their goodies. As long as they got enough money to buy the latest electronic gadget so they can talk into the ether wherever they happen to be, and have the latest movies coming out, constant entertainment, they will go the whole way and supposed to be giving all the rest of their money to the government to dispense back on them, through rationing or whatever. They will go the whole way. They would collapse at the thought of having to risk helping each other through a real bad crisis time for maybe a few years until they bring in a new system with no corrupt banks and a decent way of looking after each other, a more HUMANE system. They would never go for it.
So you’ve got a symbiosis between the followers and the rulers. It’s the ones in between that really get the bad deal. They know what’s happening. They know what’s going on. They are thinkers. They don’t want to rule over other people, but they don’t want to be ruled over by tyrants either. Since democracy, this term democracy is used… well the majority accept all these laws, what is your problem sir. That’s what you are told. That’s what you are told. So when people start to wake up they first panic. They panic thinking WE must do this, WE must do that. They don’t realize, NO, there is no such thing as WE. The bulk of the populace out there really don’t want change. They will grumble and they will moan but they will give up NOTHING, nothing at all and chance nothing at all for what you’ll think of as independence, even personal independence.
When you are personally independent, you’ve got to take chances and risks. They don’t want that. That’s what the elite know themselves. Only the individual can free themselves and you’ve got to free your mind before you can do anything else… and sometimes that’s the only conquest you will get – in an Orwellian world, the freedom of your mind. Even then, you’ll be attacked for having it.
Now, Zbigniew Brzezinski talked about this too, some of it, kind of briefly, for the people in a publication, Between Two Ages. He talks about the scientific elite basically. He puts even weather warfare in that book, how it will be used and how they could also control the mind by ‘stroking’, through stroking the mind basically through electronic stimulation on continental scales which would keep the public quiet and happy. It was written in the 1970s. On page 252 this is what he says,
Another threat, less overt but no less basic, confronts liberal democracy. More directly linked to the impact of technology, it involves the gradual appearance of a more controlled and directed society. (A: Is this sounding familiar? The gradual appearance of a more controlled and directed society.) Such a society would be dominated by an elite whose claim to political power would rest on allegedly superior scientific know-how. (A: Have you seen the panel that’s behind Obama? Have you seen the panels behind the front men in Britain? …all the scientific groups, Population Trust groups, all that kind of stuff? Claiming that they are there because there are needed now, because of their scientific know-how.) Unhindered by the restraints of traditional liberal value, this elite would not hesitate to achieve its political ends by using the latest modern techniques for influencing public behavior and keeping society under close surveillance and control. (A: Is that sounding familiar? Hmm? Starting with Bush. I wonder how many people will even remember this.) Under such circumstances, the scientific and technological momentum of the country would not be reversed but would actually feed on the situation it exploits.
The emergence of a large dominant party, alongside other more narrowly focused and more intensely doctrinaire groupings on the right and left, could accelerate the trend towards such technological managerialism. (A: Rule by experts.) Such a large dominant party would combine American society’s quest for stability with its historical affinity for innovation. Relying on scientific growth to produce the means for dealing with social ills, it would tap the nation’s intellectual talent for broad target planning and exploit the existence of doctrinaire groups by using them as social barometers and as sources of novel ideas. (A: All the different think tanks, you see, all the different think tanks now, this public/private sort of deal that runs the governments across the Western world.)
He didn’t come out with this stuff because he was just letting his mind wander. He sat at all the world meetings in his day, in the 70s. That’s where this stuff comes from and we are living through it now. And the vast majority of the public are completely unaware. All they are doing is moaning and groaning at the announcements made to them that they are going to have to fit into. Do you understand that? I’ve been telling people for years this is a PLANNED society. We were born into a planned society where everything that happens 40 years from now was debated 20 years ago. Everything that is happening how was debated 60 years ago. Not just debated but all the problems to make it work into place were went through with a fine-tooth comb by those in academia, including all oppositions, how they would tackle them, how they would get around them… before they make the first move on the chess board. We are already IN this scientific system, the dictatorship as Huxley called it. We are well in to it and the vast majority are completely unaware. They still go down to personalities. They throw rotten tomatoes at personalities. They still think that these guys are real. I said at the beginning of the show, you are sold a fiction, a fictional persona, made up by marketers. Their job is to get hit with the rotten tomatoes and the guys behind them, the real scientists run the show.
So that was Brzezinski. He also talked about bringing forth a President and creating a great persona for him, the PERSONALITY CULT he called it, would help to speed up this process.
Persisting social crisis, the emergence of a charismatic personality, and the exploitation of the mass media to obtain public confidence would be the steppingstones in the piecemeal transformation of the United States into a highly controlled society.
Does that ring a bell? …to anybody out there? I wonder. I wonder. That’s why you can’t go off half-cocked on anything. You can’t react to the media the way they expect you to react. They expect you to howl at the air when you hear stuff that you don’t like, or the taxes are going up, or value added taxes are coming down and all the rest of it. THEY EXPECT ALL OF THAT. They are giving you it… They could just as easily have kept it quite for a longer period. Everything is timed on cue… via the news holes and the creation of media trends and the trend becomes what we prattle about through society. The computer generation calls it going viral, a topic goes viral. Well, who created the virus in the first place? No one stops to question it. And why now? Our thoughts are already controlled, you see.
In the same book, Between Two Ages, Brzezinski goes on about the creation of mandatory service to social causes. Here he is talking about a scientifically controlled society, the bringing in of the Presidents through a personality cult, and running the scientists behind him in a scientific fashion; that’s how society would be run. He also goes on about at the end they would bring in mandatory service to social causes. Does that also ring a bell as to what is happening now too? Remember, this was written back in the 1970s. These guys don’t sit with crystal balls. These guys sit at world meetings with experts in every field, with all the data at their fingertips discussing their plans of the world they are bringing in, in the future. Not maybe bringing in or they’d like to bring it in, but they WILL bring it in in the future. That’s how the world is truly, truly run.
He says here on page 267.
A good case can be made for ending initial education (more of which could be obtained in the home through electronic devices) somewhere around the age of eighteen. (A: He’s talking about the internet. He doesn’t use the word internet but what do you think he’s talking about, electronic devices?) This formal initial period could be followed by two yeas of service in a socially desirable cause; then by direct involvement in some professional activity and by advanced, systematic training within that area; and finally, by regular period of one and eventually even two years of broadening, “integrative” study at the beginning of every decade of one’s life, somewhere up to the age of sixty. (A: That’s in the papers this week again folks and he wrote this in the 70s. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just giving you little examples out of thousands that I could give you, to show you that the world is just run by a scientific elite and how they don’t change things too quickly. The herd doesn’t like being pushed into a new pasture too fast. You get kind of used to the pasture you are in; that’s how human beings are. We resist change; therefore, they give you it gradually. They prepare you for the changes and then push you into it and we go along. As long as we all go along at the same time it’s okay; we take it for granted that it’s alright.
Everything that’s happening today was planned many, many, many moons ago… many moons ago. Karl Marx talked about a united Europe in the 1800s. He talked about a world government and over these regional trading blocs. The EU was really pushed at full momentum after World War II. They lied to everyone involved. All the publics of every country were lied to by their Prime Ministers and Presidents as they signed agreements every year deepening the integration until they end up with a super parliament. They tried this and tried this with the American Union – Canada, the States, and Mexico. They sign the last deal supposedly this year – the 5th one I think it is – for total integration. I wonder how they will get all the rest across to the general public? Are we ready for it yet? Have they really prepared us enough for total integration? They used the war on terror to bring us closer together and integrate the security services. The FBI, CSIS, the RCMP are all integrated on the same computer systems. They talked about now that the crash has happened and the CFR said openly the crash might help further and speed up this increased integration and consolidation of the Americas. We’ve lived through the Free Trade Negotiations then followed by the NAFTA deals FOR this whole thing. They even talked about where the Parliament would get built for the Americas. But the average person passes no judgment again. About 87% will pass no judgment on anything they are told. Just ah-ha, um-hum. That’s how it is.
Back to Brzezinski, who obviously was better than Nostradamus, mainly because he had a leg in on all the particular meetings, the world meetings that were planning our future. Not hoping for it but actually planning for it knowing that they would bring it in. This is page 253 of Between Two Ages.
Relying on scientific growth to produce the means for dealing with social ills, it would tap the nation’s intellectual talent for broad target planning and exploit the existence of doctrinaire groups by using them as social barometer and as sources of novel ideas.
(A: That’s your NGOs and also those in academia that have a big part now in government and they have since World War II, and your foundations. So that was discussed all that time ago. The scientific dictatorship as they said it. Once again, mandatory service to social causes and the social causes wouldn’t even have to be national, they could be international and again, paid by the public bodies, meaning the tax purse would pay for it all. It actually says on page 267 in the footnotes…)
This cause could be either national or international, publicly or privately tackled. It would be in keeping with the humanitarian idealism of the young not to limit such service to nation causes. One good way to handle the matter would be to maintain a list of acceptable humanitarian activities, service on behalf of which would be an acceptable equivalent for military service. (A: That’s all in the works now folks.)
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on April 23, 2010. For the newcomers to the show, you should look into website web site and peruse all the audios I’ve got up there. I’ve got audios going over the many years; I don’t know how many years there are now, hundreds of shows there. If you can peruse them at your leisure and don’t cram in too much at once, try and retain the information, you’ll get a really good picture on how this big system, which we call the world, works. We take so much for granted because everyone else around us takes everything for granted. We don’t realize that we are living in a planned system. While you are at it, you can look at the books I have for sale and the DVDs and CDs and some of these CD disks have 50 shows on them, for sale. Most of this audience comes from the United States and I find they are the best purchasers in the world, compared to the rest of the countries, so I generally address this TO the United States. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] For those who get the disks burned and passed to them – and lots do, they don’t like using computers, they know what it’s all about, it’s all information gathering – they play them on their CD players, you can get in touch with me at [address above].
Getting back to systems, that’s what I’ve been thinking about today, systems in which we live. We live in one MAIN system called ‘the world’ and yet our entire lives are run by SUBsystems which all work together with this big whole thing called ‘the world’. Most countries today, in the first world countries, all have the same systems and subsystems where we’ve been moved off the land for a long period of time, sometimes quickly in some countries like the United States; the Great Depression forced about 97% of the public off the land and into the cities. That was done slowly over other countries like Britain and Europe with the Industrial Revolution, mainly through agricultural laws being changed gradually until they are all forced into the cities. Then once we are in the cities we are given the basic training. It’s called education, which is a form of indoctrination even though we don’t know that at the time. The first generation that gets education sometimes has inkling that there is more to it than a basic attempt to give you the skills to get through this economic system. But the second generation never does, they take it for granted. Then by the third generation there is no one to warn the young that you are actually IN an indoctrination system.
That’s where my head has been going today, about the big players who have told us about the system, often tongue-in-check, sometimes letting things slip out of the bag in their writings, people who are involved in sciences which were unknown to the rest of the world and that are not taught even in universities except to a very, very select elite few. We’ll talk about that tonight when I come back from this break.
I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, talking about the systems and subsystems in which we live, how very few people really ever stop to question who designed this system and even any particular part within it. Did it simply develop by itself, evolve through necessity or was it actually designed for you? You’ll find when you go into social engineering and different areas, they are in fact DESIGNED FOR YOU and then improved for the system over a period of time. Only a few people down through the last 100-odd years have given us clues as to how this actually works. These were people who were involved in designing the systems themselves. They tell you truths and they tell you little bits of lies because they are publishing stuff in books which we could all read if we want to. Very few folk do want to read their books; they are pretty dry but they are very informative. So as they are telling you about some of the systems, they don’t want to let the cat out of the bag and let you know that these systems of controlling, or governing, masses of people, whole continents or empires, are in fact ANCIENT. They understand that and they were obviously taught this themselves from a very young age since most of them came, in fact all of them came, really, from the GOVERNING CLASS.
To start off this I was going to read a part of a book. It’s called The Impact of Science on Society. I’ve read different pages from it before but it kind of ties in with some of the things I’m going to talk about tonight. It was written by Lord Bertrand Russell, again, part of the governing class. His parents before him and grandparents were all high-ranking members of the British, not so much the Parliamentary side of governing, but the guys who really DID the governing, the ones who worked for what they used to call the Home Office, or the diplomatic corps, the ones who dealt with the economics of the country because that’s really what countries are FOR, whether you know that or not. You are actually there as a big economy. A country is really a big business. It can include many sub-businesses, but it’s really one big business and we are all part of it. Sometimes we are the collateral for it. We are certainly the guarantors for the money and the loans and the debts. This one here is Bertrand Russell and it was written about 1952 I think. He talks about mass psychology on page 40. He says…
I think the subject which will be most important politically is mass psychology. Mass psychology is, scientifically speaking, not a very advanced study and so far its professors have not been in universities. (Alan: Now, that is a bit of a lie, as I say. If you go back into the books down through the ages, like Machiavelli, you can see mass psychology alright because they understood how the people would tick and how to manipulate them. Russell knew that too, but he’d been specially tutored in this so he had to make you think it was a recent discovery, how to make us all…motivate us to do things.) This study is immensely useful to practical men. (A: Now, they consider themselves to be the only practical people. In fact, the ones at the top believe themselves to be the only really sane people, to be honest with you, the only conscious people.) This is a practical thing for those who are practical men and whether they wish to become rich or to acquire governments. (A …to acquire governments.) It is of course a science founded upon individual psychology but hither to it, it has been employed through a rule of thumb method which were based upon a kind of intuitive common sense. Its importance has been enormously increased by the growth of modern methods of propaganda, of these the most influential is what is called education. (A: Most people don’t realize that that’s what your education is. You’ve been born into a system. Your parents generally give you an idea of what they think it is, whether it’s citizenship or nationhood or whatever, and then school takes over from there. So you’re already prepped for it. Plus with the television now being the babysitter, every child is prepped before they go to school.) Religion plays a part, though a diminishing one; (A: It was a big part for a long, long time.) the press, the cinema, and the radio (A: Now it’s TV and internet too) play an increasing part.
What is essential in mass psychology is the art of persuasion. If you compare a speech of Hitler’s with a speech of (say) Edmond Burke, you will see what strides have been made in the art since the 18th century. What went wrong formally was the people had read in books that man is a rational animal. (A: This is a very important little line here and most folk will just skip over it.) What went wrong formally was that people had read in books (A: and I guess they took for granted) that man is a rational animal and framed their arguments on this hypothesis. (A: In other words, someone could simply show you by reasoning what they wanted to do and you, if you were rational, would agree or disagree with them. But he is telling you here, he says…) We know now that limelight and a brass band do more to persuade than can be done by the most elegant train of syllogisms (A: In other words, symbolism and all the rest of it, and the arts of music are far more persuasive than simple rational argument.) It may be hoped that in time anybody will be able to persuade anybody of anything if he can catch the patient young and is provided by the State with money and equipment, (A: Well, that’s already happened hasn’t it? They have drugged so many children now.) This subject will make great strides when it is taken up by scientists under a scientific dictatorship. (A: That’s what we’re in now because we have almost armies behind Presidents and Prime Ministers now advising them on different areas, even right down to population control, what kinds of foods we should be eating, all of that kind of stuff, all sciences. So it’s really a scientific dictatorship we’re under but on behalf, again, of those who rule the economies. They are always at the top, the banks. Then he goes on to talk about…)
Anaxagoras maintained that snow is black, but no one believed him. The social psychologists of the future will have a number of classes of school children on whom they will try different methods of producing an unshakable conviction that snow is black. Various results will soon be arrived at. First, that the influence of home of is obstructive. (A: The family unit, you see, is obstructive. That’s what the communists, who were funded by the West, knew. They had to destroy the family unit. They called it contamination, that was the passing of one set of moral values and beliefs onto the next generation… contamination. So the home is obstructive, you see. Then he says…) Second, that not much can be done unless indoctrination begins before the age of 10. Third, that verses set to music and repeatedly intoned are very effective. Fourth, that the opinion that snow is white must be held to show a morbid taste for eccentricity. But I anticipate. It is for future scientists to make the maxims precise and discover exactly how much it costs per head to make children believe that snow is black and how much less it would cost to make them believe it is dark grey. (A: He’s giving you a sort of an example. In other words, they believe they can make you believe anything. Now, just tie that in with the greening. It’s not black, you see, it’s not grey, it’s GREEN. That’s the way they are going, GREEN. They are indoctrinating them into sustainability and of course, we’re all going to die, we’re all going to die if we don’t let the scientist take over and control our lives and sterilize us all and all of that kind of stuff. He says…)
Although this science will be diligently studied, it will be rigidly confined to the governing class. The populace will not be allowed to know how its convictions were generated. When the technique has been perfected, every government that has been in charge of education for a generation will be able to control its subjects securely without the need of armies or policemen.
So think about that. This is back in the 50s, written by a guy, a very important person, who attended world governance meetings. A lot of these meetings were not even publicized to the general populations because it was much higher than just the ones we are hearing of today.
These guys knew their stuff. They knew the business of controlling the minds of publics. They knew how patriotism can be CREATED and USED for different purposes, especially their own purposes at the top. They also knew how to destroy patriotism when they conquered other countries and eradicate the old patriotism of the conquered country, of the empire, because this is part of the old British Empire he is talking about too. So you have to be able to know how to USE and CREATE patriotism, use the symbols of it for each particular country. That’s generally your flags, familiar songs, marching bands as he said himself, the uniforms that you are used to for your country, stories to do with past battles and glories. But you also must know how to go into the country you conquered and destroy THEIR culture in the process. Then you try to give them a sort of symbiotic relationship between YOU, the new rulers, and parts of their old culture to blend them together. That was very, very successful in India when the British Raj ruled it.
Now you take this particular book and then you go into the last part I read there where he said that eventually you wouldn’t need armies or policemen. What he is talking about really is control where the public wouldn’t even be AWARE that they had been given their opinions. They wouldn’t even be aware of the process that they arrived at their conclusions, how it was done BY these experts. This is from Mark Baard, the Sci-Tech Heretic.
Singularity watch: US Airmen to serve in parallel universe
2010 April 22 / blastmagazine.com / by Mark Baard
The US Air Force, which already owns 12 regions in the virtual world, (A: That’s the matrix type world, like the movie.) Second Life, now plans to give each new recruit a duplicate copy of himself to manage for the rest of his career. (A: I’ll read this article, it ties into the Bertrand Russell stuff, when I come back with more after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, tying in an article by Mark Baard with Bertrand Russell’s book, The Impact of Science of Society because everything that is happening today ties in with the stuff that was written about many, many moons ago by people in the know, who were really in on the secrets of science and defense, as they call it, the defense systems of their day, and where it was all going to go.
They always have futurists working on their teams. They project into the future to maintain power 50 years, 100 years down the road. That’s how power manages itself. It doesn’t wait for things to happen. IT MAKES THEIR PLANS HAPPEN, THEREFORE, THEY ARE ALWAYS IN CONTROL. That’s what folk must always realize. Even those in the US, they still think that they REACT to things. Nothing is further from the truth… when there are strategies that are worked out for taking over the Middle East and were worked out years and years ago. I’ve no doubt even the list of countries that would have to be invaded and taken over were being discussed in depth by think tanks when they were already starting to go into Viet Nam. They already had the Middle East down because they have a whole selection of countries they will have to take down one after another over a 30, 40, 50-year period. That’s how think tanks really do work for the military.
In the days of Bertrand Russell it was no different. So he was well in on plans for the world. His special area was science and scientific techniques and scientific gadgetry you might say. So it ties in with Mark Baard’s article here. Remember, it mentioned in The Impact of Science on Society, that eventually they wouldn’t need policemen or armies to control the populace. They will all arrive at their conclusions at the same time basically, never knowing how they arrived at those particular conclusions. Only the ones who ruled would know the arts that were being used against them. Mark Baard’s article goes on here…
The US Air Force, which already owns 12 regions in the virtual world, Second Life, now plans to give each new recruit a duplicate copy of himself to manage for the rest of his career.
The Airman in the first run of a proposed, permanent shift by the US military into virtual reality, will be assigned to a base that matches the one he has outside of Linden Lab’s servers, almost exactly.
The Airman’s avatar, meanwhile, will have a face that crinkles with age. His avatar will also rack up kills, and receive medals, in parallel with his real world rewards.
From a story about the proposal:
“This would take place in simulated worlds that mirror the service’s actual facilities. ‘Everyone who comes into the Air Force will be given an avatar, and that avatar travels with them, grows with them, changes appearance with them,’ said Larry Clemons, of the Air Education and Training Command. ‘It will provide them a history of where they’ve been and a notion of where they’re going.’”
The experiment also reiterates the US military’s commitment to mastering virtual reality — after most people are unable to distinguish between their first and second lives.
That’s what will happen in the Singularity, a forthcoming period of advanced technological development, in which genetics, nanotechnology and robotics converge, and humans achieve immortality. (A: That will be for SOME, of course, they are already talking about culling most of the rest of us off.)
The Singularity has been explored and described by Ray Kurzweil and others in the transhuman movement.
And only two years ago, the US Army attempted to define what it might mean to be a leader in the Singularity.
This really ties in with where they are going. You see, eventually you really won’t need policemen to police you. You’ll be unable to do anything except what your PROGRAM actually does TO you. You cannot… It’s so interesting too because it ties in again with the meeting that was held at Loyola University in 2000 where they talked about – a scientific meeting, world science – about a BRAIN CHIP and how they could actually implant it and control whole regions of areas across the world, each region having a central computer that could give a program TO each person, for the DAY even. They could program you to be a plumber one day and a carpenter the next, or maybe a surgeon the following day but you would be unaware of what was happening to you. In fact, you’d have no sense of YOU. You would BE A ROBOT in a sense, and in the true sense.
It’s all converging together now. That’s why they’re not too worried at the top about losing control over the public. In the meantime, they have a kind of war, ongoing war against terror which is a war OF terror which they must keep in place, as we give up all rights, freedoms, and at the same time they introduce these technologies which we adapt to and which we actually guzzle up so quickly because they are rather fascinating, not knowing where we are being led. And we ARE being lead into a new type of planned society where no one eventually will have the ABILITY to rebel, never mind even saying no. So that’s Mark Baard on the singularity. They’ve got a nice picture here of a United States air woman that looks very female, very nice. Nice kind of uniform on too; it’s camo but it looks actually quite dressy. You’ll say she’s a nice woman and I’m sure she is a nice woman but the fact is, she’s in a subsystem serving the greater system. She probably has never thought about that in any great depth because everyone around her, in that subsystem, does what she does. That’s how we are as humans, specialized sections within systems. I’ll be back with more after this break.
I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Another thing, too, that these boys talked about, Bertrand Russell and Aldous Huxley and many, many more, again, guys who were intergenerational big wigs in the governing classes who were involved in high-level think tanks that were very secretive, that had access to all the information of their day, and how they projected the world for their future and how they planned the world for the future. They also talked about the immigration problems they would have down the road.
They concluded that they could either stop immigration from third world countries. That’s what they saw as being their biggest threat, third world countries overruling the other countries and coming in, in swarms and swamping the people. Or, they could literally equalize the whole world with mass immigration across the board. Because, really, people like Russell and others didn’t really have an affinity for any particular country. You’ve got to understand that these intergenerational people, who have been bred intergenerationally with each other, saw themselves almost as a different species from all of those that they ruled over. Therefore, the world was much the same across the world: the peasant was the peasant in Britain as much as he was a peasant in China. There was no real differentiation. They wanted a global society where they could run the whole planet on a scientific basis. In the process, they wanted to eliminate all opposition, all enemies across the world and make one big system.
Actually, it was for their own survival that they decided they would have this world system. They couldn’t very well have it if there were competing, or different systems across the world. So therefore it would be global and the mayhem with mass immigration that would happen in the meantime was just tough luck. I think Rockefeller himself said you can’t make an omelet without breaking eggs. Meaning the fallout on the native populations with masses of incoming immigration, it was just too bad with the crime rates and all the rest of it because often the first ones to move from third world countries are people who have made money through crime and they are going to get easier pickings in counties that are far more naïve, they are not used to them.
That was also talked about by Jacques Attali who was at the United Nations who wrote the book, Millennium: Winners and Losers in the Coming New World Order. He said that HORDES, vast hordes would come up from Latin America into the United States beginning with the southern states and cause mayhem on the way. He said it might take 100 years for them to settle down and then most of America, the United States at least, would become Spanish speaking. He likened it to the attacks on Rome by the various hordes that came in, with the Huns and the Goths and all the rest of it, wave upon wave upon wave. Attali also talked about the roving gangs of vigilante crooks basically, crooks from Latin America on the prowl for anything they could get to sustain themselves. And they are coming from countries where they have never really known law and order except brute force, coming into countries where people, in a system that is more cultured, have to go by the regular laws; everyone knows the rules and therefore the social organism works. But these people are coming in from countries where literally it was either kill or be killed.
When you read some of the writings by Huxley for instance, he talks about this, he touches on this as well. Here are some quotes here. He said in Brave New World Revisited, written in the 1960s I think it was. Huxley was well in there, again, in the governing classes that were taught these kinds of secret sciences of behavior modification and control of whole populations. He says…
Overpopulation leads to economic insecurity and social unrest; unrest and insecurity lead to more control by central governments and an increase of their power.
(A: And that’s true, isn’t it? Everyone is seeing the increase of the power, more police, more crime and all that kind of stuff. Everyone suffers. The same thing is happening in Britain where the systems that were designed to take care of the public, like the National Health Service, are utterly swamped with people coming in from other countries often with various diseases and they bring in their extended families who are often very sick. It was never meant to cope with that kind of population. So there are consequences to it all. People scratch their heads and say well, why are they doing it? It’s the governments themselves who are responsible. Left-wing and right-wing in Britain, for instance, BOTH opened the floodgates to mainly India to start with. Even Margaret Thatcher who was supposedly a conservative said, we’ve got to do this because the British people – you know British people are very good, they do what they are told, to have 1.5 children and all that kind of stuff, as they were ordered to – there are not enough people getting bred to pay off the national debt. That was the excuse given. So this is what Huxley said about the United States. He says…)
The United States is not at present an overpopulated country. (A: That was back in the 60s.) If, however, the population continues to increase at the present rate (which is higher than that of India’s increase, though happily a good deal lower than the rate now current in Mexico or Guatemala), the problem of numbers in relation to available resources might well become troublesome by the beginning of the twenty-first century. (A: Then he goes on to talk about how, at the moment, it wasn’t too much of a problem, back in the 60s, but he talks about the fact that the military would kind of eventually be needed to control it all.)
What are we going through today? Then you read the article in today’s paper and it’s from Time.com and from CNN.com as well.
Arizona Governor Signs Immigration Bill
time.com / Friday, Apr. 23, 2010 / By AP / PAUL DAVENPORT and JONATHAN J. COOPER
Arizona’s tough immigration enforcement bill will become law despite being criticized by President Obama as ‘misguided.” (A: There is a big furor over this right now.)
Gov. Jan Brewer signed the bill into law on live television on Friday. It takes effect in 90 days after the current legislative sessions in the next several weeks.
Brewer says the law “protects every Arizona citizen.” (See TIME’s video “Blocking the Border Fence in Texas.”)
The sweeping legislation makes it a crime under state law to be in the country illegally. It would also require local police officers to question people about their immigration status if there is reason to suspect they are illegally.
Obama said in Washington the measure could violate people’s civil rights and said he’s instructed the Justice Department to see if it is legal.
Obama had called the bill “misguided” and said it could violate people’s civil rights, intensifying pressure on the state’s Republican governor to veto the nation’s toughest legislation against illegal immigration.
Arizona Gov. Jan Brewer, who faces a tough election battle and growing anger in the state over illegal immigrants, announced her decision at a Friday afternoon news conference.
The sweeping measure would make it a crime under state law to be in the country illegally. It would also require local police officers to question people about their immigration status if there is reason to suspect they are in the country illegally.
Hundreds of protesters gathered at the State Capitol complex Friday calling on Brewer to veto the legislation.
Demonstrators have been camped outside the Capitol since the measure passed out of the Legislature on Monday. Their numbers have grown steadily throughout the week, with buses bringing protesters from as far away as Los Angeles.
About a dozen supporters of the measure also gathered.
The bill’s Republican sponsor, state Rep. Russell Pearce of Mesa, said Obama and other critics of the bill were “against law enforcement, our citizens and the rule of law.” (A: And he’s telling the truth isn’t he? I mean, under the idea of democracy, and even Russell said the same thing, democracy can only work, when people are scattered across the land, and there is room, and they can control the affairs of their own area, and they make laws. So here they are making laws to protect themselves, and yet the President is against it all. So does that mean that the President is all for breaking the law? There is either legal or illegal. If they are here illegally, then shouldn’t the law be applied? That’s quite simple. Obama has no problem with using the law on everything else and he’s been very innovative with some new laws as well.)
Pearce said the legislation would remove “political handcuffs” from police and help drive illegal immigrants from the state. “Illegal is illegal,” said Pearce, a driving force on the issue in Arizona. “We’ll have less crime. We’ll have lower taxes. We’ll have safer neighborhoods. We’ll have shorter lines in the emergency rooms (A: in the hospitals.). We’ll have smaller classrooms.” (A: You’ve got to admit it; these are all the problems that countries like Britain are swamped under right now. Then it goes on about the different protesters and so on and so on and so on and so on.)
Arizona has an estimated 460,000 illegal immigrants and is the state with the most illegal border crossings, with the harsh, remote desert serving as the gateway for thousands of Mexicans and Central Americans.
This is expected too, people will try to defend themselves. The crime rate is going sky high there too and it is true, the vanguard often with illegals happens to be a lot of the criminal element, who are born survivors. That’s why they get out fast and go into the lands of easy pickings. That’s always been the way. And yet the national government, the US government is coming down on them for doing so, for following the law, and using their laws. It’s interesting. Again, it ties in with what Attali said. They all knew it was going to happen. But no one has made any attempt to stop it from happening except until now, in one state. So they expect it to happen and it would seem that the elites want it to happen.
How can a country that can send thousands and thousands of troops over to far away places – exotic lands – fuel them, equip them and keep them in supplies, fight wars, and all the rest of it, but we are told that they can’t defend their own border… which is utter nonsense. There has got to be a deeper, deeper reason for what’s been going on with this open border treaty and we know it’s part of the Free Trade Agreement and the NAFTA Agreement and what they talk about at the Summit of the Americas all the time, and the integration of the countries into one. Again, it’s just the omelet once again. You cannot get all the countries into one big blending machine without breaking the eggs first if you want to make an omelet. That’s how they describe this kind of process. So for the people who are the victims of crime, or they can’t get hospital treatment or anything else, well that’s just tough luck. That’s the breaking of the shells to make the omelet. They even say it will take maybe a few generations of suffering before anything smoothes out at the end of it.
It’s quite, quite something but nothing is a surprise because everything is planned that way. The boys at the top on the national and international level NEVER LEAVE ANYTHING TO CHANCE, so if it’s happening and it’s been happening for a long time, all across Europe for many, many years, and in the US from Latin America upwards, it’s because THEY WANT IT TO HAPPEN. You can’t really bring in a global governance system, where you are going to treat everybody the same unless you first MAKE every country the same, with the same problems. Then they force sterilization across the board on EVERYONE in the wrong classes. That’s really what they are after, all of this.
The people who run the countries today are all INTERNATIONALISTS. They couldn’t get into power unless they were internationalists; they wouldn’t get the funding. The doors wouldn’t be opened for them and the way paved for them. There is only one agenda and it IS international.
Talking about ways of influencing people and altering your mind or controlling your mind, I read from Brzezinski’s book. I read yesterday about, he talked about electromagnetic waves which could be used across whole continents to alter the behavior and the moods of people. They could actually use it like tranquilizers if they wanted to, or excite you. You’ll find guys like Professor Persinger also worked with the Pentagon on this kind of technique of mass mind control and manipulation of emotions; make people very passive or excited according to the type of wave you used. He teaches it to Laurentian University now. He’s even got YouTube videos up. The Pentagon did work with him directly on these particular projects, of sending these signals across the whole of the US and Canada.
Then we’re given, under different guises, better light bulbs for instance, right.
The low-energy light bulbs that take control of your TV
By James Tozer / dailymail.co.uk / 12th April 2010
(A: Did you know that the new, beautiful, wonderful, energy saving, mercury light bulbs can emit high, intensive radiation? Anyone who’s got a good little radio could put it up to one of these bulbs and you’ll see it, you’ll lose all the stations on it. It gives off a very powerful signal.)
Some feared it must have been a problem with their remote. Others suspected ghostly goings-on.
But when TV viewers complained their sets were changing channel by themselves, few could have guessed the real culprit – their light bulbs.
Low-energy bulbs can make your television turn over the station at random, according to customers.
Among the first to spot the problem were cable customers Alistair and Emma Clements.
They rang their supplier, Virgin Media, and were told the problem could be because of the Philips low-energy light bulb fitted nearby.
But while changing it helped, the couple say the channel still flips from time to time even though the nearest low- energy bulb is now in another room.
Experts say infra-red light from modern fluorescent bulbs can be ‘mistaken’ by electrical equipment for commands from its remote.
They warn that while moving or changing the offending device usually solves the problem, the proliferation of gadgets in homes increases the likelihood of such interference.
I wonder what it does to your brain, eh. They tell you not to sit closer than 3 feet from these things because they can also burn your skin with ultraviolet… and you should always have them really covered so you are not looking directly into them because they are bad for your eyes, if you are getting too much ultraviolet going straight into the retina. Here it is now, giving off all these pulses basically. It mentions in here it’s a form of pulsation it gives because it’s a fluorescent type bulb. What else will it do? And why have they been made law? Why has something containing mercury being made law that you’ve got to use them? What kind of power do they have at the top when someone can mandate the kind of light bulbs that you can use? …that obviously aren’t anywhere near as good as the old light bulbs when it comes to giving off light. They’ve got all these odd radio waves around them, surrounded by radio waves and energies that affect other things, maybe your brain too. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Just before I take callers, I was going to mention, again, Bertrand Russell and his Impact of Science on Society where he talks about, really, mind control for the masses who will be completely oblivious of the fact they are being controlled and how he talks about using music and all the arts and movies, all what we are used to today with the internet now really, to make all this happen, to alter our brain, our way of thinking, bring us to conclusions. Then I went through the light bulbs too. Why is it so mandatory? Why is it a must-be that we must get these very unhealthy light bulbs under the guise of saving energy when they obviously don’t give off as much light, white light; they give off infrared and ultraviolet and that’s not very good for you. They also give off this energy pulse basically, because they are fluorescent. Is there another reason to it? …or are we just being paranoid? Personally I think there is another reason to it.
Here is another article and it’s from the Mail Online.
3D-TV health warning:
Tuning in can cause confusion, nausea and even convulsions,
says electronics giant
By Sean Poulter / dailymail.co.uk / 16th April 2010
The world’s biggest electronics company has issued an extraordinary health warning about the dangers of watching 3D television.
Pregnant women, the elderly, children and those suffering from serious medical conditions are among a wide range of people said to be at risk.
The alert extends to those who have been sleep deprived or drinking. It highlights alarming side effects such as confusion, nausea, convulsions, altered vision, light-headedness, dizziness, and involuntary movements such as eye or muscle twitching and cramps. (A: This is from watching television in 3D. Samsung is putting the health warnings out on all their different gadgetry.)
Samsung says there are also concerns that those with epilepsy could be at risk of (A: seizures…) fits – as they are from strobe lighting and photographers’ flashes on normal television.
They know already it alters your spatial ability. If you were to watch this stuff and then jump into your car, you are liable to smash into something because you THINK you can judge the distance between the road and other cars but you CAN’T. Your brain has adapted to the television… within minutes. Why is that happening? We are already getting put into a virtual reality folks and people love it. They love that it’s all through entertainment, having fun. That’s what Russell keeps pushing all the time, the one thing they crave in the cramped cities is ENTERTAINMENT. That’s the method to get it all through to you; you must want it.
There’s Prentice from Alaska. Are you there Prentice?
Prentice: Yo, hey, how are you doing Alan?
Alan: Not so bad.
Prentice: First of all, I just want to thank you for all you do, man. To all of your new listeners out there, try to support him and if you do buy anything, I recommend the Sweet Liberty CDs he has because when you listen to those it’s giving you an awakening process that if you are sitting with one of your friends who is maybe on the fence or something like that, as information goes, it helps them connect a lot of dots. I’d just like to recommend to the people out there, if you want to get something to share with your friends and family, that’s the thing you want to get. Ahh, is that the end of the show?
Alan: That’s the music coming in.
Prentice: Okay, then. Well, I’ll call in again Alan.
Alan: Sure. Thanks for calling and reminding them too because I never plug myself and most hosts plug themselves every 1 ½ minutes. Thanks for pushing that. Yeah, I have lots of good CDs you can buy with old shows where I go through ancient histories and techniques of manipulation and control, thousands of years ago. So it’s all worth while learning and it’s interesting stuff.
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on April 26, 2010. Newcomers, I always suggest you look into website web site. You’ll find hundreds of talks I’ve given in the past which you can download for free. Scroll down the front page and bookmark all the other sites I have up there for future use in case you find it’s hard to download from the main .com site; that way you can always get the latest shows. Sometimes the .com site gets problems with uploads; it can be behind the times a little bit. [Official sites listed above.] You can order the books, CDs and DVDs from any of my web sites or you can donate to me. The books I have for sale, very important, different way of thinking or of looking at things, NON-linear thinking. We’ve been trained to think linearly, which is a form of computer language and logic put together and you are guaranteed to come to your master’s conclusions. The guys who design these systems for us, like the Brzezinski’s the Kissinger’s, don’t think in a linear fashion. They think in a zigzag fashion, all around from all different aspects and points of view and so on. That’s how you have to understand the world is truly run. We’ve all been trained to see the world from the master’s point of view, the one that he’s designed for us that is, not the real point of view. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] Cash does come through. It’s not too bad here; the air mail is pretty good. Sometimes you get them within 5 days of me sending it out and that’s pretty good these days. For those who get the disks burned and passed to them, you can get in touch with me at [address above].
I often go on about reality because, you see, very few of us actually have it. It’s no surprise when you understand that we have been brought up in a socially engineered, scientifically designed educational system. The previous generations and the present one, to an extent was brought up to be a consumer society and the elites in all their wisdom decided they wanted a managed society, a planned society. What they arranged to do was to train us gradually. You always train the first generation in school that are going to go through the massive changes and you give them a new paradigm, a new way of thinking and looking at the world; not the true one but one that will do for their masters very, very well. Just like the consumer society did but for the previous generations.
In my time, people were told to just work hard at school, and just like greyhounds coming out of the starting line on the race track, you all were let loose at the end of school to rush off for jobs and compete with each other and hopefully you’d get that rabbit that ran along the lines that you could never quite catch. You could always see it but you could never catch it. That was the illusion we were all taught: just work hard, pay your taxes, be a good consumer, pay for you pension and get insurance so that you can pay for your burial as well and you would be no burden on the state whatsoever. That’s really what we were taught to be. The upcoming generations are going into a new paradigm. They are already being trained for it, well trained for it. They have been given a substitute you might say, for consuming and, really, it’s just a type of consuming, but very cheap, and that’s the electronic media that’s going to guide and control their lives for them. They won’t need other gadgets, machinery and so on that they have no interest in. They have no interest in fixing cars; they’ve lost all of that. They won’t need that when all you need really is a four-foot cubical to sit in and play on a computer. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. I talk about reality every so often because we think we’re in it but we’re not really. Most of the information we’re given, these days for sure, is really propaganda or it’s intelligence or counter-intelligence. Counter-intelligence is just as important as intelligence. Counter-intelligence is often put out there TO the media by professionals. I read articles last year from the US military that have a whole department setting out false reports every year, HUNDREDS OF THEM, under numerous assumed names and they are printed in newspapers as though it’s really a fact, scientific fact or whatever they are saying. It is disinformation because they guide our thoughts. They also have to cover up what they actually are up to themselves.
We the public never really question the major media. Brzezinski did say that shortly the public would be unable to reason for themselves, they will expect the media to do it for them, to REASON for them… to do their reasoning and thinking for them. That was written in the 70s in his book Between Two Ages. Well, he was quite right. It’s already happened, you see. Unfortunately people can’t really think for themselves, in fact, they will deny their own sensibilities and memory, when it comes to certain things that are happening in their lives. They will succumb to the media. They think to themselves, they are more intelligent than I am therefore it must be true; I can’t… my memory must be faulty. I can remember when aircraft used to fly a lot MORE frequently, before the aviation fuel went up and they didn’t leave these long lines from horizon to horizon that stayed all day long and became clouds. It didn’t happen, but they can’t remember that. And if they do remember it, they start to doubt themselves; the experts can’t be wrong, you see.
When you look into some of the big, true experts that were helping to socially engineer the 20th and the 21st century, in fact a lot of the agendas you are living through right now were designed by guys in big think tanks working for the most powerful and wealthiest people on the planet, like Aldous Huxley, Bertrand Russell and various other ones working in these teams as scientific advisors. You have to go into what they wrote about, what they saw and what they hoped for actually as an upcoming type of system. These guys knew the reality of their own era. They were well aware that the public had been given one means of perception, one training for the public as consumers and workers and taxpayers, and one for themselves, those who already saw themselves as controllers and ABOVE all of that.
Aldous Huxley wrote in Brave New World Revisited, and for those who have never read Brave New World or seen the movies, I suggest you get it because the man knew what he was talking about. He wasn’t imagining things. He worked with very intelligent people in top, TOP world think tanks that helped to design the kind of social engineering that would be taught to everyone in the latter part of the 20th century into the 21st. In Brave New World Revisited, which is a kind of nonfictional take-off where he explains how ALL of the stuff IN Brave New World could actually be done and a lot of it was already BEING done by the time he wrote the second, follow-up book to it. You can see for yourself that he wasn’t guessing. He wasn’t grabbing the dark and coming out with handfuls of nothing. He KNEW what was in there and what was going to be. In Brave New World Revisited, he says…
Children are living talking records of what we tell them every day. In due course, these living talking records of television commercials will grow up, earn money and buy their products of industry.
…”Think,” writes Mr. Clyde Miller ecstatically, “think of what it can mean to your firm in profits if you can condition a million or ten million children, who will grow up into adults trained to buy your product, as soldiers are trained in advance when they hear the trigger words, (Alan: …and they are Pavlovian trigger words…) Forward March!”
Yes, just think of it! And at the same time remember that the dictators and the would-be dictators have been thinking about this sort of thing for years, and that millions, tens of millions, hundreds of millions of children are in process of growing up to buy the local despot’s ideological product and, like well-trained soldiers, to respond with appropriate behavior to the trigger words implanted in those young minds by the despot’s propagandists.
Now, when you hear that and you read that, think GREEN. Think GREEN. Think SUSTAINABILITY. Think DEPOPULATION. Think AUSTERITY. Think CO2, etc, etc. That’s really what they’ve come up with out of that kind of ideology that he was discussing right there. They have given a whole generation, a young generation an absolute indoctrination into, again, an alternate reality for a new era. It reminds me too, of Mao Tse Tung’s Little Red Book when you see the old videos of China under his era. You see millions of them in their square, holding up their Little Red Book and chanting from it in unison. That’s ideological indoctrination par excellence. We can get the same kind here in the West and we do. We get all it all the time but they needed a unified, universal education system to do so. In a sense we can all be utterly mad as long as we all get the same mad indoctrination. Then you can compare your mad notes never realizing you are all mad because you are all mad at the same time. Quite simple isn’t it? Quite simple.
An example about that, I don’t even bother arguing with people when it comes to, for instance, the spraying of the skies, regularly that is, since 1998. That’s when they really stepped it up in earnest and did it pretty well daily ever since, across the world at the same time. There are people today who should know by their age what trails used to look like and even they will doubt themselves. They succumb to the pressure to give in. You can’t really be right; the experts must be right. We’ve seen from major media over the years, they have put out so much info from air force bases or the US air force or the British RAF, telling us and explaining – in exactly the same writings by the way – in response to questioners, what a contrail is. What they are telling you is to forget what you ever imagined it was before, in the past, because that’s what it must have been, imagination. They were never like that. They really always stayed there all day, spread across the sky until you couldn’t see the sun… and then you started to cough like crazy. NO. What we are seeing today are CHEMICAL sprays.
It is geo-engineering and it has many functions, MANY functions. The nonsense they’ve got right now about, they wonder if they SHOULD geo-engineer and the detrimental causes to mankind it would have. Forget it folks. They know all the detrimental causes because they studied it through the 50s and 60s, mainly through the US and Britain where they tested it in local areas over the years. They know what it causes in people. Depopulation is also a part of it too and it also can be used with HAARP. I’ve read all the articles from the official sites and the government sites and the United Nations treaty on Weather Warfare. They can certainly put signals across the sky much easier, to control whole nations as Brzezinski said in his own book, Between Two Ages in the part about the Technotronic Era.
Here is a good con here, you see. Again, a first in history. When this volcano went off in Iceland we were told, oh, it was creating havoc, absolute mayhem and they had to cancel all the flights; something that has never happened before in the history of aviation flight. They had to cancel all these flights across the whole of Europe because of this one little volcano. Then after a little while, when people started to communicate to each other and question the authorities, they says well, we can’t see any ash cloud coming over; in fact the skies are awfully blue. So they had to put out articles like this one here. This is a typical handout of counter-intelligence given through Yahoo.
Ash cloud’s silver lining: bluer skies
Joji Sakurai And Karl Ritter, Associated Press Writers / news.yahoo.com / Wed Apr 21
LONDON – As volcanic ash cast a shadow over millions of lives, Londoners and other city dwellers across Europe were treated to a rare spectacle of nature: Pristine, blue skies brighter than any in recent memory.
Then they go on to explain to you it’s because of the lack of commercial aircraft flying because of the volcano that’s spewing out all this terrible ash everywhere and that’s what’s giving you the blue skies. They go on to tell you as well, what’s coming out of the volcano is actually invisible, it’s an invisible cloud. Yeah, really. And it’s not interfering with the sun at all. So with the aircraft out of the way and this invisible gas, that could have glass particles, it could damage the aircraft. They tell us that’s why they’ve got this wonderful blue sky. UTTER RUBBISH! Utter rubbish. I’ll tell you why it was rubbish, because at the right time they tell you a BIT of the truth, but not all of the truth. Here is an article from The Mail Online.
The ash cloud that never was: How volcanic plume over UK was only a twentieth of safe-flying limit and blunders led to ban
By David Rose, Matt Sandy and Simon Mcgee / dailymail.co.uk / 25th April 2010
(A: That’s typical too in counter-intelligence. They want the public to believe it’s just bureaucratic blundering – We fall for that one all the time – ah-ha and laugh at them, you know. They don’t make mistakes like this at the top. You don’t ground aircraft companies and let, say, the ones in Britain lose $230 million. It doesn’t happen. It doesn’t happen. So what was going on? This article, it says here…)
The Mail on Sunday can today reveal (A: That’s an interesting phrase itself, can today reveal…why can it TODAY reveal…) the full extent of the shambles (A: Why couldn’t they do that before, DURING this… this ban, right.) behind the great airspace shutdown that cost the airlines £1.3 billion and left 150,000 Britons stranded – all for a supposed volcanic ash cloud that for most of the five-day flights ban was so thin it was invisible. (A: I’ll go through this and show you how they’ve conned everybody and what the real reason was when I come back from this break.)
I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix, reading an article from the Sunday Mail, as they say themselves, they can TODAY reveal…
The Mail on Sunday can today reveal the full extent of the shambles behind the great airspace shutdown that cost the airlines £1.3 billion and left 150,000 Britons stranded – all for a supposed volcanic ash cloud that for most of the five-day flights ban was so thin it was invisible.
As the satellite images of the so-called ‘aerosol index’ published for the first time, right, demonstrate, the sky above Britain was totally clear of ash from Iceland’s Eyjafjallajoekull volcano. (A: Why are they waiting until now to publish it? There is a reason for it, you see.)
Inquiries by this newspaper have disclosed that:
Attempts to measure the ash’s density were hampered because the main aircraft used by the Meteorological Office for this purpose had been grounded as it was due to be repainted. (A: Can you believe the rubbish they tell us? But you see, as I tell you, they talk to us like children. They talk down to us like children. They expect us to believe this. Most folk will accept it. The reason they couldn’t tell you is because the Meteorological Office has an aircraft that can go up and photograph this kind of stuff and it was grounded because it was needing REPAINTING, you see. Yeah.)
Computers at the Met Office, which earlier forecast a ‘barbecue summer’ last year and a mild winter for this year, (A: We know what happened this year, it was one of the worst they’ve ever had in Britain.) produced a stream of maps predicting the ash would cover a vast area, eventually stretching from Russia to Newfoundland (A: in Canada.). But across almost all of it, there was virtually no ash at all, and none visible to satellites. (A: So, again, the one airplane that they had to test this and it cost the air industry £1.5 billion or whatever… it was needing to be painted. This is the rubbish they feed the children. Understand?)
Though there was some ash over Britain at times during the ban, the maximum density measured by scientists was only about one twentieth of the limit that scientists, the Government, and aircraft and engine manufacturers have now decided is safe. (A: So it was nowhere near an unsafe level. It was only 1/20th of the maximum.)
‘We never understood why a blanket ban had been imposed – something that would not have happened in other parts of the world,’ a senior airline executive said yesterday.
‘Safety is always our paramount concern, but this seemed like over caution gone mad. (A: …etc, etc, pabulum, nonsense and spin. That’s what you are fed. Children are fed that kind of nonsense. They also mention too, they used the same computers that predict global warming and have been way off there too. So it estimated it on a projection of the computer, not on reality. This is the stuff we’re fed, you know, like children.)
What was really going on? Well if you were conducting one of the largest, in fact THE largest exercise in aircraft technology and military aircraft and missile defenses and radar defenses and so on that they’ve ever, ever had – across Europe, EVER HAD – you wouldn’t want commercial aircraft flying back and forth especially when you are using techniques that would totally confuse commercial aircrafts’ radars. It’s supposed to confuse enemy fighters or bombers coming in. It was the largest test that NATO had ever done, during that whole period. That’s what they were actually doing. That’s what was going on. From the Air Force itself…
U.S. Air Forces in Europe units participate in
BRILLIANT ARDENT 2010
Apr 14, 2010 / eu.com/mil – Air Force Master Sgt. Keith Houin / USAFE
ROYAL AIR FORCE MILDENHALL, England — (A: It says the French and various other countries were taking part; all NATO countries including the United States.) A French Mirage F1 fighter refuels off a 100th Air Refueling Wing KC-135 during Exercise BRILLIANT ARDENT, April 14. The large scale NATO Response Force Air Live Exercise hosted by Germany began April 12 and will run through April 22. Participation by U.S. Air Forces in Europe units directly aligns with the command key mission areas of providing forces for global operations (A: It was one of the largest ones ever, ever done.) and building partnership.
RAMSTEIN, Germany — The 22nd Fighter Squadron at Spangdhalem Air Base and 351st Air Refueling Squadron from Royal Air Force Lakenheath are partnering with air forces from the Czech Republic, France, Germany, Italy, Poland, and Turkey to participate in the large-scale NATO Response Force Air Live Germany-hosted Exercise BRILLIANT ARDENT 10 (BAT 10) running from April 12-22. (A: It actually went over by a couple of days, by the way. That’s why they eventually lifted the ban, when they were FINISHED. That’s not all of it, of course. There was something else that happened on the 22nd that ties into it as well.)
You understand they were using all kinds of the latest stuff that would fool all enemy radars, incoming ballistic missiles, anti-missile missile defense systems and the latest high-tech weaponry and the fighters and bombers from all these particular countries working together. If you had any commercial aircraft interfering with this space, these commercial aircraft would probably have been crashing into each other and misreading everything because of what was happening. Or they might have found themselves hit with one of these missiles coming their way. They also had all the tankers… That’s very important because in the spring we see over the skies that military aircraft are doing it and they use these mid-air refueling tankers. So all the main tankers from Britain and the United States and all these countries were all involved in it, as these aircraft were kept in the sky for days at a time. Quite something.
Then there is another article on the same thing.
NATO Air Forces Exercise In German Sky During
BRILLIANT ARDENT
By Jorge Benitez / acus.org / Published on Atlantic Council / 4/13/2010
From the Polish Ministry of National Defence [1]: BRILLIANT ARDENT is a large scale Air Force exercise to be hosted by Germany and directed by Commander Allied Air Command Izmir, Turkey. Air Forces from seven NATO members will participate in this NATO Response Force exercise from 12 to 22 April 2010. (A: And they actually went over because they had to wait for a very important thing to happen. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just giving the real reason for the no-fly zone over Europe, so that the military could have their massive exercise, with all the latest gear and technology and anti-radar devices and so on. That would have screwed up all the civilian aircraft, you see, and they would be in an awful mess. That’s why it really happened. But it’s a beautiful con; an invisible cloud that came out of a volcano was the culprit. That’s what they gave the public and that’s good enough for us.
Technically they are right because they know we are so dumbed down now, we will take pretty well anything they tell us. You understand that the top media and those who rule and run this planet and regulate the systems always lie to the public, even on the things you wouldn’t think they’d have to lie about. They are in the habit of lying. Never tell the public ANY truth about ANY thing and therefore the public really are living in a completely false paradigm, ON everything. That’s how it works.
This article is from the Polish Ministry of National Defence. They go through all the different countries that participated in it.
The Czech Republic, France, Germany, Italy, Poland, Turkey and the USA will participate to Brilliant Ardent 2010 (BAT 10). Around 60 aircraft ranging from fighters, attack aircraft, helicopters, tanker and airborne early warning aircraft will operate from air bases located in Germany, the Czech Republic, France, Poland, and UK. In addition, tactical employment of Theatre Missile Defence and Ground Based Air Defence assets will be extensively exercised.
The aim of the exercise is to validate nominated Air Forces to NATO Response Force 15 (NRF), (A: Another big one coming up…) which starts July 2010. The exercise is also open to “non NRF” air units from NATO, as well as Partnership for Peace (PfP) nations. (A: I love their double-speak, partnerships for peace… as we bomb the crap out of someone across the planet.) The exercise scenario is based around a UN mandated NATO-led Crisis Response Operation (CRO) in a fictitious geo-political setting, a scenario specifically designed for this exercise. The NRF concept provides the Alliance with a robust capability to meet the challenging security environment of the 21st century by providing a highly trained and agile force, at high readiness, able to deploy at short notice wherever and whenever directed to do so by the North Atlantic Council.
So that’s 2 official give-outs; one by the Atlantic Council, a very big organization, very important, and one by the Royal Air Force itself, of Britain. What happened towards the end of this big deal that they were doing? Well, we know there is a secret United States kind of shuttle type ship, but it’s really a fighter. They haven’t told us much about it. They launched that, you see.
Launch of secret US space ship masks even more secret launch of new weapon
Michael Evans, Pentagon Correspondent / timesonline.co.uk / From The Times April 24, 2010
Somewhere above earth is America’s latest spaceship, a 30ft craft so classified that the Pentagon will not divulge its mission nor how much it cost to build.
The mysterious X37B, launched successfully by the US Air Force from Cape Canaveral on Thursday, using an Atlas V rocket, looks like a mini-Space Shuttle — but its mission is top secret. (A: This thing is literally is for space-based weaponry and also monitoring all firing missiles and on the earth at the same time. So it came in a bit late but it fitted in at the end of this particular mission. They overran by a couple of days anyway. I think that’s why they overran it because this thing was late getting off the launching pad.)
It is officially described as an orbital test vehicle. However, one of its potential uses appears to be to launch a surge of small satellites during periods of high international tension. (A: That’s what they were testing out, high international tension…) This would enable America to have eyes and ears orbiting above any potential troublespot in the world.
The X37B can stay in orbit for up to 270 days, whereas the Shuttle can last only 16 days. This will provide the US with the ability to carry out experiments for long periods, including the testing of new laser weapon systems. This would bring accusations that the launch of X37B, and a second vehicle planned for later this year, could lead to the militarisation of space. (A: Well, you’re 30-odd years or more too late for that. It’s already been done.)
Do you see how all this goes together? And how they can tell the public a fiction, an absolute fiction about a volcano? And tell us too, the reason they got their information wrong, you see, is they used the meteorological computers that are used for global warming, and since they love to really exaggerate global warming, it just exaggerated the threat of this invisible gas. No kidding. This is the rubbish we are fed. Then the only plane they could use to validate it, the ONLY plane they had, right, to validate this and caused the grounding of all the commercial aircraft for a week and a half, was that it needed to be repainted. That’s why they couldn’t put it in the air. Utter rubbish. Meanwhile, the greatest, the biggest, most high-tech weapons system and exercise was taking place the whole time; then at the very end of it there is this space shuttle that will be in space to regulate everything that happens on the ground. Quite amazing, eh. Why tell the children the truth about anything? Why upset them, poor, poor little sweethearts. That’s how they deal with us. And it works folks. It really does work. It REALLY, really does work. It just goes on and on, this kind of nonsense, as to what they are really up to.
Here is another article to do with, you know, the new freedom. People have asked me what George Bush meant by ‘the new freedom’. I said, whenever a President or a Prime Minister gets up to the nation and says something, then he is CREATING A LEGALITY; he is giving you a new definition of something. When you just stand with your mouths open and forget it, well, that IS the law by common consent. YOUR SILENCE IS COMMON CONSENT. So therefore, you have a NEW kind, a new DEFINITION of freedom. Everyone has lost all of their rights under this fake war on terror, which is really a war OF terror on the public. They are getting worse and worse with it. There is no end to what they are not going to do, to make sure that no person, NO person in any of the countries under this jurisdiction can have a single stray thought without them knowing what it is.
Here is the latest on the war on terror, supposedly, which is a war OF terror. It’s amazing too, you can put up all these incredible spacecraft and all this new weaponry, and when we are all supposedly utterly BROKE; we are all bankrupt. But these things just go ahead like money is getting, well, I guess it is getting printed up isn’t it. It’s all bogus at the top anyway, all this nonsense of adding and subtracting. It’s bogus at that level. The Mail Online…
Superspy in the sky could soon be patrolling over British cities to search for hidden terror cells
By Jason Lewis / dailymail.co.uk / 26th April 2010
A Top-secret US unmanned drone used to locate Al Qaeda and Taliban hideouts in Pakistan and Afghanistan could soon be patrolling over British cities to search for hidden terror cells.
The controversial move would allow MI5 and GCHQ, the Government’s eavesdropping centre, to step up surveillance operations over the UK. Until now, the £23million Global Hawk aircraft has not been available for foreign sale.
However, US policy has been quietly changed and Britain is now negotiating to buy the drones. America is keen to supply them for British patrols after a string of terror plots threatening the US and its citizens. (A: Which were all nonsense actually. But they use the farcical one about the detonating equipment or bombs in aircraft flying to America and the UK, the underwear bomber and all that stuff.)
These include the attempt in 2006 to detonate liquid bombs on aircraft flying to American cities from the UK.
It is not known how many drones the UK wants from manufacturer Northrop Grumman, but earlier this year a senior Ministry of Defence procurement official visited the Pentagon to begin negotiations. (A: This thing really is to listen over your conversations in the streets. They can actually listen to your conversations inside houses and rooms, all from these flying drones. No privacy whatsoever at any time. It doesn’t matter what you are doing.)
Britain would not need to use the drones in Afghanistan and Pakistan because the US already provides full air coverage in the region. Instead, it is believed they will be used mainly for domestic surveillance.
The drones are also being deployed by the US Navy in the Caribbean and off the Florida coast to combat drug smuggling. In Britain, MI5 and GCHQ already use three planes based at RAF Northolt in North-West London to spy on citizens.
The three Britten-Norman Islander aircraft are all fitted with sophisticated surveillance equipment. They have been used to track down terror cells (A: yeah, sure.) and to locate former Afghan veterans who may have returned to Britain to plot terror attacks. (A: You understand, you couldn’t weasel into Britain from any of these countries without getting spotted, ON route, and probably before you left your own country.)
This is NOTHING to do with terror. This is to do with the totally controlled, dominated, dictatorial, planned society. That’s what ALL of this is about, all of it. We are paying for all this gimmickry and machinery through our tax money. We buy our chains and we buy the next generations’ chains in the process… and we say NOTHING, say nothing about it… because people have been turned into docile wimps, that’s why. The big boys know it too.
We’ve had a war of a chemical nature on us through inoculations and through the GMO food. People definitely are not running at full par; they are way below it, well below it in fact and they have been for a long time. Again, that’s exactly what people like Bertrand Russell said they’d do, by the use of the needle, the food, the water, and all the rest of it, they would create their docile, passive population. That has happened folks. That’s happened. We are way beyond that stage now, way beyond it.
When we go into what’s happening even in Australia. There are two articles I’ve got here on Australia and you’ll find that they’ve been giving the flu shot over there and hundreds of children came down sick with it a day later. Some have died already. They’ve put it on hold right now while they figure out whether it’s safe to go ahead. Now, hundreds are sick with it the day after, some of them have died, but they put it on hold to see if it’s safe to go on later on, with the same shot, right. This is what we are told. Utter nonsense.
All these articles I mention, I put the links up on my site at the end of the show and you can look them up for yourself. SAVE THESE THINGS FOR FUTURE USE because very often they just get pulled down from the major sites. When you are trying to explain what happened to people in the future, you’ve got nothing to show them. They won’t believe you. They are trained to believe the professional, legitimate media, the AUTHORIZED media. They will not believe you. It’s tragic but that’s what we are going through.
They are killing people off. They are sterilizing them too with the inoculations; there is no doubt on that whatsoever. You know, all the different levels of autism, and all the different terms they are using for LEVELS of autism, was completely unheard of 30 years ago. Autism was a VERY RARE occurrence. But if you look at it next to a graph along with the inoculations going up, you’ll find it goes up on a par with that, wherever it’s been introduced. Now, some people NEED the officials to keep telling them it’s okay; it’s got nothing to do with that; it’s nothing to do with inoculations. Well, things don’t suddenly happen by themselves in nature. It doesn’t work that way. We don’t suddenly evolve into different species along the way; it doesn’t happen. Whether those that are affected and those that are unaffected, it doesn’t happen. It’s like all the myriad of cancers that have broken out since the 1950s; many of them were completely unheard of in countries.
We got the processed foods and we got the inoculations at the same time. We’ve heard all the exposés from Dr Salk’s research and his team’s research ADMITTING that they had given LIVE CANCER VIRUSES, like the Simian 40 virus, IN the polio vaccine. And it’s been continued up right into the 90s according to some reports. These viruses have only ONE function it seems and that’s to stimulate the creation of cancers in the human body. Astonishing.
Then the latest stuff too, from the big Merck companies and so on, is that independent teams have found all this ANIMAL DEBRIS in their vaccines. Again, you’ve got cancer types and so on. The companies that make it pretend that they were completely unaware of it. Yeah, they pretend… we didn’t know that; we are the guys that make it, we’ve got the most sophisticated labs on the planet, we’ve been at this forever, but we just didn’t notice; we didn’t notice that. There is pig material and all different kinds of animal matter in there, but they didn’t notice that. I guess they didn’t have high enough equipment. The independent teams supposedly had higher equipment than they had. Utter nonsense. But we are kept like mushrooms, as I say; you keep them in the dark and you feed them bovine fecal matter. Keep them covered with it; they will never see the light.
Then we have the International Monetary Fund saying…
For nations living the good life, the party’s over, IMF says
By Howard Schneider / Washington Post Staff Writer / washingtonpost.com / Saturday, April 24, 2010; A01
Do you understand what an age of austerity is? They are changing us from a consumer society. We were awfully good consumers; we were trained to be consumers by Bernays and all the boys at the top. Now we are being trained by Gore and all the boys at the top to be AUSTERE. Now what happens? Do they simply give you less money so that you can’t buy as many things? They will do a combination of that ALONG with the FEES you are going to pay. You see, eventually, what used to be spent off in extras and rewarding yourself with treats for working like a slave for the last month or whatever, you will be paying it back in fees and carbon taxes and energy taxes and all that kind of stuff. It will be a PRIVILEGE, you see, in the new society TO BE ALIVE. A privilege folks. That’s how you are being trained.
The youngsters, if you talk to them, they are like that section I read from Aldous Huxley’s Brave New World Revisited. They are already being given all the mantras and the trigger words: austerity, recycling, overpopulation, ya-da, ya-da-ya. It’s all there. Old techniques, from the guys who decided what kind of century they were going to bring us into, what kind of society would suit the masters. Not us. Not us.
10 years ago they put ads up in airports and it was all over the Patriot networks at the time. It was a bald headed guy who was shaved from the back and you saw the barcode on his skull, on his head. Well guess what? Now that we’re all used to this idea and we have been dehumanized and dehumanized and dehumanized, as Huxley said they would do to us, knock us off the pedestal as the most supreme creature on the planet until we’re just, well, we’re just fetal tissue aren’t we, that just happened to have been born and, ahh, we’re just an animal, ohh. We’ve had years of this stuff. The Times…
Newborn babies to get bar codes instead of handwritten name tags
timesonline.co.uk / From The Times April 23, 2010
An NHS hospital has become the first in the country to issue all new born babies with bar codes instead of traditional handwritten tags.
Kettering General Hospital’s maternity unit has introduced the system to end mistakes caused by the illegible handwriting of medical staff. (A: Utter rot because they used to print them up too. I’ve read that in the past, the company that got all these contracts, a big massive company, is authorized to get all the deals.)
Now all newborns are getting a personal bar code strapped on their ankles which midwives zap with a scanner to read the baby’s details. (A: Brave New World, you are here! They tinker with the genes and the womb and all the rest of it. The brave new world is here. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. As I say, Brave New World is here. It’s well on its way. It’s been on its way for a LONG time and a lot of things have actually happened even to the babies within the womb… as we watch the new generation of not quite men growing up. That’s not by chance. Look at all the phthalates, look at all the cosmetics and all the things done to the woman. Also what we’ve found too, is that certain inoculations that the mother takes, it doesn’t show up just in the first generation of the offspring; it worsens with every subsequent generation until literally you can transform the human being into other types of even genders in fact. This is well known and understood these days. These are from top scientists too. They help it along with the phthalates and the plastic bottles and the estrogen in the water and stuff like that, you know… just to make sure. Plus they hit you, very quickly, early on, with God knows how many injections now when you’re a child, to make sure that you don’t have a chance in hell. You don’t have a snowflake’s chance in hell.
That’s total war, you see. From people like Huxley’s point of view, that’s perfectly acceptable. OVER population, says John Holdren, in the book EcoScience. There he is, sitting on the board behind Obama at this particular time in history, when they are going into the total socialist type control on behalf of their fascist masters above them.
Here is China, the darling of the United Nations, the model society.
China To Sterilise 10,000 To Curb Births
Friday April 23, 2010 / sky.com / Peter Sharp, China correspondent
Health authorities are planning to sterilise nearly 10,000 people in southern China over the next four days (A: Four days, that’s all it takes them.) as part of a population control programme.
Some of the people in Puning City will be forced to have the procedure carried out against their will. (A: I’m sure a lot of them will.)
Reports in the Chinese media say that Puning Health authorities in Guangdong Province have launched a special campaign to sterilise people who already have at least one child in order to ensure (A: Now, listen to this.) local birth control quotas are met.
That’s what socialism runs on, you see, quotas. Remember two weeks ago I read an article from Britain and it was about all the massive child care industry that’s so lucrative over there, not just for foster parents but for the local governments too, who are supplementing their income by making sure the children aid ABDUCT so many children from their parents. I read it from the mainstream that said it was to fill QUOTAS; they were given quotas by the British government and here are the quotas here. That’s what socialism runs on is quotas, you see. They are so efficient in China that 10,000 folk can be done in 4 days. Snip, snip, snip. Guangdong, ovaries gone. Simple as that. Quite simple.
You can see how it all ties together, the depopulation, the planned society, the indoctrination of children into such a fantastic way that they have no chance with trigger words and greening and ecology and all that kind of stuff. You also find that Huxley said in Brave New World Revisited,
The current Social Ethic, it is obvious, is merely a justification after the fact of the less desirable consequence of over-organization. (A: He’s talking about socialism and the scientific elitism.) It represents a pathetic attempt to make a virtue of necessity, to extract a positive value from an unpleasant datum. (A: Then he goes on to talk about how terrible it was and how Stalin used it and Hitler used it, you see. Then he goes on to applaud it.)
In the more efficient dictatorships of tomorrow there will probably be much less violence than under Hitler and Stalin. The future dictator’s subjects will be painlessly regimented by a corps of highly trained Social Engineers. (A: He talks about going through the 20th century and enthusiastically into the 21st century, into the new technically engineered society. He thinks it’s wonderful.)
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on April 27, 2010. I always suggest that newcomers look into website web site. You’ll find hundreds of hours of talks I’ve given in the past which you can download for free. Bookmark all the other sites you’ll see listed there, the official sites I have, for future use. [Official sites listed above.] For those that want to buy the books, CDs, and DVDs I have listed on my site, [ordering and donation options listed above] or you can donate to me. Lots of folk get the disks burned and passed to them, they don’t use computers and play them on CD players; you can get in touch with me at [address above].
Some of you noticed that not all the sites were up last night. It’s because it was time that XplorNet, the satellite company I go through that’s also owned by Telsat which rents space from Hughes Satellite Corporation. This is April and this is when they punish you and try to get you up to a higher level and pay more money to get a higher speed. I’ve never had the speed I’ve been paying for already, since I’ve got the thing, so I ain’t going that way. Last night they kept breaking my speed, every 5 minutes breaking the feed. This is common with them, common practice. I’ve been through the rigmarole with them so many times. I got a live person last night and again today. I just cut to the chase and said let’s not test this and test that, let’s just take it for granted they’ve got me on a lock. They have me on a lock rollover. Supposedly, this guy told me today – anybody who is considering getting XplorNet – you are allowed 20 megabytes per hour… upload. This is brand new to me; I never heard that one before. That would be not so bad actually, if I could even get that. But you don’t. It doesn’t matter if you haven’t used the thing all weekend or for a few days or whatever, apparently this is how it kicks in. Last night when I turned on the computer for the first time of the day to upload, it was crawling from the get-go. I was getting twice dial-up speed. So for those who are thinking of getting XplorNet, think twice because they really play a lot of games with you.
They saturate an area with advertising and – this is from their official investors meeting from L.A. and someone who attended it for me and told me all about it. They show you a graph, for the investors, that spikes up to a high peak; that’s all the guys coming into in an area through advertising and buying their satellites and so on. Once they’ve got it saturated, it sharply drops off, like a hockey stick in reverse, right down the way. When the guy asked, what is that? They told him, that’s when we cut back the bandwidth because there are too many folk sharing it now. They only allocate so much bandwidth per area. Well, they don’t tell you any of that of course, on their advertising flyers, their wonderful flyers to get high speed. Instead, you have to go through this rigmarole of speed tests and nonsense that prove nothing to you except you are being tampered with. So, hopefully I’ll get last night show up tonight, maybe if they will deign to give me the speed, and tonight’s show as well. I’ll be back with more after this break.
I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Excuse the throat there but the spraying in this area is phenomenal. It’s one of the worst sprayed areas because I’m right at the loop where the jet stream air comes up through the States into Ontario, loops right where I am and they dose right over me and it takes it all down to Buffalo and New York State. That’s how they use it, as a carrying area, a long carrying area, a lot of dispersion. They really soak you. They’ve been doing this for years now. 1998 is when they did it pretty well continuously in Ontario. They’ve been testing this stuff out, on and off since the 50s actually, in parts of Europe and the United States. More so in the United States, in fact, in the 70s and 80s and they decided to go ahead with it.
It’s so amazing, again, because we are supposed to be really dumb and stupid at the bottom, the general public, kept in the dark as I say, like mushrooms. We see these news releases being given out every so often TO the general public that still keeps us in the dark. They never quite give you the truth. Here is an article from the Sovereign Independent.
MPs (Alan: Members of Parliament) urge government to prepare for geo-engineering option
(A: So here they are telling you to get prepared for something they have been doing steadily for 12 years now.)
sovereignindependent.com / April 28, 2010
Posted by Simon on Apr 27th, 2010 and filed under Climate Scam, International.
With small scale geo-engineering projects already underway, MPs have warned governments must begin work on the necessary regulatory framework. (A: We know that’s already been done on a much higher level obviously and these guys are out of the picture, they are out of the loop. Either that or it’s to get the public ready for the IDEA of it coming even though it’s already been done.)
A parliamentary select committee of MPs warned yesterday that the groundwork for regulating geo-engineering projects must start now. The House of Commons Science and Technology Committee has claimed that hesitation may mean multi-lateral agreement on an international legislative framework is not reached before the impact of dangerous climate change is felt. (A: This is a beautiful con. The whole thing, Climate Change and the warming stuff has been so disproven but it’s a mandate that won’t change reality and reality will have nothing to do with it. It’s a whole new economy based on carbon taxes and changing you from a consumer society into a fee-paying society. You will pay a fee and penalty for everything you consume or purchase or NEED, in fact.)
The Committee published the findings of an inquiry undertaken as part of a unique collaboration with its equivalent body in the US House of Representatives on the same day that chair Phil Willis gave evidence to the US committee via a video link.
Speaking ahead of the US hearing, Willis said: “What better subject than geo-engineering – where international collaboration is essential if we are to explore and understand fully its potential – to provide the backdrop to a first-of-its-kind collaboration between UK and US scrutiny committees.”
They go on to talk about the possible fallouts on society. Actually, they try to get away from people because they know already what the effects are from the last 12 years. They know that lots of folk, young and elderly, DIED with incredible bronchial problems, for a start. They know that allergies to everything are increasing incredibly. They know that the immune system of the human body is almost nonexistent now. The aluminum oxide that they use, amongst the barium and other things, destroys your immune system. They know all this stuff. They all know all this stuff. Obviously they must have had international meetings long before 1998 when they first started spraying daily. Obviously. So that’s how they present this to the public, through basic handouts.
Then you go into… now keep in mind too, you’ve got this big depopulation agenda on the go from the World Health Organization constantly screaming there’s too many people, and its other part across the corridors of power at the United Nations building, the Department of Population; it used to be called Population Control and they just call it Population now. Their main object has been, over the many years, to basically sterilize as many folk in the third world countries as they possibly could. But now of course, they are taking their attention to the Western countries as well. Because, you see, we’re all in it together. That’s the global society. It doesn’t matter how you’ve regulated your own population, and people are really good, they’ve been awfully good, they have no more than 1.5 children each. It doesn’t matter. You see, now you need immigrants flooding into the country to pay off the national debt, as Maggie Thatcher said when she was in power and others have said it since. They will actually eventually use the same argument in the US with the massive immigration from Latin America coming up.
So, we are all in it together. The elitists and the globalists have no favorite populations. They don’t have any favorites at all. They have favorites at certain periods in time for war and that and they found that the people of the Western countries were awfully good for creating wars and going off and fighting and killing whoever they have been told to kill; it didn’t really matter much. They are still doing it from Britain and the United States and a few countries in Afghanistan and Iraq. But outside of that, really, and our ability to be good 8-to-5 workers or whatever they give us, we don’t have much purpose in the up coming New World Order because we are now a consumer society; we don’t produce anything. China produces everything for the planet – if you haven’t noticed – and that was all set up by those who already own the West. I’m talking about the big bankers, international ones.
I mentioned the other night about the scam with the flu shots. We know darn well, the sterility that is increasing DRAMATICALLY. We know that people coming down with all kinds of diseases and aliments that they have NEVER had before, never mind the autism problem too. I mentioned briefly the other night on Australia. I never had time to actually read the article so I’ll read it now.
Dozens of Australian children fall ill from flu vaccine
By Bonnie Malkin in Sydney / telegraph.co.uk / 23 Apr 2010
Doctors across Australia have been ordered to stop giving young children the seasonal flu vaccine after 44 children fell ill hours after being immunized. (A: It’s a lot more now, since this was written.)
The otherwise healthy children, all aged under five, suffered fevers, vomiting and febrile convulsions (A: CONVULSIONS…) after receiving the vaccination. More than 20 were admitted to hospital and at least one child is seriously ill.
Jim Bishop, the country’s chief medical officer, said that he was suspending vaccinations for under-five as a “precautionary measure”. (A: You can see this is an intelligent man, eh. What’s happening? Well, you see, they are getting febrile seizures and so on. Oh, maybe you should use a precautionary measure and maybe stop giving it for a little while.) He said that children who had received the vaccine in the last 24 hours should be monitored closely by their parents. (A: Oh, this guy is a genius; he’s a genius. He goes on to show how much of a genius he is and says…)
“Until we know more we’ve suggested that we don’t use that [seasonal flu vaccine] for the moment in children under five,” he told the Australian Broadcasting Corporation.
“I’m advising all doctors today not to use it until we know a bit more. (A: If it’s bringing them down NOW, that’s all you need to know. You see. You just don’t start after a week or so with the same stuff, obviously.)
“This may be part of the normal pattern once we see the whole picture, (A: So that’s normal for all these children to get febrile conditions, you know, and start having seizures and stuff. That’s quite normal.) or it may be more than we would expect. “Therefore I just think it’s wise and precautionary not to use it in children under five.” (A: That’s to keep the lawsuits from flooding in, you see.)
Then it goes on to something else that has happened because there are deaths there now, you see. They hate that, when that gets into the papers, especially to children. It always gets the public kind of annoyed for a couple of seconds before they are distracted by some porn or something on the other side of the page. This is from the Australian Broadcasting Corporation.
Police investigate girl’s death after flu vaccine
By Siobhan Barry / abc.net.au / Updated Sun Apr 25, 2010
A two-year-old girl from Upper Mount Gravatt died earlier this month, the day after she was immunised.
The death of a two-year-old girl from Brisbane who had received the seasonal flu vaccine will be referred to the Queensland coroner. (A: There will be other ones apart from that by now.)
Police are preparing a report after the girl died earlier this month.
She had been immunised the day before. (A: They keep saying the same things over and over.)
Concerns over adverse reactions prompted authorities last week to temporarily ban the seasonal flu vaccine for children under five. (A: That’s all they give to you… at the moment… on that particular topic, as they go through their panic; damage control… as, of course, they will.)
People will never really get it. It’s hard to imagine because we’ve been all been conditioned and trained from countless TV drama series, from Dr Kildare onwards, up to Emergency Ward 10 and ya-da, ya-da, ya; all these FICTIONAL, dramatic shows. They put on there how WONDERFUL medicine is and how everyone is SO concerned about your health and they can’t sleep at night. Just like lawyers when they are trying to defend someone, they can’t sleep at night on these dramas, until they find the cause of that patient’s problem. You know, that’s how it is drummed into us and that white coat becomes some sort of God-like symbol, like a halo around an angel’s head. That is how we are conditioned BY the big pharma companies that run all of it. Therefore, when they say we are here to help you, it doesn’t cross the person’s mind that there could be an alternative reason for pumping your children full of shots, even though big pharma is part of the Military-Industrial Complex.
I don’t know if people really realize that, that they are PART of the Military-Industrial Complex. They work hand-in-glove. They worked hand-in-glove in World War II to find diseases to kill off your enemy, and your enemies’ food stock, cattle and so on. They found ways to bring down the populations in a protracted war where the offspring would be weaker and sicker than the parents would be. They found ways to sterilize the offspring, if it’s going to be a 20 year protracted war. Stuff like that. Yeah. They did. They’ve got the most advanced equipment on the go. They deal with HIGHLY CONTAGIOUS DISEASES. They work and create new types of diseases. They work WITH the Military-Industrial Complex. It’s time you started to wisen up and stop going to these white-coated angels of mercy. Think for yourselves. I’ll be back with more after this break.
I am Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. It’s through the matrix really, going through layers of deception, trying to get out of the matrix in fact, get above it all so you can see from up there and looking down on it. When you are inside it, you’ve been conditioned to only see the Plato’s cave that’s been laid out for you to live in. That’s generally what the media is there for, to keep you in that cave.
It’s interesting when you look at the big think tanks that work for the military, for the Department of Defense. These guys don’t have to mince around and pretend to the public. They take facts as they really are, the way the media should be doing it but it’s not their job to tell you facts as they really are. The media’s job is to keep you living in a cocoon of fantasy as you are managed intergenerationally into the big plan, the great work. The Huxlian world that they are going to bring in of a depopulated society, a kind of a pharma drug society, implanted society, and eventually a genetically modified generation… they will be awfully well behaved and very obedient.
Up until now they’ve used the injections, inoculations and food and water. Huxley himself and Bertrand Russell both said they would use the needle to get a compliant society. I’ve read from their own books on the air, Julian Huxley especially who was the first CEO of UNESCO for the United Nations, that wonderful body of people who dish out food, supposedly, across the planet; at least that’s what you think. But it’s all to do with bringing down populations to a manageable level in a post-industrial, consumer society, actually a service economy.
They’ve tried various means to bring it down. The food is definitely one; it’s weaponized food. You cannot modify the food without it being weaponized. You can’t live for thousands, maybe millions of years on particular foods and have it all genetically modified… and your body is supposed to adapt to it right away. It doesn’t work that way and they know all this too. They know this too. Before I go on to soya and other things…
The FDA Shuts Down Common Infant Vaccine After Startling Discovery
Posted by Dr. Mercola | April 17 2010 | Sources: CNN March 22, 2010
(A: Startling… a startling discovery it was… I’ve read it before but I’ll just touch on in again.)
“U.S. federal health authorities recommended … that doctors suspend using Rotarix, one of two vaccines licensed in the U.S. against rotavirus, saying the vaccine is contaminated with material from a pig virus,” CNN reports.
The Rotarix vaccine, which is made by GlaxoSmithKline and was approved by the FDA in 2008, has already been given to about 1 million U.S. children along with 30 million worldwide. The vaccine was found to contain DNA from porcine circovirus 1.
“The FDA learned about the contamination after an academic research team (A: A separate research team from the company, right. Now, the companies have the latest of everything, believe you me. But here is a separate research team that found this out.) using a novel technique to look for viruses in a range of vaccines found the material in GlaxoSmithKline’s product and told the company,” FDA Commissioner Dr. Margaret Hamburg told CNN.
Dr. Mercola’s Comments:
One million U.S. children, and about 30 million worldwide, have already received GlaxoSmithKline’s Rotarix vaccine. Now a research team has discovered it is contaminated with “a substantial amount” of DNA from a pig virus.
What is pig virus DNA doing in a vaccine intended to prevent rotavirus disease, which causes severe diarrhea and dehydration? (A: Most children will get that and you get over it without any… We’ve survived this long without it, but again, it’s big money for pharma and of course there are always alternative reasons.)
It’s anybody’s guess, although CNN reported that GlaxoSmithKline detected the substance in the cell bank and the seed used to make the vaccine, “suggesting its presence from the early stages of vaccine development.”
It is actually common for vaccines to contain various animal matter, including foreign animal tissues containing genetic material (DNA/RNA), but even FDA Commissioner Dr. Margaret Hamburg told CNN:
“It [Pig virus DNA] should not be in this vaccine product and we want to understand how it got there.
It’s not an easy call and we spent many long hours debating the pros and cons but, because we have an alternative product and because the background rates of this disease are not so severe in this country, (A: In other words, why is it getting used at all.) we felt that the judicious thing to do was to take a pause, to really ask the critical questions about what this material was doing in the vaccine, how it got there.” (A: They go through the company that makes it, who’s just totally bamboozled with all their top notch stuff and equipment, etc – they are one of the richest companies on the planet – and they are just astonished that this stuff is in it there and they’ll do a separate investigation to find it.)
Using new technology to test eight infectious attenuated viral vaccines, the results showed three of the vaccines contained “unexpected viral sequences”:
1. A measles vaccine was found to contain low levels of the retrovirus avian leukosis virus
2. Rotateq, Merck’s rotavirus vaccine, was found to contain a virus similar to simian (monkey) retrovirus (A: That’s a wonderful thing to have.)
3. Rotarix (GlaxoSmithKine’s rotavirus vaccine) was found to contain “significant levels” of porcine cirovirus 1
So in their tests, nearly 40 percent of the vaccines they tested contained viral contaminants. The implications of these findings on the alleged safety of the vaccine supply remains to be seen, (A: Oh, yeah, you’ll see it with the health of the children won’t you. Will they ever publish that I wonder?) but clearly there is contamination occurring that was a complete surprise to researchers, health officials and vaccine manufacturers alike. (A: For those who have been following this industry for many, many years, it’s no surprise to us… just the experts… always. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. You know, what I try to get people to do is to become at least INDIGNANT. At least indignant, that shows you there is a hope for you somewhere that you are not completely dead, you are not completely dumbed down with all the attacks that have been put into your system, into your bodies, and your conditioning by the system. If you can get slightly indignant about something… and unfortunately people don’t unless it happens to THEM or one of their own children or something. That’s the unfortunate thing about human beings, which the big boys know of course. But if we could be indignant for other people at the same time, you are actually saving yourselves down the road. Understand?
Here is another article, one of the many over the years on modified soy. That was one of the first things they modified, these wonderful scientists that work for Monsanto that IS part of the Military-Industrial Complex involved with Agent Orange and all the other stuff, all the wonderful goodies they’ve brought to planet earth.
Genetically Modified Soy Linked to Sterility, Infant Mortality in Hamsters (A: It just repeats what’s been known before.)
Jeffrey Smith / Author and Founder of the Institute for Responsible Technology
April 20, 2010 / washingtonpost.com
“This study was just routine,” said Russian biologist Alexey V. Surov, in what could end up as the understatement of this century. Surov and his colleagues set out to discover if Monsanto’s genetically modified (GM) soy, grown on 91% of US soybean fields, leads to problems in growth or reproduction. What he discovered may uproot a multi-billion dollar industry. (A: It will never do that because this has been proven before by others.)
After feeding hamsters for two years over three generations, those on the GM diet, and especially the group on the maximum GM soy diet, showed devastating results. By the third generation, most GM soy-fed hamsters lost the ability to have babies. They also suffered slower growth, and a high mortality rate among the pups. (A: Now, it’s the same with the inoculations. They can do so much on the person who gets the inoculation, on the first child, they become more sterile. But with the second and third offspring, they are generally totally sterile. Now it’s the same thing with the soy, and many other foods by the way, that they have modified. That’s NOT a coincidence! That’s called depopulation and sterilizing the population as per the agenda.)
And if this isn’t shocking enough, some in the third generation even had hair growing inside their mouths—a phenomenon rarely seen, but apparently more prevalent among hamsters eating GM soy.
The study, jointly conducted by Surov’s Institute of Ecology and Evolution of the Russian Academy of Sciences and the National Association for Gene Security, is expected to be published in three months (July 2010)—so the technical details will have to wait. But Surov sketched out the basic set up for me in an email.
He used Campbell hamsters, with a fast reproduction rate, divided into 4 groups. All were fed a normal diet, but one was without any soy, another had non-GM soy, a third used GM soy, and a fourth contained higher amounts of GM soy. They used 5 pairs of hamsters per group, each of which produced 7-8 litters, totally 140 animals.
Surov told The Voice of Russia,
“Originally, everything went smoothly. However, we noticed quite a serious effect when we selected new pairs from their cubs and continued to feed them as before. These pairs’ growth rate was slower and reached their sexual maturity slowly.” (A: That’s happening in men now, by the way.)
He selected new pairs from each group, which generated another 39 litters. There were 52 pups born to the control group and 78 to the non-GM soy group. In the GM soy group, however, only 40 pups were born. And of these, 25% died. This was a fivefold higher death rate than the 5% seen among the controls. Of the hamsters that ate high GM soy content, only a single female hamster gave birth. She had 16 pups; about 20% died.
Surov said “The low numbers in F2 [third generation] showed that many animals were sterile.” (A: That’s the goal folks. That’s the goal… apart from killing you as well. It’s the goal.)
The published paper will also include measurements of organ size for the third generation animals, including testes, spleen, uterus, etc. And if the team can raise sufficient funds, they will also analyze hormone levels in collected blood samples.
Hair Growing in the Mouth (A: It’s actually been observed in people, by the way. It doesn’t mention it in this article here.)
Earlier this year, Surov co-authored a paper in Doklady Biological Sciences showing that in rare instances, hair grows inside recessed pouches in the mouths of hamsters.
“Some of these pouches contained single hairs; others, thick bundles of colorless or pigmented hairs reaching as high as the chewing surface of the teeth. Sometimes, the tooth row was surrounded with a regular brush of hair bundles on both sides. The hairs grew vertically and had sharp ends, often covered with lumps of a mucous.”
You see, if they modify the food, folks, and the DNA in the food, and you take the food, and your body hasn’t been altered to suit this food obviously since you are supposedly the end product of evolution – they can standardize food NON GMO – then it’s going to ALTER THE TISSUE IN YOUR BODY. It certainly alters and inflames the stomachs of everyone who eats GMO food. That’s why the antacids have BLOSSOMED along with the allergies from all the spraying, the anti-allergy pills. That’s why all these antacids and acid reducers have blossomed and even young people are taking it daily, because of the stuff that we are getting now, never mind all the pesticides they put on it because you can really dose the GMO stuff with about 10 times more potent pesticides.
That’s the real world. It’s not just big business making big money; it’s much bigger than that. Its part of a world agenda agreed at in very high places, well written about to depopulate, bring down the populations. But certainly sterilizing the males is a big, big part of it. There are SO many articles I’ve read over the years about that and I won’t go into it tonight. SO much… I’ve got stuff here I could read off tonight, later stuff, but it’s all the same stuff, all corroborating all the previous documentation that’s come out.
There is a caller on the line from Virginia, Ben. Are you there Ben?
Ben: Hi Alan. I’m a big fan. I just had two questions for you. The first one is, I’ve heard a lot about chemtrails from you and people like Rumsfeld. I was just wondering how exactly do the elites avoid exposure from whatever is being sprayed, if it is so pervasive.
Alan: I tell you, most of the elite don’t even travel the way we travel in the open air. They live in air-conditioned houses. The halls they speak in to each other are air conditioned and filtered, heavily filtered. So are the limos they are driven in. They also have chelation techniques which are available to them, which basically, they can go in once a month and get a lot of this stuff sucked out of their body quite simply. Medicine is WAY ahead, again, of what they are going to give to the public. You keep reading the articles where they have all this ability to extend life, the technology, and so on. Even David Suzuki the geneticist and who is attached to the United Nations and the WWF club and all that, loves animals, hates people; he calls them maggots. He’s a great spokesman for the United Nations of depopulation. He said himself, we have the ability NOW to let a person live to 500 years, if we so wish. Well, obviously they are not going to give that to the general population. That also means that medicine, like all branches of science, are far more, way ahead, than anything they will tell the general public. I did see one method of filtering the blood stream. It’s a portable unit you wear strapped to your forearm; incredibly expensive, way beyond the reach of ordinary people. Literally, every few hours it cleans your entire blood system of the particular contaminants. This obviously was developed for warfare purposes and only the elite can afford this kind of stuff but it does exist. For us, we’ll be lucky to get renal dialysis, for God sake, never mind complete blood filtration, but it does exist for them. Remember too, in the 90s, most countries in the Western world, Canada included, Britain, passed a law that all politicians, all bureaucrats and their families would be given special treatment – not the National Health Service treatment but special treatment – in top military hospitals. Why the hell do you think that would be?
Ben: For self-preservation, of course.
Alan: Absolutely. And to get treatments that we must never even hear of.
Ben: So I guess as far as, they just totally avoid vaccinations and they only eat organic food and they don’t use fluoride toothpaste and the bizarre preservatives, aspartame and all the rest I guess, as well.
Alan: That’s correct. When they get in amongst the elite, when you are pulled in there, once you get your ticket as they say, you’ve basically got a ticket for all sources of these kinds of foods. Your children will never, ever get the inoculations that are dished out to the masses. That’s the deal. That’s why if you are a very good politician you will play the game, you’ll ‘toe the line’ as the Masons say, and you won’t cause upsets. You will lie to the public because you and your family are guaranteed to have the top medical attention. In your private meetings, you will all agree, yes, there are too many ordinary people now, less evolved people that just have to die off. They’ve all agreed on that.
Ben: It’s a tragedy.
Alan: Yes.
Ben: Thank you.
Alan: Thanks for calling.
There ya go. That’s really how it is. It’s one reality for THEM and there are levels of THEM, the big ‘THEM’ word, again, many levels of them. If you look at how far they have advanced in bacterial warfare for instance and viral warfare. They can literally take a virus, a harmless virus, and weaponized it in ONE HOUR… one hour. They could do that at the end of World War II. You think how far they’ve gone with that. Of course, they had to bring all the big pharma companies on board since they already had the advanced laboratories. Why build laboratories just for warfare purposes for viral and bacterial if you already have them there? And why to do think there is such a cozy arrangement between big pharma and governments? …who are guaranteed to buy all their products? …and mandate we get shots for flus that don’t even exists… and at the very least are harmless?
People won’t catch on. If you really think you are living in cotton-wool land and people are there to take care of you, read the world meetings. I’ve got them all listed on my site. Go into the archive section and look at all of them. It’s the PDFs that you’ve got to go for. This stuff isn’t printed in the general media. All the top meetings of the Council on Foreign Relations, all the NGO groups at the United Nations, including the Department of Population Control, sterility and all the rest of it, often labeled under Women’s health; you have to go into that to find out what it really means. It’s nothing BUT depopulation techniques for the masses. That’s what it’s ALL about. They put it out in PDFs. You’ll get it through university access. Go into the universities. Do your homework.
Don’t expect the general media to give you a truth on anything. Their job is to pacify you, keep you in la-la land and to make you think that you’ve still got some kind of government that works for you. Anything that happens on a big scale, like the fake grounding of all the aircrafts so they could have that NATO exercise, the media is there to tell you the lies as to why you can’t fly from here to there. They won’t tell you until after the fact that NATO had an exercise and that’s why they grounded them; nothing to do with a volcano. Even the media told us it was an invisible cloud. That was a good one. That was a good one to dream up. They will swallow that; they have swallowed plenty before. That’s how we are treated folks, as stupid. Mind you, a lot of people ARE so worked on that they have become stupid… and hopefully there is a way to get you out of stupid land. Don’t wait until it happens to you, just you; it’s too late then.
The general population is kept in the dark like mushrooms. That’s the nature of government. It was decided when they set up the United Nations that a scientific and an expert and academic elite should rule the world and that governments by politicians and political activation, just arguing for power amongst themselves, was literally obsolete. You’ve been running under a SCIENTIFIC form of system where the scientists have more say over things than the politicians. The politicians now know their place. They know their job is to con the public. They’ve known that for many, many years.
Another thing too, is remember, go into the history of the International Monetary Fund, under the United Nations again and the World Bank. All it is, are really the hard men, the collecting agencies for the world bankers. It was set up an awful long time ago TO BE the international collection agency FOR the bankers at the Bretton Woods Agreement. The founders of it said eventually it would take over the distribution of money across the world. Every country would be given so much cash via the UN and the IMF and you’d have to live within your budget. They also wanted the right to go into national budgets, which they are doing now with Greece and others; Spain might follow and even Ireland, and probably all the rest of us. They want the right to go into national budgets and take over national budgets. They want to be in control of every country’s bookkeeping when it comes to money. That was the goal of the IMF when they set it up.
This article is from the Washington Post. Again, it’s given that sort of semi… they remember who they are talking down to, the general public right.
For nations living the good life, the party’s over, IMF says
imf report – By Howard Schneider / Washington Post Staff Writer / Saturday, April 24, 2010
In the lingo of the International Monetary Fund, the future of the world hinges on “rebalancing and consolidation,” antiseptic words that would not seem to raise a fuss.
Who doesn’t want more balance in their life? (A: That’s nice; that’s nice, them treating us like stupid eh?)
But the translation is a bit ruder, something on the order of: “Suck it up. The party’s over.”
To keep the global economy on track, people in the United States and the rest of the developed world need to work longer before retiring, pay higher taxes and expect less from government. (A: When have you ever gotten anything FROM government?) And the cheap imports lining the shelves of mega-chains such as Wal-Mart and Target? They need to be more expensive. (A: Remember I told you that they are going to train you out of the consumer society as you go down the tubes. The rest of your money won’t be spent on buying little shiny plastic junk that breaks in no time from China. It will be paying FEES and CARBON TAXES and so on because carbon is the NEW GOLD MARKET, folks. The con of carbon is the new gold market and that’s why they’ve pushed this from the very, very top. It says here, remember, they are talking to children…)
That’s the practical meaning of a series of policy papers and statements issued in recent days by IMF officials, who have a long history of stabilizing economies and solving global financial problems, as they plot a course to keep the world economy growing and reduce the risk of another “great recession.” (A: Utter rubbish.)
Whenever they go in, they take over the books. They went into Britain in fact, years ago when Thatcher was in. The first thing that they do is slash your health care, they slash your pensions. They want the old folk to work longer, without their pensions. They REDUCE the amount of your pension money regardless of the initial deal when you signed on, all this kind of stuff. YOU, the peasant, gets suckered again. That’s their job… for the big international monetary lenders, the guys who really lend you checks so that you can print up cash. What a con game. But wait until the carbon stuff gets into full gear. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Here is another thing too, to do with health care and the way it’s supposed to go as we go down this tighten-your-belt system. Of course, it’s a new system for health care that depends on your SOCIAL STATUS to community. Britain has already had that for years in fact. They decide when you go into hospital if you get revived or not, resuscitated or not, depending on your social status. That’s the brave new world we are talking about, and communitarianism, or collectivism… for the UN, they love this kind of system. This article is from CNSNews. Its part of the new health freedom you are going to have in the United States, and elsewhere I’m sure, where you’ve already got… you can’t get doctors anymore in half the places. In the poor areas you get specialized trained nurses that just write out prescriptions as far as I can tell.
Senate Panel Previews Electronic Health Technology
Monday, April 26, 2010 / cnsnews.com / By Matt Cover, Staff Writer
Panasonic TOUGHBOOK H1 with Blood Pressure Monitor, Cardiovascular and Weighing Scale device specializations by Bluetooth (A: These are the devices that are going to get put out to YOU to work with your computer.)
(CNSNews.com) – The Senate Committee on Aging last week offered a preview of the government’s future role in health care, showing how Americans will interact with doctors and other health care providers. (A: ‘other’ health care providers… that’s the important part.) The demonstration offers a glimpse at an overlooked effect of health care reform.
The effort, loosely called e-Health or e-Care, combines health-care technology with 21st-century Internet connectivity. (A: Sounds wonderful, eh.) It will allow doctors to interact with their patients through innovations such as video chats, telephone health checkups, and home-health monitoring devices that relay data over wireless Internet connections. (A: For everyone to see.)
“The development of the broadband network and health information technologies has the potential to truly transform health care and simultaneously enable better outcomes and lowering costs,” said Sen. Susan Collins (R-Maine). (A: Lowering costs is the main part that matters here. That’s what it’s really all about.)
One of the new health technologies on display last Thursday was an automatic drug dispenser that can monitor and adjust medication dosages wirelessly, allowing doctors to tailor dosages of drugs such as insulin without having to schedule in-person visits with patients. (A: I’d like to see that in action. They’ve already killed an awful lot of diabetics off with the drug pumps they brought into use.)
“What we’re talking about, folks, is using a device like this one,” Sen. Ron Wyden (D-Ore.) said, as he displayed the small device. “It attaches to the patient’s skin and is loaded with drugs that are administered in the exact way that the doctor prescribes – wirelessly. (A: Can you imagine if they don’t like you, or someone has got it in for you, or they get the word from guys at the top? Ah, the thing malfunctioned, died of drug overdose.)
“That means that a doctor can vary the doses based on the information the doctor is receiving [from the monitor]. The patient doesn’t have to go in to the doctor and then the pharmacy to change his or her prescription,” he said.
The data recorded by such devices would be automatically uploaded to a patient’s electronic health record, which could then be reviewed by a doctor from a computer or smart phone, allowing the doctor to monitor a sick patient in almost real time.
That’s the new health care, folks. That’s the new health care. It will be something like phone sex; you won’t really know who’s on the other end of the line. That’s what it will be like. And there will be an awful lot of mistakes made… but that doesn’t matter. This is the new freedom, it’s the new society and we’ve got to be AUSTERE in an Age of Austerity.
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on April 28, 2010. For the newcomers, I suggest you look into website web site. Scroll down and bookmark the other sites I have up there. It’s very important because even last night the .com site, the provider decided to do a maintenance supposedly on it; I’ve never heard of them doing that, on this particular server, but this happened last night. If you had the other ones bookmarked you could have got the show, otherwise you were kind of stuck. So always bookmark the alternate sites I have there and you can always get the show if this happens again, or I get the other problems which I’ve had before too. [Official sites listed above.] Remember too, when you are in the site there, look at the books, CDs and DVDs I have for sale. That helps me keep going along. I don’t get paid by advertisers; the ads on the show are paid by the advertiser to RBN directly for the air time and for their staff, equipment, bills and maintenance and all the rest of it and the transmission of the show. So it’s up to you to keep me going. Support me by buying the products I have for sale on my web sites and you can also donate as well. [Ordering and donation options listed above.] That will help me tick over; I just tick over here and the expenses are high, believe you me. Lots of folk get the disks burned and passed to them because they have gone off the internet all together and they play them on their CD players – they get them passed at meetings of the different talks I do – you can get in touch with me at [address above].
This new world order is amazing because it’s continuous. People are always asking – it’s like they are looking for an Armageddon – when is the final day? I keep telling them, you are living through it your whole life long. You are living through a script. Just as the Department of Defense comes out with their projections of events which they see are definitely coming within the next 30-50 years, well you see, they were already at it before we were born, before any of us were born. They had this whole period worked out too, including the global agenda. The time would come, they said, where eventually wars between nations would cease because technically there would be no nations. And even then, 50-60 years ago, they said, they would have terrorism… that would be the next form of warfare, as they moved into a totally controlled society; a lot of people wouldn’t be too pleased about it. That’s really the phase we are almost at today. In fact, both systems actually, national and international, work in conjunction together; they kind of overlap during this particular period that we are living through right now. It truly is scripted. It’s astonishing what turns up in the news years after certain events. One of the interesting things came up about 6 months ago was that Mr Rockefeller went over to see the Prime Minister of the Soviet Union, 15 years before the wall came down, and he told him, the whole of Europe was integrating and Russia better get in on the act. I’ll be back with more after this break with more.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking about how we are all constantly living through this new world order and we have been for a long, long time. It was not something that sprung up on us by surprise because anybody can go into big sites, like the Council on Foreign Relations. You can buy their old books and realize they were talking about this very system 50, 60, 70 years ago. Not just talking about it, they had world meetings ever year and they had special think tanks and departments working on every project to do with society and the society that they wanted to bring into existence. They also really coordinated with all the other big foundations around them that also were engaged in specialized areas of society and the type of society that they were going to create for the future. That’s what’s called The Parallel Government.
I never forget that even when I’m talking about politicians or reading something from the media. I never forget the fact that there is a parallel government, the REAL government that Carroll Quigley talked about in his book, Tragedy and Hope and his other book – you’ve got to read it too – it’s The Anglo-American Establishment. He goes through the whole history of setting up the idea, the groups that founded it, the idea of working towards a WORLD GOVERNMENTAL SYSTEM and a specific type of world governmental system. Governance is a sort of slightly different word from government. Government is what is there and governance really is a new type of system. It’s a system where you are ruled by expert departments and people, divisions you might say. That’s what they mean by governance; not just a single building in your capital city but it’s actually spread across the planet. Specially trained people who work in one particular department but they can live all over the world, instantly communicate with each other. Technically, they are internationalists, they don’t have a country. They see the world as theirs. They are global citizens, so much so, that a lot of the members of the CFR get global citizenship awards from the Rockefeller Foundation. They award them every year. Some of the biggest players you will ever see, including all your major newscasters, are actually ordained, you might say, global citizens.
Strange thing to hand out isn’t it? Especially, even before and during the Cold War, to hand out global citizenship awards when supposedly there was no world government. How can you be a global citizen? That’s how they see themselves. However, they don’t see the world the way that we do. They see it in a scientific viewpoint or from a scientific viewpoint. They believe, being the experts, then they must create a post-democratic society.
Technically the parallel government has always bypassed democracy and led the world even during the supposed democratic period. They claim that we are now post-democratic because in democracies you have too many conflicting and competing parties going for power that nothing, they say, can get done. The Club of Rome actually wrote about that in one of their books, The First Global Revolution. They said we are post-democratic. Carroll Quigley, again, the historian for the Council on Foreign Relations talked about the same thing. He said the technocrats exist. Technocrats are appointees. They work behind the scenes. They are not responsible to the public for any of their actions. They have more power than Presidents or Prime Ministers because the big banks, and yep, he did say that the big bankers are all part of this, a very essential part of this. He says the big banks shield them, finance them, and ensure they can even get public funding for them, for their big, big projects across the planet as they build this new integrated system. Maurice Strong is a technocrat. Kissinger is a technocrat. So is Brzezinski a technocrat. They are always involved doing something for this world order. They never retire and there are many, many, many more. They have them throughout the world in all countries.
It’s astonishing, all the tie-ins with the Council on Foreign Relations or the Royal Institute of International Affairs, which are really the same thing. When you find that they also have the Rhodes Scholarships on the go… Rhodes Scholarships have been on the go for over 100 years. Their whole duty is to train people in Oxford University, from all over the world, to go back to their countries; they open doors for them and work WITHIN their own governments towards world government. It’s so interesting to me because you will see them going into their own parliament or their congresses and giving all the national speeches to get elected, etc, or to stay in power, but actually they are already sworn to internationalism. This part of it is kept out of the general media. You will catch glimpses of it and so on. They will mention Rhodes Scholars; they just won’t explain what it actually means to you. They have them all across every country in Europe. The US government at one point a few years ago had 200 of them working within the higher bureaucracy in the federal government.
We don’t elect bureaucrats either. That’s how they also run the world. In fact the bureaucrats and civil service are the only ones who truly know what their goals are. The politicians come and go. They’re out for themselves. Politicians have no expertise in any particular area generally once they get into government. Only the bureaucrats who have been there for years in each department KNOW what their part of this agenda is. They give the scripts and have the scriptwriters for the politicians that FRONT for the Minister of this or whatever. That’s how it really works.
Once again, it’s no big stretch to understand how the world truly is run. It’s run via bureaucracies, which in turn are controlled by a parallel government because the guys like Maurice Strong have total access to the bureaucracies in different countries VIA the United Nations. The UN can appoint anybody to these countries and give them an open door right into their various bureaucracies, bypassing the politicians all together. After all, what are you going to learn from a politician? Not much.
It’s interesting too, that Winston Churchill talked about how they would control the direction of World War II. He said, we’ll take a leaf from Hitler’s book; you don’t do it through the politicians, because the British Parliament continued during World War II. He said, you do it through your bureaucracies; you must get them all on board with you, behind you. In other words, you reach kind of deals with the top bureaucrats in the high departments to make sure they will be on board with you. It’s the same with the United Nations too.
We hear things mentioned like the International Monetary Fund. Growing up we think these are very official and NATURAL organizations. That’s the key to training people to accept things, never question. You hear them so often and you think they are just natural; they are naturally there like gravity. They are naturally there like fruit trees; they are just natural. Well, there is nothing natural about them. They were set up by the same banking crew, the International Monetary Fund and its board of directors that set up the United Nations. Carroll Quigley himself admitted and he goes through the history of the setting up of the League of Nations that turned into the United Nations in his own book, Tragedy and Hope and his other one, The Anglo-American Establishment.
It’s on record that Rockefeller, for instance, said himself, it’s far preferable that bankers, international bankers, and intelligentsia, the intelligent ones, rule the destiny of countries rather than leaving it up to their own direction basically, to the countries’ directions. That really is what they do believe. A scientifically run, expert led, world system bypassing democracy and they believe they should run this world towards a planned society. That’s why you have been taught basically that the human being is nothing more than another animal, and a lesser one at that according to some of them. You’ve been taught to devalue life completely. In fact, we feast on horror movies and war movies and action movies of blood and guts where faceless people are just blown away all the time and we call that entertainment. We watch wars occur across the world that we are all funding and supplying the troops for and it doesn’t bother most people at all. It’s over there somewhere; it’s too vague for them. It must be alright because, again, our holy government has authorized it.
When the people truly lose interest in what their governments are up to, you know you are conquered. That has been very successful for the MIND, the minds are conquered. It’s only natural that people inquire, all the time, as to what your governments are truly, truly up to. The power they have is phenomenal. Through law and legislation and through the heavies they hire, and they have lots of heavies under different guises and uniforms and departments, they can cause a horror show in any country and we must never forget that. People always think of totalitarian regimes as being uniformed, with the leader wearing a uniform on a podium yelling and screaming and so on. It doesn’t happen like that in this modern age, you see, the fanatics wear suits and ties. They go into your trained place, the place that you are trained to see them as your leaders. They are, again, surrounded by your national symbols, whatever they happen to be. You’d better listen to when they talk, even though the speeches are written for them; they are exoteric and esoteric at the same time. When they say something so slickly and easily that’s kind of new to you or you don’t quite understand, CHECK INTO IT DEEPLY and find out the meaning because it’s going to be very, very important to YOU. I’ll be back with more after this break.
I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking about the way things really are as opposed to how they are presented to you. For most folk, of course, as you know yourselves, those who are awake, it’s very hard to snap people out of their conditioning and they ARE conditioned, scientifically conditioned. Many authors and participants in the conditioning process, many of those who helped draft up the methods and tested the methods in various schools over years going back as far as the 1920s, wrote about it. People like Bertrand Russell and others. They worked with Tavistock and they worked with the British governmental system. They worked with the secret service network of Britain. They really all worked towards this particular, scientifically controlled society.
Just yesterday someone was telling me about some children in a US school where 6 and 7 year olds come in with their little cell phones there and they don’t look up books anymore. They will sit at their desk all day and any question they have, they just type it into their phone and get the answers. It’s an odd thing, this teacher said, to see such young children all transfixed on these tiny little screens. What’s noticeable too, is they have no memory. You don’t need to remember something when you can get asked the same question a thousand times throughout your life and you just have to punch up the question to find out what the answer is. So why bother remembering anything.
It reminds me of Skinner, the big behaviorist that’s risen to an icon amongst the behavioral studies. He says, if you want to change society you simply change something in the environment, of the target basically… the people being the target. That was true of RADIO, for the beginning because even the BBC was created as a propaganda arm of the British government using radio. They used various techniques to try experiments on the British populations. They found if they could give them a serial that would come on every day, maybe Monday to Friday, people literally would try and be in the house at a particular time to find out what happened from the previous day. A cliffhanger, they always leave you with a cliffhanger; they could alter people’s behavior. Of course they used it for incredibly good and well done propaganda. Television was introduced into the home and people stopped talking. When they did talk, they generally talked about what they just saw on television. The parents stopped talking to the children and vice-versa. That’s what Skinner said, you just want to change something in their environment to change the people themselves, their behavior. That was his speciality, behaviorism, altering FOR the planned society, creating a generation that would grow up never knowing that they had been literally scientifically controlled and modified. Now you have the cell phones and all the other gadgetry there.
We live in an era where big governments, who share the information with each other, monitor every single citizen on a VASTER scale than any tyrant in the world could ever have dreamed of. We are being taught that it’s all quite normal. You know, people talked about the Soviet Union and Nazi Germany and it was often said in various books at the time, that when INTRUSION comes into the home, intrusion and the breaking of privacy and surveillance on the citizenry becomes normal, then that’s the worst kind of tyranny you can have and yet we’ve been trained, VERY WELL TRAINED, by experts, to accept it all as quite normal. A generation is definitely growing up, they are definitely growing up already not caring about privacy at all. Privacy is a foreign thing to them. They’ve been taught to share all their thoughts, all their ideas, all their activities on a kind of open world diary.
Where to they get all this from? They got it all from their schools. They got it from the various ‘free’ services that were put out for them… FREE services. Nothing is for free. Your browser that’s for free isn’t free. All these big things that you get for free are part of the Military-Industrial Complex to get your information from you and to monitor you; Facebook and all the other gimmicks that are put out there to trap people. Again, behaviorists have a big part in planning the society and guiding and running it. They are completely involved and always have been involved in the educational systems. That’s the kind of world they are bringing in, a society where no one THINKS about privacy. In fact, eventually you’ll be called ANTI SOCIAL and they will create SOCIAL DISAPPROVAL against you if you are the oddball who says, you know I like my privacy or they will say, it’s none of your business what I’m doing.
Because, again, totalitarian societies can only relax when EVERY SINGLE PERSON is monitored 24 hours a day and is COMPLETELY PREDICTABLE… completely predictable. That’s what they are bringing in, the controlled society using social disapproval for those who will not join it. You are the oddball, you could be dangerous, and you never know what you’ll do. It’s far, far worse than even that which I’m talking about right now. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. You know, computer/brain interfaces are all over the place now. It’s an old, not just an idea; they were working on this a long time ago. I think Sweden was the first country to use prisoners in fact, to hook them directly into computers back in the 70s even; I remember reading it in the newspapers then. I’m sure other countries were doing the same thing. The whole idea is not so that you can become some kind of Superman by interfacing, it really was to find out if you can control the individual by using the computer.
We see that’s happening today. You know, you can actually control a person by really directing their Pavlovian responses to something. Give them a stimulus in other words and have them respond. We take all these kind of little stimuli for granted; we get used to them. We think it’s normal. When you go in your car, you are PROMPTED to put on your seatbelt; that’s a Pavlovian stimulus, you see. There are many more types of stimulus out there too. If you use the computer, that’s all you get, is one little prompt after another. It guides YOU across a certain amount of action and sequences to take to get what you think that you want, which might not be what you want but it’s definitely what those who made the computer and programmed it want you to do. So you can be altered, your behavior is altered, again, by putting something into your environment that wasn’t there before.
The computer-brain interface, it doesn’t have to be hooked directly in. It can be wireless and they have been working on that for years too, using animals and I’m sure people too along the way. You’ll find that the military declassified experiments – they always declassify something at least 50 years after an event and no one cares then because another generation grows up. We don’t care what’s happened to previous people; it’s kind of like it’s ancient history to us. That’s why they can declassify stuff. They have done horror things, horror shows in the past on experiments ALWAYS on their own subjects that raises no alarm on the present generation. We find that the computers now, that they are working on, supposedly can use magnetic waves to, again, old technology going back to the Koren Helmet a long time ago. They use these waves to literally sense parts of your brain to see what’s working. We know the Air Force have used these for years, too, with pilots’ helmets to try to coordinate their thoughts or emotions or even muscle movement of their eyes with direction target finding, that kind of thing. But it’s way beyond that now too.
They use these things in games. They sell them to children with helmets and they literally can sense, almost strobe the surface of the parietal lobes and interact with a human itself by anticipating, through its program, what the subject wants them to do. It’s going to go a lot further than that. They talked in Microsoft, while they were making the helmet, another division of theirs was working on the same kind of thing without a helmet where they would build in the kind of sensor, a sensory frame around the screen of your computer and THAT would literally do the same thing that the helmet did without you having to wear anything. Now they are bringing out computers that will interact with you and literally watch you, your behavior. It will study your behavior because you will fit into a certain system of behaviors, multiple behaviors that the computer is fed. It tries to put you in to different categories, you see. Eventually they will ask you, how are you feeling George? And you’ll talk to it. These things are already here. Some programs are already out; they are putting them out now. If you are slouching, it will tell you, you are slouching. Why are you slouching? Are you tense? Why are you tense? What’s on your mind? Just like HAL the computer that you saw in the movie 2001: A Space Odyssey.
Now tie that in with last night’s program where I talked about the coming new health care system in the United States where you are going to get, basically what you are going to be paying for through your taxes, will be advise from doctors or maybe their avatars – who knows, that will come along too – on the internet. A massive project, already obviously designed, ready to go. They never mention these things that they want to do something… they always have it up and ready to go when they want to do it; that’s when they mention it. They’ve already trained the public to do with nursing, stand-ins for doctors, for lesser health care, for quite a few years. Well, now you are going to get basically the same kind of thing but it’s via the internet. They say it’s in real time and of course you must have a camera and all the rest of it to see the doctor, or perhaps his avatar or somebody who says he’s a doctor. That’s going to be that.
Tie that in with the computer’s program that’s observing you. Now supposing it thinks you have a bit of stress there, that’s automatically relayed to the health authorities. Now supposing that program decides or sends off to them that it thinks you might be coming out with VIOLENT stress. What do you think is going to happen then? It’s going to be a whole new form of policing. A whole new form of policing. We already have a type of this policing in some parts of the US and elsewhere, where social workers and informants in society SPY ON THE CITIZENRY. Neighbors are taught that and to report people who are behaving a bit oddly and in comes this team of social workers, little sort of SWAT teams of social workers and accompanied by policemen and they go into people’s homes and start demanding answers to the various questions. Now they can actually just monitor you on a daily basis by not just how you behave in front of the computer, or what you are watching, what sites you are looking at and how it’s effecting you, but also by your email contents and all that kind of stuff.
That will help train the public to be like the kind of character that George Orwell put in his book 1984, Winston. Winston’s character was someone who was trained from youth to show no expression whatsoever. Never show dilation of the pupils through fear or excitement. Never show any expression when you hear any kind of information passed to you, even if it sounds absolutely crazy. Those are dangerous things to show… because everything is on camera. Now you’ll have computers, as I say, which can read those particular little signs. They are using them at airports; you all know that too don’t you? It was only a natural thing they would use it in your home computers as well.
They’ve made computers pretty well mandatory haven’t they? It was one of these things that came along and say, well, you know man’s always adapted to science. Then they give you examples of how we got the horse and cart, you know. We forget too, that most folk didn’t have a horse or cart; you had to have pretty good money in the old days to have a horse in Europe, or be Nobility. Some places you could be arrested if you were on a horse, if they suspected you were not Nobility. Then they’ll say, then we had the ships. Well, not everybody could afford to go on a ship either, so not everybody’s life was changed by it directly. Then they had the steam engine and so on and that brought a lot of little towns along in its wake. But the folk didn’t sit there and talk about the railways all day long. They didn’t go and sit on the tracks all day long. They gave you the computer after TV which got you ready for it. You can sit for hours, maybe the whole darn day on it – complete behavior alteration… and you take it all for granted.
Not only that, they make it almost… in fact it’s really now a priority to have one… and shortly will be when you go completely cashless because everything that you need, even your bank account, is basically weaponized. By that I mean it can be used as a weapon against you. You have no terms to dictate anything, you’ll notice in this world. Any agreement that you make with anybody out there, any bank or whatever, even your internet service provider and all of this kind of stuff; read all the contents, look at the programs you download and agree to, agree to, agree to, may vary according to the owners, blah, blah, blah, blah. You have no rights whatsoever. The same thing goes when they go cashless and you have to have a bank account and you must use all your bank access, your purchases and so on, via the bank. Most folk already do it today already, with their cards. They are already trained to do it.
You’ve got to stand back from society and study society. It’s not difficult at all. You must look at what you’re looking at WITHOUT taking it for granted. I remember when I first saw people, I generally never when into big stores and even big grocery stores. When I first saw people one after another in line taking out their card and swiping it through, I was really kind of shocked to see it. They were doing it as they do it every day. To me, that was a foreign thing to see, as though they were all trained to do it. It’s no different than swiping your hand past a machine and that palm print or whatever will be YOU and it’s drawn right off that palm print. See, you’ve been trained bit by bit, right down to the hand, to use it. Swipe it past this, swipe it past that. They accept and adapt and accept and adapt without question.
Computers… You know, computers, I’ve always said this too. They could have given you the final version of the computer BEFORE they go into the Cloud; that’s how it’s working out to be. The computers that are out now will be the last versions of their type before the Cloud comes totally, completely in and takes over everything. They could have given you the final high-speed version that you are buying today at the very beginning, 15-20 years ago… because they could have done it then. They had the ability. They had the technology to do it. They were already giving it to very high sections of the CIA. The NSA had all that too. They were not sitting with big tape machines like they love to show you in the old movies. But they dish it out piece by piece to train you along the way, that you are just gradually evolving along a certain path. If they gave you the latest thing at the very beginning, you’d have been stunned and shocked… especially if they told you that all your data was going to be collected and gathered for every single thing that you did on that computer. No, they give it to you piece by piece. Then 6 months later they tell you, well, it’s kind of obsolete; it’s a bit faster now.
All the companies churn out the same faster stuff and the same time and no one says, isn’t that weird, if they are all competing how come they are always out with the same stuff at the same time? Do you really think all these separate companies are really there to compete with each other? All these big companies, big electronic companies… it’s like General Electric. You think it’s there to make nice light bulbs for you? I can remember when they showed you the cannon, the rotary cannon that General Electric had created because its biggest part is for the Military-Industrial Complex, like all these electronic companies are. The cannon could fire so many rounds per minute, you didn’t hear the individual shots, and you just heard this hum.
The article I read a couple of years ago, where Sony in Japan – Sony gives you a nice stereo and all that – had interfaced its silicon chips with human brain tissue and successfully managed to transmit messages. But you thought they were there to give you good audio, right. You know, the CIA has put up more REAL companies out there than any possible competitor could even try to get in to being. The idea being, that you don’t want competitors. If you are directing the course of history and you’ve already decided during the Cold War that those with the highest sciences will win the war, you don’t share technology. You don’t ALLOW technology to spring out on its own independently and come out with some kind of new system that’s NOT under your control… and that might help free the people, even unintentionally. You would not allow it to happen, therefore YOU create the real companies and YOU fund them into existence.
Who do you think funded Japan to be the leader in electronics in the world after World War II? Go into the writings of Hopkins that was sent over to design and set up and install the new Japanese system on behalf of the US. All those companies were funded VIA the Japanese government, which was just a puppet government of the US. They funded those corporations into existence and directed where they were going. It’s no different in the States, no different at all.
It’s like the chip that they were giving to the youngsters, the teenagers, in the Baja nightclubs. Put the chip in the arm and charge it with your cash. You could withdraw and withdraw without having to use cash; very trendy. You get all the good gals at these clubs; they made sure that there were lots of them. Again, how to you get your victim, what does the creature have in common? They are young, they are horny, the best girls are here. That’s what you do. They study us like any prey. They are the predator, we are the prey. We are not difficult to understand. Then you find the director of it happened to be, just left the NSA, the National Security Agency. What a coincidence! THERE ARE NO COINCIDENCES like this folks, none whatsoever. The private organizations that ran the Cold War, the companies, are the well known brands that you hear of today. They are still there. Their sideline is supplying you with irons for you clothing and stuff like that.
The scientifically controlled society is talked about by Bertrand Russell in the book, The Impact of Science on Society. He talks about the necessity to first train the trainers. You train the teachers. You must have, if you want to set out advocates for a particular system of ways of doing things, you’ve got to make them TRUE BELIEVERS. They don’t have to know the truth. It’s like evangelists; you must create GOOD evangelists, taught how to get converts. That’s how they went into the educational system. That’s why they created UNESCO and the International Educational Association. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix. Here is an article from the Associated Press…
You might wear computing’s next wave
Posted 10/15/2007 / by Josh Reynolds, AP / usatoday.com / Brian Bergstein, AP Technology Writer
(Alan: We are hearing about the ‘internet of things’ and how everything will communicate with everything else. This is all about that but it’s 3 years ago.)
BOSTON — From clothes riddled with sensors to name tags that detect our moods, (A: Name tags the detect our moods, folks. Um-hum.) computing’s next wave could unleash small devices that increasingly augment everyday activities with digital intelligence.
That was the predominant vision at a conference on “wearable computing” held this week in Boston, where researchers showed off prototypes and discussed ideas.
Some attendees took wearable computing to its extreme, donning cyborg-like miniaturized displays attached to eyepieces. But most of what was on exhibit seemed much closer to jumping into a mainstream commercial product.
For example, researchers from the Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (known as ETH Zurich) showed off stretchable, threadlike sensors that can be woven into shirts to detect their wearers’ posture. People with back pain or injuries could be prompted on a PC or a mobile device to straighten up, pronto. (A: I wonder what else it could do.)
Stephane Beauregard of Germany’s University of Bremen displayed a shoe-borne sensor whose tiny accelerometers perform electronic dead reckoning — providing real-time location tracking in places satellite navigation systems either can’t reach or can’t describe with precision. For now the sensor has to be held in place by the shoelaces, but Beauregard expects a version that can fit inside a boot heel could be a year away. (A: Well, it’s done already, since then. It’s really all going in one direction. It’s to control you, even your posture. Well, that will mean your mood as well, I’m sure. That’s coming.) [Another article Alan has posted.]
Wearable Sensors Watch Workers
Sensors that track social behavior highlight the benefits of face-to-face interaction.
Wednesday, May 13, 2009 / technologyreview.com / By Kate Greene
That’s all coming, for this nice, safe world they are talking about. Meanwhile too, it’s incredible how countries that have got the IMF already going over their books… And by the way, they’ve already been over the books of the United States. They are in there right now. They are in Britain right now too; they’ve already gone over and audited them. But they’ve got all this cash to spend on all the prisons and the prison-like materials they are setting up for you all over the place. You understand, you don’t have to be behind bars to be in a prison. Being monitored 24 hours a day means you are a prisoner. It means you’ve got a watcher, a jailer watching you. It’s all in how you perceive things isn’t it? Or how you’ve been taught NOT to perceive things.
High-tech speed cameras which use satellites to track motorists on secret trial in Britain (A: It’s to go nationwide, then worldwide.)
By Luke Salkeld / dailymail.co.uk / 23rd April 2010
Speed cameras which communicate with each other by satellite are being secretly tested on British roads.
The hi-tech devices can follow drivers’ progress for miles to calculate whether they have broken speed limits.
Combining number plate recognition technology with global positioning satellites, they can be set up in a network to monitor tens of thousands of cars over huge areas for the smallest breach. (A: …of the law.)
Known as SpeedSpike, the system uses similar methods of recognition as the cameras which enforce the congestion charge in London, and allow two cameras to ‘talk’ to each other if a vehicle appears to have travelled too far in too short a space of time.
After a covert national trial (A: COVERT… this is supposedly democracy. They have COVERT trials and spy stuff on the British public. What do the British public do? Nothing! Apathy, apathy, we must create apathy, says Bertrand Russell, while we are bringing through the totalitarian phase of this and we’re here now and it isn’t just Britain.)
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks. I am Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through The Matrix on April 29, 2010. For the newcomers to the show, look into website web site. You’ll see all the other sites I have there up on the front page, bookmark them whatever you do. Bookmark them for future use because whenever I omit to say this, the .com site will go on a freeze or I can’t upload to it. People don’t know they can get all the audios from these alternative sites. So, bookmark the official sites you’ll see listed there and you can always get the latest shows. This happened just the other day with Yahoo in fact. You can also go into the site and see the books I have for sale. These are different books from the books you’ll normally read. They are non-linear in construction. They are meant to get YOU thinking as you really should be thinking, with your own abilities coming to the fore. You can also see the CDs and DVDs I have for sale as well or you can donate to me. Most of the customers come from the United States so I always start there and tell you that [ordering and donation options listed above]. From the United States you can use personal checks to Canada; we’re all one country now really and we have been for a long time. We even have the same area code, 1, for the country; that’s it. So, personal checks are good. Donations are important because often that’s how I trickle by here. Cash is fine from any country pretty well. Some people just get disks burned and passed to them because they don’t like using computers; they play them on their CD players. You can get in touch with me at [address above]. And that’s that out of the way.
For the last few days I’ve been coughing like crazy and I’ve got my sinuses just flowing here. That’s because of the HEAVY aerial spraying I get in this area. The air literally is as dry as a bone. It’s impossible, by the laws of physics, at least how it used to be a few years ago, a very few years ago, because I’m surrounded by lakes here. I’ve had the snow melt. The snow… water is still lying in the ground; it hasn’t evaporated… it doesn’t evaporate now into the air. The heavy spray contains aluminum oxide which is incredibly hygroscopic; it attracts the moisture right into it and takes the moisture in the air right to the dirt itself, right to the dirt level. This area – people don’t realize this – this was like Louisiana in the summer time. No kidding. We had the extremes of everything. We had the tremendous snow in the winter certainly, but we’ve also got an extreme summer as well. In fact, it’s fruit country and berry country here… with very high humidity for summers, very, very high, in fact often higher than Louisiana, and sometimes higher temperatures too, quite often higher temperatures. That’s how it WAS, at least up to about 4 or 5 years ago until they changed their spraying mix. Now, the air is as dry as a bone. Surrounded by lakes and temperatures going up right now to 75-80 degrees during the day and nothing is evaporating off of the ground… because of the chemicals they are spraying on us. So that’s why my voice comes and goes. I’ll be back with more after this break.
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just explaining why my voice tends to come and go, because your sinuses start flooding. During the day they are just dry as can be and then they start flooding in the evening. You end up with this incredible phlegm coming out of nowhere and that’s what chokes you all up. But this is common around this area now. Other people have got it too, not just myself. Of course I know what’s causing it and they don’t. I’m sure the doctors’ offices are booming and big pharma is booming as people just grab antihistamines galore and guzzle them because they don’t understand what’s really happening. Doctors, too, will just tell them they’ve got sudden allergies or they are getting asthma, the new adult type asthma that didn’t exist before; it’s all quite normal now apparently. Incredible allergies are breaking out all over. But it’s this heavy spraying. Just this evening before the show, I watched this blanket… see, we don’t have clouds anymore, we get spray blankets. If it’s sprayed to the south or the east or the west or wherever, and the wind is blowing in the appropriate direction, you’ll see this blanket just being pulled over the sky as it comes in. No definable clouds, just the grey mush, the whitish mush, and that’s it; you are covered with chem-clouds.
All this nonsense about going into geo-engineering is rubbish. They know it, of course, all those involved in it, even those at the meetings because when you go into the meetings like the one that they had in California with the so-called scientists and all the specialists debating whether they should go ahead and geo-engineer and debating all the pros and cons and possibly the terrible fallout on health, etc, they all knew darn well what was really going on and that we’ve been sprayed for years because they partook in it. They all work for the Military-Industrial Complex. Some of them had contracts with the Pentagon and the Air Force and all the rest of it. So these guys knew their stuff and they were not debating inside about something they were hoping to do in the future; that’s just for public consumption.
We are dumb, after all. We’ve been taught to be dumb since we were born. We were brought up in a scientifically controlled society and standardized and made uniform so we all think in the same way. We all accept the system as it’s presented to us. We actually accept reality as it’s been presented to us and we don’t question it. One of the statements that Bertrand Russell made to do with the people and logic; he used to say, we used to think the people were REASONING creatures but now we know that they are not at all, they are not reasoning creatures. Why did he say that? It’s because being a basically totalitarian type himself and wanting to control the world on behalf of the guys he worked with, all the upper aristocracy who dabbled in science and philosophy, they thought they had the right to not only literally control people and rule people but TEACH them how to behave BETTER to serve the same elite. I’m not kidding about that.
We see this sort of stuff in movies about tyrants, and movies about the Middle Ages and warlords and stuff. It’s never changed. In fact, these guys like the Huxley’s and so on, and nobilities of Britain especially… most of the nobility of Britain of today were actually brought in as high-class merchants that were knighted. The other ones came up through conquest and slaughtering peoples through the Norman Invasions and they became the warlords. They had all the serfs that they bought and sold amongst themselves, which is a nice way of saying slavery; it covers it a bit… Serf, you see, you are a server and it doesn’t sound so bad as being a slave, especially when technically they couldn’t have slaves under Christendom, as they called it at that time. But being good guys as far as understanding the psychology of people, they just changed the term and called them serfs. That’s how they got around that. No great legal battles in those days.
Nothing has changed, as I say, except the con games go on. I’ve explained this before; it’s all to do with the way you are trained to perceive things. In ancient times, people used to put on a fire to cook something, say in the ancient Middle East, and then one day some guy comes along, a follower of Zoroaster, and says, oh, you can’t do that anymore, that fire is holy, it’s part of the sun, you know, and bad luck will come upon you if you do that, without permission. Then you say, how do I get permission? He says, well, I’m a priest of the sun, I’m one of the Zoroastrians and we can actually help light it for you, using a sacred fire from the sacred flame. And you pay through the nose for that and suddenly you were paying for something you’d always done for centuries and it cost you nothing. Because you were taught how to perceive it and within one generation the children would parrot this stuff, oh, don’t light that fire, you know that’s going to bring bad luck, we’ll get cursed, you have to get the priest to do that. And they thought it was all quite normal.
Today it’s the same with taxes and stuff and departments of government from federal right down to local. We are taught everything is quite normal. You own property but you don’t own property. You own it but you don’t own it. You own it but you don’t own it… click, click, click. You are in doublethink, you see. See, if you own something, no one can take it from you. If they take it from you, it’s called STEALING it from you. You understand that? That’s basic, common sense. A ‘tenet’ of existing, you either own something or you don’t own it. And yet when you go to buy some old shack somewhere and you think you are making good. You buy a starter home, which means you are a failure – that’s what they really mean by that – then you sign a little document for property. Under ownership it actually has ‘tenant’. You are a tenant, not an owner. There is a big difference in tenant and owner. When I was getting this old shack here, I had an argument with a lawyer and I says, no, in that case. He says to me, tenant means the same as ownership. I said, I come from Britain and I know my history. He says, oh, it means the same thing. I said, if it means the same thing, in that case, write down owner. Score out tenant and write down owner; that’s what I said to him. Lawyers are fantastic, eh. Anyway…
Then you get hit with your tax bills. What happens if you don’t pay your tax? Well, they steal your home and they kick you off of it. Then they resell it on some market or another for what they claim is owed to THEM …owed to them. Now, an extortion racket is an extortion racket. We’ve all seen the old mafia movies and we understand how it works. I’ve mentioned this so many times. You have a little shop or a store and the guy comes in and he demands money off you. You say, why? He says, it’s for protection. You say, well, protection from whom? And he says, protection from my boss. Well, what’s the difference between that and some people coming to your door on behalf of some council – or whatever they want to call themselves – with some official name, rather than ‘the head body smasher’, as the mafia would call them. He’s got an official name, you see, to alter your perception of things and demand cash off you because you should have paid them taxes, which keeping going up of course. It’s this wonderful, arbitrary idea they have. They can always stretch everything in every way they want and you have no input into anything AT ALL.
So they will steal your property and if some yo-yo… And this happened to me, by the way. Some yo-yo across on the other hill, who’s in real estate themselves, bought an area there and they paid $98,000 for this parcel of land, quite a big parcel of land but it’s just the same kind of trees as I’ve got here and a house pretty much like the shack I’ve got here. But being cunning little souls, being in real estate, they’ve now got it up for sale, after maybe 3 or 4 years, and they are asking $399,000. No kidding. There’s the gall of the shysters, eh. There’s the gall, hoping some schmuck will come along. They’ve probably got enough homes like that all over the place; where they’ve bought for technically peanuts and they will wait and bide their time for some schmuck coming along that just can’t refuse it or the wife will like the picket fence which actually isn’t there. The only fence they’ve got they stole from railroad track because I saw them doing it. But anyway, because of that, this little shack here, next door to it, quadrupled in price, according to the tax man… for taxable value. Right. So I said to the guy, well, if someone builds a Tajmahal next to me it doesn’t mean my shack is any different; it’s still the same shack and the swamp is still the same swamp.
But it doesn’t work like that, you see, because it’s a Mafioso which we think is an official thing. We’ve all been TRAINED that this is the way it is. You see, you CAN’T ALLOW corruption and cons to start. The first generation that experiences a particular con must NIP IT IN THE BUD RIGHT AWAY and use their logic because they’ve got the ability at that time to use their reasoning and their logic and say this is BS, you know, like Bothersome Stuff. Just stop it right where they start. Once you allow a global corporation, or a GANG – the same thing, it’s a corporate gang – pass some ruling and you ACCEPT it. You acquiesce by your silence. And most of your neighbors will just pay up… well, what can you do… what can you do, eh. And here you go.
So as I say, because they jacked up the price next door – they haven’t sold it, by the way – and yet the taxes have gone up because the guy from the tax office KNEW what they were wanting for it so they adjusted ALL the prices in the area accordingly. Suddenly my swamp must be awfully desirable. Maybe I’ve got special mosquitoes here… VERY special mosquitoes. Who knows, eh? That’s the cons you live under.
When I moved in here, I said, well, I’ll get something to the value that it won’t annoy me if I have to walk away from it one day because I knew what was coming down the pike. I knew they were going to start to abolish private property until only the very, very rich and wealthy, who generally are working for government – they are the ones who buy stuff in the country now – will be able to afford it. I knew that. I read Agenda 21. I read all the different ones, the preceding articles from the United Nations which the governments all signed. I’d read the books by the Royal Institute of International Affairs who BOASTED in their books, and the Council on Foreign Relations, their American brothers, they were the ones who introduced the personal income tax into both countries, the United States and Britain and the British Commonwealth, AND property taxes; they take credit for that back in the early 1900s. I’ll be back with more after this break.
I’m Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking about perception and how we’ve been INDOCTRINATED. We’ve had a uniform indoctrination, scientifically organized as Russell himself said. He was experimenting with this back it the 1920s to make sure they created a uniform, dumb, stupid society. In fact, he said this in one of his books called The Scientific Outlook. Bertrand Russell, LORD Bertrand Russell, he says…
Diet, (Alan: So the food you were going to be fed, the government would take over that too, in collusion with private companies like Monsanto, Archer-Daniels-Midland, and those guys.) Diet, injection (A: That’s your National Health Service; they’ve got to get that through, make it mandatory.) and injunctions will combine from a very early age to produce the sort of character and the sort of beliefs that the authorities consider desirable.
(A: Listen to that again…) Diet, injections and injunctions (A: This is for the hard of thinking.) will combine from a very early age to produce the sort of character and the sort of beliefs that the authorities consider desirable and any serious criticism of the powers that be will become psychologically impossible.
(A: Now, I’m talking about taxes and stuff and things like that and how you think you can map out your life… I’ll get this old shack and I can get a cheap one, don’t fix it up because they will tax you on it, so I just left it as it was, and then they go and jack it up regardless because some yo-yo next door is trying to make a… is waiting for the right sucker to come along, as Barnum would have said, and buy their swamp, basically. But because of that they’ve got to jack up my taxes too. You see. But most folk will just succumb to that and give in and say, okay, what can you do. Psychologically impossible…. Psychologically impossible. criticism of the powers that be will become psychologically impossible.)
Even if all are miserable, all will believe themselves happy because the government will tell them that they are so. (A: Won’t they?)
Have you noticed the UN’s little stuff? Every so often when people get a bit ticked off in a particular country like Canada, suddenly it’s the best country to live in according to the UN stats and then they give a sliding scale. Then the next year it’s some other country that’s thinking of pulling out of the UN, or they are fed up with their politicians, so suddenly that shoots up to the top, the most desirable country and all this conology, you see, just to condition us and keep us in a la-la land. Alice in Wonderland, that’s what we are in today. You see, Alice in Wonderland, when you went down the rabbit hole, everything that worked on the surface was the opposite way around in the rabbit hole. You could never take anything at face value. It’s like rain, for instance; you expect to get wet. Up here, as I say, with the new spraying, you just have incredible bronchial troubles and DRY air; it’s incredible. Even after a little sprinkle, it’s dry as could be. The aluminum oxide that they spray into the air, and the barium, SOAKS up the moisture. That’s what it does. That’s why they put it in table salt, the kind you buy all nice and ready for your little pot to put into and sprinkle; they put aluminum oxide in there too, for that reason. It keeps it nice; it doesn’t matter how humid it is, it won’t clump up. But this stuff in the air takes it right down to the ground, right down past your Wellies boots – that’s your rubber boots – and there is nothing left in the air. So all the laws that used to apply to what nature was, are completely all upside-down now. It’s been like that for quite a few years.
When you look into Huxley, another friend… They all knew each other because they all belonged to MI-5, by the way. They wrote lots of novels too, most of them, except for Russell; they also wrote nonfiction as well. Even novels were meant to bring you into a way of THINKING. I’ve explained all that from America’s Cultural Cold War, the book released with all the declassified stuff from the 40s, 50s, 60s and 70s. How the CIA ran the WHOLE cultural industry and hired hundreds of hack novelists and even put movies out there to influence the public’s opinion into the NEW promiscuous society and all that kind of stuff. They did the same in Britain and they had offices in every country in Europe.
George Orwell wrote a lot of letters to Huxley. They both had been groomed for the same managerial role of looking after society but Orwell kind of turned against it when he realized the terrible cons that were going on. In a letter to George Orwell, Aldous Huxley said this, and this is from the book, it’s published in The Letters of Aldous Huxley by Harper and Row 1969. It says…
Within the next generation I believe that the world’s leaders will discover that infant conditioning and narco hypnosis (A: That’s been all over the papers now, they want to start giving drugs in the womb because they are going to predict if you are going to be manic depressive or hyperactive or stuff like that. I’m not kidding. It’s mainstream. It’s not conspiracy stuff; it’s the main stream.) are more efficient as instruments of government (A: So it’s an INSTRUMENT OF GOVERNMENT, conditioning us as an instrument of government… You understand that? What do you think government is there for? What do you really think… Do you ever think at all about it or do you just accept it? We are conditioned AS AN INSTRUMENT OF GOVERNMENT and they want to use narco hypnosis and various techniques to make us more conditioned.) than clubs and prisons (A: In other words, threatening the public.) and that the lust for power (A: His own class, you see, the LUST FOR POWER…) can be just as completely satisfied by suggesting people into loving their servitude, as by flogging them and kicking them into obedience. (A: I’ll be back with more after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just showing how we’re all conditioned and how we’ve been taught to perceive things but to serve the masters, not to serve ourselves. It’s always to our detriment. I gave an example about taxes and so on because even for your property tax, you get NOTHING back from it. I haven’t signed a deal with anybody to pay them anything, so why am I being taxed? I didn’t ask… they don’t fix the roads here; there’s a separate tax for that. There is a separate tax for the schools and all these kind of things. It’s all separate taxes. So you get nothing back. You are being extorted by the GANG, a corporate gang, and that’s what this is all about. It’s all, again, to do with the abolition of private property.
When they set up the communist party – the same bunch actually who set up the Royal Institute of International Affairs by a Royal Charter, and the Council on Foreign Relations and the Fabian Society and special branches, and all the foundations – they had already decided back then that the world they’d bring in eventually would have no private property EXCEPT for themselves, the ultra wealthy. They could wave all the laws and regulations because they would be serving mankind, you understand, in very high capacities. Yeah. All figured out.
Getting back to this letter to George Orwell from Aldous Huxley who wrote Brave New World. This was written in 1949. He says…
Within the next generation I believe that the world’s leaders will discover that infant conditioning and narco hypnosis are more efficient as instruments of government than clubs and prisons and that the lust for power can be just as completely satisfied (A: Obviously they accept the fact that they have a lust for power at the top, you see; all these people do.) by suggesting people into loving their servitude, as by flogging them and kicking them into obedience. In other words, I feel that the nightmare of 1984 is destined to modulate into the nightmare of a world having more resemblance to that which I imagined in Brave New World. (A: That was with his artificially created humans even, through test tube babies, etc, etc. Get rid of the old types of humans, standardize society into the perfect beehive, with your Alphas, Betas and so on.)
Well worth seeing the movie too. There are 2 version of Brave New World out there that I’ve noticed. There is an older version and a newer version. They are both very telling in the way it’s presented; well worth seeing. Read the book as well. Also read 1984 by George Orwell. He’s right. They are using the Orwellian phase to go into the Huxlian phase. Right now we are under the totalitarian phase of brute force and fear. Your police are now completely militarized and there are so many alphabet soup agencies out there that are wearing black outfits, you don’t know who is who any more. Often they don’t know who is who themselves. This is all part of it as we modulate into the genetic engineering to create the perfect Brave New World of compliant servants who all LOVE THEIR SERVITUDE.
You think that is far fetched? Who do you think served your school system? See, the BEHAVIORAL PSYCHOLOGISTS set up your school systems and the methods of teaching, never mind the topics of teaching, for political correctness and all the rest of it. They had to standardize the educational system, a long time ago, starting with a National Educational System in every country and then pushing it to the next step. The same with countries as we amalgamate, you always get a CENTRAL system first for a nation, then they do treaties with their brothers across the sea via the United Nations – and you’ve got UNICEF of course; that’s what they set UNICEF up for – then you’ve got a coordinated, standardized system. So you can talk to the brain dead in Britain and go over and share your brain dead opinions with the brain dead in Norway or Canada or the States because we’ve all had the same conditioning, to make us happy servants and bring us all to the same conclusions because we’ve all been taught the same nonsense. We’ve all had the same conditioning… simple.
Behaviorists like Skinner and so on… That’s why you find John Dewey and others were sent over to set up the American educational system and every other country’s educational system at the same time. Many of them came from the Frankfurt School, all believing in man being an animal. They believed that Pavlov proved it, that they could be trained just the same way by conditioning processes as the animals had been. I talked before about one of these guys, remember. Obama’s is the first officially open government the United States has had that’s now run by SCIENTIFIC OLIGARCHIES. Even the papers have acknowledged this; they call them SCIENCE CZARS, for instance. Some of them actually were card-carrying communists; of course, very wealthy ones. People don’t think about communists as being wealthy; they forget that some of the top communists on the planet and in the Western world were extremely wealthy people, like one of the Prime Ministers of Canada, Pierre Trudeau… and he was a communist by the way. He led the Comintern for Canada – young Comintern, young communists – over to Moscow from Canada in 1952. He was the representative for it. Again, the communists simply work for the big bankers because it’s a better structured society; it’s a fast-track method of standardizing a society under authorities, you see, and under authorities, training the children uniformly from coast to coast.
Sunstein is another one that Obama’s got on his… Never mind Holdren. Holdren was also into sterilization by order of the government to bring down the populations and doing it also discretely, through covert means, because he says he couldn’t do it to the Americans as they could obviously do it to the ignorant Indians, he said, from India. That’s what he said in his own book, EcoScience, which he helped write with Paul Ehrlich, another fanatic. Here is Sunstein. Sunstein, he teaches this stuff, behaviorism, on mass levels of psychology… behaviorism. He talked about and I read the article maybe a month ago where he advised the government to infiltrate all patriot groups and they’d also use the internet as well with their cyber teams and all that kind of stuff to infiltrate patriot networks and chat rooms and forums. They’ve been doing it for years actually. He said, disrupt their being, their reason for being, their convictions, even religious groups. Disrupt them by putting in certain amounts of information. It’s WEAPONIZED WORDS, WEAPONIZED TERMINOLOGY, WEAPONIZED PHRASES, using psycho-linguistics. Under neuro-linguistics there is such a thing as psycho-linguistics when you want to alter the psyche of the person that’s hearing your program, and you program them. And once they have no reason for being or they are unsure of themselves, they fall apart. You see.
This same Sunstein wrote another book. It’s interesting. I won’t buy it, by the way, because I understand this… There will be very little for the public consumption and it’s put out for the public. It’s nowhere near the stuff that they teach for themselves and use in high-level marketing especially for governmental purposes. But the book is called Nudge. Now listen to this and how it’s worded. The brain dead, of course, the ones who are conditioned, will see the nice parts about it but they will miss the weaponized parts. It says…
Nudge: The Gentle Power of Choice Architecture
(A: A lot of them will turn off right there and say, well, that’s nice; it’s probably about buildings and all that.)
Research by Richard H. Thaler / chicagobooth.edu
Richard H.Thaler is the Ralph and Dorothy Keller Distinguished Service Professor of Behavioral Science and Economics and Director of the Center for Decision Research(A: very important.) at the University of Chicago Graduate School of Business. (A: Remember too, he wrote this along with Sunstein as well.)
Can subtle features of everyday situations really enhance our health, wealth, and happiness? (A: It says OUR… so, it’s collective we’re into. Oh, we’re along with him. This is how the self-help books start, OUR, you know.) A new book shows that they can, and that it is possible to proactively (A: It’s very proactive… I love their new terminology. You can always tell a generation by their terminology that they use. Active isn’t good enough, being active towards it. No, PROactively…) structure situations to nudge us toward better choices (A: He says ‘better’ to start off, you see.) while protecting, or even expanding, individual freedoms.
Who decided that the “Popcorn” button on your microwave should set the appliance to run for 2 minutes? Come to think of it, who decided that your microwave should have a “Popcorn” button to begin with? Have you ever taken any time to think about how the button might affect your consumption of popcorn (both buttered and burnt)? (A: So you are into the little pseudo humor here to throw you right off guard.) More importantly, do you think the person who designed the button considered these issues? In the new book Nudge: Improving Decisions About Health, Wealth, and Happiness, (A: Sounds very innocent.) University of Chicago Graduate School of Business professor Richard H. Thaler and coauthor Cass R. Sunstein of the University of Chicago Law School suggest that microwave designers—indeed, anyone who determines how choices and options are presented to people (A: Remember that Sunstein is working for your government here, un-appointed of course, by the public… along with the other scientists that believe in total control. How THEY, the people who HELP to MAKE YOUR CHOICES…) —can help us lead more satisfying lives by considering how their presentations can move us toward different choices, and thus different experiences. (A: They start to eventually get into some real stuff.)
“When somebody designs a grocery store, they imagine that people will walk through the store in a certain way,” says Thaler. (A: This is really for the brain dead to start off.) “Of course, people are free to walk however they want, but the entrance is at one place, cash registers at another, and store designers know that those locations will influence the route that most shoppers take.”
(A: Then he goes into other examples that we all know, or people who think about them anyway.) Thaler adds: “When you go to a cafeteria, if the first thing you see is the salad bar, that’s probably a good thing. If you had to get past the burgers and the fries to get to the salad bar, you might be more likely to sin.”
It is pretty clear that human beings could use a little help making the choices that bring us the outcomes we want. (A: Okay, ‘human beings’ that’s a differentiation from ‘us’ here. The outcomes the ‘WE’ want. He’s talking from a particular profession here.) For just a few examples, consider the numerous Americans who struggle to eat healthy, fail to save enough for retirement, or choose health insurance plans that poorly serve their needs. There is no doubt that the human mind has many reliable and impressive capabilities, but despite humanity’s distinguished accomplishments in engineering, medicine, and other fields, few among us can claim never to have misplaced our house keys or left the car lights on.
Thankfully, behavioral science has produced remarkable insights into human fallibility, making it now possible to give people helpful “nudges” (A: Remember what he said before, to make the right decisions, right.) toward more satisfying and productive decisions. To do this, Thaler and Sunstein suggest that we turn to “choice architects” (A: That’s the guys who are going to make all the prompts for you, the Pavlovian prompts.)—anyone who helps shape the situations in which people encounter choices. Of course, some choice architects have long known how to structure situations to nudge people toward certain decisions. (A: They’ve been doing it for YEARS folks. Change is good, change is good. And no one says, what changes are you talking about? It doesn’t get asked, you see.)
“The person who designs the grocery store layout wants to make sure you walk by the aisles with the most profitable items and the items that are most likely to be impulsive purchases,” Thaler explains. (A: That’s why they keep changing it, by the way.)
Nudge is about using this power of choice architecture on behalf of the choosers, to make the easiest choices the ones that people themselves will find to be the best. (A: So they are going to BRING you to make the easiest choice because THEY have decided, as the controllers, that it is the best.)
Choice Architecture: Helping Us to Help Ourselves
The world is a complex place and it does a good job of keeping us busy. Most of us just do not have the time to think deeply about every choice we make. In Nudge, Thaler and Sunstein explain that people look for rules of thumb for decision making; these strategies often work so well for the small decisions in life, such as buying a television from a trusted brand name (A: Or joining a political party because your Dad did.), that we are tempted to use similar shortcuts for more consequential choices as well, such as selecting a retirement plan because it is the one we have heard of before. If everyone had ready access to complete information, unlimited cognitive abilities, and complete self-control, we would likely deliberate much more about these choices, and demonstrate unerring wisdom. Since that is not the case, we need some help to make the best choices. Nudge suggests that, by following simple principles, choice architects can provide it.
One of these key principles involves appropriately setting defaults. (A: In the human being. You understand, you are a computer folks… setting defaults.) According to Thaler, “In any choice situation, the choice architect has to decide what happens in a system if the user does nothing; that’s what we call a default.” (A: Remember I read the other day there, from I think it was Russell. He says most people, when they are faced with any kind of choice or decision, they will stand there and do NOTHING. In fact, what they will actually do is look around to see who IS making a decision… what are you doing? Well, I’m paying my taxes. Okay, I’d better do the same. And that’s what you do. That’s how it works folks.)
Defaults have immense power in a world of busy people. Limits on time, information, energy, and ability will often mean that people end up with whatever default option is given to them, whether or not it is the best option.
“Past research suggests that most of the time, people will select the default option, either because they think that somebody made it the default because they thought it was good for them, or because they are lazy, or just spaced out and forgot to fill out the form,” explains Thaler. “The problem is that the people who designed the default may not have selected the default because they thought it was good for somebody—they may not have put enough thought into it.” (A: So what are they going to do about it?)
Thaler and Sunstein urge choice architects to realize that the choice of the default is extremely important, and to put it immediately into the repertoire of tools they can use to influence choices for the good.
The authors are interested in all the small factors that influence the choices people make—factors often under the control of the choice architect. (A: That’s like the Grand Architect isn’t it?) Accordingly, the authors not only show how choice architects (A: Now, this is for governmental people, administrative people, even down to your town council people and your schooling.) can use defaults to promote better choices, they also suggest that choice architects should do the following: anticipate common errors; understand how people predict their experiences based on different choices; make complex choice information more comprehensible; provide choosers with useful feedback; and align the incentives of all the people influencing choices. (A: Align them ALL.)
Freedom through Flexibility and Feedback
According to Nudge, a good choice architect must be committed to freedom. (A: Remember the ‘new freedom’ you heard about?) The goal is to make it very easy for people to make choices to best serve themselves, while ensuring that alternatives are not blocked, fenced off, or even significantly burdened. Thaler and Sunstein herald this approach as the cornerstone of a new movement: “libertarian paternalism.” (A: Here is where we are getting down to the REAL stuff now, for government, you see. LIBERTARIAN PATERNALISM, you know, big DADDY. ) A new and coherent philosophy of economic policymaking, libertarian paternalism is an approach designed to improve choices while vigilantly preserving freedom of choice. (A: That’s your new freedom folks. Your big daddy is going to BRAINWASH you and TRAIN you all in the same way so you’ll all come to the same choices on the same things. Isn’t that nice? And this creep has been appointed, APPOINTED mind you, on the board, helping with the science czars to decide what kind of society, after the last character Bernays, that they are bringing in, the new one. The Choice Architects. I’ll be back with more after this break.)
This is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through The Matrix, just talking about the new form of government, really, or governance they call it… governance. It makes you think you have choices, it doesn’t sound like a big, this one monolithic character, but governance, it sounds a bit better doesn’t it? Again, that’s psycho-linguistics and neuro-linguistics. You’re getting libertarian paternalism running your government, you know, to bring you to the RIGHT decisions, the ones that are healthy for you, like what to eat and what you should do and how much exercise you should get and all that kind of stuff, and blah, blah, blah, blah, blah. You see, what big daddy wants. You know, the RIGHT decision and big daddy knows. You don’t know; you are just too stupid, you see, to know what’s better for you. Yep. You need PROMPTS, you see, PROMPTS… or conditioned reflexes.
I’ve talked about the militarization of food; it’s weaponized. Food is weaponized. The pharma industry was always weaponized because they worked hand-in-glove with governments especially during World War II to do with the creation of very deadly bacteria and viruses and fungi too, which they could use across enemy territories, whole nations, and wipe out their livestock or the people themselves, or make sure the next generation were deformed or weak and sickly, if there was ever going to be a long, protracted war. The big boys think of all these things.
That’s the beauty of having all your tax money at work. You get crowds of psychopaths at the top, big, big massive gangs of them with specialized departments that can work on all these top projects. This article came out for the British public actually. It’s just been released but it’s September 2006. You see, all the British Commonwealth countries including Britain have Privacy/Information Commissioners who come out every year and tells you, and they have actually come out in Canada and told us, you are losing all your rights and all your freedoms and your phones are tapped, but I can’t do anything about it, he says, I can only TELL you what’s happening. This is a report from 2006 for the British and the Commonwealth countries including Canada. Here is a section from it… The Militarization of Surveillance. Surveillance is all militarized. 8.3.1 is I guess is the chapter. I’m going to put these links up on my site at the end of the show and you can go into the front page and the audio archives section and find it. I’ll put these up for you to peruse and the whole document itself too.
A Report on the Surveillance Society
For the Information Commissioner by the Surveillance Studies Network
September 2006 / ico.gov.uk
The Militarization of Surveillance
8.3.1. The drive to security is at least partly evidence of the continuing or revived importance of the military in western societies. Military surveillance is one of the few phenomena that can be said to be truly global in an age where everything is supposedly being globalized. The Earth is increasingly surrounded by a multitude of military surveillance satellites.
8.3.2. In addition transnational communications systems are thoroughly interpenetrated and infiltrated by military surveillance systems: even their invention, design and protocols have military elements. One example is the Global Positioning System (GPS), which was developed and is still ultimately controlled by the US military, which can alter its functionality in certain places and times when it suits military objectives. Another is the Internet. (A: Yep, they designed that too and they give it to you folks, through their front organizations, the well known brand names.) This transnational system of network connections and protocols was in no small part based on the American military’s ARPANET distributed communications system, designed to survive destruction of particular parts of the system. (A: And so on and so on. It goes on about how they are into everything, and keeping your records and ALL your communications and that these cameras are going to go up in ALL countries EVERYWHERE. And that they’ve been actually putting them up since the 1950s. Did you know that too? Project Echelon, etc, it goes through all that stuff and much, much more.
From Hamish and myself from Ontario, Canada, it’s good night and may your God or your Gods GO with you.
Hi folks, this is Alan Watt and this is Cutting Through the Matrix on May 3rd, 2010.
For the newcomers I do suggest you go into www.website website. You can download hundreds of talks I’ve given in the past for free and while you’re at it bookmark the other sites I have up there because sometimes the ‘com’ site goes down or I can’t upload to it and you’ll have the alternate sites and can always download the latest shows, Monday to Friday whenever you want to.
Also look into what I have for sale. I have books for sale that I’ve written. There’re CDs and DVDs for sale as well. That helps me just tick over. I don’t use advertisers to back me or companies to back me who are selling products. So it’s up to you to keep me going and you can do so by finding out what I have for sale and how to donate as well at www.website website.
Now remember on these sites you can download the audios on all the sites including the European site and download all the audios for free. You can download English transcripts of alot of the talks I’ve given for print up from all the sites. You can also download the audios and transcripts in foreign languages, the other languages of Europe from the European site. That’s www.alanwattsentientsentinel.eu.
From the US to Canada remember personal cheques are good because we’re all one country now. We share the same area code or country code and you can also use an International Postal Money Order form your post office if you don’t want to go through the bank. That’s also traced and tracked so you can’t lose it. You can send cash or you can use Paypal, Moneygram or Western Union.
With Paypal you can donate (and order) but send me the appropriate donation and a separate email with your mailing address and your order and I’ll get it out to you. It’s the same across the rest of the world, Moneygram, Western Union, cash or Paypal for donating and for ordering and that’s how it’s done.
Lots of folk don’t use the computer now. They’re fed up with it and I don’t blame them with all the upgrades and so on that you have to do all the time. That’s all gone once ‘The Cloud’ comes in and ‘The Cloud’ will hold all your data. The whole world’s data will be on ‘The Cloud’ and that’s so that the NSA can track you all and manage you and punish you if you’re a bad boy or girl because you won’t get access to it for a certain amount of time. That is definitely on the cards coming down the road; social approval, social disapproval, punishment and reward.
In the meantime they are upgrading so many programmes that people have a hard time keeping up with them all. It seems to be every other month you have to keep upgrading things to make anything work. This is intentional. When everything becomes very complicated you’ll breathe a sigh of relief when they say, ‘The Cloud’s here. We’ll do it all for you’, and you’ll say, ‘well, thank you very much Cloud’, and away you go; you’re on it before you know it.
Now for those who get the discs burned and passed to them, you can get in touch with me [listed above]. Now that’s that done.
I always like to talk about perception and how we’re really managed. Most folk don’t know they’re managed in society. They don’t know that there are massive organisations like even the fashion industry or the music industry and of course the whole conglomerate of the commercial interests behind it all which give you what you end up thinking is actually you; how you behave, dress and even what you sing or think.
I’ll be back with more after these messages about this topic.
Hi folks, this is Alan Watt and we’re Cutting Through the Matrix.
The matrix really is symbolic from the movie; (The Matrix) very well done symbolism with lots of allegories in there and analogies. But it’s really your whole version of reality. Even as you grow older too, you go through different layers of that reality, as you change and you find out who you are. It takes a long time for people to find out who they are and that’s called maturity. You mature gradually. If you can get to maturity it’s only because you can analyse yourself and you’re honest with yourself and you look over your life and you say, ‘I fell for this and I fell for that. I did the wrong thing here and the wrong thing there’. You realise you’ve been an idiot at times and you realise that you can’t repeat those mistakes because they don’t bring anybody any happiness and they’re non-productive. Eventually you get some kind of wisdom and just when you think you’ve seen the light, you die and that’s it, you’re gone.
At one time the older folk would pass the wisdom onto the younger and elderly people were reverenced in some societies because of their wisdom. It’s a pity that they destroyed that in the Western cultures over a period of time. Britain was one of the first countries to try this because Britain really was run by experimental psychologists in various organisations; very well funded organisations through the big foundations, as one big laboratory in a sense. They were the first group/country to really try moving people en masse out of the country into the new ‘slum cities’ to work the factories for the industrial era.
They did alot of experimenting with different groups of peoples to see how long they could keep them alive working in these slave conditions 16 hours a day or down the mines for instance and they kept incredible records on everything.
Britain is really one of the amazing countries for keeping records on all these different peoples that they used; employees going back a couple of hundred years even. Even the people they used from other countries when they exported and they brought in Africans to certain countries to populate them and be their workers, originally starting as slaves then when they did away with slavery they called them servants, or indentured servants, where you sold yourself into a form of bondage for a wage if you worked on an island for a couple of years. The only thing is, they didn’t take them back from those islands and there’ve been some documentaries recently about how these people were so shabbily treated and even kicked off the islands recently, or I should say back in the sixties, to make way for an American base. There was one very good documentary done on that.
They went into the British records and they had the names and addresses and the ages of birth and the genealogies of every one of these people they brought in from Africa 150 years ago or even beyond; amazing records.
They have done so many studies on sociology, you might say, and specialised studies on experiments with groups over the centuries that they’ve got it down to a great art.
What they really do know and what they’ve always known is that the great amount of people in any society, even if you’re brought into society that was not normal 20, 30, 40 years ago then those growing up in that society will think it’s all quite normal and their children will definitely never question it; their offspring.
An example of that is the very fact that lots of people were moved off their lands, as I say, from the agricultural era and into the cities. They were forced off their lands because the Rothschilds did, if you go into the history books. He was in the House of Lords and he brought forth the Corn Law which allowed foreign companies, again run by his relatives in France and elsewhere, to dump their produce on Britain and that put all these small farmers out of business overnight because they couldn’t compete.
So they moved into the cities as planned and became the slaves for a long, long period of time and the carnage was awful. The conditions were awful; 20 to a room sometimes who were crammed into these places; a horror story.
Even Benjamin Franklin commented on it when he went over there. He said, ‘there’re hundreds of people coming out of these factories,’ one of these factories he watched was a shoe factory and he said that, ‘not one of the workers had a pair of shoes on them’. They couldn’t afford the shoes they made and they were all dirty and living in squalor and dressed in rags. That was “Great Britain” you know as it was coming up to the height of its empire and it was an empire ruled by a few, as was Britain itself, and still is today.
Many myths have come out of it. The great British idea. Hollywood did some old stuff about the great British Empire and how brave it was and all that. They never really got into the real conditions and the real machinations behind what was going on and who was doing it, why and who benefitted and who didn’t benefit.
The study of societies has been going on for an awful, awful long time. Even in ancient times, whole populations were often moved off their land and moved to another country to serve some other purpose of those who ruled empires. The Romans did that and people before the Romans did that too.
What you find is that they understood, in ancient times as well, how to manage peoples, how to manage cultures, how to manage them into new countries and give them a new culture, which they knew, as long as one generation was born within that culture, they’d think it was all quite natural and then the second generation would definitely never question it. That’s the same as goes on today. We don’t question anything. The children of today naturally don’t question how their parents lived or how their grandparents lived. In fact they’ve no interest whatsoever. If their parents don’t warn them that anything is coming up or coming down the road, that could be of harm to them in some way, then they think it’s natural because all mammals look to an adult to warn them of its dangers and what it should be wary of.
When you have one conditioned generation and they think that everything’s just swell and wonderful and very altruistic people are taking care of us, then the children of those parents will never question that. They’ll think it’s all quite natural.
What is also true is that when we move into these new naturals; everything becomes a new normal you see, very quickly in society, you’ll find that most folk, like Walter Lippmann for instance; he was an intellectual and a Pulitzer Prize winner; he wrote a book called ‘Public Opinion’ in 1922. He was a good friend of Bernays that again, designed the ‘consumer society’ and Bernays himself was a nephew of Sigmund Freud.
So the idea of managing whole nations through the fashion industry, through a movie industry, the culture industry, the whole culture industry was very essential in creating a type of people and a type of worker for a particular era.
We went through the manufacturing period of that in the Western world and in the US and Canada. That’s all gone now. We’re in a service economy.
Now when I was born it was really towards the end of the ‘jobs for life’ idea. Parents had, they hoped, a job for life. That had been traditional since the beginning of the Industrial Revolution. If you went into some kind of trade or factory or whatever, you hoped that if you didn’t cause any trouble and you were always there and you didn’t go off sick, then you hoped that you’d have a job for life.
The ordinary folk were terrified of becoming poor and being kicked out because in those days there was no welfare system. There was no unemployment system and people literally had it drummed into them; their parents would drum it into them, that if you get that little job there you stick to that for the rest of your life no matter how miserable it is, and they did.
The odd thing that happens too is, even as it becomes more and more miserable and the conditions are awful, and even as they cut back on your wages – because the ones at the top are designing or bringing in a new system – those in the old system will fight if they can to keep that old system, the workers themselves; even though, technically, they have no say in it at all. They have no say whatsoever.
Getting back to Walter Lippmann, he called the masses ‘The Great Beast’, the same as Alexander Hamilton did in the US when he was asked about the masses. He said the people are ‘a beast’. That was a typical class statement on the lower classes from the upper classes.
Lippmann, this great Pulitzer Prize winner called them ‘The Great Beast’. He called them ‘a bewildered herd that needed to be guided by a governing class.’
By the way, Arnold Schwarzenegger made a similar statement about a few years ago when he was running. He said that ‘people need people like me to tell them what to do. They’re too stupid to run themselves. They need people like me to tell them what to do.’
Lippmann described the ruling elite as a specialised class whose interests reached beyond the locality and it’s run by experts and specialists and bureaucrats. He called these experts ‘the elites’ himself during his Pulitzer Prize speeches and he said that the bewildered masses, the herd, he actually called them, ‘the herd’; the bewildered herd, has only one function and they’re just the interested spectators of action. They’re not in action themselves.
Most folk, and that’s true in general society and the neighbours you know and the little society or community you live in, they’re not action orientated for anything. They really want things to stay the way they are. That’s a natural thing; peaceful, quiet and predictable, predictable in their own lives but really everything is outside of their hands because governments make decisions all the time. Governments now are all international. They’ve all signed onto international treaties and when something’s decided in some far-off country, you can find that everything that happens in your own country suddenly turns upside down overnight. So it does change all the time. We are the bewildered herd to an extent. We’re the last to be told why.
Those in upper academia know why because they get taught this stuff. But for the general people, they’re not told and the media certainly doesn’t go into any depths of anything to explain anything to you whatsoever.
Now again, it was only ‘the responsible person’ who belonged to this elite ruling class and that’s how Lippmann called them, ‘the responsible person’. He said that the people within the masses were irresponsible. They’re just followers. They do what they’re told. The responsible people had the right to rule and direct the direction of the world.
Back with more after these messages.
This is Alan Watt. We’re Cutting through the Matrix.
I’m trying to explain something in a brief period of time which really is not that complex but there’s alot more to it. Basically it’s how we go through the generations and how generations accept their own time. The time they’re born into is quite natural and normal and they’re guided into the next changes and the compliance of the next changes by different forces which they’re generally unaware of.
They’re given even slight things to go for like environmentalism and ‘this is being done for environmental purposes’ and that’s good enough for them. They go with it even though they’ll pay through the nose for it and pay extra and all the rest of it and they’ll never question who benefits from that and the big businesses that benefit off it too or where the money goes. They never question these things at all.
So there’s a truth to the fact that most of the public are really in the dark and they’re quite content to be there; there’s a definite truth there. Most folk want to be comfortable, live a good long life, do the things that they like to do, whatever their entertainment is, whatever and hopefully they want to die in bed. Good luck to them if they can get to that stage these days; at a good old age that is.
Anyway, we’re run by experts and combinations of experts and I’ve mentioned the big foundations before. They really are the parallel governments. In fact, they officially have members on every government’s boards as advisors; scientific advisors and specialist advisors. They’re unelected, exactly what the Club of Rome said they would bring in because ‘democracy was too cumbersome’ they said. ‘There were too many conflicting parties.’ It’s hard to get ‘the big herd’ as they call it, moving in a direction they want planned or they have planned, because we don’t like moving. We like the way things are generally you see? But they’ve got the plans for us.
Lippmann again, with Bernays and all these different people; they all knew each other by the way and even the Huxleys corresponded with them; all these guys who were into social engineering, all corresponded with each other and they attended world meetings with scientists, on how to organise and bring in planned societies, back in the 1920’s and even before. This is also what Lippmann said.
Now I’ve talked about the ‘manufacture of consent’ before and some of the think tanks that are out there, some of the foundation’s think tanks, some of the foundations themselves have branches which do nothing else but go across other big think tanks because they all network together on the same agenda in their specialised areas and they bring them all to consensus, getting them all on board on the same topics so that whenever they vote for something, their whole voice and their power goes towards this or that you see, environmentalism or carbon taxes or whatever it happens to be, they build consensus.
It’s also very political because within those associations within politics itself, they smell which way the wind’s blowing, where the power’s going, where the money’s going and where their future’s going and they want to get on board too, so they have consensus with it. They consent to it as well.
Lippmann said back in the 1920’s that, “The manufacture of consent is capable of great refinements which no-one I think denies. The process by which public opinions arise is certainly no less intricate than has appeared in these pages and the opportunities for manipulation open, to anyone who understands the process, are plain enough. As a result of psychological research, coupled with the modern means of communication…” – that was in the 20’s and look what they’ve got now with communications – “…the practice of democracy has turned a corner. A revolution is taking place, infinitely more significant than any shifting of economic power under the impact of propaganda, not necessarily in the sinister meaning of the word alone. The old constants of our thinking have become variables. It is no longer possible, for example, to believe in the original dogma of democracy.”
This is in the 1920’s long before the Club of Rome which simply followed the same mandate as this group and they published that in the 1990’s that democracy was just too cumbersome and unwieldy.
So he said here, “The old constants of our thinking have become variables. It is no longer possible, for example, to believe in the original dogma of democracy; that the knowledge needed for the management of human affairs comes up spontaneously from the human heart. Where we act on that theory, we expose ourselves to self deception, and forms of persuasion, that we cannot verify. It has been demonstrated that we cannot rely on intuition and conscience or the accidents of ‘causal opinion’ if we are to deal with the world beyond our reach.” That’s what he wrote in his book, ‘Public Opinion’.
So back then, they realised, and they did work for The Royal Institute for International Affairs/Council on Foreign Relations back then, the parallel government. They were already working to bring in a future which was bypassing democratic processes, through big foundations, big money and lobbying governments. They even put alot of their own members within governments. They still do today and that way they can get their agenda through because, you see, governments are staffed with general, low-level psychopaths who simply want a darned good career. If you get into politics for 5 years for instance, I think it is, you can get a life pension; a life-long pension; an index rated pension, great perks and all the rest of it.
You also meet all the lobbyists and often you’ll become a lobbyist yourself, now that you know all the high-level politicians and all the bureaucrats.
So it’s a big money thing that attracts a particular type into politics and they are psychopathic; Henderson, Gillespie and other psychiatric studies, they’ve done many studies, on this very topic to prove the point that they have psychopathic personalities, so that’s the type that go into politics so therefore they can be very well managed by those in the foundations who have true purpose and lots of money.
That’s really how the world is run. They’ve said already that democracy was too cumbersome and too many competing parties that they couldn’t get their big agendas through and the public might not like it.
So we’re now living in a post-democratic era. That’s what we’re in now. That’s what the UN is all about and the IMF and all this kind of stuff.
Back with more after these messages.
This is Alan Watt. We’re Cutting Through the Matrix.
What I try to do is show you how we got to where we are and why all the big moves are on today to bring us into a new planned future, a different kind of future again, and they do expect people to dig in their heels and do alot of bitching as they’re pushed into this brave new world. They already have found this happening in alot of countries, like Britain, where they now have 9 garbage bins. You’ve got to literally sort your garbage into 9 different bins now and they have chips in those bins that actually weigh the garbage and remotely send the signals back to some central office somewhere and they have the garbage police and all this kind of stuff; all this kind of ridiculous stuff going on.
There’re more police on the road I think than anywhere else in the world, just putting fines out one after the other, because the government relies upon this money. Crime pays for them. Judges, lawyers and so on make a fortune, a phenomenal amount of money off all these different fines and tickets and so on.
So it’s a whole new business that comes out of that, out of what’s supposedly policing and keeping the peace; big business.
But it’s more than that, much, much more than that because you see, when you look at morality itself, morality itself comes from stable societies where, through centuries and centuries, people have worked out systems to keep general crime down to a bare minimum. Even ancient tribes, so-called ‘primitive tribes’; I love the so-called ‘primitive tribes’, the ones who are still completely self-sufficient and really don’t need this system at all. In fact, if we all disappear tomorrow, some of these ‘primitive tribes’ in the Amazon would still be existing quite happily in ignorance of it all for another few thousand years. So how can they be called a ‘stagnant population’? They’ve no interest in getting steel axes and starting to buy things from companies. They’re completely independent. They make everything they need.
But in societies that we have grown up in, which are all really artificial, based on economics and economic systems and banking systems with big armies that come out of it for conquests and empires, we use the same excuses today as the Romans did. The Romans said they were going into countries because people were barbaric and antiquated in their laws so they’d have to go in and civilise them, teach them civilisation, bring civilisation to them, get taxes going, get money flowing and get them using money for the first time then tax it back from them for the big building projects. They love to build all the time these guys who run the banking systems. Eternal debt is great for banks. They live on debt. They wouldn’t be happy if everyone could pay off their debt immediately. They’d be out of business. You can’t plan a future for your great grandson if he’s not guaranteed to be born into a system where he rules over the debt.
In these systems that over the centuries figured out what was right and what was wrong for them, they always made sure that the children were looked after for instance. Taboos against children are through all societies, right down to the so-called ‘primitive’. You take care of the children and perverts and so on who want to get at your children because, you see, perverts are predators; they want to get at your children and they cause alot of harm with their various actions. I don’t care how politically correct or incorrect it’s supposed to be to talk about these things today because they’re trying to bring all these abnormalities into the norms in the mainstream and actually fight all those people and fine them who speak out against them.
So they’re using law now to turn it all upside down you see? This again didn’t come because the perverts themselves had great big organisations in the past and lots of money to fight. It was because really that the big organisations that were already running the world, a long time ago, planned a future where all norms would be turned upside down for a planned society, including the abolition of marriage altogether. They even talked about ‘special mating rights’ back in the 1800’s when they were discussing eugenics and how they would breed special people together, those that should breed for different classes, along the lines of Plato’s ‘Republic’ in fact. So, good workers, specialised workers would be bred and interbred to get the perfect type and the same with those who were higher up in the managerial classes who would also get bred with each other. Those that were scientists would get bred with each other; that kind of thing, a planned society. Not where you just take some sort of hormonal leap at someone because you’re attracted to pheromones. That was their idea of it.
H.G. Wells, who was sent out to start off the whole idea by his masters, because he was taught by the Huxleys grandfather, Sir Thomas Huxley, he was taught in what they called ‘the red tie school’. It was a revolutionary school for the world. It was the precursor of The Fabian Society. Lots of the novelists that broke out and came into the 20th century were all trained there by the way too because you’re altered in your mind and your mindset through fiction more then you are with boring lectures.
He started off the concept, in the late 1800’s, of ‘free love’ long before the hippies came along in the 1960’s; ‘free love’. Of course they had alot of fallout from that when they tried the ‘roaring 20’s’ with their drug scenes, because there was alot of cocaine going along with the booze as well being smuggled back and forth during prohibition and the mini skirt and the Charleston and all the rest of it and ‘free love’. They had too much of a fallout with venereal diseases. They didn’t have penicillin. They didn’t have all the abortion clinics, state funded abortion clinics to deal with it all and the orphanages were swelling and children were being found in dustbins and all that kind of thing; babies were being found in dustbins. So they had to go back to the drawing board, use the tax money for research and development and find some contraceptive, which they did and they reintroduced the whole thing back again with ‘rock and roll’ or really ‘pop music’ they called it at the time; then into ‘rock and roll’ and the drug era.
Alter perception through LSD so you would have different perceptions and so on and a massive culture industry to back it up and tell you what your new perceptions should be. That was all part of the destruction of society.
That’s why Khrushchev could say, when he came over to the US on a visit, that ‘America will fall without us firing a shot’. He said, ‘It will collapse from within.’ Utterly decadent you see?
Of course he knew that Hollywood was well at work with it. The culture industry was well at work with it and he also knew obviously that just like the ‘Reece Commission’ found out in the Congressional inquest into the foundations in the US; they were told, Norman Dodd was told by the CEO’s of the Ford, Carnegie and Rockefeller foundations that their job was to so alter the culture in America that they’d blend seamlessly with that of the Soviet Union; a socialised culture that would accept government and obey them and that’s what they’ve got today. That’s what they’ve got today.
Of course, still on the cards was the abolition of the family unit. Who would need to be married anymore to have children? Most marriages can’t stand today. They have too much against them. They have endless entertainment where everyone’s rutting around like a rabbit, you know, and that’s the new ‘normal’.
That is the new ‘normal’. That’s become the new ‘normal’ so you can’t cry anymore. That part’s finished, it’s over with for most folk.
The children are getting taught masturbation in school at the age of 5 and 6 now, via the UN and UNESCO because, you see, they have to abolish all taboos; all the taboos that held society together and made society strong because a society that was strong would stand up against government that was very intrusive or overbearing.
When you have nothing to stand up for and a man has nothing to stand up for at all; no wife, no family, whatever, then he doesn’t stand up and governments will have no problems.
H.G. Wells went through that whole process in some of his books explaining why they were doing it.
I think it was 2000, the year 2000 it was, well it was actually 2001 before 9/11 happened, I think the month before the international census bureaus met to decide if it was time to ‘push the envelope’. Were the public ready? Were they degraded enough now through their culture industry? Were they degraded enough as they ‘pushed the envelope’ for the next step?
They actually said, and it was in the newspapers in Canada and the States right after it. Two professors gave basically the same speech that said, ‘Now that they’d won the rights for homosexuality, it was time to push for intergenerational sex and bestiality; and bestiality.
Now, this is being pushed again in Britain by the government; by the British government and it’s the Liberal Democrat party. It’s interesting too what Khrushchev said when he was asked about communists in America. He said, ‘In the West we don’t call them communists, we call them liberals.’ It’s the same agendas, the same groups.
This article is from ‘The Christian Institute’ it’s called. It’s from other papers as well. You’ll find the same article.
“Lib Dem porn plans slammed by mums” 28th April, 2010.
“Liberal Democrat plans to allow 16-year-olds to watch and star in pornographic movies have been condemned by furious mothers.
The controversial Lib Dem policy has faced intense criticism from users of the popular parenting website Mumsnet.com.
One mother, who identifies herself as crystal123 on the website, warned: “Many young people aged 12 appear 16 or 17 and could easily end up in explicit pornography.”
(A: Right away they’re off the beam there; they shouldn’t get into that argument. The fact is, they’re lowering the age regardless and this is what they’re promoting. Do you understand that when adults and governments promote something, this is giving permission to, then the children feel, ‘well there’s nothing wrong with that if it’s promoted by the top.’
That’s the real argument folks you see? Of course the rest of it will happen. There will be 12 year olds and so on but that really is the intention of it all.)
“Her concerns were echoed by another Mumsnet user, Clairewilliams1973, who said: “I simply cannot vote for a party that advocates this”.”
(A: Well who should vote for a party like this? You know who votes for a party like this folks.)
“She went on to warn that when her husband had phoned the local Lib Dem office to complain, he was told: “Look I have explained the policy and if you do not like it you do not have to vote for us”.
The controversial policy was passed by a large majority at the party’s conference in 2004, and earlier this week the party confirmed that they stood by it.
But a Lib Dem spokesman added: “Our manifesto sets out what we will do in Government. This policy is not in our manifesto.”
(A: So that’s double-speak.)
“Currently the legal age for watching and appearing in pornographic movies is 18.”
(A: Well you see age has really nothing to do with it. Why do you think they’ve degraded the whole of society? Do you understand too that it’s inter-generational? We’ve all been contaminated. Everyone who’s listening to this show was brought up contaminated with what you thought was entertainment; contaminated beyond what your parents were, a little bit more and they were contaminated a little bit more than their parents themselves were. Their great grandparents were the only ones who could come from the past and look and say, ‘what on earth has happened?’ You see?
The more you accept, the more you will accept and then eventually it’s no big deal. You can’t watch any movie today without blood, guts and lot and lots of sex of all kinds and it’s all propaganda. It’s all indoctrination into ‘this is ok’ and it’s really gone beyond it now because the children are taught all this stuff in school, very, very early.
That’s what Bertrand Russell says, ‘If you can teach them this stuff in school and when they’re pre-pubertal and encourage sexual activity, they’ll never bond with anyone in their life.’
That was the intention of their group, never bonding for life, no families. They don’t want families. Again Orwell, not Orwell but others too, they all said the same thing in fact, but you’ll find that H.G. Wells said that when the average person has no family to stand up around them, then government can speak right down to the individual with no-one to help them. You’ll be helpless.
Psychologically, that alone disables you. You crumble.)
So that’s what’s happening there. That’s your beautiful Liberal Democrats and believe you me, they’ll go a lot further. This is pushing the envelope, step by step by step. That’s all it is because they want intergenerational sex altogether. There’re a lot of paedophiles involved in all of this. You see, people who are really into lots and lots of pornography when they’re young, and when they’re fed pornography along with violence, you’re watching combinations of movies with them both in it, and sometimes one or the other, then they both get intertwined together, violence and so on and pornography. That is where they get their kicks when you’re doing something naughty.
Perverts love to do something naughty. That’s why they have all these fetishes and so on. They’re fixed with fetishes. It’s imprinted in their brains often. Now they want power to make sure that they create their kind of world and to destroy all the old.
Remember what they said, ‘to bring in the New World Order they must destroy all of the Old World Order’. That meant all your cultures and your moralities. Everything has to go out the window and that’s happened; that’s happened.
Just to follow up on that one there, here’s the Telegraph from the same country again, Britain. It says here, 3rd May, 2010.
“Christian preacher arrested for saying homosexuality is a sin”
(A: The guy was set up. You can tell by the writer.)
“A Christian street preacher was arrested and locked in a cell for telling a passer-by that homosexuality is a sin in the eyes of God.”
(A: Originally posted on 2nd May 2010.)
“Dale McAlpine was charged with causing “harassment, alarm or distress”…”
(A: Now remember what it’s like now when someone can actually charge you with distressing them.)
“…after a homosexual police community support officer (PSCO)…”
(A: You’ve got garbage support officers, by-laws for smoking support officers and now homosexual police community support officers. No kidding in that country.)
“…overheard him reciting a number of “sins” referred to in the Bible, including blasphemy, drunkenness and same sex relationships.
The 42-year-old Baptist, who has preached Christianity in Workington, Cumbria for years, said he did not mention homosexuality while delivering a sermon from the top of a stepladder, but admitted telling a passing shopper that he believed it went against the word of God.
Police officers are alleging that he made the remark in a voice loud enough to be overheard by others and have charged him with using abusive or insulting language, contrary to the Public Order Act.
Mr. McAlpine, who was taken to the police station in the back of a marked van and locked in a cell for seven hours on April 20, said the incident was among the worst experiences of his life.
“I felt deeply shocked and humiliated that I had been arrested in my own town and treated like a common criminal in front of people I know,” he said.
“My freedom was taken away on the hearsay of someone who disliked what I said, and I was charged under a law that doesn’t apply.”
Christian campaigners have expressed alarm that the Public Order Act, introduced in 1986 to tackle violent rioters and football hooligans, is being used to curb religious free speech.”
So, that’s Great Britain. What a sewer it’s turned into eh; an utter sewer.
Back after these messages.
Hi folks, I’m Alan Watt and this is Cutting through the Matrix.
I’ll go to the phones now and there’s Tony in Massachusetts there. Are you there Tony?
Tony – I just want to say, great show. I’ve listened to it for 3 or 4 years now. The question I have for you is, first it’s a statement.
In view of the prostitute relationship or the whorish relationship that organized religion had over the many, many eons of time; centuries of time with the political element of the world and the elite globalists, you know that it’s surprising, well not surprising that they’ve been eerily silent aside for a few of them. They’ve really been eerily silent with regard to things that are coming down upon them in the world right now; this agenda that’s being forged. In fact, alot of them even come out and stand behind it.
My question for you is that at some point, we know that at some point and you’ve even mentioned that fact that they want to bring in their own new religion and in fact they may…they don’t…they show a hostility, a love/hate relationship with all organized religions as we know it today.
Do you see at some point, at some point just cutting them loose and saying ‘we don’t need you anymore? You’ve served your purpose. Our relationship with you is over’ and I’m talking about all the religions. Christendom as we know it, Christendom has been absolutely reprehensible in their conduct; preaching one thing and then doing the other.
Alan – That’s the problem. You see, all mainstream religions end up supporting then state and that’s money, the commercial system and the wealthy. Of course, it’s no secret that even the Church of England…the people who came into the Church of England at the top, traditionally used to come from the wealthiest families, the noble families, and go into the army or go into the priesthood and they would become the bishops of England and so on. So it’s always been kind of wishy washy in England but tied completely to the system of monarchy and elitism and rulership but having an obedient, quiet society. So that part’s all true.
Roman Catholicism has already been changed drastically since the sixties and it’s got alot of the ‘new age’ concepts within it as well. It’s become very politically correct in some areas with different priests and so on, giving out an almost completely new Catholic version of theology, and that’s now accepted with the younger priests. So that’s changing too because the New World Order, and that’s why you’ll see the big people going over to the Vatican. You never destroy a big organization which controls or helps control the minds and morality of millions of people. You want to use it, but you’ll change it over time until it suits your purpose, into a New World Order, and that’s where the Catholic Church is going now. It’s only mainly those Christians who belong to the smaller sects, or the US sects, who are still trying to hold on to their traditional family beliefs.
That’s the difference. In Britain the family’s a mess; an absolute mess now. It’s almost non-existent. So it’s only in the US now that you have any semblance of using a religion, which also gives security to your culture and safety to your children and each other and it gives you a healthy relationship. It’s the last country on earth with that to be honest with you, outside the Muslim countries I should say, but thanks for the question.
I wish I had more time to go into all this because there’s so much to it but maybe another night I’ll do some more on this.
From Hamish and myself, from Ontario, Canada it’s goodnight and may your God or your Gods go with you.